JP6680469B2 - Free gift exchange system, free gift display device, server, and product information display control method - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to an online shopping linked prize exchange system for exchanging valuable values such as pachinko balls and medals with products on an online shopping site in a game shop where a pachi-slot machine, a pachinko machine, etc. are installed.

  At the amusement store (hall store), prize exchanges are performed in which game media such as medals and pachinko balls obtained by a player through a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine are exchanged for prizes according to their value. When exchanging free gifts (which are different from special gifts that can be redeemed, such as daily necessities and miscellaneous goods), (1) Many kinds of free gifts cannot be provided due to problems such as space in halls and purchasing. , (2) The lineup of prizes is fixed and flexible prizes cannot be collected so that the latest prizes can be taken in in a timely manner. (3) Since the prize exchange is based on the suggested retail price, the general market price Compared with, there were various problems such as expensive replacement as a result.

  Therefore, the inventors of the present application have proposed a prize exchange system having a mechanism capable of collecting product information from an online shopping site operated by a third party and exchanging the product information as a prize (Patent Document 1). With such a prize exchange system, a player can select a product from a wide variety of products sold on online shopping sites, and the product lineup is frequently updated. Since the exchange is performed based on the mail order price, all of the above problems are solved.

  In the free gift exchange system of Patent Document 1, when a free gift is exchanged, a free gift selected in advance regardless of the number of held game media, and a preselected free gift when instructing a final free gift exchange. Is displayed and a selection is made from the displayed, which allows the player to make a two-step selection. When the player selects a free gift in advance, the product displayed from the online shopping site is displayed as a free gift on the display of the free gift selection device, and the player selects a desired free gift from among them and registers it in the favorite list. To do. The prizes registered in the favorite list are displayed on the prize exchange device, and the player can instruct the prize exchange by selecting a prize to be exchanged from the displayed prizes.

  In addition, in the above-mentioned prize exchange system, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is calculated according to the price of the prize for each game medium type, and a screen for instructing the selection of the prize (prize selection instruction screen ) Or a screen for instructing the exchange of prizes (a prize exchange instruction screen).

  On the other hand, in Patent Document 2, when it is assumed that one prize is exchanged with different game medium types, the required exchange value is substantially different depending on the game medium type (for example, the prize value). When exchanging a prize whose price is 410 yen, 103 yen (equivalent to 112 yen) for 4 yen rental (pachinko) and 410 balls (410 yen equivalent) for 1 yen rental (pachinko), both values are the same. No), a management device configured to combine exchanges with other prizes to request the same exchange value for any game medium type, or to request permission for a capture process for a fractional amount has been proposed. There is.

JP, 2005-57085, A JP, 2014-18367, A

  The unit price of balls (medals) at hall stores is different for each hall store. Therefore, when exchanging free gifts, the number of exchange balls displayed as the required number of game media (exchange quantity) by the hall store even for the same free gift. (Number of medals) is different, and as a result, when looking at all the hall stores, there is a problem that they are out of the principle of one price per item.

  For example, in hall stores, general settings for setting the unit price of balls (medals) differ for each prefecture, and further, even within the same region, hall stores having different unit price settings for balls (medals) coexist. Further, in the future, if the consumption tax rate is changed, the unit price setting of balls (medals) for each hall store may change fluidly.

  However, the prize exchange system disclosed in Patent Document 1 does not have a configuration in which a different ball (medal) unit price for each hall store can be handled universally and can be flexibly set.

  In addition, the management device disclosed in Patent Document 2 is a one-price one-by-one combination by combining exchanges with other prizes when the required exchange values are substantially inconsistent depending on the game medium type. We try to retain the principle, but there is no idea to avoid such a situation of inconsistency depending on the type of game medium or to manage the unit price of balls (medals) according to a common standard at multiple hall stores. .

  Therefore, the object of the present invention is to set the same ball (medal) unit price as that used in each hall store, no matter what kind of ball (medal) unit price is set in each hall store. It is to provide a prize exchange system that is possible with a common reference amount.

  The present invention provides the following prize exchange system, prize display device, server, and product information display control method.

The first embodiment of the present invention is
A prize selecting device (for example, a prize selecting device shown in FIG. 173, such as a viewer 9550, a PC 9580, or a smartphone 9570) and a prize exchanging device (for example, the prize exchanging device shown in FIG. 173) arranged in a hall store. , A gift exchange terminal 9530), and a gift exchange system including a server (for example, a backbone server 9600 shown in FIG. 173) connected to the prize selection apparatus and the prize exchange apparatus via a network (for example, as shown in FIG. 173). It is a prize exchange system 9001) shown.
The free gift exchange system further includes a product information storage unit (for example, a product management table 9752) that stores product information about products on the online shopping site.
Here, the prize selection device is
Displaying at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means in response to a first predetermined operation by the player (for example, an operation of logging in to the prize selection device and displaying a prize selection instruction screen) 1 display means (for example, the display 9555 of the viewer 9550),
When the player selects the product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a gift candidate (for example, after selecting a desired gift on the gift selection instruction screen, on the shopping list screen, A prize selection control unit (for example, a product selection control unit that transmits product identification information (for example, a product ID as stored in the product management table 9752) for identifying the selected product to the server when the “OK” button is touched). 185) which executes a part of the functions of the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 shown in FIG. 185.
The server is
A free gift list storage unit (for example, a shopping list management table 9653) that stores the product identification information received from the free gift selection device, and a loan amount storage unit that stores the loan amount of the game media with respect to the reference amount for each game medium type ( For example, a game medium type definition table 9662) is provided.
The prize exchange device,
The product of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means in response to a second predetermined operation by the player (for example, an operation of logging in to the prize exchange device and displaying a prize exchange instruction screen). Second display means for displaying information (for example, the display 9535 of the prize exchange terminal 9530),
When the player selects the product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged (for example, after selecting a desired prize on the prize exchange instruction screen, the prize exchange determination screen is displayed). When the “exchange” button is touched, the ordering instruction of the product is issued to the online shopping site (for example, as shown in FIG. 182, the ordering instruction of the gift is performed in the gift exchange device). , Which is transmitted to the shop management server via the main server) and which sends the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server (eg, the gift exchange terminal 9530 shown in FIG. 184 (B)). Means for executing a part of the function of the free gift exchange control unit 9542).
Further, at least one of the product information displayed on the first display unit and the product information displayed on the second display unit includes a game medium type (for example, a game medium type according to a lending mode). The prize exchange of the corresponding product for each "4 yen loan (pachinko)" or "20 yen loan (slot)" displayed on the individual product display portion 9945a of the prize selection instruction screen 9940 shown in FIG. 215. The exchange amount of the game medium required in (for example, since the price of the prize is converted into the number of balls (medals), 4 yen displayed in the individual product display portion 9945a of the prize selection instruction screen 9940 shown in FIG. 215. "250 balls" for lending (pachinko) and "50 pieces" for 20 yen lending (slot) are included.
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means associates the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount (for example, 1000 yen or the like, the unit price of the gaming medium x the amount of lending) for each type of gaming medium with the hall store. Remember
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors (for example, displayed on the management terminal installed in parlors, game media of FIG. 214 The number of balls (medals) is input on the type data input screen 9930) , and the reference amount is set to a constant value (for example, a uniform amount of 1000 yen) over a plurality of hall stores. To be done.

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

A second embodiment of the present invention is the same as the first embodiment,
The reference amount stored in the lending quantity storage means is configured to be settable in a terminal installed in the hall store.

With such a configuration of the present invention, the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is calculated based on the relationship between the reference amount and the lending amount. Are displayed for each game medium type.

A third embodiment of the present invention is the same as the first embodiment,
The standard amount can be changed,
The lending amount is updated according to the change of the reference amount.

  With such a configuration of the present invention, when the reference amount is changed, the lending amount is automatically updated according to the change in the reference amount, and as a result, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is changed. Is changed, and the changed exchange quantity is displayed for each game medium type.

A fourth embodiment of the invention is
A product information receiving means for receiving product information of a product to be redeemed at a hall store,
Display control means for controlling to display at least a part of the received product information on a display means ;
A lending amount acquisition unit for accessing the lending amount storage unit for storing the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each type of gaming medium, and acquiring the lending amount ;
The product information displayed on the display means includes the number of exchanges of game media required in exchange of prizes of corresponding products for each type of game media,
The replacement quantity is acquired by the loan quantity obtaining means, Ri corresponding numeric der calculated on the basis of the lending number of game media type,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The lending quantity stored in the lending quantity storage means can be set in a terminal installed in the hall store,
The reference amount is a premium display device (for example, a premium selection terminal or a premium exchange terminal of the premium exchange system 9001) configured to be set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores .

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

A fifth embodiment of the present invention is the same as the fourth embodiment,
The reference amount stored in the lending quantity storage means is configured to be settable in a terminal installed in the hall store.

With such a configuration of the present invention, the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is calculated based on the relationship between the reference amount and the lending amount. Are displayed for each game medium type.

A sixth embodiment of the present invention is the same as the fourth embodiment,
The standard amount can be changed,
The lending amount is updated according to the change of the reference amount.

  With such a configuration of the present invention, when the reference amount is changed, the lending amount is automatically updated according to the change in the reference amount, and as a result, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is changed. Is changed, and the changed exchange quantity is displayed for each game medium type.

A seventh embodiment of the present invention is
A lending quantity acquisition means for acquiring the lending quantity from a lending quantity storage means (for example, a gaming media type definition table 9662) that stores the lending quantity of the game media for the reference amount for each hall store and for each gaming medium type,
In response to a predetermined operation of a player in a terminal (for example, a prize selection device or a gift exchange device of the gift exchange system 9001), a request for requesting product information of a product to be a gift exchange target at the hall store is made to the terminal. Request receiving means received from
In accordance with the request, the loan quantity acquisition means acquires the loan quantity of the hall store that has transmitted the request, and based on the acquired loan quantity, the exchange quantity of the game medium required in the gift exchange of the product. Exchange quantity calculation means for calculating each of the game medium types,
A server (for example, a core server 9600 of the premium exchange system 9001) configured to include a product information transmission unit that transmits the product information including the calculated exchange quantity to display the terminal on the terminal.
Further, the exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, the Ki out to set the terminal installed in parlors, the reference amount, so that over a plurality of holes store is set to a fixed numerical Is composed of.

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

An eighth embodiment of the present invention is the same as the seventh embodiment,
The reference amount stored in the lending quantity storage means is configured to be settable in a terminal installed in the hall store.

With such a configuration of the present invention, the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is calculated based on the relationship between the reference amount and the lending amount. Are displayed for each game medium type.

A ninth embodiment of the present invention is the same as the seventh embodiment,
The standard amount can be changed,
According to the change of the reference amount, the loan amount is updated,
The exchange quantity calculation means is configured to calculate the exchange quantity of the product for each of the game medium types based on the updated lending quantity and the changed reference amount.

  With such a configuration of the present invention, when the reference amount is changed, the lending amount is automatically updated according to the change in the reference amount, and as a result, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the prize exchange for each product is changed. Is changed, and the changed exchange quantity is displayed for each game medium type.

The tenth embodiment of the present invention is
A product information display control method executed by using a premium selection device and a premium exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the premium selection device and the premium exchange device via a network,
The server includes a lending quantity storage means for storing the lending quantity of the game media with respect to the reference amount for each game media type,
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage unit that stores the product information about the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display unit according to the first predetermined operation by the player. A first display step,
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a gift candidate, product identification information for identifying the selected product is stored in the server. And a step of controlling the selection of free gifts to be transmitted to,
In the prize exchange device, in response to a second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means for storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device is displayed. A second display step for displaying on the second display means,
In the gift exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a gift to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. A prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server,
At least one of the product information displayed on the first display unit and the product information displayed on the second display unit is required for prize exchange of a corresponding product for each game medium type. Includes the exchange quantity of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The reference amount of money is configured to be set to a constant value over a plurality of hall stores .

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

An eleventh embodiment of the present invention is
A product information display control method executed in a premium display device, comprising:
A product information receiving step of receiving product information of a product to be a gift exchange target at a hall store,
A display control step of controlling to display at least a part of the received product information on a display means;
A lending quantity acquisition step of accessing a lending quantity storage means for storing a lending quantity of a game medium for a reference amount for each gaming medium type, and acquiring the lending quantity.
The product information displayed on the display means includes the number of exchanges of game media required in exchange of prizes of corresponding products for each type of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the loan quantity of the corresponding game medium type acquired in the loan quantity acquisition step,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The reference amount of money is configured to be set to a constant value over a plurality of hall stores .

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

A twelfth embodiment of the present invention is
A product information display control method executed by a server connected to a terminal,
A lending amount acquisition step of acquiring the lending amount from a lending amount storage means for storing the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount for each hall store and for each game medium type,
A request receiving step of receiving a request from the terminal for requesting product information of a product to be a gift exchange target in the hall store in response to a predetermined operation of a player in the terminal,
In accordance with the request, the loan quantity of the hall store that has transmitted the request is acquired in the loan quantity acquisition step, and based on the acquired loan quantity, the exchange quantity of the game media required in the gift exchange of the product. And an exchange quantity calculation step for calculating each of the game medium types,
A product information transmitting step of transmitting the product information including the calculated exchange quantity for displaying on the terminal,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The reference amount is configured so that to be set to a fixed numerical value over a plurality of parlors.

With such a configuration of the present invention, no matter what the unit price of balls (medals) is set in the hall store, it is necessary to exchange the prize for each product based on the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount. The number of exchanged game media is calculated and displayed for each game media type. Further, according to such a configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount is set by the setting operation in the hall store, and based on the lending amount, the exchange amount of the game medium required for the gift exchange for each product. Is calculated and displayed for each game medium type. Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the lending amount of the game medium for a uniform reference amount is set across a plurality of hall stores, and based on the lending amount, the game medium required for the prize exchange of each product is The exchange quantity is calculated and displayed for each game medium type.

  With the prize exchange system according to the present invention, it is possible to set the number of game media to be rented out with respect to the reference amount, irrespective of what kind of unit price is set in the hall store. By this, it is possible to exchange the prize for the prize on the online mail order site at the same unit price of the ball (medal) as the operation at the hall store. Further, with such a configuration, each hall store can realize the exchange of the prizes of the online shopping site within the range of the business license given to the hall store.

It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of a premium exchange system. It is a front view showing a game machine provided with a sand device. It is a perspective view showing a sand device. It is a figure which shows the operation unit of a sand machine. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a sand device. It is a block diagram showing a configuration of a gaming machine. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a hall computer. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the premium POS. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the premium POS cooperation exclusive terminal. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a smart phone. It is a figure explaining an outline of an operation flow of a player in a premium exchange system. It is a figure explaining an outline of a processing flow after a free gift exchange instruction in a free gift exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises a premium exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises a premium exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises a premium exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system. It is a flow chart which shows a mall member registration processing procedure in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on mall member registration in a premium exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the premium selection control processing procedure in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the premium selection process in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the premium selection process in a premium exchange system. It is a flow chart which shows the premium exchange control processing procedure in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system. It is a flow chart which shows the premium information collection processing procedure in a premium exchange system. It is a flow chart which shows the prize order control processing procedure in a gift exchange system. It is a figure which shows the concept of action history management in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the premium selection process in a premium exchange system. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the mall member registration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount coin processing process procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the small amount coin saving process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the card integration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the payment of the small amount savings coin in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium selection process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the mall member registration process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the membership card for small amount ball storage used by the premium exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount coin processing procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows a mall member registration processing procedure in the free gift exchange system concerning a 3rd embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the journal display processing procedure in the free gift exchange system concerning a 4th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the journal display process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the exchange ticket issuing processing procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket issuing process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the exchange ticket purchase processing procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket purchase process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket purchase process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the premium exchange process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the DL software use ticket issuing processing procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding DL software use ticket issuing processing in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart which shows the process selection procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment, and the screen regarding process selection. It is a flow chart which shows DL software purchase processing procedure in a free gift exchange system concerning a 6th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding DL software purchase processing in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding DL software purchase processing in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the download processing procedure of DL software in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the download process of DL software in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the utilization process procedure of DL software in the premium exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which comprises the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart which shows the process selection procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment, and the screen regarding process selection. It is a flowchart which shows the coupon ticket exchange process procedure in the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the coupon ticket exchange process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the coupon ticket exchange process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the authority for every situation of member registration in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure showing the relationship between the favorite and the premium exchange basket in the premium exchange system concerning an 8th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow after the premium order in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the login screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of member information registration of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the member registration screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of member information registration of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the linking of the member in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card information edit screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card information edit screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of favorite addition in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the mall member top page of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium search result display screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium | details screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the favorite reference screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the premium exchange cage | basket addition in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange basket reference screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the possession ball number input screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange basket confirmation screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange basket confirmation screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium order screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange completion screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the goods determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the delivery progress display in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the delivery progress information display screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods registration in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods registration in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of deposit payment in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of deposit payment in the premium exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a sketch of a hall store in which the premium exchange system concerning a 9th embodiment is introduced. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow from premium selection to premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the premium selection in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium selection instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium selection instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the over-the-counter premium registration in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the in-store premium management in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the variation of the premium display control function in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the variation of the premium display control function in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the premium selection in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the premium selection in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow of the premium price adjustment in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the concept of the total addition adjustment amount determination method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of whole addition adjustment amount determination in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the game medium classification data input screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium selection instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the premium selection in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the conventional payment procedure using the credit card relevant to the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd settlement method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd settlement method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd settlement method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 3rd payment method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 3rd payment method in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of member registration in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from premium selection to premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow of the membership card linking process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow of the membership card linking process in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount savings premium exchange screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card reading screen etc. of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount savings member registration screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount savings premium exchange screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from premium selection to premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from premium selection to premium exchange in the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the game medium classification quantity designation | designated part displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen of the premium exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment.

[Explanation of system schematic]
With reference to FIG. 1, a system overview of a prize exchange system according to an embodiment (first embodiment) of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1 is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and a part of the computer center device is sold online via a network such as the Internet. Connected to site equipment. The free gift exchange system 1 of FIG. 1 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system. The computer center is basically located in a place different from each hall store.

  A hall computer 400, a gaming machine 10, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged in the hall store. The hall computer 400 has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status, etc.), information regarding members, and prizes, and the hall DB 430 storing various data. Equipped with. The game machine 10 is, for example, a pachi-slot machine or a pachinko machine, and the player acquires a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these machines. In addition, the gaming machine 10 is connected to the hall computer 400 and the sand device 20, and exchanges information regarding the gaming status and the number of held game media (the number of medals, the number of medals).

  The premium selection device includes a dedicated terminal 530, a smartphone 540, a feature phone 558, a personal computer or a tablet terminal owned by the player, and any other terminal capable of network communication. The free gift selection device is a device that displays information about products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows the player to select some of these products as future free gifts. The selected product is registered as a shopping list. The dedicated terminal 530 includes a large touch panel display device and is connected to the hall computer 400. The dedicated terminal 530 can also function as a premium exchange device.

  The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are portable devices (communication devices) owned by the player, and function as a prize selection device inside and outside the hall store. The smartphone 540 is a mobile phone equipped with a touch panel type display device, and can connect to a network such as the Internet to access a predetermined WEB site and display a WEB page. The feature phone 558 generally refers to a device including a display device and having a communication function similar to that of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 access a mobile I / F server 680 described later via a network 690 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network.

  In the present embodiment, the smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are used as the prize selection device, but it is possible to identify the device by some method, having a display device and a communication function similar to those of the smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558. For example, various other devices can be used as the prize selection device.

  The prize exchange device includes a sand device 20, a prize POS 500, and a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, each of which is connected to the hall computer 400. The free gift exchange device is a device that displays information (shopping list) about free gifts selected in advance by the free gift selection device and allows the player to select a free gift to be exchanged. Each of the sand machines 20 is connected to one gaming machine 10 and has functions such as renting out game media, counting (each device counting), holding (saving medals, saving coins), etc. Also works. In addition, the sand device 20 is connected to a large display device, a digital signage device 515, which is installed on the top of the gaming machine 10.

  The prize POS 500 is installed at a prize exchange counter of a hall store, and is used by staff of the hall store to deal with a player's prize exchange. For example, the receipt issued by the counting device is read, or the count value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sanding device 20 are read out, and a prize of a value corresponding to this is provided to the player. In the present invention, the premium POS 500 also functions as a premium exchange device. Further, the prize POS 500 is connected to a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 which functions as a prize exchange device.

  The hall cooperation system includes a hall cooperation computer 560 and a center store I / F server 580. The hall cooperation computer 560 relays instructions and data transmission / reception between the core server 600 of the computer center and the hall computer 400 of each hall store, which will be described later, as well as data linkage / data integration of hall stores of the same group and individual hall stores. To control. Further, the hall cooperation computer 560 stores data for realizing the above-mentioned functions in the hall cooperation DB 570. The center store I / F server 580 is a server that relays and controls instructions and data transmission / reception to and from the center store 590.

  A backbone server 600, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC mall I / F server 840 are arranged in the computer center. The core server 600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs a prize selection control process and a prize exchange control process, respectively, according to a player's prize selection and prize exchange operation. When it is decided to exchange the free gift, the free gift order processing for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Further, action history including a game situation and a gift exchange situation is collected and stored for the mall member in each hall store.

  The mobile I / F server 680 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices according to access from the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 540 or the feature phone 558. Further, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the smartphone 540 or the like. The mobile I / F server 680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 650 according to the operation of the smartphone 540 and the like.

  The shop management server 700 collects and manages information about shops on a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information on products handled by the online shopping sites, and selects information on the products when a predetermined condition is satisfied, as a gift selection. It is stored as what can be displayed on the device. The information regarding these shops and the information regarding products are stored in the prize DB 750. In addition, in response to a command from the backbone server 600, a free gift delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

  The ASP-I / F server 800 accesses the EC shop ASP server 850 that integrally manages a plurality of online shopping sites by using a predetermined protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS, and the online shopping managed by the EC shop ASP server 850. The information of the site (shop server 870) and the information of the product sold by the online mail order site are acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when one of the shop servers 870 indicates that the update has been performed.

  In addition, when the prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, the instruction is sent to the EC shop ASP server 850 according to the above protocol. Upon receiving the free gift delivery instruction, the EC shop ASP server 850 instructs the shop server 870 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the specified free gift.

  The individual shop I / F server 820 connects to the shop server 872 of the individual independent online shopping site by a predetermined protocol, and the information of the online shopping site (shop server 872) and the online shopping site are sold. The information of the product to be purchased is acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when the shop server 872 indicates that the update has been performed.

  In addition, when receiving the free gift delivery instruction from the shop management server 700, it instructs the shop server 872 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the specified free gift according to the above protocol.

  The EC mall I / F server 840 connects to the EC mall management server 860 that integrally manages a plurality of online shopping sites by a predetermined protocol, and manages the online shopping sites (shop server 874) and the information of the products sold by the online mail order site, and sends them to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when one of the shop servers 874 indicates that the update has been performed.

  In addition, when receiving the gift delivery instruction from the shop management server 700, the instruction is sent to the EC mall I / F server 840 according to the above protocol. Upon receiving the free gift delivery instruction, the EC mall I / F server 840 instructs the shop server 874 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the specified free gift.

  As described above, the interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 acquires the information about the shop and the information about the product by the communication / connection procedure (protocol) adapted to the EC shop ASP server 850 of the connection destination. The product delivery instruction is transmitted, but the present embodiment merely shows an example. The computer of the online shopping site can have various configurations and connection forms, but by constructing an interface server according to the configuration and connection form, it is possible to automatically obtain the above-mentioned information about shops and products. It is possible to send a product delivery instruction.

  Although the interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 is configured by a computer different from the shop management server 700, the shop management server 700 may be configured to realize the same function. Good. Further, the interface server can be further divided into functions and corresponding shop servers so as to be configured by more computers.

  Further, a person may perform the acquisition of the information about the shop, the acquisition of the information about the product, and the transmission of the product delivery instruction instead of these interface servers.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 used in the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 2 is a front view showing the gaming machine 10 provided with the sand device 20. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the sand device 20. As described above, the sand device 20 can also be used as a prize exchange device. The gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 2 is a pachi-slot machine. As the gaming machine 10 of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, both a pachi-slot machine and a pachinko machine can be used, but in the following description of the present embodiment, the pachi-slot machine will be mainly described. explain.

  As shown in FIG. 2, on the right side of the gaming machine 10, a sand device 20 is installed. The respective sand devices 20 are installed corresponding to the adjacent gaming machines 10, and are communicably connected to the corresponding gaming machines 10. Further, each sand device 20 is communicatively connected to a hall computer 400 that performs system management and sales management of the sand device 20 for the entire hall.

  An LED (light-emitting diode) unit 31, a card insertion slot 32, a bill insertion slot 33 into which a bill can be inserted, an operation unit 34 configured by a touch panel LCD (liquid crystal display), A camera 35, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, a medal (game medium) payout tray 37, a speaker cover 38, a medal (game medium) counting slot 39, and the like are provided. The card insertion slot 32 is an insertion slot capable of receiving an information card issued by a card issuing machine (not shown) in a hall, for example. The LED section 31 includes a full-color LED 31A and an infrared LED (infrared light emitting diode) 31B.

  By inserting an information card (for example, an IC card) or a predetermined amount of banknotes into the card insertion slot 32 or the banknote insertion slot 33, the player can rent medals as a game medium necessary for the game. . Further, the player holds the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, so that the player can receive medals for rent.

  In response to the insertion of banknotes or the presentation of a non-contact IC card, the sanding device 20 counts the number of medals corresponding to the amount of the value medium that has been inserted, by the payout hopper provided inside, and pays out medals. Pay out from the tray 37. In addition, when the sand device 20 receives an information card in which the number of usable medals is written, a number of medals corresponding to the number of medals written in the inserted information card are paid out inside. The hopper counts and the coins are paid out from the medal payout tray 37. The player can play a game in the game machine 10 by inserting the medals paid out from the medal payout tray 37 into the medal insertion slot 11 of the game machine 10.

  Here, the non-contact IC card includes, for example, a smartphone 540 having a non-contact IC chip built therein, a feature phone 558, other portable devices, and communication devices.

  In the gaming machine 10, the medals are paid out to the medal payout tray 12 according to the result of the game. The player can count the medals by the sand device 20 by scooping the medals from the medal payout tray 12 and inserting the medals into the medal counting inlet 39 of the sand device 20. The sanding device 20 counts the medals inserted from the medal counting slot 39 by a counting hopper provided inside. In this way, the sand device 20 is also provided with the gaming machine 10 and has a function of counting the medals paid out from the gaming machine 10 according to the result of the game, and is therefore also called a counter counting device. ing.

  When the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko machine, pachinko balls are introduced into the counting input port of the sand device 20. For example, when the player drops a pachinko ball paid out on the upper plate as a result of the game into the lower plate by performing a predetermined operation, the pachinko ball falls on a guide plate mounted below the lower plate. To do. The guide plate guides the pachinko balls dropped from the lower plate to the counting input port provided in the sand device 20. The pachinko balls introduced into the counting input port are counted by the counting unit provided inside the sand device 20.

  The counted result is recorded in the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32 or stored in the storage unit or the non-contact IC card provided in the hall computer 400. The information card and the non-contact IC card store balance information and identification information for identifying the IC card.

  The medals counted in the counting hopper are discharged from the discharge port provided on the bottom surface of the sanding device 20 to the transport conveyor and collected. In addition, in a place where the conveyer is not provided, a storage box for storing medals may be installed below the sanding device 20 and the medals may be discharged to this storage box.

  When the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko machine, the pachinko balls counted by the counting unit are discharged from the discharge port provided on the back surface of the sand device 20 and collected. Further, in addition to the counting path of the pachinko balls thrown in from the counting slot, a fraction supply unit is provided on the back side of the sanding device 20, and the pachinko balls for fractions are received from the outside. . With this supply unit, a fixed amount of pachinko balls for fractions are always stored, and the fractional pachinko balls are dispensed from the fraction dispensing outlet to the guide plate as needed.

  A digital signage device 515 is installed on the top of the gaming machine 10, and a display related to prize exchange provided by the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment is performed. The digital signage device 515 is connected to the sand device 20, and images and the like displayed on the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 are displayed in conjunction with each other.

  Next, the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. The operation unit 34 includes a display 341 and a touch panel type operation button 342. The operation button 342 is displayed as an image simulating various buttons, and accepts the operation of the player according to the image. Specifically, the operation buttons 342 are "return", "prize exchange", "lending", "counting start", "ball payout", "count stop", "accumulate", "service", and "accumulate". It is displayed as an image simulating the operation button 342 corresponding to various processes such as “payout”. The player can execute the process by touching (tapping) the operation button 342 corresponding to the desired process.

  For example, the “lending” operation button 342 inserts an information card into the card insertion slot 32, holds a non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, or inserts cash into the bill insertion slot 33. This is the part that is operated when you wish to lend a medal. The “start counting” operation button 342 is a portion operated when the medals are inserted into the medal counting insertion slot 39 and counted. The “stop counting” operation button 342 is a part operated when the counting is stopped after the medal counting is started. The “return” operation button 342 is a part operated when returning the inserted information card. At this time, balance information, possessed medals or accumulated medals, and card ID as necessary are written in the information card.

  By inserting an information card or a bill of a predetermined amount into the card insertion slot 32 or the bill insertion slot 33, the player can receive a medal as a game medium necessary for the game. Further, the player holds the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, so that the player can receive medals for rent.

  The operation button 343 for "exchange of prizes" displays the shopping list previously selected by the player on the operation unit 34, and the prizes to be exchanged by touching (tap operation) the prizes actually desired to be exchanged. decide. Further, all or part of the image displayed on the operation unit 34, or an image related to the image is displayed in association with the digital signage device 515 installed on the upper portion of the gaming machine 10.

  Next, the configuration of the sand device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the sand device 20. A main CPU (central processing unit) 40 reads a control unit program stored in a ROM (read only memory) 41, and executes processing related to prize exchange, medal counting processing, and other processing. Various data relating to the processing are stored in a RAM (random access memory) 42.

  The main CPU 40 uses the amount data read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 22, or the non-contact via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 (the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36 shown in FIG. 3). The amount data read from the IC card is stored in the RAM 42 as balance data. When the amount of money designated by the player is smaller than the balance data, based on the balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out the designated amount of medals to the payout hopper 45. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of paid out medals from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43. Further, a counting hopper 46 is connected to the main CPU 40 via a drive circuit 44, and the main CPU 40 can drive the counting hopper 46 by controlling the drive circuit 44.

  A button for returning the information card is also displayed on the operation unit 34. When the player operates this operation button, the main CPU 40 inserts the information card inserted in the information card reader / writer 22 into the card. Return from mouth 32.

  Further, the main CPU 40 stores the bill identification result output from the bill identifying device (bilberry) 24 in the RAM 42 as balance data. When the amount of money designated by the player is smaller than the balance data, based on the balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out the designated amount of medals to the payout hopper 45. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of paid out medals from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43.

  Further, the main CPU 40 uses the infrared LED 31B of the LED section 31 as a monitoring floodlight, causes the player to reflect the infrared light from the infrared LED 31B, and causes the camera 35 to image the infrared light. The main CPU 40 stores the image captured by the camera 35 in the RAM 42, and detects the presence or substitution of the player based on this image. This detection process is always performed. When the player's state changes to the non-detection (away) state and the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32 is still inserted, or the amount data of the banknote inserted from the banknote insertion slot 33 is balanced. If there is, the main CPU 40 can alert the player who is about to leave the seat by issuing a warning sound or a warning sound via the speaker 48. As the warning voice, a voice such as "I forgot my card" is issued.

  As described above, the main CPU 40 is configured to perform non-contact communication with the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23. This communication system is, for example, an electromagnetic induction system having a carrier frequency of 13.56 MHz. The main CPU 40 counts the number of medals according to the amount data read from the non-contact IC card through the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 by the pay-out hopper 45, and pays out from the medal pay-out tray 37. Rewrite the contact IC card balance data.

  Further, the main CPU 40 communicates with the gaming machine 10 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 47. The gaming machine 10 periodically transmits the number of medals paid out as a result of the game and the number of medals inserted by the player to perform the game to the sand device 20, and the main CPU 40 of the sand device 20 Upon receiving these pieces of information, they are stored in the RAM 42.

  Further, the main CPU 40 periodically captures a player's face image via the camera 35 and stores it in the RAM 42. When the face image stored last time is compared with the face image stored this time, and when it is determined that they are not the same person, the main CPU 40 determines that the player has changed, and performs the processing according to this.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 are connected to the hall computer 400 so that they can communicate with each other. The hall computer 400 receives accumulated information (medal number information) about the number of medals, such as medal insertion information and payout information, from the gaming machine 10 via the sand device 20, and from the sand device 20, an information card or a non-contact IC card. Information regarding the number of medals (medal number information) such as the movement of the number of medals between and and the counting result by the counting hopper 46 is received.

  Further, the main CPU 40 displays an image for exchanging a prize when the operation button of “gift exchange” displayed on the operation unit 34 is operated, and the image or the image is displayed on the digital signage device 515. Display related images.

  Next, the configuration of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the gaming machine 10. The gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 6 is a pachi-slot machine. The gaming machine 10 includes a main control circuit 250, a sub control circuit 280, and peripheral devices (actuators) electrically connected to these. The main control circuit 250 has a microcomputer 260 installed on a circuit board as a main component. The microcomputer 260 includes a main CPU 261, a main ROM 262, and a main RAM 263.

  The main ROM 262 stores a control program executed by the main CPU 261, a data table such as an internal lottery table, and data for transmitting various control commands (commands) to the sub control circuit 280. The main RAM 263 is provided with a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination determined by executing the control program.

  A clock pulse generation circuit 252, a frequency divider 253, a random number generator 254, and a sampling circuit 255 are connected to the main CPU 261. The clock pulse generation circuit 252 and the frequency divider 253 generate clock pulses. The main CPU 261 executes the control program based on the generated clock pulse. The random number generator 254 generates a random number (for example, 0 to 65535) in a predetermined range. The sampling circuit 255 extracts one value from the generated random numbers.

  A switch or the like is connected to the input port of the microcomputer 260. The main CPU 261 receives inputs from switches and controls the operations of peripheral devices such as stepping motors 271L, 271C and 271R. The stop switch 312S, which is a stop operation detecting means, detects that each of the three stop buttons 312L, 312C, 312R is pressed by the player (stop operation). Further, the start switch 310S, which is a start operation detecting means, detects that the start lever has been operated by the player (start operation).

  The medal sensor 290S detects that the medal received in the medal insertion slot 11 (see FIG. 2) has passed through the selector. Further, the bet switch 332S detects that the bet button has been pressed by the player. The settlement switch 334S detects that the settlement button is pressed by the player. Further, the door sensor 335S detects that the door of the housing has been opened.

  As peripheral devices whose operations are controlled by the microcomputer 260, there are stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R, a 7-segment display 314, and a hopper 350. A circuit for controlling the operation of each peripheral device is connected to the output port of the microcomputer 260.

  The motor drive circuit 272 controls driving of the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R provided corresponding to the reels 320L, 320C, 320R. The reel position detection circuit 270 detects a reel index indicating that the reels 320L, 320C, and 320R have completed one rotation, according to each reel 320L, 320C, and 320R, using an optical sensor having a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit.

  The stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R have a configuration in which the momentum is proportional to the number of output pulses and the rotation axis can be stopped at a designated angle. The driving force of the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R is transmitted to the reels 320L, 320C, 320R via a gear having a predetermined reduction ratio. Each time a pulse is output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R once, the reels 320L, 320C, 320R rotate at a constant angle.

  The main CPU 261 counts the number of times the pulse is output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R after detecting the reel index, so that the rotation angle of the reels 320L, 320C, 320R (mainly, how many symbols the reel has The position of each symbol arranged on the surface of the reels 320L, 320C, 320R is managed.

  The display drive circuit 315 controls the operation of the 7-segment display 314. Further, the hopper drive circuit 352 controls the operation of the hopper 350. The payout completion signal circuit 353 manages the detection of medals performed by the medal detection unit 351 provided in the hopper 350, and checks whether or not the number of medals discharged from the hopper 350 to the outside has reached the payout number.

  The sub control circuit 280 is electrically connected to the main control circuit 250, and performs processing such as determination and execution of effect contents based on a command transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub control circuit 280 basically includes a sub CPU, a sub ROM, a sub RAM, a rendering processor, a drawing RAM, a driver, a DSP (digital signal processor), an audio RAM, and the like.

  The sub CPU controls the output of video, sound, and light according to the control program stored in the sub ROM in response to the command transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub RAM is provided with a storage area for registering the determined effect contents and effect data, and a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub ROM is basically composed of a program storage area and a data storage area.

  Further, the sub ROM stores effect data for effecting light by a light emission effect device (not shown). The sub CPU causes the lamp 362 to emit light by outputting this effect data based on the command from the main control circuit 250. In addition, the sub-ROM stores effect data for producing effects with sound effects and images, and the sub-CPU outputs the effect data based on a command from the main control circuit 250, thereby producing a speaker. A sound effect is output from 364 and an effect image is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 360.

  Here, an interface 264 is connected to the main control circuit 250, and the main CPU 261 communicates with the sand device 20 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 264. The main CPU 261 transmits accumulated information such as medal insertion information and medal payout information to the sand device 20 while communicating with the sand device 20. The medal insertion information is, for example, the number of medals inserted for a game in the gaming machine 10 in a certain period. The payout information of medals is, for example, the number of payouts of medals, the number of times bonuses are generated, and the like. The main CPU 261 accumulates the accumulated information in the main RAM 263 after transmitting the accumulated information to the sand device 20 last time and then transmits the accumulated information to the sand device 20 at a constant timing. . After transmitting to the sand device 20, the main CPU 261 resets the accumulated information up to that point.

  Next, the configuration of the hall computer 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a main CPU 401, a ROM 402, a RAM 403, an external storage device 404, a display 405, an interface 406, and a speaker 407.

  The main CPU 401 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 402 and the RAM 403. For example, the main CPU 401 manages the member information of the hall store, manages the number of game media such as coins and medals held for each member, and manages the gaming status and prize exchange status of each member. It executes and controls the display 405 and the speaker 407.

  The display 405 is for displaying game data managed by the hall computer 400, or for notifying the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The speaker 407, together with the display 405, informs when an illegality such as illegally bringing in a medal or an abnormality occurs. The speaker 407 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  The hall computer 400 is communicatively connected to the gaming machine 10, the sand device 20, the prize POS 500, the dedicated terminal 530, and the hall cooperation computer 560 via the interface 406. The control program for implementing the present invention is stored in, for example, the external storage device 404 and loaded into the RAM 403. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 406 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  A hall DB is stored in the external storage device 404, and member information, accumulated medal information, action history information, and the like are stored.

  In addition, the configuration of the hall cooperation computer 560, the center store I / F server 580, the backbone server 600, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840 is also the above-mentioned hall. Since the configuration is similar to that of the computer 400 (however, the devices connected by the interface are different from each other), the description is omitted.

  Next, the configuration of the premium POS 500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the premium POS 500. The illustrated prize POS 500 realizes the prize exchange by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment, and is also configured to enable the conventional prize exchange. The premium POS 500 includes a main CPU 501, a ROM 502, a RAM 503, an information card reader / writer 504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 505, a bar code reader 506, a player side display 507, a keyboard 508, a store side display 509, an interface 510, and the like. The speaker 511 is provided.

  The main CPU 501 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 502 and the RAM 503. For example, the main CPU 501 executes gift inventory management, gift exchange management, and gift exchange processing by the gift exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. The control program can be provided from another device via the interface 510 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  When the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device of each unit of the sand device 20, the main CPU 501 reads the member ID from the information card through the information card reader / writer 504 (the player in the hall store). ID) or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505, and the hall computer 400 is accessed to hold the number of game media associated with the acquired member ID. Get (Number of medals). Further, the main CPU 501 can also read the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the barcode reader 506, and thereby obtain the number of retained game media (the number of medals).

  The player-side display 507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The main CPU 501 receives, via the player-side display 507, the number of prizes designated by the player (general prizes and special prizes in stock at hall stores). Next, the main CPU 501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of retained game media, it displays that fact on the store side display 509, and the staff of the hall store The prizes are exchanged by the operation. The store-side display 509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player-side display 507, and the staff performs the operation using the store-side display 509 or the keyboard 508.

  When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 501 accesses the hall computer 400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding member ID. The prize POS 500 is communicatively connected to the hall computer 400 and the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 via an interface 510.

  The main CPU 501 further displays on the player side display 507 a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging the prizes in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. On the screen, information on the prize instructed by the player to be exchanged is the mall member ID read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 505 (in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. It is transmitted to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560 in association with the player ID).

  Next, the configuration of the premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 will be described with reference to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes a main CPU 521, a ROM 522, a RAM 523, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, a display 525, an interface 526, and a speaker 527.

  The main CPU 521 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 522 and the RAM 523. For example, the main CPU 521 executes the inventory management of prizes, the management of prize exchange, and the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment, as in the case of the prize POS 500. The control program can be provided from another device via the interface 526 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The display 525 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. Further, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is connected to the prize POS 500 via the interface 526 so as to cooperate with the prize POS 500.

  The main CPU 521 displays on the display 525 a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging the free gift of the free gift exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. On the screen, the information on the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, and passes through the prize POS 500. Then, it is transmitted to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560.

  In addition, the non-contact IC card reader / writer is provided only in the prize POS500, and when the mall member ID is read by the prize POS500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is interlocked with the display 525 to exchange the prize. Screens (including shopping list screens) can be configured to be displayed.

  Next, the configuration of the smartphone 540 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 includes a main CPU 541, a ROM 542, a RAM 543, a non-contact IC chip 544, a GPS antenna 545, a wireless communication antenna 546, a display 547, a camera 548, a microphone 549, and a speaker 550.

  The main CPU 541 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 542 or the RAM 543. For example, the main CPU 541 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

  Internal data of the non-contact IC chip 544 is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 of the prize POS 500 described above. For example, the IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 544 and the data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 can be read in a non-contact manner. In addition, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 in a non-contact manner as needed.

  The main CPU 541 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 545, and checks the position of the smartphone 540. The position information thus obtained is stored in the RAM 543 or the like and used in the program as needed.

  The main CPU 541 communicates with the mobile phone base station via the wireless communication antenna 546, transmits / receives call data to make a call with another device, and is provided from another terminal via the Internet. It controls to browse the WEB page of the user and to send and receive mail data to and from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 541 realizes wireless LAN communication with a wireless LAN access point by using the wireless communication antenna 546 and transmits / receives data via the Internet (however, the antenna used for wireless LAN communication is a mobile phone). An antenna that is different from the antenna that communicates with the base station).

  The main CPU 541 receives, for example, from the mobile I / F server 680, data of a WEB page which is a screen regarding mall member registration and prize selection, interprets the data, and displays the data on the display 547. The display 547 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player touches a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 547 to give a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F. Reply to the server 680.

  The camera 548 is a small-sized image pickup device built in the smartphone 540, and the image pickup element is configured by a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like. The microphone 549 and the speaker 550 perform voice input / output, and the main CPU 541 performs voice signal processing to enable voice communication by a mobile phone.

  Although description of the configuration of the feature phone 558 and other mobile devices is omitted, the configuration is similar to that of the smartphone 540 described above. In addition, when a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 540) is not used for identifying a mall member or a mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. .

  Next, with reference to FIG. 11, an outline of an operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described. First, the player operates the smartphone 540 or the like to perform mall member registration (step S10). This registration is a registration for using the free gift exchange system 1, and regardless of which hall store the free gift is exchanged, the registration needs to be performed only once at the beginning. Further, this registration is different from the member registration at the hall store.

  After registering as a mall member, the player operates the prize selection device to log in to the prize exchange system 1 (step S11), and exchanges it as a prize in the future from the products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites. A shopping list is created by designating the desired items and stored in the system (step S12). At this time, the number of game media required for exchanging products is obtained from the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store. After that, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 10 (step S13), and if he or she can get a medal or a pachinko ball, the sanding device 20 instructs the counting of the medal or the like and holds it on the system, that is, saves it. A medal (ball accumulation) is instructed (step S14). The number of retained game media is associated with the mall member ID by holding the smartphone 540 or the like over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 of the sand device 20.

  Next, the player logs in to the prize exchange system 1 in the prize exchange device (step S15), calls and displays the shopping list created in advance in step S12, and actually exchanges the shopping list from the list. A free gift is designated and a free gift exchange instruction is given (step S16). At this time, the number of retained game media is referred to along with the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store, and the total value of prizes to be exchanged is controlled so as not to exceed the total value of retained game media. To be done. According to such a player's exchange instruction, the designated free gift is delivered to the designated place.

  When giving a prize exchange instruction using the sand device 20 that also functions as a prize exchange device, the player exchanges the prize from the instruction for counting medals and the like (because the sand device 20 is installed side by side with the gaming machine 10). The instructions up to can be performed by a simple operation while sitting in front of the gaming machine 10 (step S17).

  Here, with reference to the exchange rate, the number of game media required for exchanging products is obtained, and it is checked whether the total amount of prizes to be exchanged exceeds the total value of held game media. However, when the equivalent exchange is set for general prizes, it is basically unnecessary to refer to the exchange rate.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 12, an outline of a processing flow after the prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described. After the player gives an instruction to exchange the free gift (step S16 in FIG. 11), the core server of the free gift exchange system 1 automatically performs the shipping process and the like.

  First, when the free gift exchange device receives a free gift exchange instruction from a player (step S20), it then sends a free gift ordering instruction to order the specified free gift to the hall computer 400 (step S21). The hall computer 400 gives a prize order instruction received from the prize exchange device (step S22) and pays the price (step S23). This payment is a payment from the hall store to the operator of the prize exchange system 1, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system. Such payment of prizes may be collectively postpaid (or prepaid) for a plurality of prizes.

  Next, when the backbone server 600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the hall computer 400, the backbone server 600 passes through the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC shop ASP server 850, and the like, the shop server 870, and the like. A free gift delivery instruction corresponding to the free gift ordering instruction is transmitted to the server of the shop that sells and delivers the free gift (step S24). Furthermore, for example, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC mall I / F server 840, and the like are instructed to pay the price corresponding to this transaction (step S25). This payment is a payment from the operator of the prize exchange system 1 to the operator of the online shopping site, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system. Such payment of prizes may be collectively postpaid (or prepaid) for a plurality of prizes.

  The shop server 870 or the like which has received the free gift delivery instruction outputs the free gift delivery instruction and other documents such as a transaction slip as necessary (step S26), and thereafter, it is basically a human work. For example, the specified gift is taken out of the warehouse, a label of the delivery destination is attached, and the gift is delivered to the delivery company.

  Next, the function of each device included in the premium exchange system 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. 13 to 16. FIG. 13A is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a member management unit 411, a game medium holding number management unit 412, an action history management unit 413, and a network I / F unit 414. The hall computer 400 also has functions of a conventional hall computer, such as management of prizes, but here, the functions related to the present invention will be mainly described. The network I / F unit 414 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls to perform data transmission / reception with the other computer (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices). The details of other functions will be described later.

  In addition, the hall computer 400 stores the hall DB 430 in the external storage device 404, and in the hall DB 430, a member information table 431 that stores information about members of the hall store. A game medium holding number management table 432 that manages the number of held game media and an action history management table 433 that stores an action history of the member such as the game situation (including the visit situation) are included (see FIG. 17). ). In this example, the member management unit 411 is executed by the hall computer 400, and the member information table 431 is stored in the external storage device (hall DB 430) of the hall computer 400, which is different from the hall computer 400. It is desirable that another computer (for example, a member management dedicated computer) executes the member management unit 411 and stores the member information table 431.

  FIG. 13B is a functional block diagram of the premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes an access management unit 471, a prize exchange control unit 472, a display control unit 473, and a cooperation device I / F unit 474. The sand device 20, the prize POS 500, and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as a prize exchange device, and are configured to include at least functions corresponding to the access management unit 471, the prize exchange control unit 472, and the display control unit 473 described above. . Also, these functions can be realized by displaying a WEB page with a WEB browser. The functional block diagram of the sand device 20, the prize POS 500, and the dedicated terminal 530 is omitted. The cooperative device I / F unit 474 is connected to the prize POS 500 via the network and controls data transmission / reception with the prize POS 500. The details of other functions will be described later.

  FIG. 14A is a functional block diagram of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 includes an access management unit 531, a member registration management unit 532, a prize selection control unit 533, a display control unit 534, and a network I / F unit 535. The feature phone 558 and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as a premium selection device, and at least the access management unit 531, the member registration management unit 532, the premium selection control unit 533, the display control unit 534, and the network I / F unit 535 described above. Including. The functional block diagram of the feature phone 558 and the dedicated terminal 530 is omitted. The functions of the access management unit 531, the member registration management unit 532, the prize selection control unit 533, and the display control unit 534 can also be realized by displaying a WEB page with a WEB browser. The details of each function will be described later.

  FIG. 14B is a functional block diagram of the hall cooperation computer 560. The hall cooperation computer 560 includes a data cooperation control unit 561, a network I / F unit 562, and a center store I / F unit 563. The center store I / F unit 563 realizes an interface for the hall store identified as the center store and controls data transmission / reception with the center store. The details of other functions will be described later.

  In addition, the hall cooperation computer 560 stores a hall cooperation DB 570 in an external storage device, and the hall cooperation DB 570 includes a hall computer information table 571 in which a computer ID of a hall store, a store group, and a store code are associated with each other. (See FIG. 18).

  FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 600. The core server 600 includes a mall member management unit 601, a gift selection control unit 604, a gift exchange control unit 605, a gift order control unit 606, a behavior history management unit 607, a network I / F unit 608, and a mobile device management unit 609. . The mobile device management unit 609 manages the connection with the mobile device. For example, when the mobile device is connected to the mobile I / F server 680, data transmission / reception to / from the mobile I / F server 680 is realized, and necessary data is transmitted in response to a request from the mobile I / F server 680. Is generated by the backbone server 600 and transmitted. The details of the other functions will be described later.

  Further, the core server 600 stores a core DB 650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 650 stores a mall member information table 651 that stores information about mall members of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment. Mall member game medium holding number management table 652 that manages the number of held game media that is held by instructing or playing balls, and stores and manages the shopping list created as a result of the player selecting products by the prize selection device. Yes, a shopping list management table 653, an exchange rate management table 654 that stores exchange rates related to general prizes for each hall store, an order management table 655 that stores and manages the contents ordered on the online shopping site, and the member concerned. Mall member action history management table 6 that stores action history such as game situation and exchange situation 6 includes (see FIGS. 18 to 20).

  FIG. 16A is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 700. The shop management server 700 includes a shop information management unit 701, a product selection management unit 702, and a network I / F unit 703 (details of each function will be described later). Further, the shop management server 700 stores a prize DB 750 in an external storage device, and the prize DB 750 stores a shop management table 751 that stores information on shops and a product management table 752 that stores product information collected from online shopping sites. , And a filtering data table 753 that stores filtering data used as a selection criterion when collecting product information from online shopping sites (see FIG. 20).

  FIG. 16B is a functional block diagram of the ASP-I / F server 800. The ASP-I / F server 800 includes a server communication control unit 801, an online mail order I / F unit 802, a prize order control unit 803, and a network I / F unit 804 (details of each function will be described later). Further, the other interface servers (individual shop I / F server 820 and EC mall I / F server 840) also have the same function, and a description thereof will be omitted here.

  Up to this point, the functions of the respective devices in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention have been described. However, the functional units that execute these functions may execute all or part of them in one device. It can be configured to be executed by a plurality of devices (including a computer at another site connected via a network). Further, the DBs stored in the external storage device can also be arranged in one storage device or distributed in a plurality of storage devices. In particular, the behavior history management table 433 of the hall DB 430 and the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core DB 650 each store information about the player's gaming status and the like, and thus are extremely large-scale data (so-called big data). Therefore, from the viewpoint of storage capacity management and access management, it may be desirable to be distributed and stored in a plurality of locations. Further, the mall member behavior history management table 656 is stored in another database or an external storage device of another computer (or a computer of another site) from the same viewpoints as above such as storage capacity management and access management. Is desirable.

  Next, the mall member registration process will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22. The mall member registration process is a process of registering as a member of the prize exchange system 1, and is performed only once at a hall store used by a player (step S10 in FIG. 11). FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the mall member registration processing for each entity of the smartphone 540, the mobile I / F server 680, and the core server 600. The processing is mainly realized by the access management unit 531 and the member registration management unit 532 of the smartphone 540, and the mobile device management unit 609 and the mall member management unit 601 of the backbone server 600.

  First, a request is transmitted to the WEB page for mall member registration (the WEB page provided by the mobile I / F server 680 functioning as a WEB server) on the smartphone 540 according to the operation of the player (step S40). In response to this request, the mobile I / F server 680 returns a mall member registration WEB page (step S41), and the smartphone 540 receives this WEB page and receives the mall page as shown in FIG. The member registration screen 880 is displayed on the display (step S42). In this example, the smartphone 540 has a WEB browser function, and exchanges HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680 using a protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS.

  Next, the smartphone 540 determines whether or not the player touches the “registration” button 884 (step S43), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen 880 until the operation is performed. When the mall member registration screen 880 is displayed, the player delivers the name of the player himself, the store code of the hall store to be used, the password, the mail address, the address, and the delivery destination (delivery destination 1, delivery destination 2) for delivering the prize. ) Or the like, and touch the “Register” button 884 when the input is completed.

  When the player touches the “Register” button 884, the smartphone 540 acquires the player's input information input on the mall member registration screen 880 (step S44), and further, the contactless IC chip of the smartphone 540 is stored. A unique ID (for example, a unique ID such as IDm) is acquired (step S45), and this information is transmitted to the mobile I / F server 680 as registration information (step S46). Upon receiving the registration information, the mobile I / F server 680 transmits it to the backbone server 600 (step S47).

  Upon receiving the registration information, the backbone server 600 refers to the unique ID, the store code, the password, etc., and performs a duplication check, a reliability check, and the like (step S48) to determine whether the registration information satisfies a predetermined registration condition. The determination is made (step S49). If the condition is not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S50), and an error page is created in the mobile I / F server 680 according to this instruction and then sent to the smartphone 540 (step S51). The smartphone 540 that has received this displays an error page on the display (step S52).

  On the other hand, when the registration information satisfies the predetermined registration condition, the backbone server 600 adds the registration information to the mall member information table 651 (step S53). After that, an instruction is given to perform a registration completion display (step S54), and in accordance with this instruction, the mobile I / F server 680 creates a registration completion page, which is then transmitted to the smartphone 540 (step S55) and received. The smartphone 540 that has displayed the registration completion page is displayed on the display (step S56).

  In the above example, the smartphone 540 has the WEB browser function and realizes the interactive interface by exchanging the HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680, but the similar method is realized by various other methods. The interface can be configured. For example, an application capable of transmitting / receiving data to / from the mobile I / F server 680 can be downloaded to the smartphone 540, and various screens can be displayed by the application. Further, in the mall member registration processing of this example, although the mall member is authenticated using the IDm and password of the non-contact IC chip built in the mobile device such as the smartphone 540, the non-contact IC card or another card is used. Can also be performed using. In that case, at the time of registration as a mall member, it is necessary to hold the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer or insert another card into the card insertion slot to acquire the information unique to the card.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 22B, the other store cooperation registration screen 890 is displayed on the smartphone 540, and the mall exchange ID 1 according to the present embodiment is used by using the mall member ID in other hall stores. can do.

  FIG. 18B shows the mall member information table 651, but in this example, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated with each other in a one-to-one correspondence. The player with the mall member ID “U004” has registered the mall member with the store code “034”, and then performs the linked registration for another hall store (store code “089”) (see FIG. 22 (B)). ), The mall member ID “U004” and the member ID “C276” of another hall store are linked here. In this example, the store code is assumed to be unique throughout for convenience.

  When the “Register” button 894 is touched on the other store cooperation registration screen 890 shown in FIG. 22B, the mall member ID is checked, and then the hall cooperation computer 560 is accessed to access the hall computer information. By referring to the table 571, it is specified which computer is the hall computer that manages the input linked store code. After that, the specified computer (the hall computer 400 of another hall store) is accessed, and the member information table 431 (see FIG. 17A) is referenced there to determine whether the entered member ID and password match. To do. If they match, it is determined that the registration application is correct, and a record that associates the mall member ID with the member IDs of other hall stores is created in the mall member information table 651.

  By such processing, a player who has registered as a mall member at a certain hall store can exchange prizes according to the present embodiment at other hall stores according to the number of game media held at the other hall stores. It is possible to exchange a free gift by the system 1. Further, the delivery destination can be set separately on the other store cooperation registration screen 890, and the delivery destination can be changed according to the hall store to be used. It should be noted that the above configuration is merely an example, and various other data structures and other processing procedures can be used to perform such cooperation with other hall stores.

  It is also possible to integrate the number of game media held among the hall stores of the same group or among all the hall stores, and to design the prizes to be exchanged at any of the hall stores with the total number of held stores. It is possible. In that case, it is possible to further control to adjust the difference in the exchange rate between the hall stores. Furthermore, a plurality of types of game media (for example, a pachinko ball for 4 yen rental and a medal for 20 yen rental) can be integrated after adjustment.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25, the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. The prize selection control process is a process of selecting a product collected from a plurality of online shopping sites as a candidate for a gift to be exchanged in the future (processes executed in steps S11 and S12 of FIG. 11). FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the process for realizing the prize selection control process for each of the main constituents of the prize selection device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The process is mainly implemented by the premium selection control unit of the premium selection device (a functional unit corresponding to the premium selection control unit 533 of the smartphone 540) and the premium selection control unit 604 of the backbone server 600. Here, it is assumed that the premium selection device is not a mobile device such as the smartphone 540 but a device such as a dedicated terminal 530 installed in a hall store and operated there. 24 and 25 show a premium selection instruction screen and the like displayed on the display device of the dedicated terminal 530.

  First, the prize selection device displays a prize selection login screen according to the operation of the player (step S60). FIG. 24A shows an example of the premium selection login screen 900. Here, the player holds the mobile phone (for example, the smartphone 540 with a non-contact IC chip built in) as instructed on the screen, causes the prize selection device to read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip, and sets the password. input. Although the system side can grasp the mall member ID by the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

  The premium selection device determines whether or not these inputs have been completed by the player (step S61), and the display of the premium selection login screen 900 is maintained until there is an input. When the input is completed (when the “Next” button is touched on the prize selection login screen 900), the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the smartphone 540 and the password are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S62). Next, the hall computer 400 transfers these login information to the backbone server 600 (step S63).

  Upon receiving the login information, the backbone server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether the unique ID and the password match (step S64). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S65), and in accordance with this instruction, an error page is created by the hall computer 400 and then sent to the prize selection device (step S66). The received prize selecting device displays an error page on the display (step S67).

  When it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the backbone server 600 accesses the product management table 752 of the shop management server 700 and acquires product information (step S68). Here, the core server 600 determines the product information to be displayed to the player and the display order of the product information according to predetermined conditions (step S69). For example, player attributes, behavior history analysis results, number of game media held (including statistical values), hall stores used, ranking of prizes registered in the shopping list, and prizes exchanged as prizes. Determine the product information to be displayed and the display order based on various points such as ranking, discount rate, popularity, season, time, weather (temperature and humidity), magazine publication, recommended information, trend information, etc. can do.

  Next, the core server 600 creates a page of the free gift selection instruction screen so as to display the product information based on the determined display order, and sends it to the hall computer 400 (step S70). At this time, the hall computer 400 acquires the exchange rate of the hall store from the exchange rate management table 654 if the hall store where the player finally exchanges the prize is specified, and based on the information, The number of game media required for exchange for each product is displayed. When the dedicated terminal 530 is used as a premium selection device as in this example, the exchange rate corresponding to the hall store in which the dedicated terminal 530 is installed is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654. The store code is stored in advance in the ROM or the like of the premium selection device in association with the store code of the hall store in which the premium selection device is installed. It can be transmitted to 600 (step S62, step S63). In addition, the device ID of the dedicated terminal 530 is transmitted to the backbone server 600, and the store code is identified based on the device ID (see a table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated with each other). You can also If the hall store is not specified, it is displayed in the currency value of the product (displayed in yen units, such as 1000 yen).

  After that, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the premium selection instruction screen to the premium selection device (step S71), and the premium selection device displays the received page of the premium selection instruction screen on the display (step S72). Here, the player can touch the display of the premium selection device to move the page of the premium selection instruction screen or change the display condition. In response to this, the backbone server 600 creates a page of the corresponding free gift selection instruction screen and sends it to the free gift selection device via the hall computer 400 (step S73). In this example, the backbone server 600 creates the pages of these prize selection instruction screens in response to the player's request, but they are created and stored in advance or are collectively transmitted to the hall computer 400. You may keep it.

  FIG. 24B shows an example of the premium selection instruction screen 910 thus displayed. The product display unit 917 displays product information including images in the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product is different for each type of game media. (For example, in the case of oolong tea, there are 250 pachinko balls for 4 yen rental, and 50 medals for 20 yen rental slot). Here, when the hall store is specified, the number of game media required for the exchange is displayed based on the exchange rate of the hall store. When the hall store is not specified, the currency value of the product is displayed as described above. It is also possible to select a predetermined hall store and display the number of game media based on the exchange rate of the hall store. Further, on this screen, by touching the right arrow or the left arrow or swiping the product display portion 917, the product on the adjacent page is displayed. When the “select” button is touched, the product is registered in the shopping list.

  The condition display sections 914 to 916 display the categories for newly displaying the products, and the player touches this to display the products in the product display section 917 according to the categories, or to display different categories. You can transition to the page of. For example, the product management table 752 is configured as shown in FIG. 20C, and in each of a plurality of categories such as category 1 and category 2, which group the product belongs to (group item) and its The number of the group to be displayed (NO item) is defined. The condition display sections 914 to 916 are controlled to display a specific group of each category with reference to these data structures.

  The game medium number display portion 911 displays how much game medium is required when a product is selected. The delivery destination display portion 913 displays a delivery destination selection button, which is designated at the time of mall member registration, including home. The player determines the delivery destination of the exchanged prize by touching one of them. When the “shopping list” button 912 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a “shopping list”.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 23, it is determined whether the “shopping list” button 912 has been touched (step S74) or whether any product has been selected (step S75), and if neither, Keep the current display. If it is determined that any product is selected, the product information of the selected product is stored in the RAM or the like (step S76). On the other hand, when it is determined that the "shopping list" button 912 is touched, the shopping list is displayed based on the product information stored in step S76 (step S77).

  FIG. 25A shows an example of the shopping list screen 920. The prize display portion 922 displays product information of the product (prize) selected on the prize selection instruction screen 910. Here, when the “next” button or the “previous” button is touched, the product on the next or previous page is displayed. Further, the game medium number display portion 921 displays how much game medium is required for the selected product (if a hall store is specified, based on the exchange rate of the hall store). , The number of game media required for replacement is displayed). Here, when the “OK” button 923 is touched, the contents of the shopping list are confirmed.

  Returning again to the flowchart of FIG. 23, it is determined whether or not the “decision” button has been touched in the state where the shopping list is displayed (step S78), and when it is determined that the “decision” button has been touched, The product information stored as the shopping list is transferred to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S79). The core server 600 stores the received product information in the shopping list management table 653 (step S80). After that, the core server 600 creates a selection completion page indicating the completion of the creation of the shopping list (step S81) and transfers it to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the premium selection device (step S82), and the premium selection device displays this selection completion page on the display (step S83). If the "Return to TOP" button is touched in step S78, the display returns to the free gift selection instruction screen 910 in FIG. 24B, but the description thereof is omitted here.

  An example of the shopping list management table 653 updated by the core server 600 is shown in FIG. In this example, the product IDs of the prizes selected in the entries 1 to 50 are stored for each mall member ID. The number of entries for the free gift can be changed appropriately and can be made variable.

  The premium detail display screen 930 displayed in FIG. 25 (B) is a screen showing details of the corresponding product when the premium is touched on the shopping list screen 920 in FIG. 25 (A). In the detailed information display portion 932, a larger image of the prize and more detailed information are displayed.

  As described above, the player appropriately selects the displayed merchandise with the prize selection device, thereby making a "shopping list", which is a provisional list of prizes that are desired to be exchanged (or may be exchanged). Can be created, and the number of game media to be acquired can be grasped by this.

  Further, such a function of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment may be further expanded so that one player can manage a plurality of shopping lists at the same time. With this configuration, the player can switch the shopping list to be called depending on whether a large amount of game media can be obtained or not when exchanging a prize, for example. Furthermore, the shopping list can be managed for each hall store, and can be maintained as the "usual shopping list" even after the gift exchange.

  In addition, the number of game media required for exchange is displayed for each type on the product display section 917 of the free gift selection instruction screen 910 and the free gift display section 922 of the shopping list screen 920. If the amount information (the price value stored in the product management table 752) is changed, the exchange rate of the hall store (each rate stored in the exchange rate management table 654) is changed accordingly. ) Is changed, it is changed accordingly. In addition, some hall stores do not have the gaming machine 10 of a specific type of gaming medium installed (for example, there are hall stores that do not have 1-yen pachinko gaming machines). When displaying 910 or the shopping list screen 920, the number of game media required for exchange can be displayed only for the type of game media that the hall store supports.

  Further, as the amount information of the prize, in addition to the price stored in the product management table 752, consumption tax, shipping fee, etc. can be included, and the product display portion 917 of the gift selection instruction screen 910 and the shopping list screen 920. It is possible to add not only the price of the product but also the consumption tax and the shipping fee to the number of game media displayed on the prize display unit 922. The shipping fee can be automatically obtained from the shipping table (not shown) of the shop and the delivery address. Further, since the handling of the consumption tax differs for each hall store, it can be determined by referring to the table that defines the handling of the consumption tax that each hall store has.

  Next, the prize exchange control process will be described with reference to FIGS. The free gift exchange control process is a process of selecting a free gift to be exchanged from the free gifts registered in the shopping list (process executed at step S16 or step S17 in FIG. 11). Since the shopping list selected by the player in advance can be displayed as it is, a desired prize can be easily selected when exchanging the gift. Further, the shopping list is only a temporary or temporary list, and the gifts registered in the shopping list are not necessarily exchanged.

  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the process for realizing the prize exchange control process for each of the main constituents of the prize exchange device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The process is mainly implemented by the prize exchange control unit of the prize exchange apparatus (a functional unit corresponding to the prize exchange control unit 472 of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520) and the prize exchange control unit 605 of the backbone server 600. 27 to 29 show prize exchange instruction screens and the like displayed on the display device of the premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520.

  First, the prize exchange apparatus displays a prize exchange login screen in response to a player's operation (step S90). FIG. 27A shows an example of the gift exchange login screen 940. Here, the player holds the mobile phone (for example, the smartphone 540 with the non-contact IC chip built in) as instructed on the screen, causes the prize exchange device to read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip, and sets the password. input. Although the system side can grasp the mall member ID by the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

  The prize exchange device determines whether or not these inputs by the player have been completed (step S91), and keeps displaying the prize exchange login screen 940 until there is an input. When the input is completed (when the "Next" button is touched on the gift exchange login screen 940), the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the smartphone 540, the password, and the store code are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S92). . Here, the store code is stored in advance in the ROM or the like of the premium exchange device in association with the store code of the hall store in which the premium exchange device is installed. Further, the device ID of the premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is transmitted to the backbone server 600, and the store code is obtained based on the device ID (see a table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated with each other). It can also be specified. Next, the hall computer 400 transfers these login information to the backbone server 600 (step S93).

  Upon receiving the login information, the backbone server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether the unique ID and the password match (step S94). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S95), and in accordance with this instruction, an error page is created by the hall computer 400 and then sent to the prize exchange device (step S96). The received prize exchange device displays an error page on the display (step S97).

  When it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the backbone server 600 accesses the shopping list management table 653 and acquires the product information stored in the shopping list of the corresponding mall member ID (step S98). ). Next, the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 is accessed to obtain the number of game media held by the member having the mall member ID at the hall store having the transmitted store code by saving medals or balls. (Step S99). When the number of held game media in the hall store is not in the mall member game medium number held management table 652, the member ID of the hall store is acquired from the mall member information table 651, and the hall computer information of the hall cooperation computer 560 is acquired. By referring to the table 571, the hall computer 400 of the hall store is accessed, and then the game medium holding number management table 432 is accessed to obtain the game medium holding number of the member ID. When the number of game media held by the member in another hall store (or another hall store of the same group) can be used, these numbers are added to determine the number of game medium holds.

  Next, the core server 600 creates a page of a prize exchange instruction screen according to the acquired number of retained game media, and transmits it to the hall computer 400 (step S100). Here, the backbone server 600 checks, for example, whether or not the prize can be exchanged based on the acquired number of retained game media, and if the prize that cannot be exchanged without the number of retained game media is grayed out or from the list. You can edit it by deleting it. In addition, it is possible to display, as a message, information indicating which prize cannot be exchanged. The exchange rate is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654 according to the received store code. In addition, when the player holds a plurality of types of game media, the player may select it on the prize exchange instruction screen (the game medium in which the types of the plurality of game media are integrated. If the prizes can be exchanged depending on the number of holdings, such a selection is not necessary).

  Further, the backbone server 600 can determine the display order of the prizes displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen according to a predetermined condition, as in the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen. After that, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the free gift exchange instruction screen to the free gift exchange device (step S101), and the free gift exchange device displays the received page of the free gift exchange instruction screen on the display (step S102). Here, the player can touch the display of the prize exchange device to move the page of the prize exchange instruction screen or change the type of the game medium. In response to this, the backbone server 600 creates a page of the corresponding free gift exchange instruction screen and transmits it to the free gift exchange device via the hall computer 400 (step S103). In this example, the backbone server 600 creates the pages of these prize exchange instruction screens in response to the player's request, but they may be created and stored in advance, or may be collectively sent to the hall computer 400. You may keep it.

  FIG. 27B shows an example of the premium exchange instruction screen 950 displayed in this way. In the prize display portion 952, product information including images is displayed in the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product is determined by the type of game media. (For example, in the case of a drink, 250 pachinko balls for 4 yen rental, and 50 medals for 20 yen rental slot). Here, by touching the "next" button or the "previous" button, the prize of the adjacent page is displayed.

  Further, the player can touch the game medium type selection unit 951 to specify which game medium is held and the prize exchange is performed. As described above, if the player holds only one kind of game medium, the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed on the assumption that the prize exchange by the game medium is performed. On the other hand, if there is a sufficient number of holdings for a plurality of types of game media, the player is allowed to select the type of game medium, and at that point, the prize that cannot be exchanged is grayed out according to the type of the selected game medium. Or remove it from the list. Also, when a game medium is selected, the number of game media required to be exchanged is shown for each type of game medium, but only the type of the selected game medium is displayed.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26, it is determined whether or not a free gift has been selected (step S104) or the “decision” button 953 has been touched (step S105), and the selection of the free gift is also performed by the “decision” button. When it is determined that the prize has not been touched, the display of the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is maintained. When it is determined that the prize has been selected, a prize exchange determination screen is displayed for the selected prize (step S106). Here, it is determined whether or not the "exchange" button has been touched (step S107), and when it is determined that the "exchange" button has been touched, the information of the free gift is stored in the RAM of the free gift exchange device ( Step S108). After that, the display changes to the prize exchange instruction screen 970.

  FIG. 28A shows an example of the prize exchange determination screen 960. On the premium display portion 962, product information of the product (drip coffee) selected on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed with a larger image and more detailed description. Further, the game medium number display portion 961 indicates that the prize exchange is performed based on the number of pachinko balls that are rented for 4 yen. This is based on the designation of the player. Currently, it is displayed that the number of game media held by a player for a 4-yen rental (pachinko ball) is 1500 balls. Here, when the “exchange” button 963 is touched, this product (drip coffee) is recorded as a gift exchange target. Further, the prize exchange determination screen 960 can be configured so that the player can specify a desired quantity (the number of prizes), and the quantity specification display portion 964 can select a numerical value such as quantity 1 or 2. Has become. The displayed quantity is displayed so as not to exceed the inventory quantity of the product. The inventory is managed by the product management table 752.

  Further, when the number is designated on the number designation display portion 964 and the “exchange” button 963 is touched, if the number of game media required for exchange exceeds the number of game media held by the player, the game is played. It is also possible to control so as to display an error message indicating that the player cannot exchange the game medium because the number of game media is insufficient.

  After the “exchange” button 963 is touched, the display on the display of the premium exchange device transits to the premium exchange instruction screen 970 shown in FIG. 28B. On the prize exchange instruction screen 970, a designation that the pachinko ball is a 4-yen rental is displayed on the game medium number display portion 971, and the number of game media relating to the prize exchange registered by the last operation (600 balls). ) Is subtracted and displayed as 900 balls. In the premium display portion 972, drip coffee registered as a product to be redeemed by the previous operation is grayed out.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26 again, when it is determined that the “Enter” button 973 is touched in the state where the prize exchange instruction screen 970 is displayed, the prize including the information of the prize stored as the target of the prize exchange. The ordering instruction is transferred to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S110, step S21 in FIG. 12). The backbone server 600 stores the received information on the prize in the order management table 655 (step S111). After that, the core server 600 transmits a prize delivery instruction to the shop management server 700 based on the information stored in the order management table 655 (step S112, step S24 in FIG. 12). If the "return to TOP" button is touched in step S107, the display returns to the free gift exchange instruction screen 950 of FIG. 27B, but the description thereof is omitted here.

  Next, the backbone server 600 creates an exchange completion page (step S113) and transfers it to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the prize exchange device (step S114), and the prize exchange device displays the exchange completion page on the display (step S115).

  FIG. 19C shows an example of the order management table 655 updated by the backbone server 600. In this example, the order number is numbered, and the mall member ID, the gift ID (including the quantity), the delivery destination, and the like are stored for each order. The information of the free gift can be acquired based on the product ID of the product management table 752, the delivery destination can be acquired from the mall member information table 651, and these information are stored in the shop management server 700 as necessary. Sent.

  FIG. 29 is a digital signage device 515 that is a large display device that is connected to the sand device 20 and performs interlocking display when the sand device 20 is used as a prize exchange device and the display content of the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20. It is a figure showing the display contents of display part 516 of. In FIG. 29 (A), a prize exchange instruction screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 simultaneously displays a plurality of pieces of information on exchangeable products in conjunction with the operation unit 34. Further, a larger image and more detailed description are displayed for each product. As described above, the display content 516 of the digital signage device 515 not only displays the display content in a large size, but also displays the display content of the operation unit 34 in a display format different from that of the operation unit 34 in a more understandable manner. Can be configured as.

  In FIG. 29B, a prize exchange determination screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and a related display is displayed on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 in association with this. On the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515, the product that is focused on the prize exchange determination screen of the operation unit 34 is indicated by the arrow, and the player can see the upper part of the game machine 10. , You can easily check the details of the product to be exchanged.

  Next, the premium information collecting process will be described with reference to FIG. The free gift information collecting process is a process of accessing a server (shop server) or the like of a plurality of online shopping sites to collect information about the shop and free gift exchangeable product information. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the prize information collecting processing for each of the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, and the EC shop ASP server 850. This process is mainly realized by the product selection management unit 702 of the shop management server 700 and the online mail order I / F unit 802 of the ASP-I / F server 800.

  First, the shop management server 700 transmits a collection instruction of shop information and merchandise information to the ASP-I / F server 800 at a predetermined timing (step S120). The timing may be a relatively short interval such as every few hours or minutes, or a relatively long interval such as once a month. Upon receiving the collection instruction, the ASP-I / F server 800 transmits the authentication information to the EC shop ASP server 850, for example, by inputting data in a predetermined WEB page and transmitting a request (step S121). ).

  Upon receiving the authentication information, the EC shop ASP server 850 checks this (step S123), and if the authentication is successful, gives access permission to the ASP-I / F server 800 (step S124). Upon receiving this access permission (step S125), the ASP-I / F server 800 requests the EC shop ASP server 850 to obtain shop information (step S126). The ASP-I / F server 800 may request, for example, information about shops included in the list created by referring to the shop management table 751 or information about shops satisfying a certain condition, or an EC shop. Alternatively, the shop information prepared by the ASP server 850 may be simply received.

  The EC shop ASP server 850 transmits the shop information of the shop server 870 under management in response to the shop information acquisition request (step S127). The shop information can include various contents such as information about the server and server address of the shop, business content, credit information, and the like. The ASP-I / F server 800 transfers the received shop information to the shop management server 700 (step S128).

  The shop management server 700 refers to the received shop information and excludes shops that do not meet the predetermined condition (step S129). It is possible to set various conditions such as the scale of the shop, the sales system, and the contents of past transactions, so that there will be no hindrance to the exchange of prizes. Further, the range of shops to be collected can be switched for each hall store, and in this case, it is possible to control so as not to access the shop server of the shop outside the range from the beginning.

  Next, for each shop, the ASP-I / F server 800 is requested to obtain the information on the handled product (step S130). Upon receiving the product information acquisition request, the ASP-I / F server 800 makes a product information acquisition request to the EC shop ASP server 850 (step S131). Upon receiving the product information acquisition request, the EC shop ASP server 850 outputs the information (for example, product name, model number, product type, selling price, stock quantity, shipping cost, etc.) of the product handled by the shop to the ASP-I / F. The product information is transmitted to the server 800 (step S132), and the ASP-I / F server 800 transfers the received product information to the shop management server 700 (step S133).

  Upon receiving the product information, the shop management server 700 filters whether or not each of these is a product that can be exchanged at the hall store, including the product name, model number, product type, selling price, etc. included in the product information. A check is made by comparing the filtering data in the data table 753 (step S134). For example, according to this filtering data, a product whose price is higher than 10,000 yen (for example, a filter of filter No. “F001”) or a product whose product type is securities (for example, a filter of filter No. “F002”) is used. ), It is set so as not to satisfy the condition as a premium. In addition, for example, even if the product type is a used product (second-hand product), a drug product, or the like (because a business license is required by law), it is set so as not to satisfy the condition as a premium.

  The data defining the conditions used for such filtering processing is stored as filtering data in the filtering data table 753, and the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, a predetermined organization, or the like uses a computer. By accessing the shop management server 700, the filtering data can be appropriately updated. Further, as shown in the filtering data table 753, it is possible to specify the application start date and time and control the filter to be enabled when the timing comes.

  In addition, such a filtering process is performed when collecting product information in this example, but the condition is met by checking and updating the product information temporarily stored unconditionally at a predetermined timing. You can eliminate things that you don't have. Further, the filtering process may be performed at the stage of displaying the product information on the premium selection device. Further, different filtering processing may be performed on the collected product information multiple times in stages.

  Next, the shop management server 700 checks whether the same product information is received from a plurality of shops (step S135), and adjusts the duplication according to a certain condition. For example, select a product from a shop with a lower selling price. Further, when the stocks of the shops that provide the cheap products are low, the stocks of the plurality of shops can be linked and managed in the ascending order of the selling price. With such management, when a certain number of products are exchanged, the selling price changes (becomes higher), and the shops to sell also change. It should be noted that the comparison of the selling price here can be considered including the consumption tax and the burden of shipping.

  When an appropriate product is determined as the free gift exchange, the shop management server 700 stores the product information of the product in the product management table 752 (step S136), and determines whether the process is completed for all shops (step S136). S137). If it is determined that there is still a shop for which product information should be acquired, the process returns to step S130 and the process is repeated. Here, the shop management server 700 rewrites the data of the product management table 752 when the same product more suitable for the condition is found in another shop.

  If it is determined that there is no shop for which product information should be acquired, the shop that satisfies the basic conditions as a shop and registers the product of the shop as a gift is registered in the shop management table 751 (step S138).

  As described above, the ASP-I / F server 800 exchanges messages and the like in accordance with the rules set by both the ASP-I / F server 800 and the EC shop ASP server 850 at a predetermined timing, thereby making the shop information And product information can be obtained. In this way, by using a common protocol (including network layer communication protocols such as HTTP and HTTPS), necessary information can be acquired from another person's server located at a remote location via a network such as the Internet. be able to. Therefore, if such an arrangement is made in advance, data communication between the individual shop I / F server 820 and the shop server 872, data between the EC mall I / F server 840 and the EC mall management server 860 Communication and data communication between other servers are also possible.

  Further, there are types of the EC shop ASP server 850 and the EC mall management server 860 that are connected to the shop servers that respectively provide the functions of the online mail order site to integrally manage the whole, or by the ASP service etc. There are also types that use the server to provide the functions of an online shopping site. Therefore, it is possible that the EC shop ASP server 850 or the EC mall management server 860 itself does not have shop information or product information regarding each managed shop server. In such a case, the EC shop ASP server 850 or the EC mall management server 860 can further inquire of the managed shop server for the requested shop information or product information.

  Next, the prize order control process will be described with reference to FIG. The free gift order control process is a process for instructing the shop server, which realizes the online mail order site, to deliver the free gift specified by the free gift exchange to the specified delivery destination (in response to the processing of step S25 in FIG. 12). Processing to be performed). FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the prize ordering control processing for each entity of the EC mall I / F server 840, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874. This process is mainly realized by the prize ordering control unit of the EC mall I / F server 840 (a functional unit corresponding to the prize ordering control unit 803 of the ASP-I / F server 800).

  First, the EC mall I / F server 840 receives the prize delivery instruction from the backbone server 600 and transmits the authentication information to the EC mall management server 860 (step S140). Upon receiving the authentication information, the EC mall management server 860 checks this (step S142), and if the authentication is successful, gives access permission to the EC mall I / F server 840 (step S143). Upon receiving this access permission (step S144), the EC mall I / F server 840 performs a payment process for the prize order.

  For example, in the case of bank settlement, processing is performed so as to pay the EC mall fee to the account related to the operator of the EC mall management server 860 (step S145). Such a payment process is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system. Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 sets the amount obtained by subtracting the above EC mall fee and the computer center fee from the sale price of the prize to the online shopping site (operator of the shop server 874) corresponding to the exchange prize. Processing is performed so as to pay the bank account (step S146). This process is also realized by a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system.

  On the other hand, in the case of credit payment, processing is performed so that the EC mall I / F server 840 pays the selling price of the gift by credit payment to the operator of the EC mall management server 860 (step S147). After that, the EC mall management server 860 performs processing so as to pay the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the selling price of the prize to the online shopping site corresponding to the exchange prize (the operator of the shop server 874) (step S148), and the shop. The EC mall fee and computer center fee are charged to the server 874 (step S149).

  After that, the shop server 874 performs processing so as to pay the charged EC mall fee and the computer center fee to the operator of the EC mall management server 860 (step S150). Processing is performed to pay the computer center fee to (the operator of the EC mall I / F server 840) (step S151).

  Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 transmits a gift order request to the EC mall management server 860 (step S152), and when the EC mall management server 860 receives this request, it orders the ordered gift. The shop server 874 of the online mail order site to be sold is specified (step S153), and a prize order request is transmitted to the specified shop server 874 (step S154). When the shop server 874 receives the gift order request, the shop server 874 outputs a gift shipping instruction so that a person can easily perform the subsequent work (step S155).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 32, a mechanism for collecting the behavior history of the player will be described. Behavior history data regarding the behavior of the player is collected in the backbone server 600, and various analyzes regarding big data are performed therein. Depending on the analysis result, for example, selection and display order of products displayed on the prize selection device, display order of prizes displayed on the prize exchange device, and various processing methods can be defined.

  The player gives instructions to the gaming machine 10 to insert and pay out medals. The number of inserted medals according to this instruction, the number of paid out medals, the instructed time, etc. are temporarily stored in the main RAM 263 of the gaming machine 10 as information on the number of medals. It is stored in the RAM 42 of the device 20. Further, the player uses the information card or the non-contact IC card to instruct the sand device 20 to move or count medals. The number of medals moved according to this instruction, the result of counting medals, the time when the instruction is given, etc. are stored in the RAM 42 as medal number information.

  In this way, the medal number information regarding the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 stored in the RAM 42 of the sand device 20 is transmitted to the hall computer 400 at a predetermined timing and stored in the action history management table 433. In the action history management table 433 shown in FIG. 17C, the player's member ID, store code, game table No., operation, game medium type, quantity, date and time are stored. The date and time data represents the operation date and time if the date and time data acquired by the gaming machine 10 is used, but the date and time data acquired by the sand device 20 or the hall computer 400 may be used.

  In addition to this, the action history data regarding the mall member registration process performed by the player is also transmitted to the hall computer 400 and stored in the action history management table 433.

  The action history data stored in the action history management table 433 of the hall computer 400 is the mall member behavior of the backbone server 600 at a predetermined timing when the player is a mall member of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment. It is moved to the history management table 656.

  Data representing a prize selection operation performed by the player with the prize selection device and a prize effect operation performed with the prize exchange device are transmitted from the device to the backbone server 600 at a predetermined timing, and are stored in the mall member action history management table 656. Remembered. Here, in the selection operation or the exchange operation by the player, the operation of displaying the next page or canceling the designation may be stored.

  Further, in the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core server 600, when the player performs mall member registration using the smartphone 540 or the feature phone 558, the behavior history data about the operation is also recorded in the core server 600. And is stored in the mall member behavior history management table 656.

  The mall member behavior history management table 656 shown in FIG. 20A stores the mall member ID of the player, the store code, the game table No, the operation, the game medium type, the quantity, and the date and time. This content is the content of the action history management table 433 shown in 17 (C) described above with new action history data relating to gift selection and gift exchange (see the arrow in FIG. 17 (C)). ). From the mall member behavior history management table 656 of FIG. 20 (A), the player whose mall member ID is “U004” has selected a prize from 10:22 to 15: 4 on May 5. After that, 20 pieces of 20 yen lent medal were lent out, and as a result of the game, it became 500 pieces, so it can be understood that the prize exchange was performed using all the game media. Regarding the action history data regarding the gift selection and the gift exchange, the date and time data can be date and time data acquired from the gift selection terminal and the gift exchange terminal, but the date and time data of the hall computer 400 and the backbone server 600 can also be used. .

  Further, the mall member behavior history management table 656 can store information about what kind of product is selected as a “shopping list” and which gift is exchanged. Further, each of the behavior history data stored in the mall member behavior history management table 656 can be associated with humidity, weather, season data, etc. at the date and time of the behavior history data.

  The function related to the “collection” of the action history management is executed by the action history management unit 413 in the hall computer 400 and the action history management unit 607 in the backbone server 600. Although the action history management for the pachi-slot machine has been described here, the action history of the player is similarly stored for the pachinko machine (not the number of medals but the number of pachinko balls).

  Analyzing a huge amount of data regarding the player's gaming status and prize exchange status, based on the extracted characteristics and trends, advertisements and other information related to hall stores, online shopping sites, etc. suitable for each mall member can be obtained. It is possible to generate and output the information to the digital signage device 515 or the like installed at the top of the gaming machine 10 used by the mall member, or to send it to the mail address of the smartphone 540 or the like.

  In the free gift exchange system 1 of the present invention, the reward required for exchanging the free gift is the free gift like the free gift selection instruction screen 910 shown in FIG. 24 (B) and the free gift exchange instruction screen 950 shown in FIG. 27 (B). Based on the amount information, the number of pachinko balls and the number of medals are converted into a unit (the number of game media) and displayed. The player obtains this by seeing the display of the number of game media. With the pachinko balls and medals you made, you can see which prizes you can get.

  However, the price required for exchanging the free gift can be displayed in various other units. For example, the price required for exchanging a prize is displayed in a unit of a predetermined electronic value that represents a value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range, and the number of game media acquired by a player is also the electronic value. By being displayed in units, the player uses the value expressed in the unit of electronic value (for example, represented by electronic value data such as 120 or 8000) as a reference, and pachinko balls and medals acquired by the player themselves. You can figure out which prize you can get.

  In this case, the consideration necessary for exchanging the gift is such that the amount information of the gift (which may include consumption tax, shipping fee, etc. in addition to the price) is associated with the electronic value or another type of electronic value. Is represented by, for example, the electronic value data itself or a value obtained from the electronic value data, and when the amount information of the prize is associated with a unit of currency value such as yen, the currency The value represented by the value is converted into the unit of the electronic value described above, and is represented by the electronic value data after the conversion. On the other hand, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into the electronic value data at a predetermined conversion rate at a predetermined service site (computer system), for example. The exchange rate of the game medium and the electronic value may differ depending on the hall store, and in that case, the exchange rate of the hall store is taken into consideration.

  Even in such a case, as described above, if the price information of the prize or the electronic value data associated with the prize is changed, the corresponding prize on the prize selection instruction screen 910 or the gift exchange instruction screen 950. The display of the electronic value data of is changed accordingly. Also, if the electronic value representing the number of game media acquired by the player and the electronic value of the prize, or the electronic value between the prizes are different types, they may be converted so as to be unified into one electronic value. , Can be displayed by converting into another common electronic value.

  In addition, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into an electronic value that can be used in the overseas hall stores, and the player can play the electronic value at the overseas hall stores or exchange prizes. You can In addition, when the prize exchange system of the present invention is operated in a hall store or the like overseas, the electronic value associated with the number of game media acquired by the player in Japan is converted as it is or based on the exchange rate or the like. You can also use it later.

  Next, a case where a mobile device (communication device) such as the smartphone 540 is used as a premium selection device in the premium selection control process of the premium exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described.

  In the gift exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the mobile device is used as a gift selection device, the product information displayed on the gift selection instruction screen, the shopping list screen, and the gift detail display screen is shown in FIG. 25. As with FIG. 25, the number of game media required to exchange the product is displayed. Since mobile devices such as the smartphone 540 can be freely operated inside and outside the hall store, these devices may be used as a prize selection device outside the hall store, but even in that case, basically, Indicates the number of game media required for exchange in the product information. Note that, for example, the price (currency value) of the product stored in the product management table 752 may be controlled to be displayed together with the number of the game media.

  Even when the mobile device is used as the premium selection device, the premium selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. Run). Further, the display mode on the mobile device is, for example, the same as the display mode shown in FIG. 33 described later (however, although the currency value of the product is displayed in FIG. The number of game media required for replacement is displayed).

  Further, since the mobile device such as the smartphone 540 can be freely operated inside and outside the hall store, the number of game media held by the player, the exchange rate of each hall store, etc. can be determined by the player etc. at a place other than the hall store. If there is a restriction that the mobile device cannot browse, the mobile device cannot perform the same process as the premium selection control process described above with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25.

  Therefore, in the premium exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the mobile device is used as a premium selection device, a premium selection instruction screen, a shopping list screen, and a premium detail display screen (see FIGS. 24 to 25). The number of game media required for exchanging the product is not displayed in the product information displayed in, but for example, the currency value of the product stored in the product management table 752 is controlled to be displayed.

  Even when the mobile device is used as the premium selection device, the premium selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. Run). However, in step S62, when the dedicated terminal 530 is used as the premium selection device, when the “Next” button is touched on the premium selection login screen 900, the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the smartphone 540 and the password. Is transmitted to the hall computer 400, but when the portable device is used as a premium selection device, a device ID for identifying the premium selection device is further transmitted so that the backbone server 600 selects the premium from the device ID. Try to determine if the device is a mobile device.

  In addition, the device identification code “1” is transmitted from the device installed in the hall terminal such as the dedicated terminal 530, and “0” or nothing is transmitted from the portable device. By doing so, it may be determined whether or not the premium selection device is a mobile device. Various other methods can be used for the determination.

  Next, when the mobile device is used as a premium selection device, in step S70, a page of the premium selection instruction screen is created so as to display the currency value of each product without acquiring the exchange rate of the hall store. . The currency value of the product can be obtained from the price of the product management table 752 (including the consumption tax depending on the hall store). By configuring the prize selection control process in this way, the prize selection device is installed in a hall store such as the dedicated terminal 530, and in a device that is operated at the hall store, the number of products is the number of game media. On the other hand, in a device in which the prize selection device is not guaranteed to operate at a certain place such as a mobile terminal, the price of the product (for example, the number of game media required for exchanging the product) (e.g., The selling price of the product on the online shopping site).

  For example, FIG. 33A is a shopping list screen 980 displayed on the display of the mobile device when the mobile device (smartphone 540) is used as a premium selection device. The premium display portion 983 shows the product information of the products registered in the shopping list, which are scrolled up and down to be displayed. The price is displayed for each product instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG. The player can display the next or previous item by swiping the display up or down. Further, the total price display portion 981 displays the total price of the products registered in the shopping list.

  FIG. 33B is a premium detail display screen 990 displayed on the display of the mobile device when the mobile device (smartphone 540) is used as the premium selection device. The premium detail display screen 990 is a screen showing details of the corresponding product when the premium is touched on the shopping list screen 980 of FIG. 33 (A). The detailed information display portion 993 displays a larger image of the prize and more detailed information. Also here, the price of the product is displayed instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG.

  As described above, when the portable device (communication device) is used as the prize exchange device in the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, the number of game media required for exchanging the product is not the same. Instead, the currency value (price) of the product is controlled to be displayed. However, when it is guaranteed that the mobile device is browsed and operated in the hall store, the number of game media for each product may be displayed as in the case of the dedicated terminal 530.

  For example, when the portable device transmits / receives data to / from the backbone server 600 by short-range wireless communication in which the effective range is guaranteed to be within the hall store, and selects a premium, the portable device does not reach the outside of the hall store. When the mobile device connected by a cable or the like transmits / receives data to / from the backbone server 600 to select a gift, or based on the position information of the mobile device obtained by GPS or the like, the mobile device is set in the hall store. This condition can be automatically determined, such as when guaranteed, and can be controlled to display the number of game media for the item, as described above.

  Further, since the prize exchange device is premised on displaying the number of game media held by the player and the number of game media required for product exchange, it is restricted to display this information outside the hall store. If it is prohibited due to such reasons, it is basically impossible to use the mobile device as a prize exchange device (because the mobile device can provide the data communication function regardless of the location), but as in the case described above, When it is guaranteed that the mobile device is browsed and operated inside the hall store, the mobile device can be used as a prize exchange device.

  Although the prize exchange system 1 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is merely one embodiment, and various other modes can be applied to the present invention. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations such as a gift selection device and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, and the backbone server 600 of the computer center, the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, and the like are also various. Devices having various configurations can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. Further, other different configurations can be adopted as the configuration of the table.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the second embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 34, a system overview of the prize exchange system according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34 is configured to include the device of the hall store, the hall cooperation system, and the device of the computer center, similarly to the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. The department is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 1001 of FIG. 34 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

  In the prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34, a small amount of game media such as end balls can be stored without registering as a mall member in the system, and like the prize exchange system 1 described above, It is possible to select a gift exchange candidate from many gifts in advance and create a shopping list. After that, when the mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give an instruction to exchange the prize according to the value of the stored coins, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Here, for the sake of convenience, holding a small amount of game media such as an end ball (surplus ball) is referred to as a "small amount of coins", but not only for the pachinko balls accumulated by the pachinko machine, but also for the medals acquired by the pachislot machine. Holds (so-called savings medals) are also included.

  Further, the small amount of coins is not limited to the case of storing an end ball generated when exchanging a prize, and for example, a player intentionally interrupts a game to hold a pachinko ball or medal. Including the case where a small amount of game media is accumulated due to factors. In the free gift exchange system 1001, a fixed upper limit is set for the number (value) of accumulated balls per time and the total amount (value) of accumulated balls.

  The premium exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34 can be regarded as a modified example of the premium exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and similar to the premium exchange system 1, the premium selection control, the premium exchange control, the premium order control, the action history management, etc. With each function of. For example, the hall computer 1400, the hall DB 1430, the game machine 1010, the sand device 1020, the digital signage device 1515, the prize POS 1500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 1520, and the dedicated terminal 1530 of the hall store in the hall exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the backbone server 1600 of the computer center, the backbone DB 1650, the mobile I / F server 1680, the shop management server 1700, the prize DB 1750, the ASP-I / F server 1800, the individual shop I / F server 1820, and the EC mall I / F server. Reference numeral 1840 denotes the core server 600, the core DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC in the prize exchange system 1. It corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. The network 1690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  Although not shown in FIG. 34, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. Devices and the like corresponding to (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  Further, the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 1001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 1. Although the devices and the like for arranging are arranged respectively, these are also omitted in FIG. 34. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions are changed will be described particularly in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 1400, a gaming machine 1010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 and a connection management device 1090 are arranged. The small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 is a terminal used by the player to perform small amount coin storage, and in this example, is a terminal having the function of a premium POS terminal. The player causes the small amount coin instruction device 1060 to read a receipt on which the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) is printed, and then instructs the small amount coin instruction device 1060 to make small amount coins such as an end ball. The player does not need to register as a mall member who is required to input a name, an email address, an address, etc. when performing a small amount coin storage with the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, and is a contactless IC card for a small amount coin membership card 1110. You can manage a small amount of coins using. Here, the non-contact IC card is, for example, a card provided with a non-contact IC chip based on the near field communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication).

  The connection management device 1090 controls the connection between the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 and the backbone server 1600 of the computer center. The connection management device 1090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function in the case of connecting the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 and the backbone server 1600 by a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, it includes a connection control function for controlling the connection with the backbone server 1600. Further, the connection management device 1090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The hall computer 1400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status), members, and information regarding prizes. In addition, the player receives information about the value of a small amount of coins stored by the player from the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060 or the backbone server 1600 for payment when exchanging a prize.

  The free gift selecting device includes any terminal capable of network communication such as a dedicated terminal 1530, a smartphone 1540, and a feature phone 1558. In this example, a PC (personal computer) 1100 is also used. The PC 1100 is used at the player's home or the like, and is connected to the core server 1600 via the network 1695 such as the Internet and the AP (application) server 1685 of the computer center, and by reading the membership card 1110 for small amount savings, The same free gift selection instruction (creating a shopping list) as in the free gift exchange system 1 can be performed. In addition, in this example, the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 can also function as a premium selection device.

  Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 1600 manages a player who has registered as a mall member as a mall member, and performs a prize selection control process and a prize exchange control process according to a player's prize selection and prize exchange operation, respectively. When it is decided to exchange the free gift, the free gift ordering process for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Further, action history including a game situation and a gift exchange situation is collected and stored for the mall member in each hall store.

  Further, the backbone server 1600 manages the membership card 1110 for small amount coin storage and the value of the game medium stored in association with each other, based on an instruction from the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060. In this example, the information of the small amount coins instructed from the small amount coin instruction device 1060 of each hall store is collectively managed in the core DB of the core server 1600 (in this respect, the present system is a center-integrated small amount coin management system). Can be said). Further, the value of the game medium corresponding to the small amount of coins paid by each player is managed as “electronic value data”, which is a unit of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range. It

  Next, with reference to FIG. 35, a configuration of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 will be described. FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060. Similar to the prize POS 500 of the prize exchange system 1, the illustrated small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 is configured to realize a conventional prize exchange and a prize exchange process according to the present invention. The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 includes a main CPU 1061, a ROM 1062, a RAM 1063, an information card reader / writer 1064, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065, a bar code reader 1066, a player side display 1067, a keyboard 1068, a store side display 1069, an interface. 1070 and a speaker 1071 are provided.

  The main CPU 1061 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 1062 and the RAM 1063. For example, the main CPU 1061 executes inventory management of prizes, management of prize exchange, and prize exchange processing by the prize exchange system 1001 of the present embodiment, and further realizes processing of small amount coins stored by the player. The control program can be provided from another device via the interface 1070 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  When the main CPU 1061 registers the counting result in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device of each unit of the sand device 1020, the member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 1064 (the player in the hall store). ID) or the member ID (member card identification information) read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065, accessed to the hall computer 1400, and associated with the acquired member ID. The number of retained game media (the number of balls saved, the number of medals) is acquired.

  Further, the main CPU 1061 reads the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the bar code reader 1066 when the member ID as described above is not acquired without performing the member registration in the hall store, thereby exchanging the prizes. It can be performed.

  The player-side display 1067 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The main CPU 1061 receives, via the player side display 1067, the number of prizes designated by the player (general prizes and special prizes in stock at hall stores). Next, the main CPU 1061 obtains the number of pachinko balls and medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player. If the number is smaller than the number of game media held, the main CPU 1061 displays that fact on the store side display 1069, Exchange gifts by operating the store staff. Like the player side display 1067, the store side display 1069 is configured as a touch panel display, and the staff performs the operation using the store side display 1069 or the keyboard 1068.

  When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 1061 accesses the hall computer 1400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding member ID. Further, the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 is communicatively connected to the hall computer 1400 and the connection management device 1090 via the interface 1070.

  The main CPU 1061 further displays on the player side display 1067 screens (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes similar to the prize exchange system 1. On the screen, information on the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is mall member ID (member card identification information, that is, prize exchange) read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 1065. It is associated with the player ID in the system 1 and transmitted to the backbone server 1600 via the hall computer 1400 and the hall cooperation system.

  The main CPU 1061 further reads the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the bar code reader 1066, and when exchanging the prizes, a small amount of coins is stored for the remaining pachinko balls and medals according to the instruction of the player. It is controlled to do so (a small amount of game media is stored, which is not a surplus for prize exchange). The main CPU 1061 stores a unique ID (for example, membership card identification information such as IDm) read from the non-contact IC card, which is a non-contact IC card member card 1110, through the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065, and stores the balls. The types of game media (pachinko balls, medals, etc.) and the quantity (game medium value information) are managed in association with each other. At this time, the player does not need to register the attribute information of the player such as name, mail address, and address (personal information that can identify the player) in the system, and the attribute information of the player can be stored in the membership card. The status is not associated. This state is, so to speak, a state of being an anonymous member, and here, it is possible to manage a small amount of coins in the state of an anonymous member.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the function of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 will be described. FIG. 36 is a functional block diagram of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. The small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 includes an access management unit 1081, a prize POS control unit 1082, a prize selection control unit 1083, a small amount coin storage control unit 1084, a member management unit 1085, an action history management unit 1086, and a network I / F unit 1087. .

  The access management unit 1081 accesses the backbone server 1600 for the prize selection process and the small coin saving process, and a mall member who has registered as a mall member in the system or a member card for small coin saving without performing the mall member registration. It manages access to the backbone server 1600 by determining whether the anonymous member using 1110 is a legitimate user. The free gift POS control unit 1082 manages free gift exchange (exchange with a special free gift or a general free gift) by the conventional free gift POS. For example, if the number of pachinko balls or medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player is obtained, and if this is smaller than the number of retained game media, the fact is displayed on the store-side display 1069, and the staff of the hall store operates. The prizes are exchanged according to.

  The free gift selection control unit 1083 cooperates with the free gift selection control unit 1604 of the backbone server 1600 to enable mall members and anonymous members to select free gifts that are candidates for free gift exchange and create a shopping list. Remember. The small amount coin control unit 1084 cooperates with the small amount coin management unit 1610 of the backbone server 1600 to control the small amount coins in accordance with the instruction of the player. The member management unit 1085 cooperates with the mall member management unit 1601 and the anonymous member management unit 1611 of the backbone server 1600 to provide a user interface for mall member registration, and to integrate the small amount savings membership card 1110. I do. In addition, if there is a prize for the hall store closure, this information is also managed to support the player who came to receive the prize. The action history management unit 1086 cooperates with the action history management unit 1607 of the backbone server 1600 to manage the action history of the player such as the small coin saving process. The network I / F unit 1087 is connected to the connection management device 1090 and controls to perform data transmission / reception with the backbone server 1600. In this example, the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 is configured to also serve as a prize POS, a prize selection device, a small amount coin storage instruction device, and a device that performs mall member registration, but is configured with a plurality of devices or individual devices. You can also do it.

  FIG. 37 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 1600. The core server 1600 includes a mall member management unit 1601, a gift selection control unit 1604, a gift exchange control unit 1605, a gift order control unit 1606, a behavior history management unit 1607, a network I / F unit 1608, and a mobile device management unit 1609. , These are the mall member management unit 601, the gift selection control unit 604, the gift exchange control unit 605, the gift order control unit 606, the action history management unit 607, the network I / F unit 608 of the backbone server 600 of the gift exchange system 1. And a function corresponding to each of the mobile device management units 609. Further, the backbone server 1600 newly includes a small amount coin management unit 1610 and an anonymous member management unit 1611.

  The small amount coin management unit 1610 converts the amount of coins instructed by the player from the small amount coin instruction device 1060 into a predetermined electronic value unit, and manages this in an anonymous state. Further, the anonymous member management unit 1611 provides a user interface for mall member registration to the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, and also performs integration processing of the small amount coin storage member card 1110.

  In addition, the core server 1600 stores a core DB 1650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 1650 stores a mall member information table 1651 that stores information about mall members of the prize exchange system 1001. A mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 that manages the number of holding game media held thereby, and a shopping list that stores and manages a shopping list created as a result of the player selecting products by the prize selection device. A management table 1653, an exchange rate management table 1654 that stores exchange rates related to general prizes for each hall store, an order management table 1655 that stores and manages the contents ordered on an online shopping site, and the game of the member and anonymous members. Action history manager that stores action history such as status and exchange status Table 1656 is included. These tables are the mall member information table 651 of the prize exchange system 1, the mall member game medium holding number management table 652, the shopping list management table 653, the exchange rate management table 654, the order management table 655, and the mall member action history. Each corresponds to the management table 656 (however, the action history management table 1656 is different from the mall member game medium holding number management table 652, and the action history of not only mall members but also anonymous members is to be recorded). .

  Further, in the core DB 1650, an anonymous member information table 1657 that manages anonymous members who perform small coin savings using the small savings coin membership card 1110, and an electronic value management table 1658 that stores the value of anonymous coins after conversion is stored. included.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 38 and FIG. 39, a flow relating to each operation of the player when the small amount coin saving membership card 1110 is used will be described. As described above, the small amount savings membership card 1110 is a non-contact IC card in this example, and the unique ID stored in the small amount savings membership card 1110 when held over the non-contact IC card reader / writer. Is read out, and the unique ID is managed by the system, so that a plurality of small coin storage membership cards 1110 can be identified.

  FIG. 38 (A) is a flow in the case where the player uses the membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving to perform the prize selection process. The player logs in the system by holding the membership card 1110 for small coin saving over a predetermined position of the prize selecting device (for example, the small coin saving instruction device 1060 or the dedicated terminal 1530) (step S201). After that, a gift selection instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen, and as a result, a shopping list is created (step S202). Such a method of selecting a prize is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25 for the prize exchange system 1. The prize selection process is performed in association with the small amount coin storing member card 1110. However, since the prize exchanging candidate is only selected, the small amount coin storing may not be performed at the time of performing this process.

  FIG. 38 (B) is a flow in the case where the player performs the small amount coin processing by using the small amount coin membership card 1110. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 1020 and receives a medal or a pachinko ball for lending (step S203). After that, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 1010 (step S204), and if a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, an instruction to count the medal or the like is given with an island edge counting device and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S205). Next, the player causes the small amount coin instructing device 1060, which also functions as a prize POS, to read the receipt, and collects a small amount of coins instructing device in order to collect the end balls or a small amount of game media generated as a result of exchanging the prizes. The member card 1110 for small amount ball saving is held over 1060 to log in (step S206). Next, the player operates the player-side display 1067 of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 to store a small amount of game media such as an end ball (small amount coin storage) (step S207).

  FIG. 39 (A) is a flow in the case where the player performs the mall member registration process by using the small amount coin saving membership card 1110. First, the player holds the small amount coin storing member card 1110 on the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060, and logs in to the system (step S211). After that, the player inputs his name, mail address, address, etc., and is registered as a mall member (member of the prize exchange system 1001) by this (step S212). At this point, the player becomes a mall member from an anonymous member. That is, here, the attribute information of the player is associated with the membership card. In addition, here, the member card 1110 for small amount coins is used as it is for the member registration process, and the member card 1110 for small amount coins is an official member card, but the contactless IC chip owned by the player. It is also possible to perform mall member registration processing using the built-in smartphone 1540 or the like.

  FIG. 39B is a flow in the case where the player who has completed the mall member registration process performs the prize exchange process in the prize exchange device. First, the player holds the member card 1110 for small coin storage for mall member registration over a predetermined position of the prize exchange device, and logs in to the system (step S213). After that, a gift exchange instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen, and as a result, the prize to be exchanged is determined and delivered to the designated address (step S214). Such a gift exchange method is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28 regarding the gift exchange system 1. In addition, in this example, the prize exchange process is performed by using the member card 1110 for small amount coin ball registration, which is registered as a mall member. However, the smartphone is replaced by a smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip built in by the player. When member registration is performed, the prize exchange process can be performed by holding it over the prize exchange device. It should be noted that, here, only the player who has completed the mall member registration process can perform the prize exchange process (for example, the prize exchange with the small amount savings membership card 1110 before the mall member registration is performed. (If you try to log in to the device, you will get an error and cannot log in.) As described below, anonymous members are allowed to operate the prize exchange device until just before finalizing the prize to be exchanged, and at that point, mall member registration is required It can also be configured such that guidance such as "is displayed" is given.

  FIG. 39 (C) shows how the respective operations described in FIGS. 38 (A) to 39 (B) form a flow as a whole. First, the player obtains a small amount savings membership card 1110. The small amount savings membership card 1110 is distributed, for example, in a hall store or on the street, or attached as a magazine appendix, and the player can obtain the small amount savings membership card 1110 by these methods. it can.

  After obtaining the small amount coin member card 1110, the player can perform small amount coin processing such as an end ball in the small coin amount instruction device 1060 of the hall store. In addition, the prize selection process can be performed in the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 in the hall store, the dedicated terminal 1530, or the home PC 1100. Either the small amount coin storing process or the prize selecting process may be performed first, these processes may be alternately performed, or each process may be repeated several times in succession. However, since there is an upper limit to the total electronic value that can be held by the small amount coin processing, the small amount coin processing cannot be performed beyond this.

  Next, the player performs mall member registration processing. As shown in the figure, the immediately preceding operation may be a small amount coin saving process or a premium selection process. Although the timing of performing the mall member registration process is arbitrary, as described above, the prize exchange process cannot be performed unless the mall member registration process is performed. In addition, in the mall member registration process, the member card 1110 for small amount coin saving used as an anonymous member can be used as it is to become a mall member, and a smart phone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip or the like can be used as a mall member. Can be.

  When the member card for small amount coin storage 1110 is used as it is to become a mall member, it can be integrated with another member card for small amount coin cluster 1110 (1 to n pieces) to add up the small amount coins. Similarly, when using a smartphone 1540 or the like having a non-contact IC chip built therein to become a mall member, it is possible to integrate the small amount coin storage member card 1110 (1 to n pieces) to sum up the small amount coin storage.

  After the mall member registration process, a small amount coin membership card 1110 registered as a mall member, or a smart phone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip, is used to perform a coin storing process (a coin that does not have a condition of small coin storing), a prize exchange process, and a prize selecting process. And the like can be repeated in any order.

  Here, a small amount of coins stored as an anonymous member is, for example, less than 800 yen (when converted to yen) in one coin, and the total is set to less than 10,000 yen (when converted to yen). . On the other hand, with respect to the accumulated balls (as described above) from the standpoint of a mall member, for example, there is no upper limit to the value of one accumulated coin, and the total is set to less than 1 million yen.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 40, the prize exchange screen 1880 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 will be described. The prize exchange screen 1880 of FIG. 40 is a prize exchange screen displayed after the receipt of the counting result printed by the player is read by the barcode reader 1066, or a prize exchange is performed after the receipt is read. It is a prize exchange screen that is displayed after the end (the end ball). In this example, the situation is shown in which the player can dispose 20 pieces of 20 yen loan medals.

  At this time, the player can touch (tap) a button 1881 for instructing exchange with a special prize or a button 1882 for instructing exchange with a general prize as in the case of the conventional prize POS to proceed with the process. it can. However, in this example, since the number of game media required for exchanging the special prize is insufficient, the button 1881 is grayed out and cannot be selected.

  In addition, the button 1883 is touched when the small amount coin membership card 1110 is used to make the small amount coin deposit, and the button 1884 is touched when the prize is selected. When the mall member registration process of the prize exchange system 1001 is performed, the button 1885 is touched. In addition, when a certain condition is satisfied, such as when the total amount of small amount savings coins reaches a predetermined number, it is automatically controlled to transition to the screen for performing mall member registration (for example, from the small amount savings coin designation screen). can do.

  In addition, a button 1886 for integrating a plurality of small amount savings membership cards 1110 into one valid small amount savings membership card 1110, a player who has already registered as a mall member can use one or more small amount savings membership cards. A button 1887 for integrating the membership card 1110 with the membership card is displayed. Further, a button 1888 to be touched when receiving a prize that is held at a hall store during the gift exchange is displayed. The prize exchange screen 1880 is a screen showing the type and number of game media that can be currently processed, and the processes corresponding to the buttons 1884 to 1888 have no direct relevance to the processes such as the end pieces, but are explained. Placed on this screen for convenience.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 41, a screen for performing the mall member registration process will be described. FIG. 41A shows a mall member registration login screen 1900, which is displayed when the button 1885 is touched on the prize exchange screen 1880 of FIG. Here, since a small amount coin membership card 1110, which is a non-contact IC card, or a smart phone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip built-in is used as a membership card, when the user logs in, they are guided to hold it over a predetermined position. It After confirming the display indicating that the reading of the membership card 1110 for small amount coins has been completed, the player inputs the password in the password input section 1901 and touches the “Next” button 1902. The password is set here in order to protect the valuable value of the stored coins in the case where the small amount coin storing member card 1110 is lost, but it can be omitted.

  When the “Next” button 1902 is touched in FIG. 41 (A), the display transitions to the mall member registration screen 1905 shown in FIG. 41 (B). Here, the player inputs information about the member such as name, mail address, and address into the member information input unit 1906 and touches the registration button 1907. As a result, information about the member such as the unique ID read from the small amount savings membership card 1110 and the like, the store code obtained from the small amount storage instruction device 1060 and the name, and the like (for example, an automatically numbered) mall member It is associated with the ID and stored in the mall member information table 1651 which is similar to the table shown in the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG.

  In the example of the free gift exchange system 1, as shown in FIG. 22A, the mall member registration is performed using the smartphone 540, and the smartphone 540, which is the executing body of the program, stores the unique ID of the built-in non-contact IC chip ( For example, a unique ID such as IDm) was transmitted as registration information to the core server 600, but here, by holding the small amount coin storing member card 1110 or the smartphone 1540 over the small coin storing instruction device 1060, a small amount is stored. The non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065 of the ball storage instruction device 1060 reads these unique IDs and sends them to the backbone server 1600.

  The mall member registration process in the prize exchange system 1001 is mainly controlled by the member management unit 1085 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and the mall member management unit 1601 of the backbone server 1600.

  FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a table of the core DB 1650 of the core server 1600. FIG. 42A shows an example of the shopping list management table 1653. The items to be stored are the same as those of the shopping list management table 653 shown in FIG. 19 (A), but in order to store the shopping list created by the free gift selection using the small amount ball membership card 1110, the small amount ball stores A "unique ID" for identifying the membership card 1110 is also stored. Further, an item "SEQ NO" is added, and a plurality of shopping lists can be stored with the same unique ID. With such a configuration, it becomes possible to register a plurality of shopping lists with the small amount savings membership card 1110, and when a plurality of small amount savings membership cards 1110 are integrated into one card, The shopping list created with each card can be managed collectively.

  FIG. 42 (B) shows an example of an anonymous member information table 1657 that manages anonymous members who perform small coin saving using the small coin saving membership card 1110. In the anonymous member information table 1657, a "unique ID" for identifying the small amount coin storing member card 1110, a "store code" indicating a hall store where the small coin storing member card 1110 is used, and a "password" are stored. To be done. In this way, the player can make a small amount of coins without inputting information about the member such as name, mail address, and address, and can create and register a shopping list by selecting a free gift.

  FIG. 42C shows an example of the electronic value management table 1658 which stores the converted electronic value data after converting the value of the savings coin of the anonymous member. In the electronic value management table 1658, "unique ID" for identifying the small amount coin storing member card 1110 and "electronic value data" representing the valuable value of the game medium held by the small coin storing in a predetermined electronic value unit. Is stored.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43 and FIG. 44, a small amount coin storing process using the small amount coin storing member card 1110 will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the process for realizing the small amount coin storing process for each of the main body of the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060 and the core server 1600. This process is mainly realized by the small amount coin control unit 1084 of the small amount coin instruction device 1060 and the small amount coin management unit 1610 of the backbone server 1600.

  First, when the player gives an instruction for small amount coins by touching the button 1883 on the prize exchange screen 1880 of the small amount coins indicator device 1060 shown in FIG. 40 (step S220), the small amount coins indicator device 1060 causes A coin-saving login screen is displayed (step S222). FIG. 44 (A) shows an example of the small coin saving login screen 1890. Here, when the player holds the membership card 1110 for small amount savings as instructed on the screen, the small amount savings instruction device 1060 reads the unique ID (such as IDm) of the non-contact IC chip (step S223). The unique ID allows the system side to recognize this anonymous member (see anonymous member information table 1657 in FIG. 42B).

  The small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 determines whether or not the "next" button 1892 is touched on the small amount coin login screen 1890 (step S224), and maintains the display of the small amount coin login screen 1890 until it is touched. When the “Next” button 1892 is touched, the unique ID (for example, IDm), the store code, and the password are transmitted to the core server 1600 (step S225). The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device of the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060, and the password is data input by the player in the password input unit 1891 of the small amount coin storing login screen 1890. The password is set here in order to protect the valuable value of the small amount coin stored in the case where the small amount coin storing member card 1110 is lost, but it can be omitted. Further, here, the player's handle name, pseudonym, pseudonym, or name can be input to be used for identifying the small amount savings membership card 1110. Such an operation can be positioned as “temporary registration”.

  Upon receiving the information such as the unique ID, the backbone server 1600 refers to the anonymous member information table 1657 and determines whether the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S226). If it is new, a record corresponding to the unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 as a new anonymous member (step S227). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 1657, the received password is checked (step S228) and it is determined whether the password is correct (step S229). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S230), and in response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067 (step S231). .

  When a new anonymous member is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 or when it is determined that the password is correct, the backbone server 1600 instructs the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060 to display the small amount coin storing instruction screen (step S232). . In response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 displays a small amount coin accumulation instruction screen 1895 as shown in FIG. 44B on the player side display 1067 (step S233).

  Here, the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 determines whether or not the “OK” button 1897 has been touched (step S234), and maintains the display of the small amount coin accumulation instruction screen 1895 until it is touched. When the “OK” button 1897 is touched, the type of game medium (for example, a 20-yen rental medal or a 4-yen rental pachinko ball) and the number of game media (for example, the number of pachinko ball balls) are sent to the core server 1600. Or the number of medals) is transmitted (step S235). The type of game medium is known at the time when the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 reads a receipt or the like, and this is transmitted. Although the quantity of the game medium is the quantity specified by the player in the quantity input unit 1896 of the small coin saving instruction screen 1895, all the quantities grasped by the small coin saving instruction device 1060 can be automatically specified. When the player specifies the number of game media, the player can freely set the amount within the range (20 in the example of FIG. 44B) guided on the small amount coin instruction screen 1895. it can.

  When the backbone server 1600 receives the type and quantity of the game medium from the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, the exchange rate management table 1654 (premium) storing the exchange rate for each hall store or each type of the game medium as necessary. The exchange rate management table 654 of the exchange system 1 has the same configuration as that of the exchange rate management table 654, and a rate for converting to an electronic value is stored), and a small amount of coins is converted into electronic value data represented in a predetermined electronic value unit. Yes (step S236). Next, the core server 1600 determines whether or not the value of a small amount of coins stored each time and the cumulative value of the value of the small amount of coins associated with the unique ID do not exceed the respective set upper limit values. (Step S237). If it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, the instruction for storing a small amount of coins from the small amount coin instructing device 1060 is invalidated, and the value is associated with the value of a small amount of coins per time or its unique ID. An instruction is issued to display an error indicating that the cumulative value of the value of the small amount coins has exceeded the upper limit (step S238), and the small amount coins instructing device 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067 in response to this instruction. Yes (step S239).

  When it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the electronic value data stored in the record of the corresponding unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658 and the electronic value data after this conversion are added (accumulated), The value is stored as new electronic value data (step S240). After this process is completed, an instruction is issued to display that the small amount coins are completed (step S241), and in response to this instruction, the small amount coins instructing device 1060 causes the player side display 1067 to complete the small amount coins. A screen is displayed (step S242). In addition, at this time, the type and quantity of the game medium or the electronic value data accumulated by the small amount coin saving up to this point may be displayed.

  Next, the core server 1600 transmits electronic value data obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium designated this time as the small amount coin saving to the small amount coin instruction device 1060 (step S243). The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 transmits the electronic value data received from the backbone server 1600 to the hall computer 1400 (step S244). The value of such a small amount of coins is transmitted when the hall store side needs to know the value of the small amount of coins, which is the basis when receiving a request from the computer center etc. as a cost for exchanging the prize. Be seen. Further, the small amount coin deposit instruction device 1060 receives not the electronic value data but the type and quantity of the game medium from the backbone server 1600 (or holds the one input by the player), and receives them. You can also send it to.

  In addition, in step S240, when new electronic value data is calculated, if a certain condition is satisfied (for example, the total value of the small amount coins is a constant value (for example, the upper limit value regarding the total value of the small amount coins). (70% of the above)), guide / recommendation that it is advantageous to display the mall member registration screen on the player side display 1067 of the small amount coin instruction device 1060, or to exchange prizes as a mall member. It may be configured to display information (including any information or links that may direct mall member registration). Further, such information can be displayed before or after the prize selection processing in the prize selection device as well as in the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060. Furthermore, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 1540, feature phone 1558, PC 1100, etc. using an email address or an address associated with a telephone number.

  Further, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the premium exchange device, after the premium is displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27B, the “OK” button 973 is displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. 28B. The mall member registration screen may be displayed to prompt the mall member registration until is pressed. Further, in this mall member registration screen, whether to use the member card 1110 for small amount coin saving that has been used as it is, or to use another member card 1110 for small amount coin deposit or a mobile device (for example, the smartphone 1540 of the player), A screen for selection may be displayed.

  Further, in the example of FIG. 43, the value (type and quantity of game medium) of the small amount coin received from the small amount coin instruction device 1060 is converted into a predetermined electronic value unit in the core server 1600, and then the electronic value is converted. Although the data is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 for each unique ID (that is, for each anonymous member), the type and the number of game media are not converted into the predetermined unit of electronic value as described above. It may be configured to be stored as it is and then converted as needed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 45 to FIG. 48, the integration processing of the small amount savings membership card 1110 and the like will be described. In the prize exchange system 1001, one player makes a small amount of coins with a plurality of small amount coin member cards 1110, and then integrates these into one card, or a smartphone 1540 etc. registered as a mall member and a small amount coin. The membership card 1110 can be integrated, and in this case, the contents of the electronic value management table 1658 and the shopping list management table 1653 can be integrated together. Here, what kind of integration processing is performed in a typical integration pattern will be described.

  FIG. 45 (A) shows an electronic value management table 1658 in the case where one player X1 uses a plurality of small coin storage membership cards 1110 (1110a to 1110d) and then integrates these cards into one card. It is a figure showing the concept of integration processing. In this example, four small amount coin storage membership cards 1110 are used. The small amount savings membership card 1110a and the small amount savings membership card 1110b are cards of the hall store with the store code "112", and the unique IDs are "L" and "M", respectively. The small amount coin saving membership card 1110c is a card of a hall store with the store code "1414", and the unique ID is "N". The small amount coin saving membership card 1110d is a card of a hall store with a store code “1138”, and the unique ID is “P”. Here, a pattern in which these four cards are integrated into the member card 1110b for storing a small amount of coins having the unique ID “M” will be described.

  In the pre-integration anonymous member information table 1657, each small amount savings membership card 1110 is managed in association with a unique ID, and each unique ID is associated with a store code and a password. Further, in the pre-integration electronic value management table 1658, electronic value data is associated with each unique ID, and how many small amount coins are accumulated in which small amount coin membership card 1110 is managed. .

  Here, by operating the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the player instructs the integration of the small amount savings membership card 1110. In FIG. 47 (A), for example, on the prize exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, the player touches the button 1886 to instruct the card integration. It is a card integration instruction screen 1910 displayed in this case. When the card integration instruction screen 1910 is displayed, the player holds the "integration destination" small amount savings membership card 1110b at a predetermined position according to the guidance, and inputs the password of the card into the password input unit 1911, Touch the “Next” button 1912.

  Then, the card integration instruction screen (continuation) 1920 shown in FIG. 47B is displayed, where the player is the "integration source" small amount savings membership card 1110a, small amount savings membership card 1110c, small amount savings membership card. Hold the 1110d at a predetermined position and enter the password of the card in the password input section 1921. If there are multiple cards of the integration source, touch the "Next" button 1923 to display the card integration instruction screen (continuation) 1920 of FIG. 47B again and display the next "integration source" small amount savings coin. For the membership card 1110. In this example, this operation is repeated for each of the small amount coin storing member card 1110a, the small coin storing member card 1110c, and the small coin storing member card 1110d, and the integration is completed by finally touching the "integrate" button 1922.

  Returning to FIG. 45 (A), the situation after being integrated into the small amount coin saving membership card 1110b will be described. In the integrated anonymous member information table 1657, only the small-value-savings membership card 1110b is managed, and the store code and the password are associated therewith, but the store code does not store a specific code. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658 after integration, as electronic value data corresponding to the member card 1110b for storing small amount balls, the total of the electronic value data before integration (electronic value corresponding to the member cards for storing small amount balls (1110a to 1110d)). 9170 which is the total of data) is stored. Here, the records corresponding to the small amount coin storing member card 1110a, the small coin storing member card 1110c, and the small coin storing member card 1110d are integrated and invalidated, and are finally deleted.

  In this way, when a plurality of membership card 1110 for small amount savings is integrated, the electronic value data is also collected in one member card 1110b for small amount savings as the integration destination. Further, when the upper limit of the electronic value data is exceeded due to the integration, a message to that effect can be displayed on the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 or the like shown in FIG. 47B.

  In addition, here, although it has been stated that the small amount coin storing member cards 1110 of different hall stores can be integrated, it may be limited so that only the small coin storing member cards 1110 of the same hall store can be integrated. In this example, the member card 1110 for small amount coin storage after integration can be used at any hall store, but the hall stores that can be used can be limited. Further, it is possible to limit the number of the small amount savings membership cards 1110 that can be integrated. Also, the "integration source" small amount savings membership card 1110 cannot be used after the integration process, but on the condition that the small amount savings membership card 1110 can be legally collected, the unique ID card It can be reused and made available to other players.

  FIG. 45 (B) shows a case in which the small-value-savings membership card 1110b integrated by the integration processing described in FIG. 45 (A) is further integrated with the smartphone 1540 (unique ID “Q”) that has been registered as a mall member. It is a figure showing the concept of the integrated processing of the electronic value management table 1658.

  In the anonymous member information table 1657 before integration, only the small-value-savings membership card 1110b is managed, and the store code and the password are associated therewith, but the store code does not store a specific code. In the integrated electronic value management table 1658, 9170 is stored as electronic value data corresponding to the member card 1110b for small amount ball storage.

  Here, in the card integration instruction screen 1910 of FIG. 47 (A), hold the smartphone 1540 that has been registered as a mall member as the card of the integration destination, and in the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 of FIG. The small amount coin saving membership card 1110b is integrated with the smartphone 1540 by holding the membership card 1110b over.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 45 (B), in the anonymous member information table 1657, the record stored for the small amount coin storing member card 1110b is deleted, and the small coin storing member card 1110b is no longer managed as an anonymous member. In the mall member information table 1651, the mall member ID “U102” is associated with the unique ID “Q” of the smartphone 1540, the store code, and the password. Furthermore, in the electronic value management table 1658, the electronic value data “9170” that was associated with the small amount savings membership card 1110b (unique ID “M”) is changed to be associated with the unique ID “Q” by integration. To be done.

  As a result, the player can use the smartphone 1540 having the unique ID “Q” to use the electronic value data stored with a small amount, and also perform the same store ball storage as in the free gift exchange system 1 to select a free gift and exchange a free gift. It can be carried out. As shown in FIG. 48, the electronic value data stored with a small amount of coins is managed by the electronic value management table 1658, and the stored coins other than the small amount of coins are managed with the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652. In addition, even after registering as a mall member and becoming a mall member, a small amount of coins can be accumulated. In addition, it is possible to design such that the two types of managed savings balls can be integrated into either one by referring to the exchange rate management table 1654, for example.

  FIG. 46 (A) is a diagram showing the concept of the integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as FIG. 45 (A). In this example, the four small amount savings membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small amount savings membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M”.

  In the pre-integration shopping list management table 1653, each small amount coin saving membership card (1110a to 1110d) is managed in association with a unique ID, and each unique ID includes a prize 1 to a prize 50. A shopping list is stored and a product ID is associated with each prize (the number of products can be managed). Since the shopping list of anonymous members is stored here, the item of mall member ID is not used. In addition, an item of "SEQ NO" is provided so that a plurality of shopping lists can be managed with the same unique ID. In the example of FIG. 46 (A), a member's card 1110a for the small amount savings of the unique ID "L". About the two shopping lists (SEQ NO “001”, “002”), and for the small amount coin membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M”, one shopping list (SEQ NO “001”), the unique ID “N” One shopping list (SEQ NO "001") for the small amount savings membership card 1110c, and two shopping lists (SEQ NO "001", "SEQ ID NO" 001 ") for the small amount savings membership card 1110d with the unique ID" P ". 002 ”) is stored.

  Here, by operating the screen shown in FIG. 47 described above, the four small-value-saving member cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small-value-saving member card 1110b. Then, as shown in FIG. 46 (A), in the integrated shopping list management table 1653, the unique IDs "L", "N", and "P" are all changed to "M" and "SEQ NO." The item “” is renumbered from “001” to “006” so that it is unique in the unique ID “M”.

  In this example, as described above, all the shopping lists associated with the integration source small amount savings membership card 1110a, the small amount savings membership card 1110c, and the small amount savings membership card 1110d are all the integration destination small amount savings membership card. Although it is configured to be integrated and used in the 1110b, they may be configured to be deleted or to be grouped in one shopping list. For example, when all of the six shopping lists shown in FIG. 46A are only the prize 1, the gifts 1 to 6 can be combined into one designated shopping list (the product IDs overlap. If there is, you can add the number or delete the duplicate).

  FIG. 46 (B) is a diagram showing the concept of the integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as in FIG. 45 (B). In this example, the four small amount savings membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small amount savings membership card 1110b of the unique ID "M", and further integrated into the smartphone 1540 that has been registered as a mall member.

  In the shopping list management table 1653 before integration, as described above, all the unique IDs are set to “M”, and the item “SEQ NO” is unique within the unique ID “M”. It is changed from "001" to "006". Here, by operating the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the small amount coin saving membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M” is integrated with the smartphone 1540 that has already been registered as a mall member. Then, as shown in FIG. 46 (B), in the integrated shopping list management table 1653, all the unique IDs “M” are changed to “Q”, which is the unique ID of the smartphone 1540, and the mall member ID. The mall member ID "U102" corresponding to the smartphone 1540 is set in the.

  In this way, by the integrated processing, all the shopping lists associated with the small amount coin saving membership card 1110b of the unique ID “M” are carried over to the smartphone 1540 that is registered as a mall member, and the smartphone 1540 or the smartphone 1540. In the terminal which is used by holding up 1540, the shopping list can be referred to by executing the gift selection process, and the shopping list can be called in the gift exchange process.

  47A and the card integration instruction screen (continuation) 1920 of FIG. 47B are used to integrate the small amount savings membership card 1110 and the like. In order to make it easy to see whether the membership card 1110 for storing coins is being processed, the surface of the member card 1110 for storing small coins is associated with the handle name set by the player or the unique ID (or is not related at all). In addition to displaying the card ID and the card number, these data are stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 and the storage area of the non-contact IC chip, and the card ID and the card number being processed are displayed on the integration instruction screen. Can be allowed to.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 49, a settlement process between the hall store and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 49, when a small amount coin instruction is issued from the small amount coin instruction device 1060, a unique ID, a store code, and a small amount coin of the small amount coin member card 1110 are sent to the backbone server 1600 of the computer center. The type and quantity (game medium value information) of the game medium specified by the player is transmitted, and the electronic value data obtained from the type and quantity of the specified game medium is passed through the small amount savings instruction device 1060. It is transmitted to the hall computer 1400 (see FIG. 43). This is because the hall store side needs to know the value of a small amount of coins, which is the basis when receiving a request from a computer center or the like as a fee for a prize exchange.

  In the core server 1600, the electronic value data thus obtained is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 as a cumulative value, and when the player exchanges the gift using the electronic value data as a consideration, an electronic value corresponding to the value of the prize is given. The value data is subtracted from the cumulative value in the electronic value management table 1658. At the same time, price payment processing is performed so as to pay the price of the gift (the price after deducting various fees) to the operator of the shop server that sends the gift or the like (see FIG. 31).

  On the other hand, the backbone server 1600 bills the hall store in consideration of the price paid to the operator of the shop server and various fees. Since the game media obtained at the hall stores are saved with a small amount of coins, and the prizes are exchanged at that value, the hall stores are ultimately responsible for payment. At this time, since the backbone server 1600 stores the electronic value data as an accumulated amount for each unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658, it is possible to grasp from which hall store the electronic value data is associated with the gaming medium acquired. Can not. Therefore, the backbone server 1600 needs to separately grasp which hall store the electronic value data relates to by a table (not shown) or the like. In addition, if the prize is exchanged using the electronic value data as a consideration and the electronic value data is substantially related to the game media acquired from a plurality of hall stores, which of the hall stores It is necessary to determine in advance whether or not to make only a request.

  For example, when a player sequentially obtains game media from four different hall stores and accumulates 500 coins for each electronic value unit, and has a total electronic value of 2000, the electronic value of 1300 is obtained. Assuming that the corresponding prizes have been exchanged (here, various fees are omitted to simplify the explanation), the backbone server 1600 sends the first and second game media to the hall store where the player has won the game media. , 500 for the electronic value, and the third hall game store for the game medium is charged for the electronic value for 300. That is, the corresponding hall stores are billed in the order in which the player has accumulated the game media (or in the order in which they have acquired them).

  The backbone server 1600 can charge the hall store collectively for a plurality of prize exchanges or for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 49, the billing is shown to be made from the backbone server 1600 to the hall computer 1400, but this is merely a notation for convenience, and in reality, for example, from the backbone server 1600, By transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system, the bank account of the operator of the hall store is charged. In addition, the operator of the prize exchange system 1001 can make the above-mentioned request to the operator of the hall store by various other methods and routes.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 50, a free gift selecting process using the small amount savings membership card 1110 will be described. This free gift selection process is basically the same as the free gift selection process of the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. 23 to 25. Here, the points different from the premium selection processing of the premium exchange system 1 will be mainly described.

  FIG. 50 (A) is a premium selection login screen 1930 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060. Here, the guide information indicating that the small coin saving membership card 1110 is held at a predetermined position is displayed, and the player holds the small coin saving member card 1110 at that position, and after inputting the password in the password input unit 1931, By touching the “Next” button 1932, the screen shifts to the prize selection instruction screen 1940 in FIG.

  On the premium selection instruction screen 1940 shown in FIG. 50B, the price of the product is shown in units of electronic value, not the type and quantity of the game medium. When it is determined that the user is an anonymous member at the login stage, the unit of electronic value is used in this way, but when it is determined that the member is a mall member and there is a game media holding number, it is displayed. In the unit designation section 1943, the display unit can be switched to the electronic value or the game medium.

  The product finally selected by touching the “OK” button on the shopping list display screen displayed after touching the “shopping list” button 1942 on the gift selection instruction screen 1940 is displayed in the shopping list management table 1653. Although it is registered, as shown in FIG. 42 (A), it is registered in association with the unique ID of the membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving, not the mall member ID.

  In addition, here, from the unique ID of the member card 1110 for storing a small amount of coins, the value of the game medium in which the coins are accumulated (for example, a mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 or an electronic value management table 1658, a prize, It is possible to obtain a valuable value that can be used for exchange and display the numerical value on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, or control to display a range of products according to the value.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 51, the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system 1001 will be described. The membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving cannot use the prize exchange process unless the member is registered as a mall member. This free gift exchange process is basically the same as the free gift exchange process of the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. 26 to 28. Here, the points different from the premium exchange processing of the premium exchange system 1 will be mainly described.

  FIG. 51A is a prize exchange login screen (continuation) 1950 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the prize POS 1500 installed in the hall store. On the prize exchange login screen (not shown), guidance information indicating that the smartphone 1540 is held at a predetermined position is displayed, and the player is at the position of the smartphone 1540 (or the member card 1110 for small amount savings registered as a mall member). ), And after inputting the password in the password input section, by touching the "Next" button, the prize exchange login screen (continued) 1950 is displayed. On the gift exchange login screen, when the player holds the smartphone 1540 or the membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving, if the mall member has not been registered yet, the mall member is not registered and the prize exchange process cannot be performed. Display an error message to the effect.

  The prize exchange login screen (continuation) 1950 of FIG. 51A shows that the player holds the available quantity in both the mall member game media holding number management table 1652 and the electronic value management table 1658. The display unit designation unit 1951 for designating whether to use the unit of electronic value or the type and quantity of the game medium as the consideration for exchange. Here, the player selects either one and then touches the “Next” button 1952 to display the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. 51 (B). In this way, after registering as a mall member, you can use the value accumulated by ordinary mall members' coins and the value accumulated by small amount coins, and the player can display the value according to the value to be used. The unit can be switched to perform the prize exchange process.

  In the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 shown in FIG. 51 (B), the price of the product is indicated in the unit of electronic value by the player's designation. In addition, in the gift exchange system 1, the delivery destination is selected during the gift selection process. However, in the gift exchange system 1001, basically, member information such as an address is not input until mall member registration. It is designed to be specified at the time of processing. The player selects one of the registered home, delivery destination 1 and delivery destination 2 in the delivery destination designation unit 1962.

  In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to perform a prize selection process using a small-price coin membership card 1110 using a home PC (personal computer) 1100 owned by a player. it can. By enabling the product selection on the PC 1100, it is possible to carefully browse and select a product that is a candidate for a gift, even outside the hall store, over time. Further, when the PC 1100 includes a large display, the details of the product can be easily confirmed with high visibility by the display.

  Next, the configuration of the PC 1100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 52 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the PC 1100. The PC 1100 includes a main CPU 1101, a ROM 1102, a RAM 1103, an external storage device 1104, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105, a display 1106, a keyboard 1107, an interface 1108, and a speaker 1109.

  The main CPU 1101 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 1102 and the RAM 1103. For example, the main CPU 1101 controls a web browser or an application downloaded via an external network to execute the prize selection process by the prize exchange system 1001.

  Various data are stored in the external storage device 1104. The non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the internal data of the non-contact IC chip of the smart card 1540 or the membership card 1110 for small amount coin storing the non-contact IC chip. In addition, data can be written in a non-contact manner in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip as needed.

  The display 1106 displays a screen related to the premium selection process, such as a premium selection login screen and a premium selection instruction screen. The display 1106 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device. The keyboard 1107 is an input device for inputting data and giving instructions.

  The PC 1100 is also connected to the network 1695 via the interface 1108. The network 1695 is, for example, a network such as the Internet, and the PC 1100 is connected to the AP server 1685 connected to the backbone server 1600 via the network 1695. The speaker 1109 outputs various audio data.

  In the free gift exchange system 1001, the free gift selection process is performed by using the PC 1100 having such a configuration. First, in response to a player's instruction, the display 1106 displays a prize selection login screen 1930 as shown in FIG. Therefore, when the small amount savings membership card 1110 is held over a predetermined position and a password is input (by the keyboard 1107 or the like), the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the unique ID of the small amount savings membership card 1110 and displays it on the display 1106. , A prize selection instruction screen 1940 and the like as shown in FIG. The player can display a prize selection instruction screen 1940, a shopping list screen, or the like, select a product that is a candidate for gift exchange, and create a shopping list. When the gift selection is performed using the small amount ball membership card 1110, the shopping list previously created can be called and displayed on the display 1106 from the unique ID of the small amount ball membership card 1110.

  In addition, from the unique ID of the member card 1110 for small amount coin storage, the value of the game medium in which the coin is accumulated (for example, used for exchanging prizes ascertained from the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 or the electronic value management table 1658). It is also possible to design so as to obtain (possible valuable value) and display the numerical value on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, or to display a product in a range according to the value.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 53, a prize exchange system 1001 capable of designating a hall store as a delivery destination of a prize will be described. In the prize exchange system 1001, by designating a hall store as a delivery destination (holding at a hall store) at the time of registering as a mall member, the prize determined by the prize exchange processing can be delivered as a hold at the hall store. it can. With such a configuration, the player does not need to input the address of the player himself even when performing the mall member registration, and the personal information can be protected more safely.

  FIG. 53 (A) shows a mall member registration screen 1970 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060. This screen is an improvement of the mall member registration screen 1905 of FIG. 41 (B) so as to enable delivery of free gifts to the hall store. When the player checks the "Yes" button in the hall store clasping designation unit 1972, the store code of the hall store in which the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060 being used as the delivery destination of the prize is arranged is the mall member information. It is stored in the table 1651.

  Here, it may be controlled so that the “Yes” button can be checked in the hall store closing designation section 1972 only when the player makes a specific input such as a name, a telephone number, an email address and the like. Further, the hall store designated as the delivery destination may be configured to be selected from the candidate list.

  When the "Yes" button is checked in the hall store closure designating unit 1972, all the input areas of the delivery destination input unit 1973 are grayed out, and the home address, delivery destination 1 and delivery destination 2 are controlled so that they cannot be input. In addition, even if the "Yes" button is checked in the hall store closure designating unit 1972 so that it can be finally selected on the prize exchange instruction screen or the like, the input of the delivery destination input unit 1973 is allowed. Good.

  FIG. 53B shows a prize exchange instruction screen 1975 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the prize exchange terminal such as the prize POS 1500. This screen is an improvement of the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. 51 (B). According to the designation on the mall member registration screen 1970 of FIG. Is displayed. The name of the hall store is obtained by referring to the hall store management table (not shown) with the store code of the delivery destination stored in the mall member information table 1651, and is displayed on the delivery destination display unit 1977.

  Further, in the mall member registration screen 1970, when both the designation of the hall store closure and the input of the delivery destination input unit 1973 are allowed, the delivery destination display unit 1977 displays the hall store closure, the home address, the delivery destination 1, and the delivery. It is also possible to display the first two options and allow the player to make a selection here.

  When the “Delivery” button 1979 on the prize exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in the situation where the prize delivery destination is designated as the hall store closure, the prize order instruction is transmitted to the backbone server 1600 via the hall computer 1400, and the backbone server 1600. From 1600, a free gift delivery instruction is given to the shop server. The delivery destination specified at this time is the hall store designated by the store code, and the backbone server 1600 refers to the address of the hall store by the store code by referring to the hall store management table (not shown). Ask. In addition, a delivery identification number is added to the gift delivery instruction, and at the online shopping site of the shop server that receives the gift delivery instruction, the delivery identification number is attached at the time of delivery, and the address of the specified hall store is added. Arrange to deliver the free gift to.

  Further, in the backbone server 1600, when the “Delivery” button 1979 on the prize exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in the situation where the prize delivery destination is designated as the hall store closure, the hall computer 1400 corresponding to the designated store code. To the player, the unique ID of the player and the delivery identification number attached to the prize delivery instruction are transmitted. The address (IP address) of the hall computer 1400 is obtained from the hall computer information table 1571 having the same configuration as the hall computer information table 571 shown in FIG.

  From the hall computer 1400, the hall coin store instruction device 1060 of the hall store designated as the delivery destination acquires the unique ID and the delivery identification number of the player who has instructed the prize delivery at the hall store closure.

  The player displays the prize exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) on the player side display 1067 of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, and then touches the button 1888 to display a screen for receiving the prize held in the hall store. Let Therefore, the player reads the membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving and inputs the password. In response to this operation, the delivery identification number corresponding to the unique ID is displayed on the store-side display 1069 of the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060. If the gifts delivered to the hall store have the same delivery identification number as the displayed delivery identification number, the staff at the hall store will hand it over to the player, and the delivery to the player has been completed. Is input to the input unit displayed on the store-side display 1069.

  By the procedure as described above, the player hands the prize whose delivery destination is the hall store to the player at the hall store. However, such a procedure is merely an example, and the player can receive the prize delivered by the hall store closure by various other methods and procedures. Further, if the staff of the hall store inputs the delivery identification number attached to the delivered prizes to the small amount coin storing instruction device 1060 one by one, at that timing, the email address or the telephone associated with the corresponding unique ID will be sent. A notification that the prize has been delivered can be automatically sent to the address or the like associated with the number, and the player can know that the prize has been delivered to the specified hall store. . The mail address and telephone number corresponding to the unique ID can be acquired from the mall member information table 1651.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 54, a card that can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount coin saving of the prize exchange system 1001 or a portable device will be described. Up to now, it has been explained that a dedicated non-contact IC card, which is distributed to a player at a hall store or the like, is used as the member card 1110 for small amount coin saving that can be used in the prize exchange system 1001, but there are various other types. Various types of cards and mobile devices can be used.

  As shown in FIG. 54 (A), in addition to the IC cards described so far, a smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip and a feature can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount coins of the prize exchange system 1001. A mobile device such as a phone 1558 and a mobile phone can be considered. These devices read out the unique unique ID stored in the non-contact IC chip by the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060, and this unique ID is stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 together with the store code and password. The player who owns this device can be uniquely identified.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 54 (B), it is also possible to envisage a mobile phone or the like which does not have a built-in non-contact IC chip as a mobile device which can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount coins of the prize exchange system 1001. . For example, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) is acquired by photographing a code such as a one-dimensional bar code or a two-dimensional bar code displayed on the player's display 1067 or the like of the small-price saving instruction device 1060 on a mobile phone. After that, access the URL with the mobile phone. Therefore, the telephone number of the mobile phone or the device ID is automatically acquired, and the main server via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server) together with the store code and the password specified by the player. 1600 and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number or a device ID can be used as the unique ID.

  If such a method is used, every time the mobile phone accesses the above URL, authentication by the telephone number (or device ID) and password is performed, and if the authentication is successful, the backbone via the mobile I / F server 1680 is used. The prize exchange system 1001 can be used by interacting with the server 1600.

  In another method, in a mobile phone that does not have a built-in non-contact IC chip, a method of notifying the address associated with the telephone number from the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060 (eg, SMS (Short Message Service)) The URL is notified by, and then the acquired URL is accessed within a predetermined time. Then, the telephone number, the store code, and the password are input and transmitted. The input telephone number, store code, and password are transmitted to the core server 1600 via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server) and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number can be used as the unique ID.

  If such a method is used, like the above-mentioned method, each time the mobile phone accesses the above URL, authentication by the telephone number and password is performed. If the authentication is successful, the mobile I / F server is authenticated. The prize exchange system 1001 can be used by exchanging with the backbone server 1600 via 1680.

  As described above, the portable devices that can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount ball saving of the prize exchange system 1001 include the smart phone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip built-in, the feature phone 1558, and the mobile phone. Includes mobile phones that do not have a built-in chip but can access a WEB server. In addition, a uniquely identifiable card (for example, a magnetic stripe card including a readable magnetic stripe, a card on which a one-dimensional bar code or a two-dimensional bar code is printed, etc.) is used as the membership card 1110 for a small amount of coins. You can also

  It should be noted that such various types of membership cards for small coin storage can be used in the gift exchange system of all the embodiments described in this specification.

  Although the prize exchange system 1001 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is merely one embodiment, and various other modes can be applied to the present invention. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations such as a small coin storing instruction device, a prize selecting device, and a prize exchanging device can be used in various network connection states, and a backbone server 1600 of a computer center, a shop management server 1700, a hall computer 1400 of a hall store. Etc., devices of various configurations can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. For example, the backbone server 1600 and the shop management server 1700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. Further, other different configurations can be adopted as the configuration of the table.

  Further, although the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 is exemplified here as a terminal having a prize POS function, it acquires information on the end ball (type and number of game medium) from the prize POS 1500 or the hall computer 1400, and uses it as the information. It can also be configured to make a small amount of coins based on. Further, it is possible to control the exchange between the prize selecting device, the prize exchanging device, etc. and the backbone server 1600 via the connection management device 1090 newly set in the prize exchanging system 1001.

  As described above, the core server 1600 performs conversion using the exchange rate for each corresponding hall store and each type of game medium based on the type and number of game medium received from the small amount coin saving instruction device 1060. It is determined whether the converted data or the cumulative value of the converted data does not exceed the set upper limit values. If conversion is not necessary, the value of the game medium is used without using the exchange rate. Is determined (for example, the value is obtained based on the type and quantity of the game medium), and it is determined whether or not the upper limit value is exceeded.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the third embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 55, a system overview of the prize exchange system according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55 is configured to include the device of the hall store, the hall cooperation system, and the device of the computer center, similarly to the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. The department is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The free gift exchange system 2001 in FIG. 55 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55, a small amount of game media such as end balls can be stored without registering as a mall member in the system. Furthermore, like the free gift exchange system 1 described above, It is possible to select a gift exchange candidate from many gifts in advance and create a shopping list. After that, when the mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give an instruction to exchange the prize according to the value of the stored coins, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Here, for the sake of convenience, holding a small amount of game media such as an end ball (surplus ball) is referred to as a "small amount of coins", but not only for the pachinko balls accumulated by the pachinko machine, but also for the medals acquired by the pachislot machine. Holds (so-called savings medals) are also included.

  Further, the small amount of coins is not limited to the case of storing an end ball generated when exchanging a prize, and for example, a player intentionally interrupts a game to hold a pachinko ball or medal. Including the case where a small amount of game media is accumulated due to factors. In the prize exchange system 2001, a fixed upper limit is set for the number of stored balls per time and the total number of stored balls.

  The premium exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55 can be regarded as a modified example of the premium exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, premium exchange control, premium order control, action history management, etc. as in the premium exchange system 1. With each function of. For example, the hall computer 2400, the hall DB 2430, the game machine 2010, the sand device 2020, the digital signage device 2515, the prize POS 2500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 2520, and the dedicated terminal 2530 in the hall store are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 2600 of the computer center, the core DB 2650, the mobile I / F server 2680, the shop management server 2700, the prize DB 2750, the ASP-I / F server 2800, the individual shop I / F server 2820, and the EC mall I / F server. Reference numeral 2840 denotes a backbone server 600, a backbone DB 650, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, a reward DB 750, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC in the premium exchange system 1. It corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. The network 2690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  Further, although not shown in FIG. 55, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 2001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. Devices and the like corresponding to (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  Further, the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 2001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 1. The respective devices and the like for arranging are arranged, but this is also omitted in FIG. 55. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions are changed will be described particularly in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 2400, a gaming machine 2010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a small amount coin storage instruction device 2060, a small amount coin storage management server 2120, and a connection management device 2090 are arranged. The small amount coin instructing device 2060 is a terminal used by a player to make a small amount coin, and in this example, is a terminal having the function of a premium POS terminal. The player causes the small amount coin instruction device 2060 to read a receipt on which the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) is printed, and then instructs the small amount coin indicator device 2060 to make small amount coins such as an end ball. The player does not need to register as a mall member who is required to input a name, an email address, an address, etc. when performing a small amount coin storage with the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060, and is a non-contact IC card for a small amount coin storage member card 2110. You can manage a small amount of coins using.

  The small amount coin management server 2120 receives, from the small amount coin instruction device 2060, information (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium) about the small amount coins by the player using the member card 2110 for small amount coins, and stores and manages the prize. Control the selection process. The small amount coin DB 2140 stored by the small amount coin management server 2120 stores a small amount coin management table or the like that stores the above-described information about the small amount coins.

  The connection management device 2090 controls the connection between the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060, the small amount coin storage management server 2120, and the core server 2600 of the computer center. The connection management device 2090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and in the case of connecting the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the small amount ball storage management server 2120 to the backbone server 2600 by a VPN (Virtual Private Network), a connection management device 2090 has a VPN router function. Including. In addition, it includes a connection control function for controlling the connection with the backbone server 2600. Further, the connection management device 2090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the above-mentioned gateway device having the gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The hall computer 2400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status, etc.), members, and information regarding prizes. In addition, the player receives information about the value of a small amount accumulated by the player from the small amount coin instruction device 2060, the small amount coin management server 2120, or the core server 2600 for payment when exchanging a prize.

  The free gift selecting device includes any terminal capable of network communication such as a dedicated terminal 2530, a smartphone 2540, and a feature phone 2558. The PC described in the free gift exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. It is also possible to use the same PC as the (personal computer) 1100. In addition, in this example, the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 can also function as a premium selection device.

  Next, the function of the backbone server 2600 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 56 is a functional block diagram of the core server 2600. The core server 2600 basically has the same configuration and function as the core server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. That is, the mall member management unit 1601, the prize selection control unit 1604, the prize exchange control unit 1605, the prize ordering control unit 1606, the action history management unit 1607, the network I / F unit 1608, the mobile device management unit 1609, and the mall member management unit 1601 of the core server 1600. Similar function units corresponding to the small amount coin management unit 1610, that is, a mall member management unit 2601, a gift selection control unit 2604, a gift exchange control unit 2605, a gift order control unit 2606, an action history management unit 2607, a network I / F unit. 2608, a mobile device management unit 2609, and a small amount coin management unit 2610 are provided.

  Therefore, the player who has registered as a mall member is managed as a mall member, and the prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process are respectively performed according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. The ordering process for free gifts is automatically performed for the corresponding online shopping sites. Further, action history including a game situation and a gift exchange situation is collected and stored for the mall member in each hall store. However, the small amount coin management unit 2610 does not function when the small amount coin instructing device 2060 performs the small amount coin processing, and when the mall member registration is performed, the small amount coin management server 2120 manages the small amount coins. It functions to migrate to the core server 2600. Further, since the anonymous member management is performed by the small amount coin management server 2120, there is no function corresponding to the anonymous member management unit 1611.

  The backbone server 2600 stores the backbone DB 2650, which is basically the same as the backbone DB 1650 stored in the backbone server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, since there is no anonymous member management function, there is no anonymous member information table, and holding of small amount coins of anonymous members is performed by the small amount coin management server 2120, and the coins of mall members registered as members are retained. Since the number is managed by the mall member gaming medium holding number management table 2652, there is no electronic value management table.

  The small amount coin management server 2120 is arranged in each hall store, and manages the small amount coin membership card 2110 and the value of the game media accumulated based on an instruction from the small coin amount instructing device 2060. In this example, the information about the small amount coins instructed from the small amount coin instruction device 2060 of each hall store is stored and managed in the small amount coin DB of the small amount coin management server 2120 in the hall store (in this respect, this system). Can be said to be a hall store integrated type small amount coin management system).

  Here, the configuration and the function of the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 are similar to those of the small amount coin storage instruction device 1060 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, the small amount coin processing and the prize selection process using the small amount coin membership card 2110 are realized by exchanging with the small amount coin management server 2120 instead of the core server 2600. The configuration and function of the connection management device 2090 are the same as those of the connection management device 1090 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 57, the configuration of the small amount coin management server 2120 will be described. FIG. 57 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small amount coin storage management server 2120. The small amount coin management server 2120 includes a main CPU 2121, a ROM 2122, a RAM 2123, an external storage device 2124, a display 2125, an interface 2126, and a speaker 2127.

  The main CPU 2121 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 2122 and the RAM 2123. For example, the main CPU 2121 executes a prize selection process and a small coin saving process by the prize exchange system 2001, which will be described later. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 2126 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 2124 stores various types of data including the small amount coin storage DB 2140. The display 2125 displays a screen related to the premium selection process, such as a premium selection login screen and a premium selection instruction screen. The display 2125 displays the management status of the small amount coin management server 2120 or informs the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 2125 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The speaker 2127, together with the display 2125, gives notification when an irregularity or abnormality occurs. The speaker 2127 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  In addition, the small amount coin management server 2120 is communicably connected to the small amount coin instruction device 2060 and the connection management device 2090 via the interface 2126.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 58, the function of the small amount coin management server 2120 will be described. FIG. 58 is a functional block diagram of the small amount ball storage management server 2120. The small amount savings management server 2120 includes an access management unit 2131, a prize selection control unit 2132, a small amount savings management unit 2133, an anonymous member management unit 2134, an action history management unit 2135, and a network I / F unit 2136.

  In addition, the small amount coin management server 2120 stores the small amount coin DB 2140 in an external storage device, and the small amount coin DB 2140 stores and manages the shopping list created as a result of the player selecting an item with the prize selection device. Shopping list management table 2141, exchange rate management table 2142 that stores exchange rates for general prizes at the hall store, anonymous member action history management table 2143 that stores action history of anonymous members such as game status and exchange status, anonymous An anonymous member information table 2144 that stores member information, and a small amount coin management table 2145 that stores the value of accumulated coins (type and number of game media) accumulated by small amount coins performed by anonymous members are included.

  The access management unit 2131 controls access between the small amount coin storing instruction device 2060 and the core server 2600 when the mall member registration is performed in the small amount coin storing instruction device 2060. The prize selection control unit 2132 accesses the backbone server 2600 to display the product information to be displayed to the player when the prize selection processing using the membership card 2110 for small amount coin storage is performed by the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060. It is acquired and provided to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. In addition, when the shopping list is instructed by the small amount coin instruction device 2060, the shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 2141 in association with the unique ID of the small amount coin membership card 2110.

  The small amount coin management unit 2133, when the small amount coin processing using the member card 2110 for small amount coins is performed by the small amount coin instruction device 2060, the type and quantity of the game medium in which the small amount coins are accumulated, the small amount coin management table 2145. Remember. The anonymous member management unit 2134 manages anonymous members by recording the unique ID of the small amount coin saving membership card 2110 in the anonymous member information table 2144.

  The behavior history management unit 2135 grasps the behavior history of the player such as the small amount coin processing, and stores it in the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143. The network I / F unit 2136 is connected to the connection management device 2090 and controls to transmit / receive data to / from the backbone server 2600, and is also connected to the small amount coin storing instruction device 2060 to transmit data related to the prize selection process and the small amount coin storing process. Control sending and receiving.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 59, a table included in the small amount coin storage DB 2140 will be described. The shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member action history management table 2143 are basically the shopping list management table 1653 and the action history management table 1656 of the gift exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Corresponds to each. In addition, the exchange rate management table 2142 stores, as described above, the exchange rate for general prizes at the hall store for each type of game medium.

  FIG. 59 (A) shows an example of the anonymous member information table 2144. In the anonymous member information table 2144, when the player first performs the process using the small amount coin storing member card 2110 in the small coin storing member instruction device 2060, the store stores the unique ID of the small coin storing member card 2110 into the store. The code and password are associated and recorded. When the player uses the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 again, the validity is determined by referring to the anonymous member information table 2144. Here, since the anonymous member information table 2144 is arranged for each hall store, it is not necessary to store the store code, but when the player registers as a mall member, the anonymous member information table 2144 stores the store code. Information including the code is transmitted to the core server 2600.

  FIG. 59 (B) shows an example of the small amount coin management table 2145. In the small amount coin management table 2145, when the player performs the small amount coin processing using the small amount coin membership card 2110 in the small amount coin coin instruction device 2060, the small amount is added to the unique ID of the small amount coin membership card 2110. The value of the accumulated coin (type and quantity of game medium) is recorded in association with each other. In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the value of the stored coin (type and number of the game medium) is converted into a unit of a predetermined electronic value in accordance with the player's small coin storing process, and the basic value is converted. Although stored in the electronic value management table 1658 of the server 1600, such conversion is not performed in this example, and is stored in the form of the type and quantity of the game medium in each hall store.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 60, a small amount coin storing process using the small amount coin storing member card 2110 in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 60 is a flow chart in which the processing for realizing the small amount coin storing process is described for each of the main bodies of the small amount coin storing instruction device 2060 and the small amount coin storing management server 2120. This process is mainly realized by the small amount coin control unit 2084 of the small amount coin instruction device 2060 and the small amount coin management unit 2133 of the small amount coin management server 2120.

  First, when the player gives an instruction for small amount coin saving by touching a predetermined button on the prize exchange screen displayed on the player side display 2067 of the small amount coin accumulation instruction device 2060 (step S250), the small amount coin accumulation instruction is given. The device 2060 displays a small coin saving login screen (step S252). When the player holds the membership card 2110 for a small amount of coins as instructed on the screen in the small amount coins login screen, the small amount of coins instruction device 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm or the like) of the non-contact IC chip (step S253). The unique ID enables the system side to recognize this anonymous member (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59A).

  The small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the "Next" button is touched on the small amount coin login screen (step S254), and maintains the display of the small amount coin login screen until it is touched. When the "Next" button is touched, the unique ID (for example, IDm), the store code, and the password are transmitted to the small amount coin management server 2120 (step S255). The store code can also be grasped by the small amount coin management server 2120, and is transmitted as necessary. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input section of the small coin saving login screen.

  When receiving the information such as the unique ID, the small amount ball management server 2120 refers to the anonymous member information table 2144 and determines whether the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S256). If it is new, a record corresponding to the unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 2144 as a new anonymous member (step S257). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 2144, the received password is checked (step S258), and it is determined whether the password is correct (step S259). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S260), and in response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S261). .

  When a new anonymous member is added to the anonymous member information table 2144, or when the password is determined to be correct, the small amount savings management server 2120 instructs the small amount savings instruction device 2060 to display a small amount savings instruction screen (step). S262). In response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 displays a small amount coin accumulation instruction screen on the player side display 2067 (step S263).

  Here, the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the “OK” button has been touched (step S264), and maintains the display of the small amount coin storage instruction screen until it is touched. When the “OK” button is touched, the type of game medium (for example, a 20-yen rental medal or a 4-yen rental pachinko ball) and the number of game media (for example, a pachinko ball ball) are sent to the small amount savings management server 2120. The number and the number of medals are transmitted (step S265). The type of game medium is known at the time when the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 reads a receipt or the like, and this is transmitted. Although the quantity of the game medium is the quantity specified by the player in the quantity input section of the small amount coin instruction screen, it is also possible to automatically specify all the quantities grasped by the small amount coin instruction device 2060. When the player specifies the number of game media, the player can freely set the number within the range indicated on the small amount coin instruction screen.

  Upon receiving the type and quantity of the game medium from the small amount coin instruction device 2060, the small amount coin management server 2120 stores the exchange rate for each type of the game medium in the hall store, if necessary, as an exchange rate management. With reference to the table 2142, the value of the small amount coins is evaluated (step S266). Next, the small amount coin management server 2120 determines whether the total value of the small amount coins per time and the value of the small amount coins associated with the unique ID do not exceed the respective set upper limit values. The determination is made (step S267). If it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S268), and in response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 causes the player side display 2067 to display. An error is displayed (step S269).

  If it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the number of game media is cumulatively added for each type of game media and stored in the small amount coin management table 2145 (step S270). After this process is completed, an instruction is issued to display that the small amount coins are completed (step S271), and in response to this instruction, the small coin amount instructing device 2060 completes the small amount coins on the player side display 2067. A screen is displayed (step S272). Further, at this time, the type and quantity of the game media accumulated by the small amount savings may be displayed up to this point.

  Next, the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 transmits the type and quantity of the game medium representing the value of the small amount coin formation to the hall computer 2400 (step S273). The value of such a small amount of coins is transmitted when the hall store side needs to know the value of the small amount of coins, which is the basis when receiving a request from the computer center etc. as a cost for exchanging the prize. Be seen.

  In addition, in step S270, when the total is calculated for each type of game medium and the value exceeds a certain numerical value (for example, 70% of the upper limit value regarding the total value of small amount coins), a small amount coin instruction is given. On the player side display 2067 of the device 2060, it is possible to display guidance information that it is advantageous to exchange prizes as a mall member, display a mall member registration screen, or guide mall member registration. It can be configured to display some information or links. Further, such information can be displayed before or after the prize selection process in the prize selection device as well as in the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060. Furthermore, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 2540, feature phone 2558, etc. using an email address or an address associated with a telephone number.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 61, mall member registration processing in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the mall member registration processing for each main body of the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060, the small amount coin storage management server 2120, and the core server 2600. The process is mainly implemented by the member management unit 1085 of the small amount coin instruction device 2060, the access management unit 2131 of the small amount coin management server 2120, the mall member management unit 2601 of the backbone server 2600, and the small amount coin management unit 2610.

  First, when the player gives an instruction for mall member registration by touching a predetermined button on the screen displayed on the player side display 2067 of the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 (step S280), the small amount coin accumulation instruction device is displayed. 2060 displays a mall member login screen (for example, a screen similar to the mall member registration login screen 1900 in FIG. 41A) (step S282). When the player holds the small coin saving membership card 2110 on the mall member login screen as instructed on the screen, the small coin storing instruction device 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm or the like) of the non-contact IC chip (step S283). The unique ID enables the system side to recognize this anonymous member (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59A).

  The small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the "next" button is touched on the mall member registration screen (step S284), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen until it is touched. When the "Next" button is touched, a password, or the player's name, phone number, or email entered on the mall member registration screen, together with the unique ID (for example, IDm), is sent to the small amount savings management server 2120. Registration information including attribute information such as an address is transmitted (step S285). The store code can also be grasped by the small amount coin management server 2120, and is transmitted as necessary. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input section of the mall member login screen.

  Upon receiving the unique ID, the password, the registration information, etc., the small amount coin management server 2120 transmits these to the backbone server 2600 (step S286). When the core server 2600 receives the unique ID, password, registration information, etc., it checks the validity of the unique ID by referring to the mall member information table 2651 and the like (step S287), and proceeds with the process. The determination is made (step S288). When there is a problem with the unique ID or the like, such as duplication of unique IDs, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S289), and then the small amount coin management server 2120 transfers this to the small amount coin instructing device 2060 (step S290). ), In response to this instruction, the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S291).

  On the other hand, if there is no problem with the unique ID in step S288, the backbone server 2600 registers the password and the registration information in the mall member information table 2651 in association with the unique ID (step S292). The mall member ID is also newly assigned here. Next, the small amount savings management server 2120 is instructed to delete the anonymous member who has accepted the registration as a mall member this time from the anonymous member information table 2144 stored in the small amount savings management server 2120 (step S293). In response to this, the small amount savings management server 2120 deletes the record of the unique ID of the corresponding anonymous member from the anonymous member information table 2144 (step S294).

  Next, the core server 2600 acquires the record of the unique ID of the corresponding anonymous member stored in the small amount coin management table 2145 from the small amount coin management server 2120, and according to the store code, for each type of game medium. , The number of game media is transferred to the mall member game media holding number management table 2652 of the backbone server 2600 (step S295). Then, the data stored in the small amount coin management table 2145 is deleted (step S296).

  Hereinafter, similarly, the contents of the shopping list are transferred from the shopping list management table 2141 of the small amount savings management server 2120 to the shopping list management table 2653 of the backbone server 2600 (step S297), and the contents of the action history are small amounts. The anonymous member action history management table 2143 of the ball storage management server 2120 shifts to the action history management table 2656 of the core server 2600 (step S299). In accordance with these processes, the corresponding data is deleted from the shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 of the small amount coin management server 2120 (step S298, step S300).

  Next, an instruction is issued to display that the mall member registration has been completed (step S301), and in response to this instruction, the small amount coin management server 2120 transfers the display instruction to the small amount coin instructing device 2060 ( In step S302), the small amount coin saving instruction device 2060 accordingly displays a completion screen for mall member registration on the player side display 2067 (step S303).

  Next, the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 transmits the type and quantity of the game medium representing the value of the small amount coin formation to the hall computer 2400 (step S304). The value of such a small amount of coins is transmitted when the hall store side needs to know the value of the small amount of coins, which is the basis when receiving a request from the computer center etc. as a cost for exchanging the prize. Be seen.

  Although the prize exchange system 2001 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is merely one embodiment, and various other forms of the present invention will be described. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices of various configurations such as a small coin storing instruction device, a prize selecting device, and a prize exchanging device can be used in various network connection states, and a backbone server 2600 and a shop management server 2700 of a computer center and a hall computer 2400 of a hall store. Etc., devices of various configurations can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. For example, the backbone server 2600 and the shop management server 2700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. Further, other different configurations can be adopted as the configuration of the table.

  Although the small amount coin storage instruction device 2060 is exemplified here as a terminal having a prize POS function, it acquires edge ball information (type and quantity of game media) from the prize POS 2500 or the hall computer 2400 and uses it as the information. It can also be configured to make a small amount of coins based on. It is also possible to control the exchange between the prize selection device, the prize exchange device, and the like with the backbone server 2600 via the connection management device 2090 and the small amount coin management server 2120 included in the prize exchange system 2001.

  Further, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the premium exchange device, after the premium is displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27B, the “OK” button 973 is displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. 28B. The mall member registration screen may be displayed to prompt the mall member registration until is pressed. In addition, in this mall member registration screen, a screen for selecting whether to use the member card 2110 for small amount coin saving that has been used until now or to use another card or a mobile device (for example, a smartphone of the player) is displayed. May be.

  Further, such control of the prize exchange device is usually performed by the prize exchange control unit 2605 of the backbone server 2600 shown in FIG. 56, but a similar prize exchange control unit is provided in the small amount coin management server 2120 shown in FIG. In the prize exchange device described above, the prize exchange control unit of the small amount coin management server 2120 performs the control until the mall member registration screen is displayed, and the control after the mall member registration screen is displayed is the prize of the backbone server 2600. The exchange control unit 2605 may perform this.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 62 to 65, a prize exchange system 3001 according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The free gift exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the free gift exchange systems according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention described above. Here, FIG. An example in which the free gift exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment shown in FIG. Similar to the prize exchange system 1001, the entire system configuration is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and a part of the computer center device passes through a network such as the Internet. Then, it is connected to the device of the online shopping site.

  The backbone server 3600 shown in FIG. 62 is obtained by adding a new function to the backbone server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001. Mall member management unit 3601, prize selection control unit 3604, prize exchange control unit 3605, prize order control unit 3606, action history management unit 3607, network I / F unit 3608, mobile device management unit 3609, small amount coin management unit 3610, and An anonymous member management unit 3611 is included. These functions are performed by the mall member management unit 1601, the prize selection control unit 1604, the prize exchange control unit 1605, the prize order control unit 1606, the action history management unit 1607, the network I / F unit 1608 of the backbone server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001. The mobile device management unit 1609, the small amount coin management unit 1610, and the anonymous member management unit 1611 have respective functions. Furthermore, the backbone server 3600 is newly configured to include a journal management unit 3612.

  The journal management unit 3612 uses, as journal data, information on fluctuations related to the player's savings (such as information on operations that change the value of the game medium held by the player) such as small amount savings, savings, and prize exchanges by the player. Record and sequentially transmit the journal data to the journal data display device in time series in response to a request from the journal data display device realized by the smartphone 3540, the feature phone 3558, the mobile phone, and other mobile devices. Control.

  Further, the backbone server 3600 stores the backbone DB 3650 in an external storage device, and the backbone DB 3650 stores the same table as the table included in the backbone DB 1650 stored by the backbone server 1600. That is, in the core DB 3650, a mall member information table 3651, a mall member game media holding number management table 3652, a shopping list management table 3653, an exchange rate management table 3654, an order management table 3655, an action history management table 3656, anonymous member information. A table 3657 and an electronic value management table 3658 are included.

  Further, the core DB 3650 includes a journal table 3659 for storing the above-mentioned journal data.

  Here, FIG. 63 exemplifies the content of each table of the core DB 3650. The journal table 3659 is shown in FIG. 63 (A). As described above, in the journal table 3659, the operations that change the value of the game medium held by the player, such as small amount coins, coins, and prize exchanges by the player, are recorded by the journal management unit 3612 of the core server 3600, one by one. To be done. For example, in the first record and the second record of the journal table 3659, a player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID “U138”) saves balls at a hall store (store code “225”) (20 yen loan medal). It is recorded that 500 pieces of 20 yen lending medals were used by exchanging free gifts.

  In addition, for example, in the ninth record to the twelfth record of the journal table 3659, a player (unique ID “X”) who has not registered as a mall member and who has used a membership card for small amount coin saving is a hall store (store code It is recorded that four small coins have been consecutively stored in "534") (20 yen, 40 coins, 100 coins, and 80 coins for 5-yen coins, respectively).

  Such a player's action history can be retrieved from the action history management table 3656, but since the action history management table 3656 has a very large amount of data, in this example, the journal management unit of the backbone server 3600. 3612, the journal table 3659 is separately stored.

  Further, in this example, the journal table 3659 manages the value of the accumulated coin according to the type and quantity of the game medium, but it can also be managed by another value converted into a unit of a predetermined electronic value, for example.

  In FIG. 63 (B), the contents of the mall member game medium holding number management table 3652 are illustrated. Here, for example, a player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID “U138”) indicates that the number of currently-held 20-yen medals is zero at a hall store (store code “225”). There is. This is consistent with the action history that the player (mall member ID “U138”) used 500 20 yen loan medals by exchanging prizes after storing 500 20 yen loan medals in the journal table 3659. To do.

  The contents of the electronic value management table 3658 are illustrated in FIG. 63 (C). Here, for example, a player (unique ID “X”) who has used a membership card for small coin storage shows that electronic value data is 1200 at a hall store (store code “534”). This matches the behavior history that the player (unique ID “X”) has accumulated a total of 240 5 yen loan medals in the journal table 3659 (in this case, the electronic value is 5 × 240 (sheets). Shall be sought).

  Next, a journal display process in the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart in which the processes for realizing the journal display process are described for each entity of the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680, and the core server 3600. The process is mainly implemented by the display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 (a functional unit corresponding to the display control unit 534 illustrated in FIG. 14A) and the journal management unit 3612 of the backbone server 3600. The display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 is realized by, for example, an application operating on the smartphone 3540, and this application may be downloaded via the network 3690 or the like.

  First, when the player operates the smartphone 3540 to instruct to display the journal, that is, the variation information regarding the player's accumulated coins, the smartphone 3540 displays the journal display instruction screen for displaying the journal. (Step S310). In response to this, the smartphone 3540 displays the journal display instruction screen on the display of the smartphone 3540 (step S312).

  FIG. 65A shows an example of the journal display instruction screen. On the journal display instruction screen 3880 of FIG. 65 (A), conditions for displaying a journal are set. The journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a condition setting unit 3881 that allows the player to set display conditions. For example, a pull-down list can be used to specify a hall store in which a journal is displayed by a store code. The pull-down list displays a list of store codes of hall stores in which the player is storing coins. Further, for example, a pull-down list can be used to specify the type of game medium for which the journal is to be displayed (such as a 4-yen rental ball or a 20-yen rental medal). Further, the journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a password input portion 3882 for inputting a password and a “display” button 3883 for instructing display under the specified conditions.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 64, after displaying the journal display instruction screen in step S312, the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 3540 is read and acquired (step S313). The unique ID allows the system side to recognize this anonymous member (see the journal table 3659 in FIG. 63A). Further, when the player is a mall member, by referring to the mall member information table 3651, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated and the mall member can be grasped.

  The smartphone 3540 determines whether or not the “display” button 3883 is touched on the journal display instruction screen 3880 (step S314) and maintains the display of the journal display instruction screen 3880 until it is touched. When the “display” button 3883 is touched, the password and the display condition designated on the journal display instruction screen 3880 are transmitted to the mobile I / F server 3680 together with the unique ID (for example, IDm) (step S315). ).

  When the mobile I / F server 3680 receives the display conditions and the like from the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680 transmits these to the backbone server 3600 (step S316). Upon receiving the display conditions and the like, the core server 3600 refers to the mall member information table 3651 and checks the validity of the unique ID and the like (step S317), and determines whether or not the process can proceed (step S318). ). If there is a problem with the unique ID, password, display condition designation, etc., an instruction to display an error is issued (step S319), and then the mobile I / F server 3680 transfers this to the smartphone 3540 (step S320). In response to this instruction, the smartphone 3540 displays an error on the display (step S321). Further, if there is no journal that matches the display condition in the journal table 3659 (for example, if the player has not accumulated any coins for the specified type of game media), an error indicating that there is no corresponding data May be displayed.

  On the other hand, in step S318, when there is no problem in the specification of the unique ID, the password, the display condition, etc., the backbone server 3600 refers to the journal table 3659 and acquires each record (journal data) satisfying the display condition (step S322). ). As described above, in the case of an anonymous member, the journal table 3659 is directly referenced using the unique ID, and when the player is a mall member, the journal table 3659 is referenced using the mall member ID (mall member ID Can refer to the mall member information table 3651 to find the one corresponding to the unique ID).

  When the journal display device stores the record number and date and time of the journal data previously received from the backbone server 3600, it is controlled to receive the data subsequent to the previously received final journal data. On the other hand, the backbone server 3600 stores the record number and date and time of the last journal data transmitted to the journal display device, and when a journal display instruction is given, the next data is identified from this information and the journal is specified. It can be sent to a display device.

  After step S322, the core server 3600 adds a code to the number of game media according to the content of the operation included in each record acquired from the journal table 3659 (step S323). For example, + (plus) is added when the operation (operation related to the player's savings) is “saving”, and − (minus) is added when the operation is “exchange of prizes”. Here, the quantity stored in the journal table 3659 can also be managed as a numerical value with a sign according to the operation, and in such a case, the addition of the sign in step S323 is unnecessary.

  Next, the core server 3600 sequentially transmits the acquired data of each record to the mobile I / F server 3680 in time series (step S324). The data transmitted here are, for example, a store code, operation, game medium type, quantity, and (operation) date and time. In this example, the records are sequentially transmitted in chronological order, but when the receiving journal display device sorts and displays the records in a predetermined order, the records may be transmitted in any order.

  When the mobile I / F server 3680 receives the above data from the backbone server 3600, the mobile I / F server 3680 transmits these to the smartphone 3540 (step S325), and the smartphone 3540 receives this data (step S326). Next, the smartphone 3540 calculates the quantity of the latest game medium type from the received data, if necessary (step S327). Since the data is transmitted from the backbone server 3600 in the order of date and time, the smartphone 3540 can obtain the latest (current) quantity by accumulating the numbers of game medium types in the order of reception. Next, the smartphone 3540 generates a journal display screen from the received data and the calculated quantity and displays it on the display (step S328).

  An example of a journal display screen is shown in FIG. 65 (B). In the designated content display portion 3891 of the journal display screen 3890 of FIG. 65B, the store code of the hall store designated by the player and the type of the game medium are displayed. Below that, a title display portion 3892 is displayed, and below that, a journal data display portion 3893 is displayed. Here, the journal data is displayed in a list in the order of the operation date and time. When the list display exceeds the size of the display, the player can browse all the journal data by scrolling the screen by a swipe operation or the like.

  The journal display screen 3890 of FIG. 65 (B) displays the fifth record and the sixth record of the journal table 3659 shown in FIG. 63 (A). In addition, the calculated latest quantity of game media is displayed in the current quantity display portion 3894 as “current quantity”. In this example, +1000 of the fifth record (journal data shown in the upper part of the journal data display portion 3893) and −500 of the sixth record (journal data shown in the lower part of the journal data display portion 3893) are summed. The “current quantity” is displayed as +500.

  Whether or not to display the item “current quantity” on the journal display screen 3890 can be set by the player who owns the journal display device or the prize exchange system 3001. Further, it may be determined whether or not to display the item of "current quantity" according to a predetermined condition. For example, the content and period of the operation history by the player, the quantity of accumulated coins and the degree of fluctuation thereof are automatically determined. You can decide.

  In this example, the type and number of game media are displayed to the player as a journal, but may be displayed as a value with a predetermined electronic value as a unit. Further, in this example, the mobile I / F server 3680 functions as a server that relays data transmission / reception between the smartphone 3540 and the backbone server 3600, but the mobile I / F server 3680 is configured as a WEB server or an ASP server. You can also

  Further, in this example, although the journal data is displayed outside the hall store by the journal display device such as the smartphone 3540, the device which functions as the prize selection device or the prize exchange device or the journal display which is arranged in the hall store. The journal data can be selectively displayed in the store and outside the store by using a dedicated device for performing.

  For example, in the storage area that stores the game history of the player managed by the unique ID or the mall member ID and the prize exchange history, a record showing the number of game media held by the player at that time (ball accumulation), etc. An area (first storage area) for storing and an area (second storage area) for storing journal data indicating update history of IN and OUT of the stored coins are provided. Then, when there is a journal display instruction from the terminal arranged in the hall store, the terminal ID (each terminal ID is associated with the hall store in which the terminal is arranged) Corresponds to the player ID stored in at least the above-mentioned first storage area from the player ID (unique ID or mall member ID) read by the terminal, recognizing that the instruction is from the terminal. A record such as the number of game media to be played is transmitted to the terminal of the hall store.

  On the other hand, if it is determined from the terminal ID of the terminal that the terminal for which the player has issued the journal display instruction is not the hall store terminal (that is, if there is a journal display instruction from a mobile device such as the smartphone 3540) , The journal data of the second storage area is transmitted without transmitting the above-mentioned record of the first storage area. Further, the data of the first storage area and the data of the second storage area may be stored in the same storage area, and may be filtered and transmitted at the time of transmission, or only the journal data may be transmitted. It may be configured to store the result of arithmetic processing of the total number of game media etc. in real time only to the terminal of the hall store when a journal display instruction is given.

  With such a configuration, only the journal display instruction from a specific terminal ID stored in advance at a hall store or the like, the data such as the number of game media currently held (direct numerical data) is transmitted. By configuring as described above, when the player connects from outside the hall store, the player cannot immediately recognize the number of game media currently stored, etc., without inciting euphoria more than necessary. You can recognize the balance from the journal and encourage self-control.

  Further, here, the journal data is stored for each hall store and for each player ID (unique ID or mall member ID), and when there is a journal display instruction from a mobile device such as the smartphone 3540, the backbone server 3600. The journal management unit 3612 displays a store selection screen that prompts the user to input in which of the plurality of hall stores associated with the unique ID of the mobile device, the number of game media held in the hall store. Control to display. After that, when the hall store you want to check is selected, the above journal data is sent without sending the data that directly displays the total number of game media etc. held in that hall numerically. . The player stores in his or her mobile device a program that automatically calculates the total number of game media based on the journal data, and this program can be executed by the player's selection or other settings. It can also be configured to do so.

  Whether the device that has transmitted the journal display instruction is a device that is not fixedly arranged in the hall store or a device in the hall store is determined by, for example, receiving a store code from the device (for example, the hall store. Blanks will be sent from devices that are not located in the. When the applications executed by the respective devices are different, the same determination can be performed based on the identification ID of the application or the identification code transmitted by the application.

  Further, in this example, the smartphone 3540 is configured to calculate the quantity of the latest game medium type from the received data, if necessary (step S327), but to determine the latest game medium type from the backbone server 3600. The quantity (that is, the quantity of the final game medium type held by the player) is directly received (by various transmission methods including data transmission and email transmission), and the smartphone 3540 receives the quantity of the game medium type. The latest (current) quantity of the game medium may be displayed on the display without accumulating in the order. Either one of these two journal display methods can be adopted, or both of them can be adopted.

  In addition, when the core server 3600 manages odd-end coins (small amount coins), it may be possible to transmit the latest number of types of game media to the smartphone 3540 as described above. With such a configuration, IN as a coin saving act and OUT due to the exchange of prizes can be displayed in a journal in chronological order, whereby the transition of the balance of the accumulated coins including the fractional coin can be visually confirmed.

  In addition, in the prize exchange system (prize exchange system 1, prize exchange system 1001, prize exchange system 2001, prize exchange system 3001) according to all the embodiments described above, various data (for example, a player's game status). Behavior history management table that stores behavior history including the status of exchange of prizes (which can be big data), mall member game medium holding number management table that manages mall members' coins, electronic value management table that manages small coins of anonymous members Etc.) are illustrated as being stored in one backbone DB of the backbone server located in the computer center, but these tables incorporate data synchronization and connection mechanisms, etc. It is also possible to add more later (to the main DB or other DB).

[Description of Prize Exchange System According to Fifth Embodiment of the Present Invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 66, a system overview of a prize exchange system according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, as in the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. A part of the computer center device is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The free gift exchange system 4001 in FIG. 66 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, instead of the conventional free gift exchange with a special free gift via a special free gift shop or a special free gift wholesaler, it becomes possible to realize a free gift exchange using a mail order free gift exchange ticket. That is, in this embodiment, the mail-order gift exchange ticket corresponds to a special gift. More specifically, an online shopping gift exchange ticket is issued at the hall store according to the number of gaming media such as medals and pachinko balls that the player has acquired by playing at the hall store, and the player operates the smartphone etc. , The mail-order gift exchange ticket can be purchased at a predetermined WEB site. The mail-order gift exchange ticket that has been purchased is exchanged for an electronic value according to the value of the exchange ticket, and is given to the player. After that, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by using the accumulated electronic value by a process different from that of the prize exchange system 1 described above.

  With such a gift exchange system via a mail-order gift exchange ticket, a player can substantially obtain a gift of over 10,000 yen through an online mail-order site. In addition, this mechanism does not exchange cash for cash unlike the conventional special prize exchange, but the player searches for a special prize purchase shop away from the hall store and exchanges it every time. It is possible to reduce the effort and risk of going to the special gift shop, and to convert the game media acquired by itself into an electronic value using a smartphone etc. without being restricted by the place or time. You can In addition, for a hall store, such a valuable gift exchange system can improve the utilization rate of the amusement store and promote membership registration to the amusement store, resulting in an increase in the number of members. Can be made. Further, it is possible to effectively eliminate the opacity of accounting (so-called OUT problem) in the cash exchange system.

  In order to realize such a gift exchange through the mail-order gift exchange ticket, as in the gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, a hall ticket is provided with an exchange ticket issuing device 4150 that newly issues a mail-order gift exchange ticket. A mail-order gift purchase center, which is installed and has a plurality of servers arranged to manage the issuing of mail-order gift exchange tickets and the purchase of mail-order gift exchange tickets, is newly established.

  In that respect, the premium exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 can be regarded as a modified example of the premium exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same premium selection control, premium exchange control, premium order control as in the premium exchange system 1, Each function such as action history management is provided. For example, the hall computer 4400, the hall DB 4430, the game machine 4010, the sand device 4020, the digital signage device 4515, the prize POS 4500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 4520, and the dedicated terminal 4530 in the hall store are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. Further, the core server 4600, core DB 4650, shop management server 4700, prize DB 4750, ASP-I / F server 4800, individual shop I / F server 4820, and EC mall I / F server 4840 of the computer center are prize exchange systems, respectively. 1 corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840. Also, the premium exchange system 4001 includes a mobile I / F server 4680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 4690 corresponding to the network 690, like the premium exchange system 1, but the description thereof is omitted in FIG. 66. To do.

  Although not shown in FIG. 66, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 4001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. Devices and the like corresponding to (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  Further, the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 4001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 1. Although each of the above devices is arranged, the description thereof is omitted in FIG. 66. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions are changed will be described particularly in detail.

  In the hall store, the hall computer 4400, the gaming machine 4010, the prize selection device, and the prize exchange device are arranged, and further, as described above, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is a terminal for printing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 having a value corresponding to the number of game media acquired by the player. The player instructs the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) to the staff of the hall store (or the player himself / herself reads the receipt). After that, the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 printed from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is received. At this time, the player may or may not be a mall member who has registered as a mall member. For example, the printed mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 can be received without inputting the player's name, mail address, address, etc. into the system. When the player is a mall member, for example, a portable device such as a smartphone 4235 having a non-contact IC chip based on the near field communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) is held over the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. Then, the mall member is identified by causing the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to read the unique ID of the smartphone 4235.

  The mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is, for example, a ticket on which one exchange ticket ID is printed, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000.

  The hall computer 4400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status), members, and information regarding prizes. And receives information regarding the value of the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260 issued to the player from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 in order to settle the cost corresponding to the issuance of the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260.

  The premium selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 4530, a smartphone 4540, and a feature phone 4558.

  Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the backbone server 4600 arranged in the computer center manages the players who are registered as mall members as mall members, and performs prize selection control processing according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. The free gift exchange control process is performed, and when the free gift exchange is determined, the free gift ordering process for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Further, action history including a game situation and a gift exchange situation is collected and stored for the mall member in each hall store.

  Further, in the gift exchange system 4001, a member management server 4170, a mail order gift ticketing server 4200, a mail order gift purchase server 4210, a DB server 4185, and a mobile I / F server 4220 are arranged in the mail order gift purchase center. The member management server 4170 acquires and manages the information of the player who has registered as a mall member from the core DB of the core server 4600. The mail-order gift issuing server 4200 returns an exchange ticket ID to be printed on the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 in response to a ticket issuing request from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 stores and manages the value corresponding to the input exchange ticket ID in association with the player in response to the player's purchase request from the smartphone 4235. The value corresponding to the exchange ticket ID is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a gift and can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range.

  The DB server 4185 manages the purchase management DB 4190, which is a database necessary for realizing the gift exchange via the mail-order gift exchange ticket in the gift exchange system 4001. The mobile I / F server 4220 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices according to the access from the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 4235. Further, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the smartphone 4235. The mobile I / F server 4220 transmits / receives data to / from the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 according to the operation of the smartphone 4235. Further, the smartphone 4235 and the mobile I / F server 4220 are connected by a network 4230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 4235 is a smartphone 4235 owned by the player who has received the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260, but this is merely an example, and the smartphone 4540 that functions as a gift selection device as illustrated in FIG. 66. It may be another portable device such as a feature phone 4558 or a player's PC (personal computer). The smartphone 4235 is, for example, a smartphone configured as shown in FIG. 10.

  In addition, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260, and the player buys it at the mail order gift purchase center, so that the player can play the game medium concerned. Although electronic value corresponding to the value is accumulated, it does not exclude management in units of yen (for example, 5000 yen or 1000 yen) that represents the currency value of a product. It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

  The prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 is shown as a modified example of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment and the prize according to the third embodiment. The present invention can be applied and implemented for each of the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

  Although the mail-order gift purchasing center of the gift-exchange system 4001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, the server devices and databases in the mail-order gift purchasing center are distributed and arranged in a plurality of locations. You can also Also, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of parts and distributed.

  Further, in the example of the gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 and the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 are arranged in the mail-order gift purchase center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same mail-order gift. It does not need to be placed in the purchase center, and may be placed in physically different places. Further, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 and the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 67, an overview of the overall processing between the hall store, the player, the mail-order gift purchasing center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 67A, when the receipt brought by the player is read by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, the staff of the hall store or the like gives an instruction. Accordingly, a ticket issuing request is sent to the mail-order gift purchasing center, and ticket issuing request information including the store code and game medium value information (type and quantity of game medium read from receipt, unit price of ball) is transmitted. Upon receipt of the ticket issuing request, the mail-order gift purchasing center indicates ticket issuing information including the exchange ticket ID of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium, and the value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to be issued. The exchange ticket value information is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store.

  Upon receiving the ticket issuing information, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store issues the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the received exchange ticket ID is printed, based on the ticket issuing information. Further, the exchange ticket value information indicating the value of the issued online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260 is transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to the hall computer 4400. This is because when the hall store side receives a request from the mail-order gift purchase center or the like as a fee for issuing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 or a fee for exchanging the gift, it is necessary to grasp the amount of money on which it is based. .

  The exchange ticket ID printed on the issued online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260 is input by the player to the smartphone 4235 owned by the player, and is transmitted to the online shopping gift purchase center as a purchase request, which is then sent to the online shopping gift purchase center. The exchange ticket 4260 is purchased, and an electronic value equivalent to the value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is given to the player. The player can exchange prizes by using the electronic value thus provided. Further, the mail-order gift purchasing center accesses the backbone server 4600 of the computer center, acquires the information of the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies the information to the mall member information table 4194 of the mail-order gift purchasing center. Manage tables synchronously.

  At the mail-order gift purchasing center, the electronic value data thus obtained is stored in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and if the player exchanges the electronic value data as a consideration, the value of the prize is paid. The electronic value data corresponding to is subtracted from the cumulative value of the electronic value management table.

  The mail-order gift purchasing center can charge a cost for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to the hall store, considering various fees and the like as necessary. The hall computer 4400 of the hall store pays the billed amount to the mail-order gift purchasing center. By this request and payment, the exchange of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 at the hall store is completed, and thereafter, the electronic value obtained as a result of the purchase of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is a gift with a product handled on the online shopping site. Exchange will be carried out, and exchange of expenses including various fees will be carried out between the online shopping site, the online shopping premium purchasing center and the computer center.

  It should be noted that billing to the hall store by the mail-order gift purchasing center can be performed collectively for a plurality of ticket issuing processes or collectively for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 67 (A), although the amount billing by the mail-order gift purchasing center is shown to be made from the mail-order gift purchasing center to the hall computer 4400, this is merely a notation for convenience, Actually, for example, the mail order premium purchasing center sends a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system to charge the bank account of the operator of the hall store. Similarly, it is also shown for the sake of convenience that the amount payment is shown to be made from the hall computer 4400 to the mail order gift purchasing center. Further, settlement between the mail-order gift purchasing center and the hall store can be realized by a large number of routes including the respective operating entities. Further, here, the processing at the mail-order gift purchasing center has been described without specifying the server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  FIG. 67 (B) shows an example of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 of FIG. 67 (B) is one (paper) mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, on which the title “mail-order gift exchange ticket” and an exchange ticket ID are printed. In the present embodiment, the exchange ticket ID is a unique ID consisting of alphanumeric characters and the like, and it is preferable that it is a one-time ID from the viewpoint of fraud prevention. It is a 4-character ID. The purchase deadline and the corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

  Next, the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. 68. FIG. 68 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes a main CPU 4151, a ROM 4152, a RAM 4153, a bar code reader 4154, a store side display 4155, a keyboard 4156, a printer 4157, an interface 4158, and a speaker 4159.

  The main CPU 4151 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 4152 and the RAM 4153. For example, the main CPU 4151 transmits a ticket issuing request to the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 in accordance with an instruction from the staff of the hall store, and prints the exchange ticket ID included in the ticket issuing information received from the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 on the ticket. And issues a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The control program can be provided from another device via the interface 4158, or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The store-side display 4155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by staff in a hall store. The main CPU 4151 receives an instruction to issue a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 via the store-side display 4155. On the store-side display 4155, the fact that the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 has been issued and the detailed content regarding the issue of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 are displayed. The staff on the store side can also perform at least part of the operation using the keyboard 4156.

  The printer 4157 prints the exchange ticket ID on the ticket in order to issue the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 in response to a command from the main CPU 4151. The printer 4157 can be configured as various printers including a thermal printer, a dot printer, an inkjet printer, a laser printer. Further, in this example, although the type is shown as being built in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, it may be an external printer connected via a predetermined cable or wireless communication.

  The interface 4158 controls data communication with the hall computer 4400 and the mail-order gift issuing server 4200. For example, the hall computer 4400 is connected via a local area LAN, and the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 is connected via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be realized by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 4159 outputs a sound including a warning sound, a warning sound, a sound effect, and the like.

  Further, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer, as illustrated. When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured in this way, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counter device or the island edge counter device of the sand device 20, the information card reader / writer is used. The member ID read from the information card (player ID of the hall store) or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer is acquired, and the hall computer 4400 is accessed and acquired. It is possible to grasp the number of retained game media (the number of medals or the number of pachinko balls that the player has acquired) associated with the member ID, and as a result, the player prints the counting result on a receipt and issues an exchange ticket. It is not necessary to bring the device 4150.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured so as to include a player side display so that the player can issue a receipt reading instruction and a mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 issuing instruction. be able to.

  Next, the configuration of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 69 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a main CPU 4171, a ROM 4172, a RAM 4173, an external storage device 4174, a display 4175, an interface 4176, and a speaker 4177.

  The main CPU 4171 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 4172 and the RAM 4173. For example, the main CPU 4171 performs synchronization management of mall member information, which will be described later. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 4176 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 4174 stores various data regarding the processing executed by the member management server 4170. The display 4175 is for displaying the management status in the member management server 4170, or for notifying the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 4175 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The interface 4176 controls data communication with the core server 4600 and the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210.

  The speaker 4177, together with the display 4175, gives notification when an irregularity or abnormality occurs. The speaker 4177 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  Note that FIG. 69 shows the configuration of the member management server 4170, but the same applies to other servers, that is, the DB server 4185, the mail order gift ticket issuing server 4200, the mail order gift purchase server 4210, and the mobile I / F server 4220. The detailed description is omitted. However, in the DB server 4185, the interface controls data communication with the member management server 4170, the mail order gift issuing server 4200, and the mail order gift purchasing server 4210, and in the mail order gift issuing server 4200, the interface is the DB server 4185. The data communication with the member management server 4170 and the mobile I / F server 4220 is controlled by the mail order gift purchase server 4210, and the mail order gift purchase server 4220 controls the data communication with the mobile I / F server 4220. The configuration is different from that of the member management server 4170 described above in that it controls data communication with the server 4210.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 70, an operation flow of the player relating to the issuing and purchase of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 will be described.

  FIG. 70 (A) is a flow in the case where the player issues the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives a medal or a pachinko ball for lending (step S401). After that, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 4010 (step S402), and if a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, an instruction to count the medal or the like is given with an island edge counting device and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S403). Next, the player brings the receipt to a counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store reads it by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S404), and the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260. Is issued (step S405). When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 transmits the ticket issue request information to the mail order reward ticket issuing server 4200 in response to the ticket issue instruction of the mail order reward ticket 4260, the mail order reward issuing server 4200 receives the ticket issue request information (step S406), An exchange ticket ID is determined according to the ticket issue request information, and ticket issue information including the exchange ticket ID is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S407). The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 then prints the exchange ticket ID on the ticket based on the received ticket issuing information and issues the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 (step S408).

  FIG. 70B is a flow in the case where the player purchases the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The player first accesses a predetermined URL with the smartphone 4235 and logs in there (step S411). In this example, when the player purchases the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 shown in FIG. 70 (A), mall member registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the exchange ticket ID printed on the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235, and instructs the purchase of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 (step S412). When the smartphone 4235 transmits the purchase request information to the mail order gift purchase server 4210 in response to the purchase instruction by the player, the mail order gift purchase server 4210 receives the purchase request information (step S413), and in response to the purchase request. The electronic value data related to the player is updated, and the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 4235 (step S414). Next, the smartphone 4235 receives the purchase information from the mail-order premium purchase server 4210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) on the display of the smartphone 4235 based on the received purchase information (step S415). ).

  Next, the function of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 71 is a functional block diagram of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes an access management unit 4161, a ticket issuing management unit 4162, and a network I / F unit 4163.

  The access management unit 4161 controls the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to access the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 via the network I / F unit 4163. The ticket issuing management unit 4162 issues ticket type request information including the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, the exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged, and the store code of the hall store. Is transmitted to the mail-order gift issuing server 4200.

  Further, the ticket issuing management unit 4162 receives ticket issuing information including the exchange ticket ID determined according to the ticket issuing request information from the mail order gift issuing server 4200, and issues the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the exchange ticket ID is printed. . The exchange ticket ID is an ID for identifying the exchange ticket corresponding to the value obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt or the like.

  The network I / F unit 4163 is connected to a network such as the Internet, and controls to perform data transmission / reception with a partner computer (here, the hall computer 4400 or the mail-order gift issuing server 4200). (The same applies to the network I / F units of other devices hereinafter).

  Further, in this example, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured as a single device for issuing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, etc., but may be configured integrally with various other devices. For example, it may be configured so as to be integrated with the prize POS 4500. Further, if the sand device 4020 can be provided with a printer, the functions of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be incorporated into the sand device 4020.

  As shown in FIG. 71, a member management unit may be provided in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 so that a mall member who has registered as a mall member can be controlled to issue a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. In this case, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 4235 or the like by the non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170 described later. It works to determine whether or not the player is a registered mall member based on the read unique ID and the like.

  Next, the function of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 72A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a mall member management unit 4181, a member information synchronization management unit 4182, and a network I / F unit 4183.

  In response to the inquiry from the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210, the mall member management unit 4181 checks whether the received unique ID is a valid mall member and returns the result to the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210. Whether or not the user is a mall member is checked with reference to the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. As will be described later, the mall member information table 4194 is a table synchronized by the member information synchronization management unit 4182 with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650.

  The member information synchronization management unit 4182 controls so that the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75 (A) is synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration process as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22. The mall member information table 4194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronization processing can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronization processing may be performed at predetermined intervals. Further, in this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18B and the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75A are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

  FIG. 72B is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 4185. The DB server 4185 includes a database control unit 4186 and a network I / F unit 4187. Further, the DB server 4185 includes a purchase management DB 4190, and the purchase management DB 4190 includes a ticket issuing request management table 4191, an exchange ticket management table 4192, an electronic value management table 4193, a mall member information table 4194, an exchange ticket type management table 4195. And a mall member behavior history management table 4196.

  When the database control unit 4186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 4186 refers to or updates (including addition and deletion) the record of the table designated according to the request. In this example, the database control unit 4186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but it can be managed to store and update data using various other data formats.

  FIG. 73A is a functional block diagram of the mail-order gift issuing server 4200. The mail-order gift issuing server 4200 includes an access management unit 4201, a ticketing request management unit 4202, a value information transmission unit 4203, an amount billing unit 4204, and a network I / F unit 4205.

  The access management unit 4201 controls the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 to access the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 via the network I / F unit 4205. When the ticket issuing request management unit 4202 receives a ticket issuing request information from the ticket issuing device 4150 and receives the ticket issuing request information, the ticket issuing request management unit 4202 determines the ticket issuing request information according to the ticket issuing request information. The ticket issuing information including the ticket issuing ID and the ticket issuing information is transmitted to the ticket issuing device 4150.

  The value information transmitting unit 4203 issues a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, and further purchases the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, so that future costs to be charged to the hall store (charged by the amount billing unit 4204 described later). The exchange ticket value information necessary for calculating and verifying (amount of money) is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (may be directly transmitted to the hall computer 4400). Here, the exchange ticket value information is, for example, information including the electronic value of the issued mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 and the number of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260.

  When the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, the amount billing unit 4204 charges the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to the hall store that issued the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. After the player causes the mail-order gift exchange center 4260 to purchase the issued mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, the player gives a gift exchange instruction similar to that described above regarding the prize exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. , The computer center will charge the mail-order gift purchase center for the fee for the gift exchange. Therefore, at the mail-order gift purchase center, at the timing when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, the hall store is charged for the cost to be charged for the gift exchange in the future. The billing to the hall store is a bill from the mail-order gift purchasing center to the operator of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such claims may be billed collectively for multiple subjects at a later time. Further, regarding the billed amount, various taxes and fees may be subtracted (or added) to determine the final billed amount.

  In addition, it is possible to variously set which amount and at what timing to charge. For example, (1) each time the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, each time a mailing fee equivalent to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is charged, or (2) the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued. After that, the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the corresponding mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is charged at a predetermined timing, or (3) each time the purchase of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is performed, After charging the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 or (4) purchasing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is collectively collected at a predetermined timing. Each time at the timing of billing the amount of money corresponding to the corresponding electronic value or (5) giving a prize exchange instruction by the electronic value given to the player. After claiming the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value required for the prize exchange, or (6) giving a prize exchange instruction by the electronic value given to the player, the relevant prizes are collectively collected at a predetermined timing. It can be configured to charge an amount equivalent to the electronic value required for the exchange.

  FIG. 73B is a functional block diagram of the mail order gift purchasing server 4210. The mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 includes a member management unit 4211, a purchase request management unit 4212, an action history management unit 4213, and a network I / F unit 4214. When the player's smartphone 4235 logs in, the member management unit 4211 checks whether the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set that only the mall member can purchase the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 4211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170, and based on the unique ID and the like read from the smartphone 4235 of the player, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a member of the mall, the purchase request from the player is rejected and an error message is displayed.

  When the purchase request is matched from the smartphone 4235 of the player, the purchase request management unit 4212 receives the purchase request information, and updates the electronic value data of the player according to the purchase request information. That is, from the exchange ticket ID of the purchased online gift exchange ticket 4260, the electronic value of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 is obtained, and the obtained electronic value is stored in the electronic value management table 4193 that holds the electronic value. Add to the electronic value of. Moreover, the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 4235 as necessary.

  When the player makes a purchase request for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, the behavior history management unit 4213 stores information about the operation in the mall member behavior history management table 4196. The mall member behavior history management table 4196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the prize exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables may be merged at a predetermined timing, or You may make it manage by grouping into a smaller set.

  FIG. 74 shows an example of the ticket issuing request management table 4191, the exchange ticket management table 4192, and the electronic value management table 4193. In FIG. 75, the mall member information table 4194, the exchange ticket type management table 4195, and An example of the mall member behavior history management table 4196 is shown. Details of these tables will be described later as needed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 76 and FIG. 77, a ticket issuing process for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 will be described in detail. FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing the ticket issuing processing of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 for each of the main constituents of the exchange-ticket issuing apparatus 4150, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200, and the DB server 4185. FIG. 77 is a flowchart of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket issuing instruction screen and the exchange ticket issuing screen which are displayed on the store side display 4155.

  Referring to FIG. 76, first, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 starts the exchange ticket issuing process, and a receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S421). . The exchange ticket issuing process in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is started by, for example, touching an item on a menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, and thereafter, receipt receipt prompting for reading the receipt. The screen is displayed automatically. In this example, all operations related to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 are performed by the staff of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged.

  Here, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the bar code reader 4154 according to the request of the player (step S422), and the reading is performed. Keep the screen displayed until done. In the receipt, for example, a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional game media type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or 20-yen ball medal) and the number of holdings (the number of medals, the number of medals) that the player has acquired are displayed on the receipt. It is described in the form of a bar code.

  When the receipt is read, an exchange ticket issuing instruction screen 4880 as shown in FIG. 77A is displayed on the store-side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S423). Referring to FIG. 77 (A), on the exchange ticket issuing instruction screen 4880, the game medium type read from the receipt is displayed on the game medium type display portion 4881, and the number of game media read from the receipt (the number held). Is displayed on the number-of-holds display section 4882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and an “OK” button 4883 for instructing the issuing of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is displayed.

  Next, in step S424 of FIG. 76, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether the staff of the hall store touches the “OK” button according to the instruction of the player, and the “OK” button is touched. Until the exchange ticket issuing instruction screen 4880 is maintained, the display is continued. When the “OK” button is touched, ticket issuance request information is transmitted to the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 (step S425). The ticket issuing request information includes the store code of the hall store in which the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged, and game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, the exchange ticket thereof). The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged is included. In addition, the staff of the hall store does not instruct to issue the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 as it is, depending on the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, according to the instruction of the player, and some of them (for example, some It is also possible to specify to issue the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 for the type of game medium and a part of the quantity).

  Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, or stored in the hall computer 4400 or the like, read out from the exchange rate and transmitted to the mail order gift issuing server 4200. If the server 4200 can grasp the exchange rate of each hall store, it is not necessary to transmit from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The mail-order gift issuing server 4200 has, for example, a table synchronized with the exchange rate management table 4654 (a table similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the backbone DB 4650 of the backbone server 4600. Alternatively, the exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be acquired by directly referring to the exchange rate management table 4654.

  Further, the store code of the hall store in which the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged is also stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, or stored in the hall computer 4400 or the like and read from the store computer 4400 to the mail order gift issuing server 4200. Sent. Further, if the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 can identify the hall store of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 from the device identification ID or network address of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 that has transmitted the ticket issuing request information, the store code is exchanged. It is not necessary to transmit from the ticket issuing device 4150. The store code may be managed by different store codes for each game medium type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen rental medal) even within the same hall store.

  Further, in this example, the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 issues the ticket according to the type and quantity of the game medium. The type and the number of exchange ticket types and the number of exchange gift coupons 4260 to be used are determined, and the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or the player determines the exchange ticket type and the number of exchange ticket types and includes them in the ticket issuing request information to the mail order premium ticket issuing server 4200. You may make it transmit.

  Next, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 receives the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S426), assigns the request ID of this ticket issuing request, and shows its contents in FIG. 74 (A). It is instructed to store in the ticketing request management table 4191 shown in FIG. The ticketing request management table 4191 stores, for example, as shown in FIG. 74A, request IDs, store codes, game medium types, game medium quantities, and exchange rates, and exchange tickets for each hall store. The content of the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the ticket issuing device 4150 is managed. The DB server 4185 updates the ticket issuing request management table 4191 so as to create a record that stores the content of the ticket issuing request information in accordance with the instruction from the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 (step S427).

  Next, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 grasps the ticket type of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 that can be issued at the store represented by the store code included in the ticket issuing request information (the store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged). In order to do so, the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75B is accessed (step S428). As shown in FIG. 75 (B), the exchange ticket type management table 4195 stores items of a store code, a first ticket type value, a second ticket type value, and a third ticket type value, and for each hall store. , Manage the ticket types that can be issued. In the example shown in FIG. 75 (B), it is possible to manage up to three types of bills, but it is possible to extend so that more types of bills can be managed as needed. It is also possible to group and manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a common combination of ticket types. In the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75 (B), for example, in a hall store with a store code = “034”, three types of electronic value (ie, 5000, 1000, and 200) mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 are displayed. It is defined that the ticket can be issued (that is, can be used). The DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket type management table 4195 according to the instruction from the mail-order gift issuing server 4200, and transmits a record of the corresponding store code to the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 (step S429).

  Next, the mail-order gift ticket issuing server 4200 determines the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to be issued based on the type of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 that can be issued, the type and quantity of the game medium, and the value of the game medium obtained from the exchange rate. The type and number, and the number of surplus game media (surplus medals, surplus coins) are determined (step S430). If the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum value of the mail-issuing gift exchange tickets 4260 that can be issued, a plurality of mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 may be issued, but normally, the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 of the maximum value is issued. From the lowest value to the lowest value mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 are assigned such that the remainder is the smallest. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

  In the normal allocation method, for example, the ticket issuing request information represented by the request ID = “R001” in the ticket issuing request management table 4191 of FIG. 74A has the store code = “034” and the value of the game medium is 12040. (20 (game medium type is 20 yen medal) x 602 (number of game media) x 1 (exchange rate)). Then, for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 issued in response to this ticketing request, refer to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = “034”) stored in the exchange ticket type management table 4195 of FIG. 75 (B). Then, the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is 2, the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) is 2, and the remainder is 40 (that is, 2 extra medals).

  Next, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 gives an exchange ticket ID to each of the determined mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260, and instructs the exchange ticket management table 4192 to store these exchange ticket IDs (step S431). The DB server 4185 updates the exchange ticket management table 4192 according to the instruction from the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 (step S432). Here, the exchange ticket management table 4192 stores items of an exchange ticket ID, an electronic value, a request ID, a purchase flag, and a purchase time limit, as shown in FIG. 74 (B), and each mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. Manage the electronic value of and the purchase existence. For example, when updating the exchange ticket management table 4192 for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 that is issued for the ticket issue request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = “R001”, as shown in FIG. The first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is set to exchange ticket ID = “C001” and “C002”, respectively, and both are set to electronic value = “5000”. On the other hand, the two second ticket types (electronic value = 1000) are set to exchange ticket IDs = “C003” and “C004”, respectively, and both are set to electronic value = “1000”. Further, with respect to these four mail order gift exchange tickets 4260, initially, all of them are set to request ID = “R001” and purchase flag = “0” (however, in this example, the exchange ticket ID = “C001”). The purchase flag of “” is set to “1” because the purchase was subsequently performed). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, duplicate purchase of the same exchange ticket ID will not occur. In addition, when issuing a plurality of types of exchange tickets, a new exchange ticket ID is not issued each time, and an exchange ticket ID previously assigned to each of the plurality of types of exchange tickets is determined in advance. You may make it allocate to an exchange ticket in order.

  Further, the purchase deadline of the exchange ticket management table 4192 is, for example, the date and time after a predetermined period has elapsed from the time when the ticket issuing request information was received, the transmission of the ticket issuing information (step S433 described later), or after the predetermined period has elapsed from other timing. The date and time can be set, and even if a purchase request is made after this deadline, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline may be omitted, or may be set only for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 of the exchange ticket ID of a predetermined electronic value. Further, the time limit can be changed according to the electronic value of the exchange ticket ID and the situation of the player. Further, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail-order gift issuing server 4200, it is possible to avoid problems such as fraud as compared with the case of receiving time data from a hall store.

  Next, the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 transmits ticket-issuing information including the exchange ticket ID assigned to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to be issued to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S433). For example, with respect to the ticket issuing request information represented by the above request ID = “R001”, four exchange ticket IDs “C001”, “C002”, “C003”, and “C004” are transmitted. Further, in this example, in addition to the exchange ticket ID, the exchange ticket value information (electronic value of the online gift exchange ticket 4260) is displayed in addition to the exchange ticket ID for display on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 and notification to the hall computer 4400. Data including the number of mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value) and the number of surplus medals (surplus coins) is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150.

  Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 receives the above-mentioned ticket issuing information, exchange ticket value information, and the like from the mail-order gift issuing server 4200 (step S434). Then, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 displays an exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 as shown in FIG. 77B on the store-side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 based on the received exchange ticket value information and the like ( Step S435). FIG. 77 (B) shows an exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. On the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885, the type of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 being issued (the electronic value of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 (for example, 5000 or 1000)) and the number of sheets are displayed in the ticket content display portion 4886, and the remaining medals are displayed. The number of coins (the number of extra coins) is displayed in the extra medal etc. display portion 4887, and when all of the mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 are issued, a message indicating that is displayed.

  Along with the display of the above-mentioned exchange ticket issuing screen 4885, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 controls the printer 4157 based on the received ticket issuing information, and outputs the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the exchange ticket ID is printed (step). S436). One mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is usually composed of one paper ticket, and one exchange ticket ID is printed on it. Regarding the ticket issuing request information represented by the request ID = “R001” described above, each of the four exchange ticket IDs “C001”, “C002”, “C003”, and “C004” corresponds to the mail-order gift exchange ticket. 4260 individually printed. Further, the electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 can be printed on each mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, and the ticket issuing date and time and the purchase deadline can also be printed. Further, usually, the exchange ticket ID is an ID that uniquely identifies each individual exchange ticket, but a plurality of exchange ticket IDs can be collectively printed on one mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. In this case, Is logically interpreted as including a plurality of exchange tickets corresponding to the respective exchange ticket IDs in one mailing gift exchange ticket 4260. Further, the exchange ticket ID may be represented by a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode so that the smartphone 4235 can easily input the exchange ticket ID when making a purchase request.

  Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 uses the exchange ticket value information of the printed mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 (the electronic value of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 included in the ticket issuing information, and the number of the mail order gift exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value). ) Or the like, for example, is transmitted to the hall computer 4400 (step S437). It suffices for the hall computer 4400 to be able to grasp the electronic value at which the player can finally buy it, and the numerical value obtained by multiplying the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 by the number of the corresponding mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 of the electronic value. In essence, it is possible to receive numerical values in various formats that represent the above-mentioned electronic value that enables the purchase. The hall computer 4400 receives such a numerical value because the hole store side requests the amount equivalent to the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 from the mail-order prize purchasing center. This is because it is necessary to understand the data that is the basis of the.

  The exchange ticket issuing device 4150, at various timings other than the above, calculates the electronic value of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 included in the exchange ticket value information and the number of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 for each electronic value in the hall computer 4400. Can be sent to. For example, these pieces of information can be collectively transmitted once a day or at a predetermined timing in a day. Further, although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 76, when there are extra medals or extra coins, a receipt can be issued so that the extra medals or extra coins can be exchanged with the free POS 4500 or the like. Further, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the counting result is managed by the hall computer 4400, the value corresponding to the issuing of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is calculated from the counting result. It is possible to update the storage area of the count result directly from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or via the prize POS 4500 or the like so as to be subtracted.

  Furthermore, when the player is a mall member and registered in the prize exchange system 4001 by the unique ID of the smartphone 4235, etc., the computer is calculated via the hall computer 4400 or the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 and the member management server 4170. Access from the center server 4600 of the center, and from the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 (a table similar to the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 of FIG. 18C) managed by the prize exchange system 4001 Control is performed so as to subtract the number of retained member IDs.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 78, FIG. 79, and FIG. 80, the exchange ticket purchase process (that is, the process of causing the mail order gift purchase center to purchase the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260) will be described in detail. FIG. 78 is a flowchart showing the purchase process of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 for each entity of the smartphone 4235, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, and the DB server 4185, and FIGS. 79 and 80 are displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket purchase login screen and exchange ticket purchase instruction screen.

  First, when the player operates the smartphone 4235 to access a predetermined WEB site (WEB page) and gives an instruction to display the exchange ticket purchase login screen, the smartphone 4235 performs the exchange ticket purchase process. Then, the exchange ticket purchase login screen is displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235 (step S451). FIG. 79 (A) shows an exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890. On the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890, as shown in FIG. 79 (A), a guide display portion 4892 for prompting the user to input the password and touch the “login” button is displayed, and the password input for inputting the password is displayed below the guide display portion 4892. A portion 4893 is displayed, and a "login" button 4894 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password in the password input unit 4893 and touches the “login” button 4894 (step S452), and inputs the password and touches the “login” button 4894. The display of the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890 is maintained until it is displayed. When the password is input and the “login” button 4894 is touched, the unique ID such as the IDm acquired from the smartphone 4235 and the input password are transmitted to the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 (step S453).

  Upon receiving the unique ID and the password from the smartphone 4235, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 determines whether the logged-in player is a mall member (step S454). Here, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 inquires whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 4170, and the member management server 4170 uses the DB server. By referring to the mall member information table 4194 stored in 4185 and managed synchronously, it is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210. In this example, when logging in, a password is requested and it is determined whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the exchange ticket purchase process is possible only when the player has registered as a mall member, but it is possible to perform the exchange ticket purchase process even if the player is not a mall member.

  When it is determined that the player is not a legitimate mall member, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 gives an instruction to display an error (step S455), and the smartphone 4235 displays an error page on the display according to the instruction. (Step S456). On the other hand, if the player determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 issues an instruction to display an exchange ticket purchase instruction screen (step S457), and the smartphone 4235 responds to this instruction. , An exchange ticket purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S458).

  FIG. 79 (B) shows an exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. On the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900, a mall member ID display portion 4902 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display portion 4903 for prompting the input of the exchange ticket ID and the touch of the "purchase" button is displayed. Below that, an exchange ticket ID input section 4904 for inputting an exchange ticket ID is displayed, and a “buy” button 4905 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “buy” button 4905 (step S459), and displays the display of the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 until the “buy” button 4905 is touched. maintain. When it is determined that the player has touched the “purchase” button 4905, the smartphone 4235 transmits the purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 to the mail order gift purchasing server 4210 (step S460). In this example, the exchange ticket ID for causing the mail-order gift purchasing center to purchase the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is input one by one, but a plurality of exchange ticket purchase instruction screens 4900 are displayed. A ticket ID input unit 4904 may be provided so that a plurality of exchange ticket IDs can be collectively designated. In addition, in this example, the player looks at the exchange ticket ID printed on the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260 and inputs this into the exchange ticket ID input section 4904 of the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. By reading a figure such as a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional bar code printed on the ticket 4260 with the smartphone 4235, converting it into an exchange ticket ID by a predetermined logic, and inputting it into the exchange ticket ID input section 4904. Good. In addition, information regarding the exchange ticket ID printed on the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 can be input to the exchange-ticket ID input section 4904 through other figures and identification information (for example, the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is displayed. The printed exchange ticket ID may be read aloud, the voice may be converted by the smartphone 4235 or the like, and the exchange ticket ID may be finally input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904). In addition, if it is possible to change to the exchange ticket ID in the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, the purchase request information is directly transmitted to the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 without being converted into the exchange ticket ID by the smartphone 4235. be able to.

  Next, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 receives the purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID (step S461). After that, the DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to the request from the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210, and acquires a record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID (step S462). Then, the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 determines whether or not the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase condition (step S463). For example, if the received exchange ticket ID does not exist in the exchange ticket management table 4192, or if the exchange ticket management table 4192 has already been purchased, the date and time when the purchase request information was received is The purchase condition is not satisfied when, for example, the purchase deadline for the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192 has expired.

  When it is determined that the purchase conditions are not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S464), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays an error page indicating that the input exchange ticket ID is incorrect. It is displayed on the display (step S465). Note that the purchase time used to determine the purchase deadline described above is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, and therefore compared to the case of receiving time data from another device. It is possible to avoid problems such as fraud.

  On the other hand, when the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase conditions (that is, the exchange ticket management table 4192 exists in the exchange ticket management table 4192 and the purchase has not been made (purchase flag = “0”). (When it is determined to be the exchange ticket ID), an instruction is issued to update various tables (step S466), and the DB server 4185 performs the following update processing in response to the instruction.

  First, the DB server 4185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 among the records stored in the exchange ticket management table 4192 according to the instruction from the mail-order gift purchase server 4210. The value "0" indicating that the product has not been purchased is updated to "1" indicating that the product has been purchased (step S467). Next, the DB server 4185, in response to the instruction from the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210, of the records stored in the electronic value management table 4193, the record corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 4235. The electronic value of the purchased portion (that is, the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235) is added to the electronic value data of (step S468). Here, the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID can be grasped by referring to the electronic value item of the record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192.

  Next, the DB server 4185 has the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange-ticket ID and the player (mall member) who performed the exchange-ticket purchase processing in accordance with the instruction from the mail-order gift purchase server 4210. The electronic value data (the numerical value of the electronic value added in step S468) is transmitted to the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 as purchase information (step S469).

  Next, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 includes the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID from the DB server 4185 and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who performed the exchange ticket purchase processing. When the purchase information is received, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 4235, and at the same time, the smartphone 4235 is instructed to display the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen including a message notifying that the purchase is completed (step S470). In response to the instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen on the display (step S471).

  FIG. 80 shows the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 thus displayed. On the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 shown in FIG. 80, a mall member ID display portion 4912 displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, it is indicated that the purchase of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 by the mail order gift purchase center is completed. A guide display portion 4913 is displayed, and further below that, an exchange ticket ID display portion 4914 in which the exchange ticket ID that is the target of the purchase this time is displayed is displayed, and below that, a value type (for example, here, “Purchase value” and “total value”) and an electronic value display section 4915 displaying the electronic value corresponding to the value type are displayed, and a “Complete” button 4916 and “Purchase (Next)” are displayed at the bottom. Button 4917 is displayed.

  In this example, the player with the mall member = “U004” requests the mail-order gift purchase ticket 4260 with the exchange ticket ID = “C001” to be purchased at the mail-order gift purchase center, and the purchase is completed. It has been shown that the electronic value held by has increased from 3500 to 8500 (the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 with the exchange ticket ID = “C001” is 5000). The player touches the "completion" button 4916 to end the display with the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910, and "purchase (next)" to proceed to the exchange ticket purchase processing of the next mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. Touch the button 4917. When the “purchase (next)” button 4917 is touched, a screen (process similar to the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 shown in FIG. 79B) for the exchange ticket purchase processing of the next mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is displayed. Transition.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 4235 accesses the mobile I / F server 4220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server to display data for displaying an exchange ticket purchase instruction screen and the like. The input / output data is transmitted / received to realize the process of the smartphone 4235 in the exchange ticket purchase process shown in FIG. 78, but here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 4220 serves as a WEB server or an APS server, and the HTML The content that operates based on the standard is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 4235.

  Further, the application downloaded to the smartphone 4235 via the network 4230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 4235, and the application is connected to the mail order gift purchasing server 4210 via the network 4230 and the mobile I / F server 4220. The exchange ticket purchase process may be realized by transmitting and receiving data.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 76, at the timing when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, etc., data serving as a basis for the billing amount relating to the issue of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 (for example, the exchange ticket value information). The electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 included in (1) and the number of mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value are transmitted to the hall computer 4400 (see step S437 in FIG. 76). The transmission to the 4400 can be performed, for example, after step S471 (that is, the timing when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is purchased). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 4400 may be data related to the purchased mail order gift exchange ticket 4260.

  Next, a case where the prize exchange is performed in the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the prize exchange system 4001, the player can perform mall member registration and give a prize selection instruction in the same manner as the prize exchange system 1. On the other hand, regarding the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of retained game media for each type of game medium based on the accumulated balls / medals of game media for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes. With reference to (a table similar to the mall member game media holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C), the payment of the cost required for the prize exchange is managed, while the prize exchange system 4001 described above. With reference to the electronic value management table 4193 shown in FIG. 74 (C), which also aims at the exchange for special prizes while maintaining the framework of the prize exchange system for the purpose of exchanging general prizes, Manage the payment of required expenses.

  Therefore, in the free gift exchange system 4001, a free gift exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game media holding number management table 4652 and a new free gift exchange system 4001 are provided in the same manner as the free gift exchange system 1. A prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 4193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

  According to the configuration of the gift exchange system 4001 as described above, for example, when giving a gift exchange instruction based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 4193, the gift exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. The password is input to the password input unit 4923. Next, the player touches the “login” button 4924 to display the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 of FIG. 81 (B).

  In the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81B, the electronic value display section 4931 displays “electronic value (purchase of exchange ticket)” as the consideration for the exchange, and the electronic value (electronic The value is obtained by referring to the value management table 4193) is displayed as “8500”. In the premium display portion 4932, product information and consideration for exchanging each product are displayed in units of electronic value.

  Here, even if the commercial value of the premium exceeds 10,000 yen, the premium is allowed, and a premium having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen can be displayed. Alternatively, only prizes with a product value exceeding 10,000 yen may be displayed. For example, the premium display section 4932 of the premium exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B) displays a high-class frying pan and a high-class wrist watch having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen.

  The premium display section 4932 of the premium exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B) displays a high-grade frying pan and a high-grade wristwatch having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen, which the player owns. The electronic value to be displayed is “8500” as shown in the electronic value display portion 4931, which is insufficient for exchanging a high-grade frying pan or a high-class wristwatch, so the product is grayed out or deleted from the list. You can also

  The prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1 is given by the prize exchange device (eg, the prize POS 4500 in FIG. 66) installed in the hall store. However, in the free gift exchange system 4001 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 81, the free gift exchange system can be performed outside the hall store by using the player's smartphone 4235 or PC. Further, as in the gift exchange system 1, it is possible to select a gift candidate in the shopping list before giving a gift exchange instruction. In the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 4001 according to the present embodiment, for example, the member management server 4170 functions so as to transmit and receive necessary data to and from the core server 4600 of the computer center and realize the process. .

  In addition, regarding the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention and the above-described system for exchanging prizes with an electronic value by small amount coins (prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001 according to the second to fourth embodiments) The gift exchange process can be integrated to realize the gift exchange in the hall store. In that case, the value of the game medium managed by the prize exchange system 1 and the value of the small amount coins managed by the prize exchange system 1001 to 3001 are separately managed, and the value that can be used as a consideration for the prize exchange is dually managed. can do. In such a case, for example, a display unit designation unit is provided on the prize exchange login screen or the like, and two items including "gaming medium" and "small amount savings" are displayed as a pull-down menu. Can be selected. Further, as described with respect to the prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001, there are a case where small amount coins are accumulated and managed as a type and quantity of a game medium, and a case where they are accumulated and managed as an electronic value. Can be set. The replay may be permitted or may not be permitted using the small amount coins accumulated and managed in this way.

  In addition, the values that are dually managed as described above (values that can be used as consideration for free gift exchange) are collected into one value using an exchange rate or the like, and are centrally managed to be referenced in the free gift exchange process. It can also be configured to do so.

  Up to now, the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 66 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, each server of the mail-order gift purchasing center may be provided with an associated table. In addition, various variations can be considered regarding the server arrangement in the mail-order gift purchasing center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 4190. .

  In addition, in the present embodiment, when the smartphone 4235 accesses the mail-order gift purchasing server 4210 to send a purchase request, the IDm of the smartphone 4235 is recognized as a unique ID to determine whether or not the member is a mall member. However, the authentication process can be performed by inputting a code and a password by the player or by reading a non-contact IC card which is a membership card.

[Description of Prize Exchange System According to Sixth Embodiment of the Present Invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 82, a system overview of a prize exchange system according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, like the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. A part of the computer center device is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The premium exchange system 5001 in FIG. 82 is preferably a premium exchange system linked to online shopping.

  In the free gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, instead of the conventional free gift exchange with a special free gift via a special free gift shop or a special free gift wholesaler, a free gift exchange using a DL (download) software use ticket can be realized. Become. That is, in this embodiment, the DL software use ticket corresponds to a special prize. More specifically, according to the number of gaming media such as medals and pachinko balls that the player has acquired by playing in the hall store, a DL software use ticket is issued in the hall store, and the player uses the DL software use ticket. You can use (execute) the specified software on your smartphone, etc. Also, after downloading or using the DL software, or without using the DL software, download the DL software to the specified WEB page. You can buy it at. The DL software that has been purchased cannot be used thereafter, and at the same time, the DL software is exchanged for an electronic value according to the value of the DL software, and the exchanged electronic value is given to the player. After that, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by using the accumulated electronic value by a process different from that of the prize exchange system 1 described above. Here, the DL software includes software in various fields such as game software, business software, and utilities, and further includes various contents. The content includes various types of data including moving image data, still image data, audio data, document data, and the like. Further, the DL software can be executed not only by a mobile device such as a smartphone but also by various hardware including a game machine and a PC (personal computer) (“execution” includes reproduction and display of content, etc. Includes all operations and actions on the content). Moreover, the execution program of the DL software and the content data do not necessarily have to be downloaded, and a predetermined function can be realized by a smartphone or the like while being stored in the server side.

  By thus exchanging the prizes via the DL software use ticket, the player can substantially obtain a prize of over 10,000 yen by using the online mail order. In addition, this mechanism does not involve the exchange of cash for cash, unlike the exchange of prizes with conventional special prizes. The labor and risk of going to a place can be reduced, and the player can use a smartphone to convert the game medium acquired by himself into an electronic value without being restricted by the place or time. In addition, since the player can also use the DL software, either the DL software is used, the DL software is purchased without using the DL software and the electronic value is given, or after the DL software is used. It is possible to arbitrarily select whether to purchase the DL software and receive the electronic value. Further, for a hall store or the like, such a useful system can promote the membership registration of the player, and can effectively eliminate the opacity of accounting (so-called OUT problem) in the cash exchange system. it can.

  In order to realize such a gift exchange through the DL software use ticket, a DL software use ticket issuing device for newly issuing a DL software use ticket in a hall store, as in the gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 5150 is installed, and in order to manage issuing of DL software use tickets, use of DL software, and purchase of DL software, a DL software purchase center in which a plurality of servers are arranged is newly established.

  In that respect, the premium exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 can be regarded as a modified example of the premium exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same premium selection control, premium exchange control, premium order control, as in the premium exchange system 1, Each function such as action history management is provided. For example, the hall computer 5400, the hall DB 5430, the gaming machine 5010, the sand device 5020, the digital signage device 5515, the prize POS 5500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 5520, and the dedicated terminal 5530 in the hall store are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. Further, the core server 5600, core DB 5650, shop management server 5700, prize DB 5750, ASP-I / F server 5800, individual shop I / F server 5820, and EC mall I / F server 5840 of the computer center are prize exchange systems, respectively. 1 corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840. Further, the premium exchange system 5001 includes a mobile I / F server 5680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 5690 corresponding to the network 690, like the premium exchange system 1, but the description thereof is omitted in FIG. To do.

  Although not shown in FIG. 82, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 5001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. Devices and the like corresponding to (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  Further, the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 5001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the premium exchange system 1. The devices and the like for arranging are respectively arranged, but this is also omitted in FIG. 82. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions are changed will be described particularly in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 5400, a gaming machine 5010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, as described above, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is a terminal for printing the DL software ticket 5260 having a value corresponding to the number of game media acquired by the player. The player instructs the staff of the hall store to have the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 read the receipt on which the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) has been printed (or the player himself / herself can read the receipt). Then, the printed DL software ticket 5260 is received from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. At this time, the player may or may not be a mall member who has registered as a mall member. For example, the printed DL software use ticket 5260 can be received without inputting the player's name, mail address, address, etc. into the system. When the player is a mall member, for example, a portable device such as a smartphone 5235 having a non-contact IC chip based on the near field communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) is used as a DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The mall member is identified by causing the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 to read the unique ID of the smartphone 5235 toward the user.

  The DL software use ticket 5260 is, for example, a ticket in which an S / N (Serial Number) and a URL relating to one DL software are printed, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000. The DL software can be used by the smartphone 5235 or the like by the printed S / N and URL. The S / N is a number associated with each piece of software, and is a software ID associated with each of the programs even if they are the same game program (product) or application program (product). In this example, the number S / N is used, but IDs composed of various alphanumeric symbols can be used. Software having the same S / N (software ID) is not downloaded to the smartphones 5235 of a plurality of players.

  The hall computer 5400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status), members, and information regarding prizes. And has information regarding the value of the DL software use ticket 5260 issued to the player in order to settle the cost corresponding to the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  The premium selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 5530, a smartphone 5540, and a feature phone 5558.

  Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the backbone server 5600 arranged in the computer center manages the players who are registered as mall members as mall members, and performs prize selection control processing according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. The free gift exchange control process is performed, and when the free gift exchange is determined, the free gift ordering process for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Further, action history including a game situation and a gift exchange situation is collected and stored for the mall member in each hall store.

  Further, in the free gift exchange system 5001, the DL software purchase center has a member management server 5170, a DL software ticket issuing server 5200, a DL software purchase server 5210, a DL software usage management server 5215, a DB server 5185, and a mobile I / F. A server 5220 is arranged. The member management server 5170 acquires and manages the information of the player who has registered as a mall member from the core DB of the core server 5600. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 returns the S / N and the URL to be printed on the DL software ticket 5260 in response to the ticket issuing request from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software purchase server 5210 stores and manages the value corresponding to the input S / N in association with the player in response to the purchase request from the smartphone 5235 by the player. The value corresponding to the S / N is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a gift and can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range. The DL software use management server 5215 manages the DL software download to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, and the like, and also manages the DL software use in the smartphone 5235 and the like in which the DL software is downloaded.

  The DB server 5185 manages the purchase management DB 5190, which is a database necessary for realizing the gift exchange via the DL software use ticket in the gift exchange system 5001. The mobile I / F server 5220 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices according to access from the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the smartphone 5235. The mobile I / F server 5220 transmits / receives data to / from the DL software purchase server 5210 and the DL software use management server 5215 according to the operation of the smartphone 5235. Also, via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230, the DL software is downloaded from the DL software use management server 5215 to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237 and the like. In this example, the DL software use management server 5215 also manages the use of the DL software by the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, etc. via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230.

  Further, the smartphone 5235 and the mobile I / F server 5220 are connected by a network 5230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 5235 is the smartphone 5235 owned by the player who has received the DL software use ticket 5260, but this is merely an example, and the smartphone 5540 that functions as a premium selection device as illustrated in FIG. 82. It may also be another mobile device, such as a feature phone 5558. If the game machine 5236 or PC 5237 of the player who uses the DL software has a network connection function and can access the DL software purchasing server 5210 via the mobile I / F server 5220, these may be used. it can. The smartphone 5235 is, for example, a smartphone having a configuration shown in FIG. 10. Further, in this example, the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, etc. perform data transmission / reception with the DL software purchasing center via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230, but such an aspect is only an example. Absent. For example, the smartphone 5235 or the like realizes data transmission / reception with the DL software purchase center without passing through the wireless communication network (or not passing through the mobile phone network) and further without passing through the mobile I / F server 5220. be able to.

  Further, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into the DL software use ticket 5260, and the player makes the DL software purchase center buy it, so that the player can obtain the value of the game medium. Although electronic value corresponding to the value is accumulated, it does not exclude management in units of yen that represents the currency value of a product (for example, 5000 yen or 1000 yen). It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

  The prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is shown as a modified example of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment and the prize according to the third embodiment. The present invention can be applied and implemented for each of the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

  Although the DL software purchase center of the prize exchange system 5001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, the server devices and databases in the DL software purchase center are dispersed and arranged in a plurality of places. You can also Also, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of parts and distributed.

  Further, in the example of the gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchasing center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It does not need to be placed in the DL software purchasing center, and may be placed in physically different places. Further, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 83, a general processing outline between the hall store, the player, the DL software purchasing center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 83A, when the receipt brought by the player is read by the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, the staff of the hall store, etc. In response to the instruction, a ticket issuing request is issued to the DL software purchasing center, and ticket issuing request information including a store code and game medium value information (type and quantity of game medium read from receipt, ball unit price) is transmitted. Upon receiving the ticket issuing request, the DL software purchasing center issues ticketing information including the S / N and URL of the DL software utilizing ticket 5260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium, and the value of the issued DL software utilizing ticket 5260. Is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store.

  Upon receiving the ticket issuing information, the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store issues the DL software using ticket 5260 on which the received S / N and URL are printed based on the ticket issuing information. Further, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the DL software value information indicating the value of the issued DL software use ticket 5260 to the hall computer 5400. This is because when the hall store side receives a request from the DL software purchase center or the like as a fee for issuing the DL software use ticket 5260 or exchanging the free gift, it is necessary to grasp the amount of money that is the basis thereof. .

  According to the URL printed on the issued DL software use ticket 5260, the smartphone 5235 owned by the player accesses the WEB page, where the player makes a DL software purchase request or downloads the DL software. Select. When making a purchase request for DL software, if S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, it is sent to the DL software purchase center as a purchase request, and the DL software is purchased at the DL software purchase center to the player. , An electronic value corresponding to the value of the DL software is given. The player can exchange prizes by using the electronic value thus provided. On the other hand, when downloading the DL software, when S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, the S / N is transmitted to the DL software purchasing center as a DL request, and the DL software is downloaded from the DL software purchasing center to the smartphone 5235. . After that, when the player uses the DL software, the use management such as the authentication using the S / N by the DL software purchasing center is performed every time the player uses the DL software. Here, it is assumed that the DL software is downloaded to the smartphone 5235.

  In addition, the DL software purchasing center accesses the backbone server 5600 of the computer center, acquires the information of the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies it to the mall member information table 5194 of the DL software purchasing center. Manage tables synchronously.

  At the DL software purchase center, when there is a purchase request, the electronic value data is stored in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and when the player exchanges the free gift with the electronic value data as a consideration, The electronic value data corresponding to the value of the free gift is subtracted from the cumulative value in the electronic value management table.

  The DL software purchasing center can charge a fee for the DL software use ticket 5260 to the hall store, considering various fees and the like as necessary. The hall computer 5400 of the hall store pays the billed amount to the DL software purchase center. With this billing and payment, the exchange of the DL software use ticket 5260 at the hall store has been completed, and thereafter, the electronic value obtained as a result of the purchase of the DL software use ticket 5260 is a prize with a product handled on the online shopping site. Exchange will be carried out, and exchange of expenses including various fees will be carried out among the online mail order site, DL software purchase center, and computer center.

  The DL software purchasing center may charge the hall stores collectively for a plurality of ticket issuing processes or collectively for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 83 (A), the amount billing by the DL software purchasing center is shown to be made from the DL software purchasing center to the hall computer 5400, but this is merely a notation for convenience, Actually, for example, the DL software purchase center sends a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system to charge the bank account of the operator of the hall store. Similarly, the amount payment is shown to be made from the hall computer 5400 to the DL software purchasing center, which is also a convenient notation. Further, the settlement between the DL software purchasing center and the hall store can be realized by a large number of routes including respective operating entities. Further, here, the processing in the DL software purchasing center has been described without specifying the server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  FIG. 83 (B) shows an example of the DL software use ticket 5260. The DL software use ticket 5260 of FIG. 83B is one (paper) DL software use ticket 5260, and the title "DL software use ticket", S / N (serial number), and URL are printed. Has been done. In the present embodiment, the S / N is a unique number composed of alphanumeric characters and the like, and is preferably a one-time number from the viewpoint of fraud prevention, but here, for convenience, it is a four-digit number. The software title, the purchase deadline, and the corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

  Next, the configuration of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 84 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes a main CPU 5151, a ROM 5152, a RAM 5153, a bar code reader 5154, a store side display 5155, a keyboard 5156, a printer 5157, an interface 5158, and a speaker 5159.

  The main CPU 5151 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 5152 and the RAM 5153. For example, the main CPU 5151 transmits a ticket issuing request to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 in response to an instruction from the staff of the hall store, and the S / N included in the ticketing information received from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. The URL is printed on the ticket and the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. The control program can be provided from another device via the interface 5158, or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The store-side display 5155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by staff in a hall store. The main CPU 5151 receives a ticket issuing instruction for the DL software use ticket 5260 via the store-side display 5155. On the store-side display 5155, the fact that the DL software use ticket 5260 has been issued and the detailed content regarding the issue of the DL software use ticket 5260 are displayed. The staff on the store side can also perform at least part of the operation using the keyboard 5156.

  The printer 5157 prints the S / N and the URL on the ticket in order to issue the DL software use ticket 5260 in response to a command from the main CPU 5151. The printer 5157 can be configured as various printers including a thermal printer, a dot printer, an inkjet printer, and a laser printer. Further, in this example, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is shown as a built-in type, but it may be an external printer connected via a predetermined cable or wireless communication.

  The interface 5158 controls data communication with the hall computer 5400 and the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. For example, the hall computer 5400 is connected via a local area LAN, and the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 is connected via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be realized by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 5159 outputs a sound including a warning sound, a warning sound, a sound effect, and the like.

  Also, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer, as shown in the figure. When the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is configured as described above, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device or the island edge counting device of the sand device 20, the information card reader / writer is used. The member ID (player ID of the hall store) read via the information card or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer is acquired, and the hall computer 5400 is accessed. It is possible to grasp the number of retained game media (the number of medals or the number of pachinko balls that the player has acquired) associated with the acquired member ID, and as a result, the player prints the counting result on a receipt and DL It is not necessary to bring the software ticket issuing device 5150.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is configured to have a player side display so that the player can issue a receipt reading instruction and a DL software use ticket 5260 issuing instruction. Can be

  Next, the configuration of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 85 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a main CPU 5171, a ROM 5172, a RAM 5173, an external storage device 5174, a display 5175, an interface 5176, and a speaker 5177.

  The main CPU 5171 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 5172 and the RAM 5173. For example, the main CPU 5171 performs synchronization management of mall member information, which will be described later. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 5176 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 5174 stores various data regarding the processing executed by the member management server 5170. The display 5175 is for displaying the management status in the member management server 5170, or for notifying the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 5175 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The interface 5176 controls data communication with the core server 5600 and the DL software purchasing server 5210.

  The speaker 5177, together with the display 5175, gives notification when an irregularity or abnormality occurs. The speaker 5177 outputs various kinds of audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  Although the configuration of the member management server 5170 is shown in FIG. 85, other servers, that is, the DB server 5185, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, the DL software purchase server 5210, the DL software use management server 5215, and the mobile I. The / F server 5220 has the same configuration as this, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, in the DB server 5185, the interface controls data communication with the member management server 5170, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, the DL software purchase server 5210, and the DL software use management server 5215, respectively, and uses the DL software. In the ticket issuing server 5200, the interface controls data communication with the DB server 5185, and in the DL software use management server 5215, the interface performs data communication with the DB server 5185 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The DL software purchase server 5210 controls data communication with the member management server 5170 and the mobile I / F server 5220, and the mobile I / F server 5220 communicates with the DL software purchase server 5210. Between the days In that for controlling communication differs from the above-mentioned arrangement of the member management server 5170.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 86, an operation flow of the player for issuing and purchasing the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described.

  FIG. 86 (A) is a flow when the player issues a DL software use ticket 5260. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives a medal or a pachinko ball for lending (step S501). After that, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 5010 (step S502), and if a medal or pachinko ball can be obtained, an instruction to count the medal or the like is given with an island edge counting device, etc., and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S503). Next, the player brings the receipt to a counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store causes the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to read it (step S504) and use the DL software. It issues a ticket 5260 (step S505). When the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 transmits ticketing request information to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 in response to a ticket issuing instruction for the DL software ticket 5260, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticket request information. Then, the S / N of the DL software is determined according to the ticket issuing request information (step S506), and the ticket issuing information including the S / N is transmitted to the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150 (step S507). This ticketing information also includes the URL of the WEB page that is first accessed when purchasing, downloading, or using the DL software. The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 then prints the S / N and the URL on the ticket based on the received ticketing information, and issues the DL software use ticket 5260 (step S508).

  FIG. 86B is a flow when the player purchases the DL software use ticket 5260. The player first accesses the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 with the smartphone 5235, selects the purchase of the DL software use ticket 5260, and logs in (step S511). In this example, when the player purchases the DL software use ticket 5260, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the DL software use ticket 5260 shown in FIG. 86 (A), mall member registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235 to give an instruction to purchase the DL software use ticket 5260 (step S512). When the smartphone 5235 transmits the purchase request information to the DL software purchase server 5210 in response to the purchase instruction from the player, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the purchase request information (step S513), and according to the purchase request. The electronic value data relating to the player is updated, and the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S514). Next, the smartphone 5235 receives the purchase information from the DL software purchase server 5210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) or the like on the display of the smartphone 5235 based on the received purchase information (step S515). ).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 87, an operation flow of the player regarding downloading and using the DL software by the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described.

  FIG. 87 (A) is a flow in the case where the player downloads the DL software with the DL software use ticket 5260. The DL software use ticket 5260 allows the player to select whether to purchase the DL software as described above or download and use the DL software. First, the smartphone 5235 accesses the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, selects download of the DL software there, and logs in (step S521). In this example, when the player downloads the DL software, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235, and issues a DL software download instruction (step S522). When the smartphone 5235 transmits the download request information to the DL software use management server 5215 according to the download instruction from the player, the DL software use management server 5215 receives the download request information and the DL software can be downloaded. It is checked whether or not (step S523). If the S / N is different, or if the S / N has already been purchased, the download is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated according to the download request, and the DL software is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S524). In response to this, the smartphone 5235 downloads the DL software from the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S525).

  FIG. 87 (B) is a flow when the player uses the downloaded DL software. The player activates the DL software by touching the downloaded DL software icon or the like (step S531). Then, the DL software displays the input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235, and the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 to the input unit (step S532). The S / N input to the input unit is transmitted to the DL software use management server 5215, and whether or not the DL software corresponding to the S / N satisfies the use condition and whether or not the DL software is available. It is checked (step S533). If the S / N is different, or if the S / N has already been purchased, use of the DL software is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated and the use permission of the DL software is given (step S534). In response to this, the smartphone 5235 makes the DL software available to the player (step S535).

  Next, the function of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. 88. FIG. 88 is a functional block diagram of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes an access management unit 5161, a ticket issuing management unit 5162, and a network I / F unit 5163.

  The access management unit 5161 controls the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 to access the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 via the network I / F unit 5163. The ticket issuing management unit 5162 includes the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt or the like, the exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged, and the store code of the hall store. The request information is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200.

  Further, the ticket issuing management unit 5162 receives the ticket issuing information including the S / N determined according to the ticket issuing request information from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200, and prints the DL software ticket 5260 with the S / N printed. Issue a ticket. The S / N is a number for identifying the DL software corresponding to the value obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt or the like. Further, in this example, the URL to be accessed when downloading or purchasing the DL software is also printed on the DL software use ticket 5260.

  The network I / F unit 5163 is connected to a network such as the Internet, and controls to perform data transmission / reception with a counterpart computer (here, the hall computer 5400 or the DL software ticket issuing server 5200). (The same applies to the network I / F units of other devices hereinafter).

  Further, in this example, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is configured as a single device for issuing the DL software ticket 5260, but may be configured integrally with other various devices. it can. For example, it may be configured so as to be integrated with the prize POS 5500. Further, if the sand device 5020 can be equipped with a printer, each function of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 can be incorporated in the sand device 5020.

  As shown in FIG. 88, a member management unit may be provided in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to control the DL software use ticket 5260 to be issued to a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this case, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 5235 or the like by the non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit 5101 of the member management server 5170, which will be described later. In cooperation with the above, based on the read unique ID and the like, it is determined whether or not the player is a registered mall member.

  Next, the function of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 89A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a mall member management unit 5181, a member information synchronization management unit 5182, and a network I / F unit 5183.

  The mall member management unit 5181 checks whether or not the received unique ID is a valid mall member in response to an inquiry from the DL software purchase server 5210 or the DL software use management server 5215 (at the time of DL software download). , The result is sent back to each server. It is checked whether or not the user is a mall member by referring to the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93 (A). As will be described later, the mall member information table 5194 is a table that is synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650 by the member information synchronization management unit 5182.

  The member information synchronization management unit 5182 controls so that the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93 (A) is synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration processing as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22. The mall member information table 5194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronization processing can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronization processing may be performed at predetermined intervals. Further, in this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18B and the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93A are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

  FIG. 89B is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 5185. The DB server 5185 includes a database control unit 5186 and a network I / F unit 5187. Further, the DB server 5185 includes a purchase management DB 5190, and the purchase management DB 5190 includes a ticket issuing request management table 5191, an S / N management table 5192, an electronic value management table 5193, a mall member information table 5194, and a used ticket type management table 5195. A mall member behavior history management table 5196, a DL software management table 5197, and a DL software usage management table 5198 are stored. Further, the DB server 5185 includes a DL software storage area 5199, and the DL software storage area 5199 stores a plurality of DL software to be provided to the player.

  When the database control unit 5186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 5186 refers to or updates (including addition and deletion) the record of the table designated according to the request. In this example, the database control unit 5186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but it can be managed to store and update data using various other data formats. Further, when the DL software use management server 5215 downloads the DL software to the smartphone 5235 of the player, the designated DL software is read from the DL software storage area 5199 according to the instruction of the DL software use management server 5215.

  FIG. 90A is a functional block diagram of the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 includes an access management unit 5201, a ticketing request management unit 5202, a value information transmission unit 5203, an amount billing unit 5204, and a network I / F unit 5205.

  The access management unit 5201 controls the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 to access the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 via the network I / F unit 5205. When the ticket issuing request management unit 5202 receives a ticket issuing request for the DL software using ticket 5260 from the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150 and receives the ticket issuing request information, the S / N of the DL software is received according to the ticket issuing request information. And the ticket issuing information including the S / N and the ticket issuing information is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150.

  The value information transmitting unit 5203 issues a DL software use ticket 5260, and further purchases the DL software use ticket 5260, so that future costs to be charged to the hall store (charged by the amount billing unit 5204 described later). The DL software value information necessary for calculating and verifying (amount of money) is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (may be directly transmitted to the hall computer 5400). Here, the DL software value information is, for example, information including the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the issued DL software usage ticket 5260 and the number of the DL software usage ticket 5260.

  When the DL software voucher 5260 is issued, the amount billing unit 5204 sends an amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software voucher 5260 to the hall store that issued the DL software voucher 5260. Claim. When the player causes the DL software purchase center 5260 to purchase the issued DL software use ticket 5260, and then gives a free gift exchange instruction similar to that described above regarding the free gift exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. The computer center will charge the DL software purchase center for the cost of exchanging the prize. Therefore, at the DL software purchase center, at the timing when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, the hall store is charged for the cost that will be charged for the future gift exchange. The bill to the hall store is a bill from the DL software purchasing center to the operator of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such claims may be billed collectively for multiple subjects at a later time. Further, regarding the billed amount, various taxes and fees may be subtracted (or added) to determine the final billed amount.

  Also, when the player downloads the issued DL software use ticket 5260 to the smartphone 5235 without having the DL software purchase center buy it, the price of the DL software is the DL software developer's DL software. The purchase center will be charged, and for that reason, the DL software purchase center will be charged the cost to be downloaded by DL software in the future at the time when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. Charge to.

  In addition, it is possible to variously set which amount and at what timing to charge. For example, (1) each time the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, each time the DL software use ticket 5260 is charged with an amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software, or (2) the DL software use ticket 5260. After the ticket is issued, the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software usage ticket 5260 is charged at a predetermined timing, or (3) the DL software usage ticket 5260 is purchased. At each timing, the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260 is charged, or (4) after purchasing the DL software usage ticket 5260, collectively at a predetermined timing. , Claim the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software use ticket 5260, or (5) DL software Every time the DL software is downloaded or used by the ticket 5260, the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software is charged, or (6) DL software is downloaded or used by the DL software ticket 5260. After that, the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value of the corresponding DL software is collectively charged at a predetermined timing, or (7) The prize exchange instruction is given each time the electronic value given to the player is given. , Claiming the amount of money corresponding to the electronic value required for the prize exchange, or (8) applying the electronic value given to the player, and then issuing the prize exchange instruction collectively at a predetermined timing and corresponding. It can be configured to charge an amount of money corresponding to the electronic value required for the gift exchange.

  FIG. 90B is a functional block diagram of the DL software purchasing server 5210. The DL software purchase server 5210 includes a member management unit 5211, a purchase request management unit 5212, an action history management unit 5213, and a network I / F unit 5214. When the player's smartphone 5235 logs in, the member management unit 5211 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set that only the mall member can purchase the DL software use ticket 5260, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 5211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170, and based on the unique ID read from the player's smartphone 5235, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a member of the mall, the purchase request from the player is rejected and an error message is displayed.

  The purchase request management unit 5212 receives the purchase request information when the purchase request is received from the player's smartphone 5235, and updates the electronic value data of the player according to the purchase request information. That is, the electronic value of the DL software is obtained from the S / N of the purchased DL software use ticket 5260, and the obtained electronic value is the electronic value of the player in the electronic value management table 5193 that holds the electronic value. Add to. Moreover, the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 5235 as necessary.

  When the player makes a purchase request for the DL software use ticket 5260, the action history management unit 5213 stores information about the operation in the mall member action history management table 5196. The mall member behavior history management table 5196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the prize exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables may be merged at a predetermined timing, or You may make it manage by grouping into a smaller set.

  FIG. 91 is a functional block diagram of the DL software use management server 5215. The DL software use management server 5215 includes a member management unit 5216, a download management unit 5217, a DL software execution management unit 5218, and a network I / F unit 5219. The member management unit 5216 determines whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member when the player's smartphone 5235 logs in when downloading the DL software using the DL software ticket 5260. Check. In this example, only the mall member can download the DL software using the DL software use ticket 5260, but such settings can be arbitrarily set according to the system.

  When the player uses the smartphone 5235 to instruct to download the DL software, the download management unit 5217 checks with the member management unit 5216 whether the player is a mall member or not, and if the player is a mall member. For example, on condition that the input S / N is correct, the DL software corresponding to the S / N is acquired from the DL software storage area 5199 of the DB server 5185 and downloaded to the smartphone 5235. Whether the download has been performed is managed by the S / N management table 5192.

  The DL software execution management unit 5218 displays the input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235 when the player touches the DL software icon or the like to use the DL software using the smartphone 5235, and the correct Allow the DL software to be used after inputting the S / N. Also, if it has already been purchased, the use of DL software is not permitted. Whether or not the DL software is used is managed by the S / N management table 5192. Further, as shown in FIG. 91, an operation history management unit is provided in the DL software use management server 5215 so that the player downloads the DL software with the DL software use ticket 5260 or operates the DL software after the download. Information related to, etc. can be stored in the mall member behavior history management table 5196.

  FIG. 92 shows an example of the ticket issuing request management table 5191, S / N management table 5192, DL software management table 5197, and electronic value management table 5193. In FIG. 93, mall member information table 5194, usage Examples of the ticket type management table 5195, the DL software use management table, and the mall member behavior history management table 5196 are shown. Details of these tables will be described later as needed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 94 and FIG. 95, a ticket issuing process for the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described in detail. FIG. 94 is a flow chart showing the ticket issuing processing of the DL software using ticket 5260 for each entity of the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150, the DL software using ticket issuing server 5200, and the DB server 5185. FIG. It is a figure which shows the DL software use ticket issuing instruction screen and DL software use ticket issuing screen which are displayed on the store side display 5155 of the use ticket issuing device 5150.

  Referring to FIG. 94, first, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 starts the DL software ticket issuing process, and a receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on the store-side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. (Step S541). The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 starts the DL software use ticket issuing process by, for example, touching an item on the menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150, and then the receipt. The receipt reading screen that prompts you to read is automatically displayed. In this example, it is assumed that all operations relating to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 are performed by the staff of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged.

  Here, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 determines whether the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the barcode reader 5154 in response to the request of the player (step S542), Keep the screen displayed until a reading is taken. In the receipt, for example, a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional game media type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or 20-yen ball medal) and the number of holdings (the number of medals, the number of medals) that the player has acquired are displayed on the receipt. It is described in the form of a bar code.

  When the receipt is read, a DL software ticket issuing instruction screen 5880 as shown in FIG. 95A is displayed on the store-side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S543). Referring to FIG. 95 (A), on the DL software ticket issuing instruction screen 5880, the game medium type read from the receipt is displayed on the game medium type display unit 5881, and the number of the game medium read from the receipt (hold The number) is displayed on the held number display unit 5882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and the “OK” button 5883 for instructing the issuing of the DL software use ticket 5260 is displayed.

  Next, in step S544 of FIG. 94, the DL software ticket issuing apparatus 5150 determines whether the staff of the hall store touches the “OK” button according to the instruction of the player, and the “OK” button is pressed. The display of the DL software ticket issuing instruction screen 5880 is maintained until it is touched. When the "OK" button is touched, the ticket issuing request information is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S545). In the ticketing request information, the store code of the hall store in which the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged, and the game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, its The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store in which the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged is included. In addition, the staff at the hall store does not instruct to issue the DL software use ticket 5260 as it is, depending on the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, according to the instruction of the player, and a part of it (for example, a part of It is also possible to specify that the DL software use ticket 5260 be issued with respect to the game medium type and a part of the quantity).

  Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the DL software ticket issuing device 5150, or stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like, read out from there, and transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. As long as the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 can grasp the exchange rate of each hall store, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 need not transmit the exchange rate. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 has, for example, a table synchronized with an exchange rate management table 5654 (a table similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the backbone DB 5650 of the backbone server 5600. Or by directly referring to the exchange rate management table 5654, the exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be acquired.

  Further, the store code of the hall store in which the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged is also stored in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 in advance, or is stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like and is read out from the DL software using the DL software. It is transmitted to the ticket issuing server 5200. Further, the DL software voucher ticket issuing server 5200 can identify the hall store of the DL software voucher issuing device 5150 from the device identification ID or network address of the DL software voucher issuing device 5150 that has transmitted the ticketing request information. For example, it is not necessary to transmit the store code from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The store code may be managed by different store codes for each game medium type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen rental medal) even within the same hall store.

  Further, in this example, the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 determines the type and quantity of the game medium. Accordingly, the number of DL software and the number of DL software use tickets 5260 to be associated with the issued DL software use ticket 5260 is determined. Alternatively, it may be determined by the player, included in the ticketing request information, and transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200.

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticketing request information transmitted from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S546), assigns the request ID of this ticketing request, and shows its contents. It is instructed to store in the ticketing request management table 5191 shown in 92 (A). The ticketing request management table 5191 stores, for example, as shown in FIG. 92A, request ID, store code, game medium type, game medium quantity, and exchange rate items, and DL software of each hall store. The contents of the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the ticket issuing device 5150 are managed. The DB server 5185 updates the ticket issuing request management table 5191 so as to create a record that stores the content of the ticket issuing request information in response to the instruction from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S547).

  Next, the DL software voucher issuing server 5200 issues the DL software voucher 5260 that can be issued at the store (the store where the DL software voucher issuing device 5150 is located) represented by the store code included in the ticketing request information. In order to grasp the ticket type, the used ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93 (B) is accessed (step S548). As shown in FIG. 93 (B), the used ticket type management table 5195 stores items such as a store code, a first ticket type value, a second ticket type value, and a third ticket type value, and for each hall store. , Manages the electronic value of DL software associated with the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. In the example shown in FIG. 95 (B), it is possible to manage a maximum of three types of bills, but it is possible to extend so that more types of bills can be managed as needed. It is also possible to group and manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a common combination of ticket types. In the use ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93 (B), for example, in a hall store with store code = “034”, DL software of three types of electronic value (that is, 5000, 1000, and 200) is used as DL software. It is defined that it can be associated with the ticket 5260. The DB server 5185 refers to the use ticket type management table 5195 according to the instruction of the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, and transmits a record of the corresponding store code to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 (step S549).

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 uses the DL software of the ticket type that can be associated with the DL software ticket 5260, the type and quantity of the game medium, and the value of the game medium obtained from the exchange rate to determine the DL software. It is determined which DL software is associated with the usage ticket 5260, how many DL software usage tickets 5260 are issued, and what the number of surplus game media (surplus medal, surplus coin) is (step S550). . When the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum value of the electronic values of the DL software associated with the DL software use ticket 5260, a plurality of DL software use tickets 5260 may be issued, but normally, each DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. The software use ticket 5260 is assigned in order from the DL software having the maximum value to the DL software having the minimum value so that the remainder is minimized. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

  In the normal allocation method, for example, in the ticketing request management table 5191 of FIG. 92A, the ticket issuing request information represented by the request ID = “R011” has the store code = “034” and the value of the game medium is 12040. (20 (game medium type is 20 yen loan medal) × 602 (quantity) × 1 (exchange rate)). Then, for the DL software use ticket 5260 issued in connection with this ticket issue request, refer to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = “034”) stored in the use ticket type management table 5195 of FIG. 93 (B). Then, two pieces are associated with the DL software having the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000), and two pieces are associated with the DL software having the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000). There are two pieces and the remainder is 40 (that is, two extra medals). The electronic value of the DL software can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197 of 92 (C).

  Further, in this example, two DL software use tickets 5260 associated with DL software having an electronic value of 5000 are issued, and different software (product ID = “S001” and “S002”) is selected therein. , Respectively. The selection of such software can be randomly determined (of the software having the same electronic value), or can be selected by the player, the hall store, or the like. When there are three or more DL software programs having the same electronic value, two of them are selected randomly or according to a predetermined rule. Also, the same software (software having the same product ID) may be selected. Here, the product ID corresponds to each software product, and the same product ID is given to the software of the same product. Software with the same product ID may be downloaded to smartphones 5235 of multiple players.

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 gives an S / N to each of the determined product IDs, and instructs the S / N management table 5192 to store these S / Ns (step S551). The DB server 5185 updates the S / N management table 5192 according to the instruction from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S552). Here, the S / N management table 5192 stores each item of S / N, product ID, request ID, purchase flag, and purchase deadline, as shown in FIG. It manages which DL software is associated with and whether or not it is purchased. For example, when updating the S / N management table 5192 for the DL software use ticket 5260 that is issued with respect to the issue request information represented by the request ID = “R011” described above, as shown in FIG. N = “0001” is associated with product ID = “S001”, S / N = “0002” is associated with product ID = “S002”, where product ID = “S001” and “S002” Both of the DL software have the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) (see the DL software management table 5197 in FIG. 92 (C)). Further, S / N = “0003” is associated with product ID = “S003”, S / N = “0004” is associated with product ID = “S004”, where product ID = “S003”. Both of the DL software of “S004” have the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) (see the DL software management table 5197 of FIG. 92 (C)). In this way, the four S / Ns are associated with the DL software use tickets 5260, respectively, and four DL software use tickets 5260 are issued. Further, here, for each of the four S / Ns, initially, the request ID = “R011” and the purchase flag = “0” are set (however, in this example, S / N = “0001”). The purchase flag is set to "1" because the purchase was subsequently made). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, duplicate purchase of DL software with the same S / N will not occur.

  Further, the purchase deadline of the S / N management table 5192 is, for example, the date and time after a lapse of a predetermined period from the time when the ticket issuing request information is received, the transmission of the ticket issuing information (step S554 described later), or the lapse of the predetermined period from other timings. It can be set to a later date and time, and even if a purchase request is made after this deadline, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline may be omitted, or may be set only for DL software having a predetermined electronic value. Further, the deadline can be changed according to the electronic value of the DL software and the situation of the player. In addition, in the present embodiment, even after the DL software is once downloaded or used, a purchase request can be made for the DL software. Thus, when the DL software is downloaded or used, the purchase request is initially made. The set purchase deadline can be extended. Further, the degree of extension of the purchase deadline may be changed according to the usage mode of the DL software (for example, usage time / time, usage frequency, usage frequency, etc.). Further, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock section of the DL software ticket issuing server 5200, it is possible to avoid problems such as fraud as compared with the case of receiving time data from a hall store. Become.

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 transmits ticket issuing information including the S / N given to the DL software ticket 5260 to be issued to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S553). For example, with respect to the ticketing request information represented by the above request ID = “R011”, four S / Ns of “0001”, “0002”, “0003”, and “0004” are transmitted. Further, in this example, the ticket issuing information includes the URL of the WEB page to be accessed when purchasing or downloading the DL software. Note that such a URL can be set to be different for various units such as S / N, request ID, and hall store. Further, the sending of the URL by the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 may be omitted, and the URL may be notified by another method without printing the DL software ticket 5260. Further, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 may be configured to print a predetermined URL.

  In addition, in this example, in addition to S / N, DL software value information (electronic value of DL software, electronic value of DL software, Data including the number of DL software for each electronic value) and the number of surplus medals (surplus balls) is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 receives the above-mentioned ticketing information, DL software value information, and the like from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S554). Then, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 displays the DL software use ticket issuing as shown in FIG. 95 (B) on the store side display 5155 of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 based on the received DL software value information and the like. A screen 5885 is displayed (step S555). FIG. 95 (B) shows a DL software use ticket issuing screen 5885 when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. On the DL software ticket issue screen 5885, the ticket type of the DL software ticket 5260 being issued (the electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software ticket 5260 (for example, 5000 or 1000)) and the DL software Is displayed on the ticket issuing content display unit 5886, the number of surplus medals (the number of surplus coins) is displayed on the surplus medal display unit 5887, and when all the issuing of the DL software use ticket 5260 is completed, this is indicated. A message is displayed.

  Along with the display of the DL software ticket issuing screen 5885 described above, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 controls the printer 5157 based on the received ticketing information, and the DL software ticket with the S / N and the URL printed, respectively. 5260 is output (step S556). One DL software use ticket 5260 is usually composed of one paper ticket, and one S / N and URL are printed there. Regarding the ticket issuing request information represented by the request ID = “R011” described above, each of the four S / Ns “0001”, “0002”, “0003”, and “0004” is associated with the URL and the corresponding DL. The software ticket 5260 is printed individually. Further, each DL software usage ticket 5260 is printed with the title and product ID of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260, the electronic value of the DL software (for example, 5000 or 1000), the ticket issuing date and time, and the purchase. You can also print the deadline. Also, a plurality of S / Ns can be printed collectively on one DL software usage ticket 5260. The S / N and URL may be represented by a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode so that the smartphone 5235 can easily input them when making a purchase request or downloading.

  Next, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 uses, for example, the hall computer 5400 to obtain the DL software value information (the electronic value of the DL software and the number of DL software for each electronic value) of the printed DL software ticket 5260. (Step S557). It suffices for the hall computer 5400 to grasp the electronic value (or the electronic value of the DL software that can be used) that the player can finally purchase, and the electronic value of the DL software indicates the number of DL software for each electronic value. It is also possible to receive numerical values in various formats that represent the final electronic value described above, such as numerical values multiplied by. The hall computer 5400 receives such a numerical value because the mail order premium purchasing center requests the hall store or the like for the amount equivalent to the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260. This is because it is necessary to understand the data that is the basis of the request.

  Note that the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the electronic value of the DL software included in the DL software value information and the number of DL software for each electronic value to the hall computer 5400 at various timings other than the above. You can For example, these pieces of information can be collectively transmitted once a day or at a predetermined timing in a day. Further, although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 94, if there are extra medals or extra coins, it is possible to issue a receipt for the extra medals or extra coins so that the extra medals or extra coins can be exchanged with the extra POS 5500. Further, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the counting result is managed by the hall computer 5400, the value corresponding to the issuing of the DL software use ticket 5260 is calculated from the counting result. It is possible to update the storage area of the count result directly from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 or via the prize POS 5500 or the like so as to be subtracted.

  Furthermore, when the player is a mall member and registered in the prize exchange system 5001 by the unique ID of the smartphone 5235 or the like, the hall computer 5400 or the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the member management server 5170 are used. From the central server 5600 of the computer center and managed by the prize exchange system 5001 from the mall member game medium holding number management table 5652 (a table similar to the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 of FIG. 18C). , And controls so as to subtract the retained number of the corresponding member ID.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 96, a selection process for selecting whether to proceed to a DL software purchase process (that is, a process of causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software) or a DL software download process will be described. . FIG. 96A is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the main body of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, a WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and this and the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server access the WEB page (WEB site), display the WEB page, send / receive data, etc. However, here, for convenience, these processes will be described as processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 96B is a diagram illustrating a process selection screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 96 (A), first, when the player operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software ticket 5260, the process is performed on the display of the smartphone 5235. A selection screen is displayed (step S561). FIG. 96B shows the process selection screen 5890 displayed at this time. On the process selection screen 5890, as shown in FIG. 96 (B), a guide display portion 5892 for prompting a process selection operation is displayed, and below that, a “purchase” button 5893 and a “download” button 5894 are displayed. There is.

  In step S562 of FIG. 96A, it is determined whether the player has performed a button touch on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 5890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button is touched, it is determined whether the touched button is the “buy” button 5893 or the “download” button 5894 (step S563). When the “purchase” button 5893 is touched, the DL software purchase process is started. On the other hand, when the “download” button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. In this example, since both processes are required to be a mall member, it is possible to perform a member check on the process selection screen 5890. Here, whether or not each process is a mall member is started. I decided to check.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 97, 98, and 99, the DL software purchase process (that is, the process of causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software) will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the “buy” button 5893 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 in FIG. 96 (B). FIG. 97 is a flow chart showing the DL software purchase process for each entity of the smartphone 5235, the DL software purchase server 5210, and the DB server 5185, and FIGS. 98 and 99 are the DL software displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. It is a figure which shows a purchase login screen and a DL software purchase instruction screen.

  As shown in FIG. 97, first, the smartphone 5235 displays the DL software purchase login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the DL software purchase process (step S571). In FIG. 98 (A), a DL software purchase login screen 5900 is shown. On the DL software purchase login screen 5900, as shown in FIG. 98 (A), a guide display portion 5902 for prompting the user to input a password and touch the "login" button is displayed, and a password input for inputting a password is displayed below the guide display portion 5902. A section 5903 is displayed, and a "login" button 5904 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password in the password input unit 5903 and touches the “login” button 5904 (step S572), inputs the password and touches the “login” button 5904. Until the DL software purchase login screen 5900 is displayed, the display is maintained. When the password is input and the “login” button 5904 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the DL software purchasing server 5210 (step S573).

  Upon receiving the unique ID and the password from the smartphone 5235, the DL software purchasing server 5210 determines whether the logged-in player is a mall member (step S574). Here, the DL software purchasing server 5210 inquires whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 5170, and the member management server 5170 uses the DB server. By referring to the mall member information table 5194 stored in 5185 and managed synchronously, it is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210. In this example, when logging in, a password is requested and it is determined whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the DL software purchase process is possible only when the player has registered as a mall member, but it is possible to perform the DL software purchase process even if the player is not a mall member.

  If the DL software purchasing server 5210 determines that the player is not a valid mall member, the DL software purchasing server 5210 gives an instruction to display an error (step S575), and the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display according to the instruction. (Step S576). On the other hand, if the DL software purchasing server 5210 determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, it instructs the DL software purchasing instruction screen to be displayed (step S577), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction. , DL software purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S578).

  FIG. 98 (B) shows a DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. On the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910, a mall member ID display portion 5912 that displays the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display portion 5913 that prompts the user to input the S / N and touch the “purchase” button is displayed. Further, below that, an S / N input section 5914 for inputting the S / N is displayed, and a "buy" button 5915 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “purchase” button 5915 (step S579), and displays the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 until the “purchase” button 5915 is touched. maintain. When it is determined that the player has touched the “purchase” button 5915, the smartphone 5235 transmits the purchase request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5914 to the DL software purchase server 5210 (step). S580). In this example, the S / N for purchasing the DL software at the DL software purchasing center is configured to be input one by one, but a plurality of S / Ns are input on the DL software purchasing instruction screen 5910. The section 5914 may be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be designated collectively. Further, in this example, the player looks at the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 and inputs this to the S / N input section 5914 of the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910, but the DL software use By reading a figure such as a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional bar code printed on the ticket 5260 with the smartphone 5235, converting it into S / N by a predetermined logic, and inputting it into the S / N input unit 5914. Good. In addition, the information about the S / N printed on the DL software ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5914 via other figures and identification information.

  Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the purchase request information including the S / N (step S581). Then, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software purchasing server 5210, and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S582). Then, the DL software purchase server 5210 determines whether or not the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase condition (step S583). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it has already been purchased even if it exists in the S / N management table 5192, the date and time when the purchase request information was received, etc. However, if the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192 is exceeded, the purchase condition is not satisfied. If the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 assigns a different URL depending on the S / N, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 stores the URL in the S / N management table 5192, and the DL software If the URL specified by the player in the purchase process does not match this, the purchase condition may not be satisfied.

  If it is determined that the purchase conditions are not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S584), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N is incorrect. It is displayed on the display (step S585). Note that the purchase time used to determine the purchase deadline described above is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the DL software purchase server 5210, so compared to the case where time data is received from another device. It is possible to avoid problems such as fraud.

  On the other hand, if the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase condition (that is, the DL software purchase server 5210 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = “0”). S / N) and it is determined that the purchase deadline is not exceeded), an instruction is issued to update various tables (step S586), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 Update process.

  First, the DB server 5185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the S / N management table 5192 according to the instruction from the DL software purchase server 5210. , Is updated from “0” indicating that the product has not been purchased to “1” indicating that the product has been purchased (step S587). Next, the DB server 5185 responds to the instruction from the DL software purchasing server 5210, and among the records stored in the electronic value management table 5193, the record corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 5235. The electronic value of the purchased portion (that is, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235) is added to the electronic value data of (step S588). Here, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197. Also, DL software can be purchased even after it has been downloaded or used. In that case, the electronic value of the DL software can be downloaded or used depending on whether or not it is used. Can be reevaluated and changed. For example, the electronic value of the DL software used once or more can be set to ½ of the electronic value grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197, or 1500 can be subtracted. Further, for example, when only DL software is downloaded and not used, the value obtained by subtracting 500 from the electronic value grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197 can be set. Whether or not the DL software is downloaded and the number of times the DL software is used can be grasped from the DL software use management table 5198.

  Next, the DB server 5185 responds to the instruction from the DL software purchasing server 5210, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N, and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who performed the DL software purchasing process. (The numerical value of the electronic value added in step S588) is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210 as purchase information (step S589).

  Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 sends the purchase information including the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N from the DB server 5185 and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who performed the DL software purchase process. Upon reception, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 5235, and the smartphone 5235 is instructed to display the DL software purchase instruction screen including the message notifying that the purchase is completed (step S590), and in response to this instruction Then, the smartphone 5235 displays the DL software purchase instruction screen on the display (step S591).

  FIG. 99 shows the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 thus displayed. On the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 shown in FIG. 99, a mall member ID display portion 5922 displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display indicating that the DL software purchase center has completed the purchase. A portion 5923 is displayed, and further below that, an S / N display portion 5924 that displays the S / N of the DL software that is the target of the purchase this time is displayed, and below that, a value type (for example, here, "Purchase value" and "total value") and an electronic value display unit 5925 displaying the electronic value corresponding to the value type are displayed, and at the bottom, a "Complete" button 5926 and "Purchase (Next)" Button 5927 is displayed.

  In this example, the player with the mall member = “U004” requests the DL software purchasing center to purchase the DL software with S / N = “0005”, the purchase is completed, and the player owns it. It has been shown that the electronic value has increased from 0 to 1000 (the DL software with S / N = “0005” has product ID = “S004”, and the electronic value of DL software with product ID = “S004” has 1000. Is). The player touches the “completion” button 5926 to end the display with the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920, and the “purchase (next)” button 5927 to proceed to the DL software purchase processing of the next DL software. Touch. When the “purchase (next)” button 5927 is touched, a screen for DL software purchase processing of the next DL software ticket 5260 (a screen similar to the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 shown in FIG. 98B) is displayed. Transition.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server to display data for displaying a DL software purchase instruction screen and the like. The input / output data is transmitted / received to realize the process of the smartphone 5235 in the DL software purchase process shown in FIG. 97, but here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 serves as a WEB server or an APS server, and an The contents that operate based on the standard and the like are also described as the processing contents of the smartphone 5235.

  An application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application is downloaded to the DL software purchase server 5210 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The DL software purchase process may be realized by transmitting and receiving data.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 94, at the timing when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, the data (for example, the DL software value information) that is the basis of the billing amount relating to the issue of the DL software use ticket 5260. The electronic value of the DL software included in the above and the number of DL software for each electronic value) are transmitted to the hall computer 5400 (see step S557 in FIG. 94), but the transmission of such data to the hall computer 5400 is For example, it may be performed after step S591 (that is, the timing when the DL software is purchased). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 5400 may be related to the DL software purchased.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 100 and 101, the download process (that is, the process of downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235) will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the “download” button 5894 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 of FIG. 96 (B). FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing the download process for each entity of the smartphone 5235, DL software use management server 5215, and DB server 5185. FIG. 101 is a download login screen and download instruction displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. It is a screen figure.

  As shown in FIG. 100, first, the smartphone 5235 displays a download login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the download process (step S601). A download login screen 5930 is shown in FIG. 101 (A). On the download login screen 5930, as shown in FIG. 101A, a guide display portion 5932 for prompting the user to input a password and touch the “login” button is displayed, and a password input portion 5933 for inputting a password is displayed therebelow. Is displayed, and a "login" button 5934 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password into the password input unit 5933 and touches the “login” button 5934 (step S602), inputs the password and touches the “login” button 5934. The display of the download login screen 5930 is maintained until it is displayed. When the password is input and the “login” button 5934 is touched, the unique ID such as the IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the DL software use management server 5215 (step S603).

  Upon receiving the unique ID and the password from the smartphone 5235, the DL software use management server 5215 determines whether the logged-in player is a mall member (step S604). Here, the DL software use management server 5215 inquires whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 5170, and the member management server 5170 stores the DB. By referring to the mall member information table 5194 stored in the server 5185 and managed synchronously, it is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software use management server 5215. . In this example, when logging in, a password is requested and it is determined whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the download process can be performed only when the player has registered as a mall member, but the download process can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

  If the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is not a legitimate mall member, it issues an instruction to display an error (step S605), and the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display according to this instruction. Yes (step S606). On the other hand, if the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, it issues an instruction to display a download instruction screen (step S607), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction by A download instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S608).

  A download instruction screen 5940 is shown in FIG. 101 (B). On the download instruction screen 5940, a mall member ID display portion 5942 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display portion 5943 for prompting the input of the S / N and the touch of the "download" button is displayed. Further below that, an S / N input section 5944 for inputting the S / N is displayed, and a "download" button 5945 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “download” button 5945 (step S609) and maintains the display of the download instruction screen 5940 until the “download” button 5945 is touched. . When it is determined that the player has touched the “download” button 5945, the smartphone 5235 transmits the download request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5944 to the DL software use management server 5215 ( Step S610). In this example, the S / N for downloading the DL software from the DL software purchasing center is configured to be input one by one, but the download instruction screen 5940 includes a plurality of S / N input units 5944. May be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be designated collectively. Further, in this example, the player looks at the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 and inputs this to the S / N input section 5944 of the download instruction screen 5940, but the DL software use ticket 5260 is used. It is also possible to read a figure such as a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional bar code printed on the smartphone with the smartphone 5235, convert it into S / N by a predetermined logic, and input it to the S / N input unit 5944. . In addition, information regarding the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5944 via other figures and identification information.

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the download request information including the S / N (step S611). After that, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software usage management server 5215 and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S612). Then, the DL software use management server 5215 determines whether the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (step S613). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it is already purchased even if it exists in the S / N management table 5192, the download condition is not satisfied. If the download conditions are not satisfied, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S614), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N has an error on the display ( Step S615). Further, in this example, the download process can be performed at any time, but a time limit may be set. Note that such a download deadline can be set in association with the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the time limit is exceeded, control is performed to display an error page indicating that fact on the display.

  On the other hand, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (that is, the DL software use management server 5215 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and the S / N is not purchased (purchase flag = “ If it is determined to be S / N) (“0”), an instruction is issued to update various tables (step S616), and the DB server 5185 performs the following update processing in response to the instruction.

  First, the DB server 5185 downloads a record of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the DL software use management table 5198 according to the instruction from the DL software use management server 5215. Is updated from "0" indicating that the download has not been performed to "1" indicating that the download has been performed (step S617). At this time, the mall member ID is stored in the item of mall member ID in the DL software use management table 5198. This is to prevent other players from easily using the DL software. Next, the DB server 5185 acquires the DL software of the product ID corresponding to the specified S / N from the DL software storage area 5199 (step S618). Here, the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the S / N management table 5192.

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 transmits the DL software acquired from the DB server 5185 to the smartphone 5235 (step S619), and in response thereto, the smartphone 5235 receives the DL software and the smartphone 5235 (RAM And the like (step S620). When the download is completed in this way, a message indicating that the download is completed is displayed on the display.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server, etc. to display data such as a download instruction screen or input data. The mobile I / F server 5220 is used as the WEB server or the APS server based on the HTML standard or the like for the sake of convenience. The contents of the operation of the smartphone 5235 are also described as the processing contents of the smartphone 5235.

  An application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application is downloaded via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220 to the DL software use management server 5215. You may make it implement | achieve a download process by transmitting and receiving data.

  In this example, the DL software is downloaded to the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and then the smartphone 5235 can execute the DL software by touching or selecting an icon or the like corresponding to the DL software. it can. However, in the present embodiment, the form in which the DL software can be used by the DL software use ticket 5260 is not limited to the case where the execution program of the DL software is downloaded to the smartphone 5235 in this way. For example, even if the execution program of the DL software is not downloaded to the smartphone 5235 due to the mechanism using the ASP server or the cloud computing mechanism, the smartphone 5235 can use the predetermined software (application) as well. It is included in the use of DL software by 5260. In this case, the ASP server or the like enables the smartphone 5235 to use the application after confirming that the S / N transmitted from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage condition for the application managed by the ASP server. .

  Next, with reference to FIG. 102, a DL software usage process (that is, a process of causing the smartphone 5235 to download the DL software and then executing the DL software) will be described in detail. This process is started by downloading DL software to the smartphone 5235 and then activating the DL software by touching an icon corresponding to the DL software. FIG. 102 is a flowchart showing the usage process for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215, and the DB server 5185.

  As shown in FIG. 102, first, the smartphone 5235 displays an S / N input screen (not shown) on the display of the smartphone 5235 for inputting the S / N (step S631). On the S / N input screen, the S / N input section and the authentication button are displayed, and it is determined whether or not the player has input the S / N of the DL software to the S / N input section and touched the authentication button. Then, the display of the S / N input screen is maintained until the S / N is input and the authentication button is touched (step S632). When the S / N is input and the authentication button is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input S / N are transmitted to the DL software use management server 5215 (step S633).

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the unique ID and the input S / N (step S634). After that, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software usage management server 5215 and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S635). Then, the DL software use management server 5215 determines whether the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the use condition (step S636). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it is already purchased even if it exists in the S / N management table 5192, the usage condition is satisfied. Absent. If the usage conditions are not satisfied, an instruction to display an error is issued (step S637), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N has an error on the display ( Step S638). Further, by referring to the mall member information table 5194 and the DL software use management table 5198, it is determined whether or not the player is a mall member who has downloaded the DL software corresponding to the S / N, and the illegal use is made. In some cases, an error message can be displayed as above. Further, in this example, the player can use the DL software at any time as long as it is a legal use, but a deadline may be set. Note that such a usage deadline can also be set in association with the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the time limit is exceeded, control is performed to display an error page indicating that fact on the display.

  On the other hand, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage condition (that is, the DL software use management server 5215 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = “ (If it is determined to be S / N) and the player is a mall member who has downloaded the DL software corresponding to that S / N, an instruction is issued to update the table ( (Step S639), according to this instruction, the DB server 5185 performs the following update processing.

  That is, the DB server 5185 sets the usage counter of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the DL software usage management table 5198 according to the instruction of the DL software usage management server 5215. One is added and the last use date and time is set (step S640).

  Next, the DL software use management server 5215 transmits a permission signal permitting the use of the DL software to the smartphone 5235 (step S641), and accordingly, the smartphone 5235 starts executing the DL software ( Step S642).

  In this example, the player is configured to input the S / N each time the DL software downloaded to the smartphone 5235 is activated, but the S / N is requested only after the player is activated a plurality of times. You may do it. The S / N is stored in the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and when the DL software is activated, the S / N is automatically transmitted to the DL software use management server 5215 so that the player can perform the S / N. May not be input.

  Next, a case where the prize exchange is performed in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the free gift exchange system 5001, the player can perform mall member registration and give a free gift selection instruction in the same manner as the free gift exchange system 1. On the other hand, regarding the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of retained game media for each type of game medium based on the accumulated coins / medals of the game medium for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes. By referring to (a table similar to the mall member game media holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C), the payment of the cost required for the prize exchange is managed, while the prize exchange system 5001 is described above. With reference to the electronic value management table 5193 shown in FIG. 92 (D), which also aims at the exchange for special prizes while maintaining the framework of the prize exchange system for the purpose of exchanging general prizes, Manage the payment of required expenses.

  Therefore, in the free gift exchange system 5001, a free gift exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game media holding number management table 5652 and a new free gift exchange system 5001 are provided in the same manner as the free gift exchange system 1. A prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 5193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

  In this respect, the free gift exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention is realized in the same manner as the free gift exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment described above regarding the free gift exchange instruction. That is, the prize exchange process can be performed via the prize exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. 81 (A) and the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B).

  Up to now, the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 82 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, each server of the DL software purchasing center may be provided with an associated table, and in addition, various variations can be considered regarding the server arrangement in the DL software purchasing center and the configuration of each table in the purchasing management DB 5190. .

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the smartphone 5235 accesses the DL software purchase server 5210 to send a purchase request, the IDm of the smartphone 5235 is recognized as a unique ID to determine whether or not the user is a mall member. However, it is also possible to perform the authentication process by inputting a code and password by the player or by reading a non-contact IC card which is a membership card.

[Description of Prize Exchange System According to Seventh Embodiment of the Present Invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 103, a system outline of a premium exchange system according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. The free gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103 partially expands the functions of the free gift exchange system 5001 described above, and can be referred to as a modified example of the free gift exchange system 5001. Therefore, the basically same components as those in the prize exchange system 5001 are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. The free gift exchange system 6001 in FIG. 103 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, as compared with the free gift exchange system 5001, a coupon exchange server 6170 is newly installed at the DL software purchase center, and instead of the mobile I / F server 5220, a mobile I / F server 5220 is provided. A mobile I / F server 5220 ', which is an extension of the above function, is arranged. Further, the purchase management DB 5190 is also a purchase management DB 5190 'with the addition of a table as described later.

  Further, in the gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, the coupon management server 6200 arranged in the area limited shopping coupon management center is connected to the coupon exchange server 6170 arranged in the DL software purchase center via a network. The network may be a network including the Internet or a network such as VPN. It may be either a wired network or a wireless network. In the regional shopping coupon management center, the coupon management server 6200 manages the issue and delivery of coupons (regional shopping coupons). A local limited shopping coupon is a coupon equivalent to a so-called "regional promotion ticket" that can be used in a predetermined area that can be used within a limited range such as city, ward, town, village, or prefecture unit. The area limited shopping coupon management center associated with the area corresponding to the hall store address is associated with each hall store. Note that, as described above, a typical example of a regional limited shopping coupon is a “regional promotion ticket”, but other than this, for example, a coupon that can be used in a specific region or a specific store is included. . In addition, the regional limited shopping coupons include all regional limited coupons that enable the purchase of goods and the enjoyment of services. Note that the connection form and server configuration of coupon exchange server 6170 and coupon management server 6200 are merely examples, and similar functions can be realized in various other forms. The regional shopping coupon management center is also merely an example, and various companies and institutions can be incorporated in the prize exchange system 6001. For example, when issuing a coupon only to a predetermined store in a restaurant chain store nationwide, the server of the restaurant chain store can function as the coupon management server 6200.

  Further, in the example of the premium exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchasing center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It does not need to be placed in the DL software purchasing center, and may be placed in physically different places. Further, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 104, an overall processing outline between the player, the DL software purchase center, and the area limited shopping coupon management center will be described. Note that the other relationships with the hall store, the player, the DL software purchasing center, and the computer center are as shown in FIG. 83. As shown in FIG. 83, the smartphone 5235 owned by the player accesses the WEB page according to the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 issued by the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store, and the player there. However, the DL software is purchased (exchanged for electronic value), the DL software is purchased at the DL software purchasing center, and the electronic value is given and managed for each player.

  In FIG. 104, the player operates the smartphone 5235 to exchange the electronic value given to each player as described above with a regional limited shopping coupon ticket (hereinafter referred to as a coupon ticket 6260). That is, for the exchange to the coupon ticket 6260, the player operates the smartphone 5235 to access the DL software purchase center, and designates the electronic value which is the consideration for the exchange and the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged to request the exchange. Is done by doing. After that, the DL software purchasing center issues a coupon ticket issuance instruction and a coupon ticket delivery instruction to the regional shopping coupon management center. In response to these instructions, the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center issues a coupon ticket 6260 and delivers the issued coupon ticket 6260 to the specified player's address.

  The coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center can charge the DL software purchasing center for the cost related to the issuance of the coupon ticket 6260 in consideration of various fees and the like as necessary. Regarding the electronic value given to the player as a result of the game media acquired at the hall store being converted into the DL software use ticket 5260 and the DL software use ticket 5260 being purchased, the DL software purchase center already has At the time when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued or when the DL software use ticket 5260 is purchased at the DL software purchase center, the cost corresponding to the electronic value has been charged to the hall store, The DL software purchase center will respond to the above request from the regional limited shopping coupon management center.

  It should be noted that the DL software purchase center can be billed by the regional limited shopping coupon management center collectively for a plurality of coupon ticket issuing processes or collectively for each predetermined period. In addition, in the example of FIG. 104, the amount billing by the regional shopping coupon management center is shown to be performed from the coupon management server 6200 of the regional shopping coupon management center to the DL software purchasing center. It is merely a notation for convenience, and in reality, for example, the regional limited shopping coupon management center sends a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system to bill the bank account of the DL software purchase center operator. It becomes processing. Similarly, the amount payment is shown to be made from the DL software purchase center to the regional limited shopping coupon management center for convenience. In addition, settlement between the DL software purchase center and the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be realized by a number of routes including the respective operating entities. Further, here, the processing in the DL software purchasing center has been described without specifying the server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  Next, regarding the configuration of each server, the configurations of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 are the same as those of the member management server 5170 (see FIG. 85) of the prize exchange system 5001 described above, and thus will be omitted. .. However, in the coupon exchange server 6170, the interface controls data communication with the coupon management server 6200, the member management server 5170, and the mobile I / F server 5220 ′, and in the coupon management server 6200, the interface uses the coupon. Controls data communication with the exchange server 6170. The mobile I / F server 5220 'controls data communication with the coupon exchange server 6170 and the DL software purchase server 5210, respectively.

  Next, the functions of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 will be described with reference to FIG. 105. FIG. 105 (A) is a functional block diagram of coupon exchange server 6170. The coupon exchange server 6170 includes an access management unit 6171, a member management unit 6172, an exchange request management unit 6173, and a network I / F unit 6174. The access management unit 6171 controls the coupon exchange server 6170 to access the coupon management server 6200 via the network I / F unit 6174. When there is a login from the player's smartphone 5235, the member management unit 6172 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set that the coupon ticket can be exchanged only for the mall member, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 6172 cooperates with the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170, and based on the unique ID and the like read from the player's smartphone 5235, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a mall member, the exchange request from the player is rejected and an error message is displayed.

  When there is an exchange request from the player's smartphone 5235, the exchange request management unit 6173 receives the exchange request information, and according to the exchange request information, the coupon management server 6200 of the regional shopping coupon management center , A coupon issue instruction and a coupon delivery instruction are transmitted. The coupon ticket issuing instruction sends the type and number of coupon tickets to be issued, and the coupon ticket shipping instruction sends the delivery address of the player. The type and number of coupon tickets are obtained based on the electronic value held by the player designated by the player. Further, if necessary, exchange information including the exchange result of the coupon ticket 6260 can be transmitted to the smartphone 5235.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 105 (A), a behavior history management unit is provided in the coupon exchange server 6170, and information about operations, etc., by which the player issues a coupon ticket with the electronic value held by the player, is sent to the mall member. It can also be stored in the action history management table 5196. In addition, the network I / F unit 6174 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls to perform data transmission / reception with a counterpart computer (here, the coupon management server 6200 or the member management server 5170). (The same applies to the network I / F unit 6205 of the coupon management server 6200 described later).

  FIG. 105 (B) is a functional block diagram of coupon management server 6200. The coupon management server 6200 includes an access management unit 6201, a coupon issue management unit 6202, a coupon delivery management unit 6203, an amount billing unit 6204, and a network I / F unit 6205. The access management unit 6201 controls the coupon management server 6200 to access the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network I / F unit 6205. The coupon issue management unit 6202 issues the specified number of coupon tickets 6260 of the specified ticket type in response to the coupon ticket issuing instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170. The coupon delivery management unit 6203 performs processing related to delivery of the coupon ticket 6260 according to the coupon ticket delivery instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170. The procedure for delivering the issued coupon ticket 6260 is actually carried out by a staff member or the like of the regional shopping coupon management center. However, in the coupon delivery management unit 6203, for example, delivery with the delivery address of the designated player as the name. Automatically print votes, etc. When the coupon ticket 6260 is issued, the amount billing unit 6204 charges the DL software purchasing center that has issued the coupon ticket 6260, for the amount of the currency value corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the coupon ticket 6260. .

  FIG. 106 shows an example of the coupon ticket management table 6191 newly added in the present embodiment, and is stored in the purchase management DB 5190 '. It manages information of the coupon ticket 6260, and includes each item of coupon ID, name, issuer, address, first ticket type, and second ticket type for each coupon.

  Next, referring to FIG. 107, the process proceeds to the DL software purchase process (that is, the process for causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software), the DL software download process, or the coupon ticket 6260 exchange process. A selection process for selecting whether to proceed will be described. FIG. 107A is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the main body of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, a WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and this and the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server access the WEB page (WEB site), display the WEB page, send / receive data, etc. However, here, for convenience, these processes will be described as processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 107B is a diagram illustrating a process selection screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 107A, when the player first operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software ticket 5260, the process is performed on the display of the smartphone 5235. A selection screen is displayed (step S701). FIG. 107 (B) shows a process selection screen 6890 displayed at this time. On the process selection screen 6890, as shown in FIG. 107 (B), a guide display portion 6892 for prompting a process selection operation is displayed, and below that, a “purchase” button 6893, a “download” button 6894, and a “coupon” are displayed. A "exchange ticket" button 6895 is displayed.

  In step S702 of FIG. 107A, it is determined whether or not the player has performed a button touch on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 6890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button is touched, it is determined whether the touched button is the “buy” button 5893, the “download” button 5894, or the “coupon ticket exchange” button 6895 (step S703). When the “purchase” button 5893 is touched, the DL software purchase process is started, and when the “download” button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. When the "coupon ticket exchange" button 6895 is touched, the coupon ticket exchange process is started. In this example, since all the processing is required to be a mall member, it is possible to perform a member check on the processing selection screen 6890, but here, at the start of each processing, it is determined whether or not the processing is a mall member. I decided to check. In the case of DL software purchase processing and DL software download processing, the processing selection screen 6890 is displayed on the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260, and the coupon ticket is displayed. In the case of 6260 exchange processing, a WEB page represented by a URL different from the above may be separately accessed.

  Next, the coupon ticket exchange process will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 108, 109, and 110. As described above, this process is started when the “coupon ticket exchange” button 6895 is touched on the process selection screen 6890 of FIG. 107 (B). FIG. 108 is a flowchart in which the coupon ticket exchange process is described for each entity of the smartphone 5235, the coupon exchange server 6170, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 109 is a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 110 is a diagram showing a coupon ticket selection screen, and FIG. 110 is a diagram showing a coupon ticket exchange result display screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 108, the smartphone 5235 first displays the coupon ticket exchange login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the coupon ticket exchange process (step S711). Although not shown here, the coupon ticket exchange login screen is the same as the DL software purchase login screen 5900 shown in FIG. 98 (A), and a guide display section password input section and a “login” button are displayed. .

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password in the password input unit and touches the "login" button (step S712), and the password is input and the "login" button is touched. Maintain the display of the coupon exchange login screen until. When the password is input and the “login” button is touched, the unique ID such as the IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S713).

  Upon receipt of the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, the coupon exchange server 6170 determines whether the logged-in player is a mall member (step S714). Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 inquires whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 5170, and the member management server 5170 uses the DB server 5185. It is checked by referring to the mall member information table 5194 stored in and managed synchronously whether the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170. In this example, when logging in, a password is requested and it is determined whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the coupon ticket exchange processing is possible only when the player has registered as a mall member, but the coupon ticket exchange processing can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

  If the coupon exchange server 6170 determines that the player is not a valid mall member, it gives an instruction to display an error (step S715), and the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display in response to this instruction ( Step S716). On the other hand, when the coupon exchange server 6170 determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, it issues an instruction to display a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen (step S717), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction by A coupon ticket exchange instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S719).

  FIG. 109 (A) shows a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900. On the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900, a mall member ID display portion 6902 for displaying a mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide for inputting an electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 and touching an "exchange" button. A display unit 6903 is displayed, and further below that, an electronic value display unit 6904 for displaying the electronic value currently held by the player is displayed, and below that, the electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 is input. An electronic value input unit 6905 for displaying the “value” is displayed, and an “exchange” button 6906 is displayed at the bottom. The coupon exchange server 6170 refers to the electronic value management table 5193 via the DB server 5185 in order to acquire the electronic value currently held by the player displayed on the electronic value display unit 6904 (step S718).

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the electronic value into the electronic value input unit 6905 and touches the “exchange” button 6906 (step S720), and inputs the electronic value and “exchange”. The display of the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900 is maintained until the button 6906 is touched. When it is determined that the player inputs the electronic value and touches the “exchange” button 6906, the smartphone 5235 stores the electronic value input to the electronic value input unit 6905 in a predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235. , (As exchange request information) to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S721), and the coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the DB server 5185 to obtain coupon ticket information (step S722). The DB server 5185 refers to the coupon ticket management table 6191 in response to the request from the coupon exchange server 6170, and transmits the content of each item to the coupon exchange server 6170 as coupon ticket information (step S723). As shown in FIG. 106, the coupon ticket management table 6191 has items of coupon ID, name, issuer, address, first ticket type, and second ticket type. In the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900, the electronic value to be exchanged is input in the electronic value input unit 6905. However, such electronic value can be input later, and the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is If it is smaller than the minimum ticket type of the coupon ticket 6260, the issue instruction of the coupon ticket 6260 is not issued. Also, if a value that exceeds the electronic value held by the player is input, an error will occur. Alternatively, the predetermined coupon ticket 6260 corresponding to the predetermined electronic value may be fixedly issued by touching the “exchange” button 6906 without providing the electronic value input unit 6905.

  Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 can first obtain a store code associated with the player (for example, a store code associated with the player's mall member ID by referring to the mall member information table 5194). Address) and the address of the issuer of the coupon ticket 6260 included in the coupon information are determined to be coupons within a certain distance range, and then with the electronic value received from the smartphone 5235. If there is a coupon that cannot be exchanged (for example, if the amount of the minimum coupon type of the coupon is greater than the currency value determined based on the electronic value), the coupon is excluded from the selection targets. The coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the smartphone 5235 to display the coupon ticket selection screen so as to display the coupon ticket to be selected thus determined (step S724).

  In response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon ticket selection screen on the display (step S725). A coupon ticket selection screen 6910 is shown in FIG. 109 (B). On the coupon ticket selection screen 6910, a mall member ID display portion 6912 for displaying a mall member ID is displayed, a guide display portion 6913 for prompting the selection of the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged is displayed below the mall member ID display portion 6912, and further below that. A candidate coupon coupon 6260 to be exchanged is displayed in a coupon ticket selection candidate display portion 6914 in which a list is displayed by a pull-down menu, and a “OK” button 6915 is displayed at the bottom. In this example, the name of the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged is displayed as a candidate list so that the player can select it. The display of 6910 may be omitted. Alternatively, a plurality of coupon tickets may be fixedly displayed and the coupon ticket selection screen 6910 may be displayed. In addition, in this example, although the issuer's address of the coupon ticket 6260 and the address of the hall store are within a certain distance range are automatically displayed as a selection candidate, the coupon ticket 6260 is displayed according to another selection criterion. You may decide a selection candidate. For example, various criteria including criteria such as being in the same municipality as the hall store or being in the same organization (shopping district, business association, etc.) can be used.

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether the player has selected the coupon ticket 6260 and touched the “decide” button 6915 (step S726), and selects the coupon ticket 6260 and the “decide” button 6915. The coupon ticket selection screen 6910 is maintained until it is touched. When it is determined that the player has selected the coupon ticket 6260 and touched the “OK” button 6915, the smartphone 5235 displays the electronic value stored in the predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235 and the coupon ticket selection candidate display unit. Exchange request information including the coupon ticket (coupon ticket ID, name, etc.) selected from 6914 is transmitted to coupon exchange server 6170 (step S727), and coupon exchange server 6170 receives this exchange request information (step S728). . Note that the electronic value is not necessarily transmitted here because it has already been transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 as exchange request information in step S721.

  Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 selects the electronic value received from the smartphone 5235 (value obtained by converting the electronic value into a currency unit) and the type of coupon ticket 2620 to be exchanged from the type of ticket corresponding to the selected coupon ID. The number of coupons is determined, and the coupon management server 6200 is instructed to issue a coupon and deliver the coupon with this content (step S729). Further, in the coupon ticket delivery instruction, the delivery address of the player is transmitted, which may be the delivery address stored in the mall member information table 5194, or may be input or selected by the player. May be. In addition, the coupon exchange server 6170 accesses the coupon management server 6200 corresponding to each coupon ticket 6260 according to the coupon ticket 6260 selected by the player, and issues the coupon ticket issuing instruction and the coupon ticket delivery instruction. (When the coupon management server 6200 is managed in common, there is one coupon management server 6200).

  In addition, when the coupon exchange server 6170 allocates an electronic value to the coupon type of the coupon ticket 6260, if a surplus occurs (for example, the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is 5000 yen, the minimum amount of the coupon ticket 6260. In the case where the ticket type is 2000 yen), the remaining electronic value is held as it is as the electronic value of the player. Further, coupon exchange server 6170 transmits the received electronic value (or a value obtained by converting the electronic value into a currency unit) to coupon management server 6200, and the coupon ticket type and number of coupon tickets 6260 allocated by coupon management server 6200. , And the remainder can also be configured to be received.

  Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to update the table and the like (step S729), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 performs the following update processing.

  First, the DB server 5185 subtracts the electronic value input by the player on the smartphone 5235 this time and exchanged for the coupon 6260 from the electronic value of the player stored in the electronic value management table 5193 ( Step S731). Note that, as described above, of the electronic value input by the player, the portion that is left over when the coupon ticket 6260 is exchanged and is not used for exchange is not subtracted.

  Next, the DB server 5185, in accordance with the instruction of the coupon exchange server 6170, stores the electronic value data (the numerical value of the electronic value subtracted in step S731) of the player (mall member) who performed the coupon ticket exchange process, It is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 as exchange information (step S732).

  Next, when the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the exchange information including the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the coupon ticket exchange process from the DB server 5185, the coupon ticket that is issued to the coupon management server 6200. The smart phone 5235 is configured to include the type and number of the 2620 ticket in the exchange information, send the exchange information to the smartphone 5235, and display the coupon exchange result display screen including a message notifying that the exchange for the coupon ticket 6260 is completed. Is instructed (step S733), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon exchange result display screen on the display (step S734).

  FIG. 110 shows the coupon exchange result display screen 6920 thus displayed. On the coupon exchange result display screen 6920 shown in FIG. 110, a mall member ID display portion 6922 displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display portion 6923 indicating that the exchange to the coupon ticket 6260 is completed. A coupon ticket name display portion 6924 is displayed below which the name of the coupon ticket issued by the current exchange is displayed. Below that, an electronic value that the player currently holds is displayed. A value display portion 6925 is displayed, and at the bottom, a message display portion 6926 is displayed which displays a message that which coupon ticket is issued and how many coupon tickets are delivered to the player's address.

  In this example, the player with the mall member = “U004” has selected to exchange for a ◇◇ city promotion ticket and the exchange has been completed, and the electronic value of the player has decreased from 1000 to 0. It is shown.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server, and thereby data for displaying a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen and the like, Although the input / output data is transmitted / received and the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the coupon exchange processing shown in FIG. 108 is realized, here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 serves as a WEB server or an APS server, and an The contents that operate based on the standard and the like are also described as the processing contents of the smartphone 5235.

  In addition, the application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application transmits data to the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. You may make it implement | achieve the coupon ticket exchange process by transmitting and receiving.

  In addition, the coupon exchange server 6170 includes data (or data obtained from these) indicating the type and number of coupon tickets 2620 included in the exchange information received from the coupon management server 6200 and instructed to issue to the coupon management server 6200. Is stored in a predetermined storage means, and when the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center charges the DL software purchasing center a cost for issuing the coupon 6260, these data are It can be used to verify the validity of the billed amount.

  Similar to the prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, in the present embodiment, the coupon ticket exchange process is performed outside the hall store by using the player's smartphone 5235, PC, or the like. be able to.

  The prize exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described above as a partial expansion of the functions of the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. The present invention can also be applied to the free gift exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. With such a configuration, the electronic value given to the player by causing the online shopping free gift exchange ticket 4260 to be purchased. As a result, it becomes possible to acquire the coupon ticket 6260, which is the area limited shopping coupon. Furthermore, the prize exchange system 6001 is applied to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention to the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment, and the player wins the coins (saving medals). It is possible to make the coupon management server 6200 of the regional shopping coupon management center issue and deliver the coupon ticket 6260 by using the value or the electronic value acquired by the small amount coin saving as the consideration. For example, in the prize exchange system 1, the prize exchange control unit 605 of the core server 600 specifies the quantity and electronic value of the game medium held by the player and the player in response to the player's instruction from the prize exchange apparatus. The coupon type and the number of redeemable coupons are determined from the coupon coupon 6260, the coupon management server 6200 is accessed, and the coupon management server 6200 acquires the determined coupon ticket 6260. Ticket delivery instructions can be given.

  So far, the prize exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 103 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, the coupon exchange servers 6170 may be distributed and arranged, or integrated with other servers, and each server of the DL software purchase center may be provided with an associated table. Various variations can be considered for the server arrangement in the DL software purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 5190 ′.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 111, a system overview of the prize exchange system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 is configured to include the device arranged in the hall store and the device of the computer center, like the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and a part of the device of the computer center. However, it is connected to the terminal of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The free gift exchange system 7001 in FIG. 111 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system.

  The prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 cooperates with the hall system 7002 when a hall system 7002 (which is different from the prize exchange system 7001) that manages coins, saved medals, and prizes is operated in the hall store. Work to enable the player to select a prize, exchange a prize, and order a prize. In this case, the prize exchange system 7001 and the hall system 7002 do not have to be systematically connected, but it is also possible to connect these systems by a network and perform transmission and reception of predetermined data. The hall system 7002 basically refers to a system of a provider different from the provider (providing / manufacturing company) of the prize exchange system 7001, but includes various other systems.

  The hall system 7002 shown in FIG. 111 includes a hall computer 7400, a hall DB 7430, a gaming machine 7010, a sand device 7020, and a prize POS 7500 in the hall store, and these hall computers 400 of the hall store 400 in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, and the prize POS 500.

  The hall computer 7400 has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status, etc.), members, and information regarding prizes, and stores various data in the hall DB 7430. Equipped with. The game machine 7010 is, for example, a pachi-slot machine or a pachinko machine, and the player obtains a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these machines. In addition, the gaming machine 7010 is connected to the hall computer 7400 and the sand device 7020, and exchanges information regarding the game status and the number of retained game media (number of medals, number of medals).

  The prize POS 7500 is installed at a prize exchange counter of a hall store, and is used by staff of the hall store to deal with a player's prize exchange. For example, the receipt issued by the counting device is read, or the count value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sand device 7020 are read out, and a prize of a value corresponding to this is provided to the player. In the present embodiment, the staff inputs the number of game media held by the player, which is grasped by the prize POS 7500, to the prize exchange terminal 7530 and provides the prize exchange system 7001 with the prize exchange system 7001. To do. In addition, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange system 7001 can be network-connected to electronically provide the prize exchange system 7001 with the number of held game media. The counting device is a device that counts the number of balls (medals) acquired by the player, and is used as an island edge counting device, a sand device with a counting function for each unit, and other counting devices in various hall stores. A device that can be placed at a location. Hereinafter, these devices will be simply referred to as "counters" unless it is necessary to distinguish them.

  The gift exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 can be regarded as a modified example of the gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and has the same functions as the gift selection control, the gift exchange control, and the gift order control similar to those of the gift exchange system 1. Prepare The prize exchange system 7001 includes a backbone server 7600, a backbone DB 7650, a mobile I / F server 7680, a shop management server 7700, and a reward DB 7750 in the computer center, which are respectively the backbone server 600 and the backbone server in the reward exchange system 1. It corresponds to the DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, and the free gift DB 750. The wireless network 7690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  The core server 7600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs a prize selection control process and a prize exchange control process, respectively, according to a player's prize selection and prize exchange operation. When it is decided to exchange the free gift, the free gift order processing for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Information on mall members and information on prize selection / prize exchange is stored in the core DB 7650.

  The mobile I / F server 7680 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices according to access from the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 7570 or the feature phone. The smartphone 7570 or the like functions as a premium selection device, and the player can perform mall member registration or premium selection processing using the smartphone 7570 or the like. Further, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the smartphone 7570 or the like. The mobile I / F server 7680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 7650 according to the operation of the smartphone 7570 or the like. The smartphone 7570 or the like is a computer carried by the player, and can function as a prize selection device in a hall store or any other place.

  The shop management server 7700 collects and manages information about shops on a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information on products handled by the online shopping sites, and selects information on the products when a predetermined condition is satisfied, as a gift selection. It is stored as something that can be displayed on the device. Information regarding these shops and information regarding products is stored in the prize DB 7750. In addition, in response to a command from the backbone server 7600, it sends a free gift delivery instruction to the corresponding online shopping site.

  Further, in the premium exchange system 7001, different I / F servers are prepared according to a connection route to a shop terminal of an online shopping site connected to the premium exchange system 7001 and a system in which the shop terminal is managed. . For example, based on an instruction from the shop terminal, data relating to registration of a product as a gift candidate is transmitted from the shop terminal to the I / F server terminal, and the player from the I / F server to the shop terminal. Based on the prize exchange instruction from the terminal operated by, the data related to the ordering of the product is transmitted.

  Here, the shop terminal of the online shopping site is a terminal device such as a PC (personal computer) used by the online shopping shop. For example, the shop terminal 7804 is a cross-type EC mall cooperation system I of the prize exchange system 7001 via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 that realizes a mechanism that allows a shop to cross-register products and the like in a plurality of EC malls. Connected to the / F server 7800, the shop terminal 7824 is connected to the EC mall management system I / F server 7820 of the gift exchange system 7001 via the EC mall management system 7822 that manages registration of the shop in the EC mall. Further, when the shop has its own shop system 7842, the shop terminal 7844 is connected to the shop system I / F server 7840 of the prize exchange system 7001 via the shop system 7842. Further, the shop terminal 7864 is directly connected to the individual shop I / F server 7860.

  In addition, in this example, the I / F servers corresponding to these are arranged based on the four typical connection forms related to the shop terminal, but when the shop terminal is connected by another connection form. Can newly arrange a corresponding I / F server. Also, fewer I / F servers can be used, and conversely, more I / F servers corresponding to subdivided functions can be used. Also, the I / F server can be integrated with the shop management server 7700 and other devices.

  In addition, the prize exchange system 7001 includes an AP (application) server 7685 at a computer center. The AP server 7685 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed on a PC (personal computer) 7580. The PC 7580 functions as a premium selection device, and a player can perform mall member registration and premium selection processing using the PC 7580. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the PC 7580. The AP server 7685 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 7650 according to the operation of the PC 7580. The PC 7580 is a computer that is placed at a place such as the player's home, and can function as a prize selection device at that place.

  Furthermore, the gift exchange system 7001 includes a connection management device 7090, a gift exchange terminal 7530, and a viewer 7550 in the hall store.

  The connection management device 7090 controls the connection between the prize exchange terminal 7530 and the viewer 7550 in the hall store and the backbone server 7600 in the computer center. The connection management device 7090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function when connecting the prize exchange terminal 7530 and the viewer 7550 in the hall store to the backbone server 7600 by a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, it includes a connection control function for controlling the connection with the backbone server 7600. Further, the connection management device 7090 may be a device including a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 functions as a free gift exchange device. The prize exchange device is a device that displays information about a prize (a prize registered in a prize exchange basket) previously selected by the prize selection device, finally selects a prize to be exchanged, and instructs an order. Such selection and ordering may be performed by the staff at the hall store or by the player himself. In the present embodiment, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 is exemplified as a dedicated terminal that functions only as a free gift exchange device, but it may be set as a device having a function as a free gift selection device or another function. Further, the hall system 7002 arranged in a hall store may be integrated with a prize POS or a sand device to provide a function as a prize exchange device. Login to the prize exchange device can be performed using a mall member card, login ID, password, or the like acquired through mall member registration. Here, the mall member card is, for example, a non-contact IC card, and as the non-contact IC card, there is a card provided with a non-contact IC chip based on the near field communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication).

  The viewer 7550 is installed in the hall store and functions as a prize selection device. The free gift selection device is a device that displays information about products registered from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select some of these products as future free gifts. You can also register as a mall member by using the gift selection device. The product selected by the player is registered in the favorites or the prize exchange basket. The above-described PC 7580 and smartphone 7570 also function as a prize selection device. The viewer 7550 can also be configured to include a large touch panel display device. The prize selection device includes a viewer 7550, a PC 7580, and a smartphone 7570, as well as a mobile phone or tablet terminal owned by the player, and any other terminal capable of network communication.

  The free gift exchange system 7001 further includes a management terminal 7870. The management terminal 7870 is a terminal used by the staff who manages the free gift exchange system 7001, and is mall member information, hall store information, hall company information, shop information, shop product information, free gift information, free gift category information, shipping information, and consumption information. A screen for managing tax information, authority information, etc. is displayed, and related DBs are updated under a predetermined authority. Further, on the management terminal 7870, it is possible to display a screen showing exchange history, order history, hole transaction record, shop transaction record, and further, edit ranked free gifts, recommended free gifts, and shop product. Can be examined.

  The management terminal 7870 is arranged in various places including a management company, a hall store, and a computer center according to the usage pattern, and is connected to the backbone server 7600 of the prize exchange system 7001 and the shop management server 7700.

  Furthermore, the prize exchange system 7001 can be provided with a hall cooperation system like the prize exchange system 1 of FIG. For example, when data coordination is required between hall stores, the prize exchange system 7001 can be designed to include this hall coordination system. As shown in FIG. 1, devices such as a hall cooperation computer, a hall cooperation DB, and a center store I / F server can be arranged in the hall cooperation system.

  Next, the configuration of the hall computer 7400 will be described with reference to FIG. 112. FIG. 112 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 includes a main CPU 7401, a ROM 7402, a RAM 7403, an external storage device 7404, a display 7405, an interface 7406, and a speaker 7407.

  The main CPU 7401 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7402 and the RAM 7403. For example, the main CPU 7401 manages the member information regarding the hall members of the hall store (herein, the members of the hall system 7002 are referred to as “hall members” and the members of the prize exchange system 7001 are referred to as “mall members”), and saves balls. The number of held game media such as coins and medals is managed for each hall member, processing for managing the gaming status and prize exchange status of each hall member is executed, and the display 7405 and the speaker 7407 are controlled.

  The display 7405 is for displaying game data managed by the hall computer 400 or for notifying the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 7405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The speaker 7407, together with the display 7405, informs when an illegality such as illegally bringing in a medal or an abnormality occurs. The speaker 7407 outputs various kinds of audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  The hall computer 7400 is communicatively connected to the gaming machine 7010, the sand device 7020, and the prize POS 7500 via the interface 7406. The control program for implementing the present embodiment is stored in, for example, the external storage device 7404 and loaded into the RAM 7403. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 7406 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  A hole DB 7430 is stored in the external storage device 7404, and member information regarding hole members, accumulated (medal) information about the hole members, and the like are stored therein. In addition, an action history regarding a hall member or the like (game status, accumulated balls (medals), history of prize exchange in the hall system 7002, etc.) may be stored.

  In addition, the backbone server 7600, the shop management server 7700, the AP server 7685, the mobile I / F server 7680, the management terminal 7870, the cross EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800, the EC mall management system I / F server 7820, the shop system. The configurations of the I / F server 7840 and the individual shop I / F server 7860 are also similar to the configuration of the hall computer 7400 described above (however, the devices connected by the interface are different from each other), and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

  Next, the configuration of the premium POS 7500 will be described with reference to FIG. 113. FIG. 113 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the premium POS 7500. The illustrated premium POS 7500 is configured to realize a conventional prize exchange by a hall system 7002 different from the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The premium POS 7500 includes a main CPU 7501, ROM 7502, RAM 7503, information card reader / writer 7504, non-contact IC card reader / writer 7505, bar code reader 7506, player side display 7507, keyboard 7508, store side display 7509, interface 7510, and. A speaker 7511 is provided.

  The main CPU 7501 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7502 and the RAM 7503. For example, the main CPU 7501 manages the inventory of free gifts that can be exchanged by the hall system 7002 and the free gift exchange.

  The main CPU 7501, for example, when registering the counting result in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each counter of the sand device 7020, the hall member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 7504, or the non-member The hall member ID read from the non-contact IC card is acquired via the contact IC card reader / writer 7505, the hall computer 7400 is accessed, and the number of held game media associated with the acquired hole member ID (ball storage ( Get the number of medals). Further, the main CPU 7501 can also read the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the barcode reader 7506, and thereby obtain the number of held game media (the number of coins (medals)).

  The player-side display 7507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player.

  In the conventional usage method, the main CPU 7501 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock in the hall store) designated by the player via the player side display 7507. Next, the main CPU 7501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of retained game media, it displays that fact on the store side display 7509, and the staff of the hall store The prizes are exchanged by the operation. The store-side display 7509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player-side display 7507, and the staff performs the operation using the store-side display 7509 or the keyboard 7508. When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 7501 accesses the hall computer 7400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding hall member ID.

  On the other hand, in the method of using the free gift exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the main CPU 7501 causes the staff at the hall store to display on the store side display 7509 the number of held game media associated with the hall member ID, or the receipt from the bar. The number of held game media read by the code reader 7506 is displayed, and then the held number is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001. Therefore, the products (registered in advance selected by the player who is a mall member) registered in the prize exchange basket as the target of the prize exchange displayed on the prize exchange terminal 7530 are displayed, and the balls necessary for the exchange are displayed. When the number of (medals) is smaller than the input number of held game media, the staff at the hall store operates the prize exchange terminal 7530 to order the prize. When the exchange of the free gift is completed, the staff of the hall store operates the free gift POS 7500 to subtract the number of game media held for the corresponding hall member ID (or issue a receipt from which the held number is subtracted).

  The prize POS 7500 is communicatively connected to the hall computer 7400 via an interface 7510. In some cases, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is communicatively connected.

  Next, the configuration of the premium exchange terminal 7530 will be described with reference to FIG. 114. FIG. 114 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the prize exchange terminal 7530 functioning as a prize exchange device. The prize exchange terminal 7530 includes a main CPU 7531, a ROM 7532, a RAM 7533, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534, a display 7535, an interface 7536, and a speaker 7537. A plurality of prize exchange terminals 7530 can be installed in one hall store, and the number is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the frequency of use by the player. It is also possible to install the same scale as the number of the premium POS 7500 (for example, the premium POS 7500 and the premium exchange terminal 7530 as one set).

  The main CPU 7531 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7532 and the RAM 7533. For example, the main CPU 7531 executes the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 7536 or from another external device via a network including the Internet. The prize exchange terminal 7530 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7536.

  The display 7535 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by staff in a hall store, but may be touch-operated by a player who is a mall member (separate touch panel for the player). Display may be provided). The prize exchange terminal 7530 may be connected via the interface 7536 so as to cooperate with the prize POS 7500.

  The main CPU 7531 displays on the display 7535 a screen for exchanging a prize of the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (including a prize exchange basket confirmation screen displaying a prize exchange basket and a prize ordering screen for ordering a prize). To do. The information of the prize ordered by the player of the mall member and ordered on the prize order screen is associated with the mall member ID read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 524. Then, it is transmitted to the backbone server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (stored in the order management table of the shop management server 7700, and then ordered to the corresponding shop).

  Next, the configuration of the viewer 7550 will be described with reference to FIG. 115. FIG. 115 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a viewer 7550 that functions as a premium selection device. The viewer 7550 includes a main CPU 7551, a ROM 7552, a RAM 7553, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7554, a display 7555, a keyboard 7556, an interface 7557, and a speaker 7558. A plurality of viewers 7550 can be installed in one hall store, and the number is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the frequency of use by the player.

  The main CPU 7551 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7552 or the RAM 7553. For example, the main CPU 7551 executes mall member registration processing and prize selection processing by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 7557 or from another external device via a network including the Internet. The viewer 7550 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7557.

  The display 7555 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by a player who has come to the hall store, but may be touch-operated by staff in the hall store. The touch panel display may be a large screen display so that the player can check the information in detail and the touch operation is easy. Further, the player may use the touch panel display to input information or select items during the member registration process or the prize selection process. Furthermore, the viewer 7550 may be configured to include a keyboard 7556 and a mouse (not shown) so that the player can operate them.

  The main CPU 7551 causes the display 7555 to display a screen for performing mall member registration and prize selection of the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (a prize search result display screen for registering a prize in a favorite or a prize exchange basket, or a favorite registration). A favorite reference screen for referring to the information of the given free gift, a free gift basket reference screen for referring to the information of the free gift registered in the free gift exchange car, etc.) are displayed. After registering as a mall member, the player instructs to register the prize in the favorite or prize exchange basket, and the information of the registered prize is associated with the mall member ID and passed through the connection management device 7090. Then, it is transmitted to the core server 7600 (stored in the favorite management table or the gift exchange car management table).

  Next, the configuration of the smartphone 7570 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 116 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a smartphone 7570 that functions as a premium selection device. The smartphone 7570 includes a main CPU 7571, a ROM 7572, a RAM 7573, a non-contact IC chip 7574, a GPS antenna 7575, a wireless communication antenna 7576, a display 7577, a microphone 7578, and a speaker 7579.

  The main CPU 7571 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7572 or the RAM 7573. For example, the main CPU 7571 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 7680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

  The non-contact IC chip 7574 is one in which internal data is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 described above. For example, IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 7574 or data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 can be read in a non-contact manner. In addition, data can be written in a non-contact manner to the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 as needed. Here, data such as IDm capable of identifying the non-contact IC chip 7574 is internally read, and is sent to the core server 7600 via the mobile I / F server 7680 during mall member registration processing or prize selection processing. Sent. Therefore, in this case, instead of the mall member card, the non-contact IC chip 7574 of the smartphone 7570 is read and the login check is performed.

  The main CPU 7571 receives a signal from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 7575 and checks the position of the smartphone 7570. The position information thus obtained is stored in the RAM 7573 or the like, and is used by the program as needed.

  The main CPU 7571 communicates with a mobile phone base station through a wireless network 7690 through a wireless communication antenna 7576, transmits and receives call data to perform a call with another device, and through the Internet. It controls to browse a WEB page provided from another terminal and to send and receive mail data to and from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 7571 realizes wireless LAN communication with a wireless LAN access point by using the wireless communication antenna 7576 and transmits / receives data via the Internet including the wireless network 7690 (the antenna used for wireless LAN communication is , But it is an antenna different from the antenna that communicates with the mobile phone base station, but here, for convenience, the antenna is collectively shown as one antenna, and the wireless network 7690 is also collectively shown).

  The main CPU 7571 is a screen for performing mall member registration and prize selection of the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (a favorite or a prize search result display screen for registering a prize in the prize exchange basket, a prize registered in the favorite). A favorite reference screen for referring to information, a prize exchange car reference screen for referencing information of prizes registered in the prize exchange car, and the like are displayed. For example, the data of the WEB page, which is a screen regarding mall member registration and prize selection, is received from the mobile I / F server 7680, and the data is interpreted and displayed on the display 7577. The display 7577 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player touches a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 7577 to give a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F. Reply to server 7680.

  The smartphone 7570 enables voice communication by a mobile phone by inputting and outputting voice with a microphone 7578 and a speaker 7579 and performing voice signal processing by the main CPU 7571. Further, the smartphone 7570 can also incorporate a camera (not shown) which is a small-sized image pickup device including a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like.

  The description of the configuration of the feature phone and other mobile devices is omitted, but the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 7570 described above. Note that if a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570) is not used for identifying a mall member or a mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. .

  The PC 7580 also has a similar configuration and communicates with the AP server 7685 via the network 7695. At the time of login, it is necessary to enter the mall member ID and password to identify the mall member. Alternatively, a non-contact IC card reader / writer may be connected to the PC 7580, and a mall member card may be held over it to log in.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 117, an outline of an operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, the player first becomes a hall member in a hall store, and then becomes a mall member of the reward exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment to select a reward and exchange a reward.

  First, the player operates the prize POS 7500 or the like in the hall store to perform hall member registration (step S801). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (contactless IC card) associated with this hall member ID is given to the player.

  After the hall member registration, the player plays the game with the gaming machine 7010 at the hall store (step S802), and if the medals or pachinko balls can be obtained, the sand device 7020 instructs the counting of the medals. , Is held on the system, that is, an instruction for a saving medal (saving coin) is performed (step S803). The number of held game media is associated with the hole member ID by holding the hole member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

  Such a game with the gaming machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times during a period that spans days. When the player wants to exchange the prize he or she desires based on the number of held game media, in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the prize exchange device 7001 using a prize selection device such as a viewer 7550. Is registered as a mall member, and the mall member ID is numbered there (step S804). The mall member registration can be performed by inputting only a part of the information. Here, for example, a mail address or a telephone number which is contact information is input (simple registration). Further, at this time, if the hall member card that the player already has can be used, the hall member card can be used as it is in the prize exchange system 7001 without issuing a new mall member card. The mall member ID numbered in the member registration is linked to this hall member card.

  Next, the player causes the prize selection device to display the prizes by searching or the like, and registers the product for which exchange is desired / considered as a favorite (step S805). Further, the product to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket from the favorites (step S806). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as a search result can be directly registered in the free gift basket. Also, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional, and can be sorted again before the final order for the prize.

  Such prize selection can be repeated using the smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 of the player, leaving the hall store. The gift selection on the smartphone 7570 can be performed by logging in to the gift exchange system 7001 using a login ID and a password. It is also possible to associate the smartphone 7570 with its own mall member ID in the prize selection device. The free gift selection on the PC 7580 can be performed by logging in to the free gift exchange system 7001 using a login ID and a password. It is also possible by connecting the non-contact IC card reader / writer to the PC 7580 and causing the non-contact IC card reader / writer to read the hole membership card.

  Next, when the player intends to exchange the prize, the hall exchange card 7530 is used for the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store (the hall member card is held over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to exchange the prize. Log in to the system 7001 (step S807). After that, additional registration of member information is performed. Specifically, the information on the address and the delivery destination, which are indispensable for delivering the exchanged free gift, is registered (step S808). As a delivery destination, depending on the prize, it may be designated to be received at the hall store.

  The staff of the hall store reads the number of held game media associated with the hall member card of the player by the prize POS 7500 (step S809), and logs this with the hall member card of the player 7530. (Step S810). It should be noted that the operation of step S809 may be performed any time after the player acquires the game medium by the game and before step S810.

  Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S811). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of input game media held, and if the number of input game media held is small, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange car. Or change to reduce the number of free gifts. After that, the exchange gifts are confirmed and an order is instructed (step S812).

  When the prize exchange is completed, the staff of the hall store operates the prize POS 7500 to reduce the number of balls (medals) consumed by the present prize exchange from the number of game media held by the player (step S813). . As a result, the number of game media held for the player managed by the hall system 7002 is reduced by the amount consumed by the prize exchange.

  Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but the player may perform a part of the operation depending on the situation. Therefore, the prize exchange terminal 7530 can be provided with a display (touch panel display) for the player.

  Further, it is conceivable to use the number of held game media in other hall stores for the above-mentioned prize exchange, but in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 117, the prize exchange system 7001 is used by the hall membership card. In that case, it can be used only at the hall store that issued the hole membership card. As shown in FIG. 120 and FIG. 121 described later, when using the gift exchange system 7001 with the mall member card, the prize exchange system 7001 It can be used at all of the hall stores that have been introduced (however, for mall member cards that are not associated with the hall system 7002 of that hall store, the gifts of the gift exchange system 7001 of the hall store are not Restricted to use only some functions such as addition and addition to the gift exchange basket. It can be). It is also conceivable to use the prize exchange system 7001 of another hall store with the hall member card, but in reality, whether or not the hall member card can be read and the number of game media held between the hall computers of each hall store. It is determined according to system circumstances such as whether data can be transmitted and received, operational circumstances, and hall management policy. Furthermore, when using the gift exchange system 7001 with a mall member card, the gift exchange system 7001 can be used for hall stores belonging to one or more group companies or in a set of specific hall stores. Is also possible.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 118, what function can be used depending on whether or not the member is a hall member of the hall system 7002, is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and the status of member registration. Will be summarized and described. As shown in FIG. 118, it is roughly divided into four patterns of whether or not a hall member of the hall system 7002 is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001. Furthermore, in the case of a mall member of the free gift exchange system 7001, the member registration is divided into simple registration and detailed registration.

  The first case is a simple member who is a hall member of the hall system 7002, is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and has only registered contact information such as an email address in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. Is. Member registration using a mall member card or the like also includes a case where the member registration is performed by linking to an existing hall member card without issuing the mall member card (the same applies to the second case).

  In this case, the viewer 7550 or the player's smartphone 7570 can display the prize by searching for the prize, and can register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or the PC 7580 can be used to call the WEB page to perform the above-mentioned prize display and prize registration. In the case of the smartphone 7570, the operation can be performed if the noncontact IC chip incorporated in the smartphone 7570 is read and the member registration is performed. Otherwise, the login is performed by using the login ID and the password. be able to. Further, in the case of PC7580, a card reader is required when using a mall member card. Similar to the smartphone 7570, the login ID and password can be used for login and operation. Since the member registration is a simple registration, it is not possible to process the prize exchange.

  The second case is a hall member of the hall system 7002 and a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001. Furthermore, in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001, not only contact information such as an email address but also home address information and This is the case of detailed registration in which delivery destination information is registered.

  In this case, as in the first case, the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC 7580, and the like can display the prize by the prize search and can register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or the PC 7580 can be used to call the WEB page to perform the above-mentioned prize display and prize registration.

  Further, in this case, since the member registration is the detailed registration, it is possible to perform the process related to the exchange of prizes. At the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store, the prize exchange basket can be confirmed and an order can be made. The number of balls (medals) managed by the hall system of the hall store and displayed on the prize POS 7500 is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 by the staff of the hall store.

  In the third case, the hall system 7002 is a member and the prize exchange system 7001 is a non-member. In this case, the free gift exchange system 7001 can search and display free gifts, but cannot register free gifts in the favorite or free gift exchange basket.

  In the fourth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member, is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and is simple registration in which only contact information such as an email address is registered in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. Is.

  In this case, the viewer 7550 or the player's smartphone 7570 can display the prize by searching for the prize, and can register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or the PC 7580 can be used to call the WEB page to perform the above-mentioned prize display and prize registration. In the case of the smartphone 7570, the operation can be performed if the noncontact IC chip incorporated in the smartphone 7570 is read and the member registration is performed. Otherwise, the login is performed by using the login ID and the password. be able to. Further, in the case of PC7580, a card reader is required when using a mall member card. Similar to the smartphone 7570, the login ID and password can be used for login and operation. Since the member registration is a simple registration, it is not possible to process the prize exchange.

  In the fifth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member, a mall member of the free gift exchange system 7001, and further, not only basic information such as name and email address but also address and delivery in the free gift exchange system 7001 membership registration. This is the case of detailed registration in which the destination is registered.

  In this case, as in the first case, the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC 7580, and the like can display the prize by the prize search and can register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or the PC 7580 can be used to call the WEB page to perform the above-mentioned prize display and prize registration.

  Further, in this case, since the member registration is the detailed registration, it is possible to perform the process related to the exchange of prizes. At the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store, the prize exchange basket can be confirmed and an order can be made. Since the number of balls (medals) is not a member, it is not managed by the hall system of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store, for example, causes the prize POS7500 to read the number of balls (medals) written on the receipt, and the prize POS7500. Seeing the display of the reading result displayed on the store side display 7509, the information is input to the free gift exchange terminal 7530.

  In the sixth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member and the prize exchange system 7001 is also a non-member. In this case, similar to the third case, the prize exchange system 7001 can search and display the prize, but cannot register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket.

  In this example, there are differences in the functions available in the prize exchange system 7001 depending on whether the member is a mall member, simple registered, or detailed registered. Other patterns can be used. It is also possible to manage other states and add the states to differentiate the available functions. Further, the contents of the simple registration and the contents of the detailed registration may be changed, or the contents may be managed by another member registration level.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 119, the relationship between the prize display and the registration will be described. In the present embodiment, two gift registration destinations (favorite and gift exchange basket) are set for each mall member ID. When selecting a prize, the player is interested in the search result displayed on the prize search result display screen, the recommendation displayed on the mall member top page, and the ranking displayed on the mall member top page. Select (add) a prize as a choice, favorite, or prize exchange basket. Such an additional operation can be repeated any number of times.

  The prizes registered in the favorites are displayed in a list on the favorites reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. Similarly, the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are displayed in a list on the prize exchange basket reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. Further, the prize registered in the favorites can be registered in the prize exchange basket on the favorite reference screen.

  The prize exchange basket is finally checked in relation to the stock and the required number of game media, and after confirmation, the player gives an order to make an official order. In this way, the player may select a prize and put it directly in the prize exchange basket, or, for example, once register it as a favorite like a memo or a bookmark, and from there, further consider and give a prize exchange basket. You may move to (it is, so to speak, a two-step selection of prizes).

  When the prize is registered from the favorite to the prize exchange basket, the prize registered to the favorite is not changed. However, when it is registered to the prize exchange basket, the prize may be deleted or some kind of mark may be added. Also, if a prize registered in the prize exchange basket is ordered, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange basket, but it is possible to leave it registered or add a mark according to predetermined conditions. You can also do it.

  Next, returning to the description of the operation flow again, with reference to FIG. 120, an outline of the operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, a player who is not a member of the hall system 7002 of the hall store becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, selects a prize, and then exchanges the prize. is there.

  When the player wants to exchange the prize, in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the viewer 7550 performs mall member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 and the mall member ID is assigned. (Step S821). In this example, detailed registration is performed for mall member registration, and registration is performed by including information on an address and a delivery destination, which are indispensable for delivering the exchanged prize. In addition, at this time, the player obtains a mall member card distributed at the front of the hall store or by some method and performs mall member registration using the card. In this example, the player is not a member registered in the hall system 7002 of the hall store and is a non-member.

  Next, the player causes the viewer 7550 to display the prizes by searching or the like, and registers the product desired or considered for exchange as a favorite (step S822). Further, the product to be exchanged is registered from the favorites in the prize exchange basket (step S823). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as a search result can be directly registered in the free gift basket. Also, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional, and can be sorted again before the final order for the prize.

  As described above, such prize selection can be repeatedly performed by the player's smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 after leaving the hall store.

  The player uses the mall member card (holds the mall member card over the contactless IC card reader / writer) to the prize exchange terminal 7530 at the hall store at the timing of exchanging the prize, and the prize exchange system. Log in to 7001 (step S824).

  After this, or before that, the player plays the game with the gaming machine 7010 (step S825), the number of balls (medals) acquired is counted by the counting device of the hall store, and the counting receipt is output ( Step S826). It should be noted that this counting operation may be performed any time after the player acquires the game medium by the game and before the next step S827.

  The staff of the hall store inputs the number of balls (medals) into the prize exchange terminal 7530 based on the content of the counting receipt (step S827).

  Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S828). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of input game media held, and if the number of input game media held is small, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange car. Or change to reduce the number of free gifts. After that, the exchange gift is confirmed, and the order is instructed (step S829).

  When the prize exchange is completed, the staff at the hall store uses the prize POS7500 to describe the count receipt and the number of balls (medals) consumed by the present prize exchange from the number of game media held by the player. The number of balls reduced is changed (step S830). If the number of retained game media remains, the player may redeem the prizes by the prize exchange system 7001 again with this counting receipt, or may exchange the prizes in the hall store by the prize POS 7500. .

  Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but the player may perform a part of the operation depending on the situation. Therefore, the prize exchange terminal 7530 can be provided with a display (touch panel display) for the player.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 121, an outline of an operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, a player first becomes a hall member in a hall store, and then becomes a mall member of the reward exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment and issues a separate mall member card to select a prize and exchange a prize. Is to do.

  First, the player operates the prize POS 7500 or the like in the hall store to perform hall member registration (step S841). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (contactless IC card) associated with this hall member ID is given to the player.

  After the hall member registration, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 7010 at the hall store (step S842), and if he or she can get a medal or a pachinko ball, the sand device 7020 instructs to count the medal or the like. , Is held on the system, that is, an instruction for saving medals (savings) is performed (step S843). The number of held game media is associated with the hole member ID by holding the hole member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

  Such a game with the gaming machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times during a period that spans days. When the player wants to exchange the prize he / she desires based on the number of held game media, he / she uses the viewer 7550 to register as a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of this embodiment. And the mall member ID is numbered there (step S844). In this example, detailed registration is performed for mall member registration, and registration is performed by including information on an address and a delivery destination, which are indispensable for delivering the exchanged prize. In addition, at this time, the player obtains a mall member card distributed at the front of the hall store or by some method and performs mall member registration using the card. As a result, the player has both the hall membership card and the mall membership card.

  Next, the player causes the viewer 7550 to display the prizes by searching or the like, and registers the product for which exchange is desired / considered as a favorite (step S845). Further, the item to be exchanged is registered from the favorites in the prize exchange basket (step S846). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as a search result can be directly registered in the free gift basket. Also, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional, and can be sorted again before the final order for the prize.

  Such prize selection can be repeated using the smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 of the player, leaving the hall store.

  Next, when the player wants to exchange the premium, the mall exchange card 7530 at the hall store is used with the mall membership card (the mall membership card is held over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to exchange the premium. Log in to the system 7001 (step S847).

  The staff of the hall store reads the holding number of the game medium associated with the hall member card of the player by the prize POS 7500 (step S848), and logs this with the mall member card of the player 7530. (Step S849). The operation in step S848 may be performed any time after the player acquires the game medium through the game and before step S849.

  Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S850). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for prize exchange is compared with the number of input game media held, and if the number of input game media held is small, some prizes are exchanged from the prize exchange basket. Delete or change to reduce the quantity of free gifts. After that, the gift is confirmed and an order is instructed (step S851).

  When the prize exchange is completed, the staff of the hall store operates the prize POS 7500 to reduce the number of balls (medals) consumed by the present prize exchange from the number of game media held by the player (step S852). . As a result, the number of game media held for the player managed by the hall system 7002 is reduced by the amount consumed by the prize exchange of the prize exchange system 7001.

  Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but the player may perform a part of the operation depending on the situation. Therefore, the prize exchange terminal 7530 can be provided with a display (touch panel display) for the player.

  In the example shown in FIG. 117, detailed registration for registering not only basic information such as name and mail address but also address and delivery address is performed at the time of gift exchange in the member registration of the gift exchange system 7001. In the example shown in (1), it is performed before the selection of the prize, but such a timing of detailed registration is merely an example. The detailed registration can be set at any timing. Further, it is possible to set such that detailed registration can be performed only at a predetermined one or a plurality of timings.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 122, an outline of a processing flow after a free gift order in the free gift exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. After the free gift is ordered (for example, step S851 in FIG. 121), the backbone server or the like of the free gift exchange system 7001 automatically performs order processing.

  First, when the prize exchange device receives an instruction to order a prize by operating the touch panel display or the like (step S861), the instruction is transmitted to the core server 7600, and the core server 7600 receives the prize ordering instruction. (Step S862). Next, the instruction is transmitted to the shop management server 7700, and the shop management server 7700 receives the instruction to order the prize (step S863).

  Next, the shop management server 7700 acquires the product ID of the gift from the instruction to order the gift, identifies the shop corresponding to the product ID (delivers the product of the product ID), and further connects to the shop. The corresponding I / F server is determined according to the form (step S864). For example, as shown in FIG. 111, when the shop has a connection form such as the shop terminal 7804, the shop is a shop belonging to a crossing type EC mall and realizes an interface with the crossing type EC mall cooperation system 7802. The transverse EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800 is determined as the I / F server.

  Next, the shop management server 7700 instructs the determined I / F server to place an order for the shop (step S865). The I / F server that has received the instruction instructs the corresponding cooperation / management system (for example, the transverse EC mall cooperation system 7802) to place an order to the shop (step S866). When the I / F server is the individual shop I / F server 7860 as shown in FIG. 111, the ordering instruction is directly transmitted to the shop terminal 764 of the corresponding shop. The shop charges the billing party for the price of the ordered product at its own timing. At this time, the billing party (the payment destination for the price of the ordered product) is, for example, the operating company of the premium exchange system 7001 or an organization related to this, and basically, for any shop. It becomes a fixed billing destination. Therefore, the player's payment information is not transmitted or used outside.

  When the cooperation / management system that has received the order instruction (the shop terminal 7864 if the I / F server is the individual shop I / F server 7860) receives the order instruction, the order receipt notification is sent to the I / F server. To send. When the I / F server receives the order receipt notification (step S867), the I / F server transmits the notification of to the shop management server 7700. In response to this, the shop management server 7700 creates an exchange history and manages the exchange history. The table 7755 is updated (step S868), then the order history is created and the order history management table 7756 is updated (step S869).

  Next, the shop management server 7700 sends a mail to the player (mall member) who has ordered the prize to the effect that the order processing has been completed (step S870). After that, the shop management server 7700 updates the product management table 7752 so that the stock of the ordered products is reduced by the ordered amount (step S871).

  The order history is updated when the shop that received the order accepts the order, and normal delivery processing can be performed without any problems with inventory, etc., and the order history is updated from the linkage / management system (I / F server In the case of the shop I / F server 7860, it is transmitted from the shop terminal 7864) to the I / F server. When the I / F server receives the order history (step S872), the I / F server transmits the order history to the shop management server 7700, and the shop management server 7700 changes the order history created in step S869. 7756 is updated (step S873). At this time, the order status of the order history management table 7756 is changed from the “ordered” status to the “delivered” status.

  Next, the function of each device related to the premium exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. 123 to 128. FIG. 123A is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 has a conventional configuration and includes a hall member management unit 7411, a game medium holding number management unit 7412, and a network I / F unit 7413. The hall computer 7400 has a function of managing the information of the hall members, the information of accumulated balls of the hall members, and the like. In addition, the hall computer 7400 stores the hall DB 7430 in the external storage device 7404, and the hall DB 7430 stores a member information table 7431 that stores information about the hall members of the hall store. A game medium holding number management table 7432 that manages the number of held game media thus stored is stored.

  The hall member management unit 7411 executes the hall member member registration processing performed by operating the prize POS 7500 or the like, and stores information about the hall members in the member information table 7431. The game media holding number management unit 7412 determines the number of balls (medals) held by the hall member in accordance with the input of the number of stored coins and stored medals, payout, and the number of consumed balls (medals) performed by the sand device 7020, the prize POS7500, and the like. The number of balls (medals) that have been updated and managed is stored in the game medium holding number management table 7432 for each hole member and for each game medium type (exchange rate). The network I / F unit 414 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls to perform data transmission / reception with the other computer (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices).

  FIG. 123B is a functional block diagram of the gift exchange terminal 7530. The free gift exchange terminal 7530 includes an access management unit 7541, a free gift exchange control unit 7542, a display control unit 7544, and a network I / F unit 7545. The access management unit 7541 determines whether the player who has logged in to the prize exchange terminal 7530 is a legitimate mall member. If the player is a legitimate mall member, he / she accesses the backbone server 7600, and the corresponding mall member. Get the information of the free gift registered in the free gift exchange basket. The free gift exchange control unit 7542 controls to transition to the free gift order screen when there is a confirmation instruction on the free gift basket confirmation screen, and when the order is given on the free gift order screen, to order the free gift. Then, the product ID and the like of the gift for which the order is made are transmitted to the core server 7600. The display control unit 7544 displays a gift exchange basket confirmation screen and a gift order screen on the display 7535. The functions of the access management unit 7541, the prize exchange control unit 7542, and the display control unit 7544 can be realized by the WEB browser receiving and displaying the WEB page from the backbone server 7600.

  FIG. 124 is a functional block diagram of the viewer 7550. The viewer 7550 includes an access management unit 7561, a mall member registration management unit 7562, a prize selection control unit 7563, a display control unit 7564, and a network I / F unit 7565. The access management unit 7561 determines whether the player who has logged in to the viewer 7550 is a legitimate mall member, and if it is a legitimate mall member, accesses the backbone server 7600 and determines the top of the corresponding mall members. Acquire information such as page, free gift search results, favorites, free gift basket, and so on. The mall member registration management unit 7562 transmits / receives data to / from the mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 according to the operation of the player to execute the mall member registration process. The prize selection control unit 7563 controls to register the prize selected on the prize search result display screen in the prize exchange basket or favorite according to the player's instruction. In addition, according to the player's instruction, the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is controlled to be registered in the prize exchange basket. The display control unit 7564 displays a prize search result display screen, a favorite reference screen, a gift exchange basket reference screen, and the like on the display 7555.

  In addition, the WEB browser operating on the viewer 7550 receives the WEB page from the backbone server 7600 and displays the functions of the access management unit 7561, the mall member registration management unit 7562, the prize selection control unit 7563, and the display control unit 7564. It can also be realized in. The PC 7580 and the smartphone 7570 that function as a prize selection device also have the same functional units as the viewer 7550. Further, similarly to the viewer 7550, each function of the function unit can be realized by a WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 or the smartphone 7570.

  FIG. 125 is a functional block diagram of the core server 7600. The core server 7600 includes a mall member management unit 7601, a gift selection control unit 7604, a gift exchange control unit 7605, a gift order control unit 7606, a delivery progress information display control unit 7607, a network I / F unit 608, and a device outside the hall store management. A portion 7609 is included. Further, the core server 7600 stores the core DB 7650 in the external storage device, and the core DB 7650 stores the mall member information table 7651 which stores the information of the mall members of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, which is registered as a favorite. A favorite management table 7652 for managing information on free gifts, a free gift basket management table 7653 for managing information on free gifts registered in the free gift basket, an exchange rate management table 7654 for storing exchange rates for free gifts for each hall store, Also, a hall store management table 7655 for managing information on each hall store is included.

  The mall member management unit 7601 executes a mall member member registration process performed by operating the viewer 7550, the PC 7580, the smartphone 7570, and the like, and stores information about the mall member in the mall member information table 7651. The free gift selection control unit 7604 cooperates with the free gift selection control unit 7563 such as the viewer 7550 to execute the free gift selection process. In accordance with a player's instruction on the viewer 7550 or the like, the favorite management table is updated so that the prize selected on the prize search result display screen is registered in the prize exchange basket or favorite. In addition, the prize exchange car management table is updated so that the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is registered in the prize exchange car according to the player's instruction on the viewer 7550 or the like.

  The free gift exchange control unit 7605 cooperates with the free gift exchange control unit 7542 of the free gift exchange terminal 7530 to execute the free gift exchange process. In the gift exchange terminal 7530, when a confirmation instruction is given on the gift exchange basket confirmation screen, control is performed so as to transition to the gift order screen, and when the order is instructed on the gift order screen, the order for the gift is given. The product ID and the like of the gift for which the order is placed are received from the gift exchange terminal 7530. Upon receiving the product ID to be ordered from the gift exchange terminal 7530, the gift order control unit 7606 transmits the product ID to the shop management server 7700. The delivery progress information display control unit 7607 collects the delivery progress information of the prize and displays it on the viewer 7550 or the like in response to a request from the player who exchanged the prize.

  The out-of-hall device management unit 7609 manages the connection with the PC 7580 or the smartphone 7570 that functions as a prize selection device. For example, when the PC 7580 connects to the AP server 7685 via the network 7695, data transmission / reception with the AP server 7685 is realized, and necessary data is transmitted to the backbone server 7600 in response to a request from the AP server 7685 or the like. Generate and send. When the smartphone 7570 connects to the mobile I / F server 7680 via the wireless network 7690, the mobile I / F server 7680 transmits / receives data and requests from the mobile I / F server 7680 or the like. In response to the request, the backbone server 7600 generates and transmits necessary data.

  Further, the core server 7600 may be provided with an action history management unit to store the operation history relating to member registration of mall members, selection of prizes, and the like. By analyzing these data later, the behavior of the mall member can be grasped, and the problem and usage tendency of the prize exchange system 7001 can be clarified.

  FIG. 126 is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 7700. The shop management server 7700 includes a shop information management unit 7701, a product determination unit 7702, a gift order management unit 7703, an exchange history management unit 7704, an order history management unit 7705, and a network I / F unit 7706. Further, the shop management server 7700 stores a prize DB 7750 in an external storage device, and the prize DB 7750 stores a shop management table 7751 for storing information on shops and a product management table 7752 for storing product information collected from online shopping sites. An order management table 7754 for managing the contents ordered from the online shopping site, an exchange history management table 7755 for managing the exchange history, and an order history management table 7756 for managing the order history are included.

  The shop information management unit 7701 displays the shop registration screen on the management terminal 7870 or the like, and registers the input shop information in the shop management table 7751. In addition to the method of registering shop information by the administrator on the shop registration screen as described above, there is also a method of automatically obtaining shop information from the cooperation / management system or another system. The shop information management unit 7701 further searches the contents of the shop management table 7751 in response to a search request from the manager, and displays the shop information search screen on the management terminal 7870 or the like.

  The commodity determination unit 7702 examines the commodity put up by the shop under a predetermined condition (that is, determines whether or not the commodity is an exchangeable gift). Such examinations include various examination forms including a form in which the result of examination by a person is input and a form in which the system automatically determines from the information about the product. The information of the exhibited commodity is temporarily stored in the commodity management table 7757, and when it is determined as a gift that can be exchanged as a result of the examination (the necessary information is copied from the commodity management table 7757), the commodity management table 7952. Will be stored in and displayed as a free gift such as free gift search results and recommendations. By the determination, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed together with the prize is also determined. For example, when a plurality of shops are offering the same product as a prize, which shop is based on the price of the product (that is, the number of exchangeable balls (medals)), the evaluation of the shop, the number of stocks, the purchase amount, etc. Manage what to choose from. It should be noted that it is possible to add all or part of the shipping cost from the shop to the delivery destination to the price of the product. On the other hand, as a result of the examination, when it is determined that the product is not a gift that can be exchanged, the product information is not copied from the exhibition management table 7757 and is not stored in the product management table 7752. For example, when a product such as a medicine or a gift certificate that is not suitable as a prize is registered in the exhibition management table 7757, the examination result is NG, and the product is not registered in the product management table 7752.

  The prize order management unit 7703 receives a gift ordering instruction from the gift exchange terminal 7530 via the backbone server 7600, and receives the instruction through an I / F server (for example, the cross-type EC mall cooperation system I). / F server 7800) to order a free gift. As described above, the I / F server is compatible with the shop connection form.

  When receiving the order receipt notification received from the I / F server, the exchange history management unit 7704 creates an exchange history regarding the order and stores the exchange history in the exchange history management table 7755. Further, when the administrator gives an instruction to search the replacement history on the management terminal 7870 or the like, the replacement history management table 7755 is searched and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

  When receiving the order receipt notification from the I / F server, the order history management unit 7705 creates an order history regarding the order and stores the order history in the order history management table 7756. When the order history is received from the I / F server, the order history regarding the order is updated and stored in the order history management table 7756. Further, when the administrator instructs the order history search on the management terminal 7870 or the like, the order history management table 7756 is searched and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

  FIG. 127 (A) is a block diagram of the cross-type EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800. The cross-type EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800 includes a server communication control unit 7800a, a cooperation system I / F unit 7800b, a gift order control unit 7800c, an exhibition management control unit 7800d, and a network I / F unit 7800e. The server communication control unit 7800a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7800e. The cooperation system I / F unit 7800b controls data transmission / reception with the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802, performs data feed reception, cooperation by API, file cooperation, web scraping, etc., and crosses with the shop management server 7700. The communication with the type EC mall cooperation system 7802 is controlled. The free gift order control unit 7800c transmits a free gift order instruction to the specified shop to the cross-type EC mall cooperative system 7802 via the cooperative system I / F unit 7800b. The exhibition management control unit 7800d accepts a product exhibition from the shop terminal 7804 from the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 via the cooperation system I / F unit 7800b.

  FIG. 127B is a block diagram of the EC mall management system I / F server 7820. The EC mall management system I / F server 7820 includes a server communication control unit 7820a, a management system I / F unit 7820b, a prize order control unit 7820c, an exhibition management control unit 7820d, and a network I / F unit 7820e. The server communication control unit 7820a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7820e. The management system I / F unit 7820b controls data transmission / reception with the EC mall management system 7822, performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, and the like to manage the shop management server 7700 and the EC mall. Controls interactions with the system 7822. The free gift order control unit 7820c notifies the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b of a free gift order instruction for the designated shop. The exhibition management control unit 7820d accepts the sale of a product from the shop terminal 7824 from the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b.

  FIG. 128A is a block diagram of the shop system I / F server 7840. The shop system I / F server 7840 includes a server communication control unit 7840a, a shop system I / F unit 7840b, a prize order control unit 7840c, an exhibition management control unit 7840d, and a network I / F unit 7840e. The server communication control unit 7840a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7840e. The shop system I / F unit 7840b controls data transmission / reception with the shop system 7842, performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, and the like, and connects the shop management server 7700 and the shop system 7842. Control the interaction between. The free gift order control unit 7840c transmits a free gift order instruction to the specified shop to the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F unit 7840b. The auction management controller 7840d receives an auction of a product from the shop terminal 7844 from the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F section 7840b.

  FIG. 128B is a block diagram of the individual shop I / F server 7860. The individual shop I / F server 7860 includes a server communication control unit 7860a, a WEB server unit 7860b, a prize order control unit 7860c, an exhibition management control unit 7860d, and a network I / F unit 7860e. The server communication control unit 7860a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7860e. The WEB server unit 7860b controls data transmission / reception with the shop terminal 7864 by using a protocol such as an HTML-based WEB page or HTTP, and controls exchanges between the shop management server 7700 and the shop terminal 7864. The free gift order control unit 7860c notifies the shop terminal 7864 of a free gift order instruction for the designated shop by using the WEB server unit 7860b and the mail function. The exhibition management control unit 7860d receives an item for sale from the shop terminal 7844 via the WEB server unit 7860b.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 129 to 132, the configuration of various tables used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  FIG. 129A illustrates the configuration of the mall member information table 7651. The mall member information table 7651 stores, for example, a mall member ID, password, name, telephone number, and the like. These items are created and stored by member registration. The mall member ID is used as a login ID when logging in. Further, a mail address, a telephone number, or the like can be used as the mall member ID.

  The unique ID of the mall member card is stored as the unique ID of the card type “mall member”. With regard to one mall member, multiple card types and corresponding unique IDs can be registered respectively, so that member cards of other systems can be linked or both mall member cards and smartphones can be linked. You can

  FIG. 129 (B) exemplifies the configuration of the favorite management table 7652. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping basket) called "favorite", and 10 product IDs can be registered therein.

  FIG. 129C exemplifies the configuration of the premium exchange car management table 7653. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping basket) called "gift exchange basket", and 10 product IDs can be registered therein. A quantity and a delivery destination are associated with each product.

  FIG. 130A exemplifies the configuration of the exchange rate management table 7654. In this example, an exchange rate is set for each of the pachinko parlor of 4 yen and 1 yen, and a slot of 20 yen and 5 yen, and the exchange rate is set for each hall store. These pieces of information can also be managed by the hall store management table 7655.

  FIG. 130B illustrates the structure of the hall store management table 7655. In this example, information such as which hall company each hall store belongs to, an address, etc. are stored. Further, it also stores the data for managing the payment of the security deposit, and the transaction record that is referred to when the security deposit is requested.

  FIG. 131A illustrates the structure of the shop management table 7751. In this example, shop names and addresses are stored for each shop. Also, the evaluation points of the shop, the shipping fee table used, and the cooperation / management system used (for example, EC mall management system 7822) are stored. The new shop will be registered based on the examination and judgment of the manager.

  FIG. 131B illustrates the structure of the product management table 7752. In this example, products that can be selected as prizes to be exchanged by the player (that is, products determined by the product determination process) are stored. For each product, a shop ID, a product name, a category, a display price, a variation, an inventory, a posting date and time (a date and time when it can be handled by the premium exchange system 7001) and the like are stored. The displayed price is converted to the corresponding number of exchangeable balls (medals) by referring to the exchange rate management table 7654, and then displayed to the player. Further, the variation indicates the existence of different sizes or different colors, and a parent-child relationship may be set between products.

  FIG. 131C shows the configuration of the order management table 7754. In this example, the order number, the mall member ID, the product ID, the quantity, the shop ID, the delivery destination, etc. are stored, and when one order includes a plurality of products, a plurality of product IDs are associated with one order NO. Rare

  FIG. 132A shows the configuration of the exchange history management table 7755. In this example, the order number, the name corresponding to the mall member ID, the unique ID of the mall member card corresponding to the mall member ID, the hall store, etc. are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order with the shop.

  FIG. 132B shows the configuration of the order history management table 7756. In this example, the order number, product ID, quantity, shop ID, order date and time, and order status are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order in the shop, and the order status is updated when the order history is received.

  So far, the configurations of the tables used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention have been described, but these tables are merely examples. The characteristic functions of the present invention can be realized by various other data configurations and table configurations.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 133 to 139, a member registration process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  FIG. 133 is a login screen 7900 displayed on the PC 7580, the viewer 7550, or the like that functions as a premium selection device. The login screen 7900 shows three options. The first option is to log in using a mall membership card or smartphone (registered). In this case, touch the "read card" button 7901 (select by clicking with the mouse or pressing the enter key with the keyboard, etc.). There are various selection methods such as.), Display the card reading screen, and hold the mall membership card or registered smartphone over the mark of the card reader. Here, instead of the mall member card, it is possible to log in using a hall member card (a card of a hall system 7002 different from the prize exchange system 7001) associated with the mall member ID.

  The second option is to log in with a login ID and password. In this case, the player can log in by inputting the login ID and password in the login ID / password input area 7902 and selecting the “login” button 7903.

  The third option is when the mall member is not registered. In this case, the member registration is performed by selecting the "member registration" button 7904, displaying the member registration screen, and entering and registering the member information.

  Next, a procedure for registering member information from the PC 7580 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, the WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays a WEB page, and transmits / receives data to perform member registration.

  First, in the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133, when the third option, that is, the “member registration” button 7904 is selected, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S881), and the AP server 7685 responds to this. Then, the member registration page is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S882). Upon receiving the member registration page, the PC 7580 displays the member registration screen by the WEB browser (step S883).

  The member registration screen is, for example, a member registration screen 7910 as shown in FIG. 135. When the member registration screen 7910 exceeds the display range of the display of the PC 7580, a part is displayed and the remaining part is displayed by operating a scroll bar or the like, but here, for convenience, all display ranges are shown. . The member registration screen 7910 has a top bar 7911 including a mall member ID display area, a free gift search instruction area, a "free gift exchange basket display" button, a "favorite display" button, an "account service display" button, a delivery destination selection tab, and the like. Including. The member information to be input is password information (password information input area 7912), member attribute information (member attribute information input area 7913), contact information (contact information input area 7914), home address information (home address information input area 7915). ), Delivery destination information (delivery destination information input area 7916) and member card information (member card information input area 7917). Select the “Edit” button located at the upper right of each input area Input and change. It may be configured to input other member information.

  Here, when the player inputs the member information to the PC 7580, the PC 7580 acquires the input information (step S884) and determines whether or not the “register” button 7919 is selected by the player (step S885). When the “Register” button 7919 is selected, the input member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S886, step S887).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S888), and generates a mall member ID (step S889). Here, contact information is an essential input, and at least one of a mail address and a telephone number must be input, and member registration by inputting such minimum information is simple registration.

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 authenticates the user by using the telephone number or mail address included in the member information (step S890) and stores the registration information in the mall member information table 7651. . For example, if a phone number is entered, an SMS (short message service) is sent to the phone number, and if the player accesses the guided WEB page and makes an appropriate response, the correct phone number will be used. Judge that there is. On the other hand, if the e-mail address is entered, the e-mail is sent to the e-mail address, and if the player accesses the guided WEB page and makes an appropriate response, it is determined that the e-mail address is correct. After that, the PC 7580 is instructed to display the mall member card issuance selection page (step S891).

  Upon receiving the instruction to display the mall member card issuance selection page from the backbone server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a mall member card issuance selection page (or specifies a predetermined address that identifies the data on the page in response to the instruction). ), And transmits to the PC 7580 (step S892).

  The PC 7580 displays a mall member card issuance selection page (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S893). The mall member card issuance selection page allows the player to select whether or not to issue a mall member card. Here, if "Issue a mall member card" is selected, the mall member card is delivered to a home or the like at a later date, and the prize exchange system 7001 can be logged in with the card. If "Do not issue mall member card" is selected, the mall member card will not be delivered, but after that, the prize exchange system 7001 can be logged in by entering the login ID and password.

  If it is determined whether or not to issue a mall member card (step S894), and the player selects "do not issue mall member card", "completion of member registration (no card issued)" is displayed (step S895), and the process ends. On the other hand, when the player selects “Issue a mall member card”, the AP server 7685 sends the instruction to the core server 7600 (step S896), and the core server 7600 generates the instruction in response. The user information (including the mall member ID) and the unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card are linked (step S897), and the registration information is stored / updated in the mall member information table 7651 (step S898). ).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 instructs delivery of the mall member card (step S899), and instructs the PC 7580 to display a member registration completion (step S900). Upon receiving the member registration completion display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a member registration completion page (or specifies a predetermined address that identifies the data on the page) and sends it to the PC 7580. Yes (step S901). The PC 7580 displays a member registration completion page (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S902).

  In this example, the contact information is a mandatory input, and if at least one of the mail address and the telephone number is input and it is authenticated, the player who has made such a simple registration, in the prize exchange system 7001, It is possible to display a free gift and register it in a favorite or free gift basket. However, which information is required to be input in the simple registration is not limited to this example, and can be appropriately determined.

  Next, a procedure for registering member information from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 136. In this example, the viewer 7550 transmits / receives data to / from the backbone server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (not shown here) to execute mall member registration. Here, it is assumed that the mall member card is distributed to the player at the hall store, and the player has the mall member card at the time of mall member registration.

  First, when the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550 and the first option, that is, the “read card” button 7901 is selected and the card read screen is displayed, the mall membership card is displayed. Is presented for reading (step S911). When the mall member card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S912).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550, and authenticates whether the unique ID is registered as a mall member (that is, the mall member ID It is determined whether or not they are tied (steps S913 and S914). If it is not new, the member has already been registered, so the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S915). The member top page is displayed on the display 7555 (step S916).

  If it is determined in step S914 that the registration is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display a registration recommended screen (not shown) (step S917), and the viewer 7550 that has received this instruction registers the registration. A recommended screen is displayed on the display 7555 (step S918). In addition to the above, in the determination in step S914, an error such as not being an authorized mall member card may be detected, but the processing and the like in that case will be omitted.

  The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the “registration” button has been selected on the registration recommendation screen (step S919), and when the “registration” button has not been selected, the processing ends. When the “Register” button is selected, the fact is transmitted to the core server 7600, and the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the member registration screen 7910 (see FIG. 135). (Step S920), the viewer 7550 having received this instruction displays the member registration screen 7910 on the display 7555 (step S921).

  Here, when the player inputs the member information to the viewer 7550, the viewer 7550 acquires the input information (step S922) and determines whether or not the "register" button 7919 is selected by the player (step S923). ). When the "register" button 7919 is selected, the input member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S924).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S925) and generates a mall member ID (step S926).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 performs user authentication using the telephone number or mail address included in the member information (step S927), and stores the registration information in the mall member information table 7651. . Next, the backbone server 7600 associates the generated user information (including the mall member ID) with the unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card (step S928), and stores these in the mall member information table 7651. The registration information is stored / updated (step S929).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the completion of member registration (step S930). The viewer 7550 displays a member registration completion page (not shown) in response to the instruction (step S931).

  Next, with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 137, a procedure for associating mall members with hall members from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described. In this example, the hall member card at hand is to be integrated with the mall member card while the mall member is registered. For example, during the procedure for hall member registration, if a player wishes to register as a mall member, the staff at the hall store performs mall member registration using the user information obtained from the player, and then the hall member card. It is conceivable to associate a mall membership card with.

  First, when the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550 and the first option, that is, the “read card” button 7901 is selected and the card read screen is displayed, the mall membership card is displayed. Is presented for reading (step S941). When the mall member card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S942).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550, and authenticates whether the unique ID is registered as a mall member (that is, the mall member ID It is determined whether they are linked (steps S943 and S944)). If it is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display a recommended registration screen (not shown) (step S945), and the viewer 7550 having received this instruction displays the recommended registration screen on the display 7555 (step S945). S946). Since this is an explanation of the process in which the mall member registration is completed, the process after the recommendation screen for registration is displayed will be omitted. In addition, in the determination in step S944, in addition to this, an error such as an invalid mall member card may be detected, but the processing in that case is also omitted.

  If it is determined in step S944 that the member is not new, the member has already been registered, and the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S947). Upon receiving this instruction, the viewer 7550 displays the mall member top page on the display 7555, selects the account service, displays the member registration screen 7910, and then selects the “Edit” button in the member card information input area 7917. The member card information edit screen is displayed (step S948). The screen transition after the mall member top page may be operated by the staff of the hall store or may be automatically controlled.

  FIG. 138 (A) shows a member card information edit screen 7920. The member card information edit screen 7920 is provided with a member card information display area 7924 below the top bar 7921 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and the registered card information list currently registered there. Is displayed. The card type and card number (ID) of each registered card are displayed in the card information list.

  In the viewer 7550, it is determined whether or not the "add card" button 7923 of the member card information edit screen 7920 is selected (step S949), and when the "add card" button 7923 is selected, that effect is determined by the main server 7600. The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the card presentation guide (step S950), and the viewer 7550 receiving this instruction displays the card presentation guide on the display 7555. Yes (step S951). The card presenting guide is the card presenting guide 7926 displayed in the member card information edit screen 7920 of FIG. 138 (B) so as to overlap with the member card information display area 7924. The card to be newly added is displayed in the viewer 7550. Is displayed so that the user can hold it over a predetermined position, and when the reading is completed, that effect is displayed.

  The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the hall member card of the hall system 7002 is presented according to the display of the card presentation guide 7926 (step S952), and when the hall member card is presented, reads the card. A unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the hole membership card is acquired and transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S953).

  Upon receiving the unique ID of the hole member card from the viewer 7550, the mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 links the read hole member card and the mall member card (step S954), and stores the string in the mall member information table 7651. The attachment information is stored / updated (step S955). At this time, if the prize is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket in each of the hall member card and the mall member card, it is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket according to a predetermined rule or the player's designation. All or part of the giveaway can be integrated into either card.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to perform a linking completion display (step S956). The viewer 7550 displays a linking completion page (not shown) according to the instruction (step S957).

  FIG. 139 shows a membership card information edit screen 7920 in a state where the linking process is completed. In the member card information display area 7924, the hall member card which is additionally read and linked this time is newly displayed (see reference numeral 7927).

  On the membership card information edit screen 7920, by checking the radio button in the membership card information display area 7924 to designate a card and selecting the "delete" button 7925, the binding of the designated card can be released. In this case, if the card is associated with a favorite or free gift exchange basket, the information on the free gifts registered in the favorite or free gift exchange basket at the time of deletion will be used for other cards that have been linked up to that time. It can be replaced with a free gift basket (replaced with or added to the original free gift). Further, when the card is deleted, the information on the favorite associated with the card or the prize registered in the prize exchange car may be deleted.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 140 to FIG. 146, prize selection processing in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  First, with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 140, the procedure for adding from the PC 7580 to the favorites will be described. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, and the WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays the WEB page. The player first searches for a prize, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize as a favorite.

  First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S961), and the AP server 7685 transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 in response to this (step S962). Upon receiving the mall member top page, the PC 7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S963).

  The mall member top page is, for example, a mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. 141. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below that, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and A gift exchange basket display area 7935 is arranged. Here, in each display area, the number of exchangeable balls converted into the 1-yen rate is displayed together with the image of the prize. For example, the display price in the product management table 7752 is exchanged for the hall store. The rate is converted (see the exchange rate management table 7654).

  In the left part of the top bar 7931, a free gift search instruction area is displayed, and the player designates free gift search conditions here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are designated as necessary. The free gift can be registered in the favorites by selecting the free gift from the results searched by such a search condition. However, the free gift is displayed in the recommended display area 7932 and the ranking display area 7933 of the mall member top page 7930. The prize present can be selected to display the prize detail screen 7950 (see FIG. 143), and the prize can be registered in the favorite.

  The PC 7580 determines whether or not the search condition for the prize has been set and the search instruction has been made on the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 (step S964). If the search instruction has been given, the search condition is set to AP. The data is transmitted to the core server via the server 7685 (steps S965 and S966).

  Upon receiving the search condition from the PC 7580, the free gift selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 searches the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S967) and displays the free gift search result display screen on the PC 7580. To do so (step S968). When the AP server 7685 receives the instruction to display the free gift search result display screen from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates the free gift search result display screen (or specifies a predetermined address that identifies the data on the page), and The data is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S969). The PC 7580 displays the prize search result display screen in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S970).

  Here, in FIG. 142, a free gift search result display screen 7940 is displayed. The free gift search result display screen 7940 includes a top bar 7941, and below that, a search result narrowing-down display area 7942 and search result display areas (7943 to 7946) are arranged. In the example of FIG. 142, for example, four prizes satisfying the specified search condition are displayed, and the prize name, the image of the prize, and the number of exchangeable balls (medals) are displayed for each prize. By the number of exchangeable balls (medals), it is possible to grasp the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize. Here, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) is, for example, the display price in the product management table 7752 converted into the exchange rate of the hall store (see the exchange rate management table 7654).

  In addition, for each prize, the "Register prize exchange basket" button to add the prize to the prize exchange basket and the "Favorite registration" button to add the prize to the favorites are displayed. If the "Register basket" button is selected, the prize is registered in the prize exchange basket of the player, and if the "Register favorite" button is selected, the prize is registered in the favorite of the player.

  In the search result narrowing-down display area 7942, conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in a list are displayed. In this example, the category, the exchange rate, the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the manufacturer, the exchangeable hall store, the presence / absence of the inventory, the presence / absence of the gift exchange basket (those already registered / not registered in the prize exchange basket), Conditions such as presence / absence of favorite (thing already registered / not registered in favorite) are set. The categories are displayed in a state in which all the categories of free gifts currently listed as search results represent the hierarchical structure of the categories. By selecting this category, the player can narrow down the prizes only to the prizes belonging to the category (and lower categories of the category), and the narrowed down prizes are displayed as a list as a search result.

  In addition, each search result display area has a check box for setting the delivery requester. When the player selects this, the set delivery requester is set, and the delivery destination is set to the delivery requester. The prizes are delivered as if they were delivered by the Lord. In the free gift exchange system 7001, the delivery requester is usually the operating company of the free gift exchange system 7001 and its related organization, so that the player can arbitrarily set the delivery requester.

  For products with different sizes or different colors, such as the prize displayed in the search result display area 7944, by selecting the "variation" button, the product can be selected from several sizes and colors. A variation selection screen (not shown) for selecting what to do is displayed.

  Furthermore, an out-of-stock item such as a prize displayed in the search result display area 7945 can be registered as a favorite, but cannot be registered in the prize exchange basket (that is, it can be registered). The "Premium exchange basket registration" button cannot be selected). This is because while the favorite is prepared for registering the gift like a memo or a bookmark, the gift exchange basket is prepared as an order basket that can be ordered immediately. It is based on the difference in the significance of use.

  When the delivery destination selection tab of the top bar 7941 is changed, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed in the search result display area (7943 to 7946) may change due to the shipping cost. However, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) changes when there is a difference in the shipping fee depending on the delivery destination and such a shipping fee is reflected in the number of exchangeable balls (medals).

  Returning to FIG. 140, when it is determined that the prize has been added on the prize search result display screen 7940 (step S971), that is, the “favorite registration” button is selected for the prize displayed in the search result display area. When it is determined that the product ID corresponding to the selected prize is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S972).

  The prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 determines whether or not the user has logged in here (step S973), and if not logged in, displays a login screen 7900 on the PC 7580 to allow the player to log in. (Step S974 to step S980). This is because it is necessary to be a member of the prize exchange system 7001 when registering a prize as a favorite. On the other hand, even non-members can do so far as they search for a prize before that. If the login results in an error, an error display screen is displayed on the PC 7580 and the process ends (steps S981 to S983).

  If it is determined in step S973 that the user has already logged in, or if the login as a mall member is recognized in step S980, the premium selection control unit 7604 of the backbone server 7600 acquires the member information from the mall member information table (step (S984), the data of the favorite management table 7652 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered in the favorites (step S985). After that, the core server 7600 instructs the PC 7580 to display the completion of addition of the free gift (step S986).

  When the AP server 7685 receives the display instruction of the addition completion of the prize from the backbone server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a prize addition completion display screen (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. The data is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S987). The PC 7580 displays a prize addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S988).

  In FIG. 143, a premium detail screen 7950 is displayed. By selecting an image or the like of the prize on various screens including the mall member top page 7930 and the prize search result display screen 7940, this screen including more detailed prize information is displayed. The free gift detail screen 7950 includes a top bar 7951, and a free gift detail display area 7952 is arranged below the top bar 7951. In the premium detail display area 7952, a premium image display area 7953 capable of selecting and displaying a plurality of premium images, a "return" button 7954 selected to return to the previous screen, and a premium detail information display for displaying the premium detail information. An area 7955, a gift exchange car registration button display area 7956, and a favorite registration button display area 7957 are arranged.

  In the premium detail information display area 7955, information such as a premium name, a premium name (kana), a manufacturer name, a product code, a detailed description of the premium, the number of exchangeable balls (medals), premium attribute information, a posting period, and a last update date are displayed. To be done. Also, in the prize exchange basket registration button display area 7956 and the favorite registration button display area 7957, a "premium exchange basket registration" button and a "favorite registration" button are displayed, respectively. You can register as a free gift basket or favorite.

  In FIG. 144, the favorite reference screen 7960 is displayed. The favorite reference screen 7960 is displayed by selecting the “favorite display” button on the top bar on various screens including the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930.

  The favorite reference screen 7960 includes a top bar 7961, and a search result narrowing-down display area 7962 and prize display areas (7963 to 7966) are arranged below the top bar 7961. In the example of FIG. 144, for example, four prizes are registered, and the prize name, the image of the prize, and the number of exchangeable balls (medals) are displayed for each prize. By the number of exchangeable balls (medals), it is possible to grasp the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize. Also, for each prize, the "Register prize basket registration" button to insert the prize into the prize exchange basket and the "Favorite deletion" button to delete the prize from the favorites are displayed. When the "Register Exchange Basket" button is selected, the prize is registered in the prize exchange basket of the player, and when the "Delete Favorite" button is selected, the prize is deleted from the player's favorites. In addition, when the player selects the "register prize basket registration" button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the favorites.

  In the search result narrowing display area 7962, conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in a list are displayed, which is similar to the search result narrowing display area 7942 of the free gift search result display screen 7940. The respective prize display areas are almost the same as the search result display areas (7943 to 7946) of the prize search result display screen 7940 described above.

  In addition, a product that is out of stock, such as a prize displayed in the prize display area 7966, cannot be registered in the prize exchange car (that is, the "premium exchange car registration" button cannot be selected. It has become). This is for the same reason that the "Register free gift basket registration" button cannot be selected in the search result display area 7946 in FIG.

  Next, with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 145, the procedure for adding from the PC 7580 to the prize exchange basket will be described. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, and the WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays the WEB page. The player first searches for a prize, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize in the prize exchange basket.

  First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S991), and in response to this, the AP server 7685 transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 (step S992). Upon receiving the mall member top page, the PC 7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S993).

  The mall member top page is, for example, a mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. 141. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below that, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and A gift exchange basket display area 7935 is arranged.

  In the left part of the top bar 7931, a free gift search instruction area is displayed, and the player designates free gift search conditions here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are designated as necessary. The registration of the prize in the prize exchange basket can be performed by selecting the prize from the results searched by such a search condition, and displayed in the recommended display area 7932 and the ranking display area 7933 of the mall member top page 7930. The selected prize is displayed to display the prize detail screen 7950 (see FIG. 143), where the prize can be registered in the prize exchange basket.

  The PC 7580 determines whether or not the prize search condition is set and the search instruction is made on the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 (step S994). If there is the instruction, the search condition is set to AP. The data is transmitted to the core server via the server 7685 (steps S995, S996).

  Upon receiving the search condition from the PC 7580, the free gift selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 searches the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S997) and displays the free gift search result display screen on the PC 7580. To do so (step S998). When the AP server 7685 receives the instruction to display the free gift search result display screen from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates the free gift search result display screen (or specifies a predetermined address that identifies the data on the page), and The data is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S999). The PC 7580 displays the prize search result display screen in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S1000).

  The premium search result display screen is, for example, the premium search result display screen 7940 shown in FIG. 142, as described above. When it is determined that a premium has been added on the premium search result display screen 7940 (step S1001), that is, it is determined that the "premium exchange basket registration" button has been selected for the premium displayed in the search result display area. In this case, the product ID corresponding to the selected free gift is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S1002).

  The prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 determines here whether or not login is performed (step S1003). If not logged in, the login screen 7900 is displayed on the PC 7580 to allow the player to login. (Step S1004 to step S1010). This is because it is necessary to be a member of the premium exchange system 7001 when registering a premium in the premium exchange basket. On the other hand, even non-members can do so far as they search for a prize before that. If the login results in an error, an error display screen is displayed on the PC 7580 and the process ends (steps S1011 to S1013).

  If it is determined in step S1003 that the user has logged in, or if login in step S1010 is accepted as a mall member, the premium selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 acquires member information from the mall member information table (step S1014), the data of the prize exchange car management table 7653 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered in the prize exchange car (step S1015). After that, the core server 7600 instructs the PC 7580 to display the completion of addition of the prize (step S1016).

  When the AP server 7685 receives the display instruction of the addition completion of the prize from the backbone server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a prize addition completion display screen (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. The data is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S1017). The PC 7580 displays a prize addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S1018).

  In FIG. 146, a prize exchange basket reference screen 7970 is displayed. The free gift basket reference screen 7970 is displayed by selecting the “free gift basket display” button on the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 and the top bars on various screens.

  The free gift basket reference screen 7970 includes a top bar 7971, and below the total bar (medals) number display area 7972 and exchangeable free gift display areas (9773 to 7975). In the total number of balls (medals) display area 7972, the number of balls (medals) required to exchange all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket is displayed for each game medium type (exchange rate). On the prize exchange basket reference screen 7970, the number of prizes to be exchanged can be set for each prize, and the total number of balls (medals) displayed in the total number of coins (medals) display area 7972 takes the number of this prize into consideration. It is the total value.

  In the example of FIG. 146, for example, three prizes are registered in the exchangeable prize display area (7793 to 7975), and for each prize, the prize name, the image of the prize, the number of prizes, and the exchangeable balls ( The number of medals is displayed. The number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize can be grasped by the number of prizes and the number of exchangeable balls (medals). Also, for each prize, a "Premium Exchange Basket Delete" button for deleting the prize from the prize exchange basket and a "Favorite Registration" button for registering the prize as a favorite are displayed. If the "delete gift exchange basket" button is selected, the prize is deleted from the player's prize exchange basket, and if the "favorite registration" button is selected, the prize is registered in the player's favorites. Further, when the player selects the "favorite registration" button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the prize exchange basket.

  Also, in the example of FIG. 146, the out-of-stock premium display area 7976 is arranged below the exchangeable premium display area (7793 to 7975), but this display area is displayed only when there is a out-of-stock premium. It This prize is not counted in the total number of balls (medals) displayed in the total number of balls (medals) display area 7972. As described regarding the search result display area 7945 of the free gift search result display screen 7940 of FIG. 142 and the free gift display area 7966 of the favorite reference screen 7960 of FIG. 144, when the free gift is out of stock, the free gift is exchanged. It cannot be registered in the basket. Therefore, the premium displayed in the out-of-stock premium display area 7976 is out of stock after being registered in the premium exchange basket.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 147 to 157, a prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  147 and 148, in the situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 cooperate manually, the hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 exchanges the prize. The case will be described.

  First, the free gift POS 7500 displays a free gift exchange start screen (not shown) by an operation of the staff at the hall store or the like (step S1021). Next, it is determined whether or not the player's hole membership card is presented on the free gift exchange start screen (step S1022). When the hole member card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize POS 7500 reads the unique ID of the hole member card (step S1023), searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 of the hole computer 7400, and the like. The number of balls (that is, the number of coins (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the balls are acquired and displayed on a display or the like (step S1024). In this example, the number of coins corresponding to one exchange rate is input, that is, even if the player has a coin for 1 yen and a coin for 4 yen. In exchange for free gifts, you must use either ball. However, it is also possible to input the number of coins of a plurality of exchange rates together with the corresponding exchange rates, integrate them according to the exchange rate, and design a prize exchange with the coins after the integration. is there.

  On the other hand, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, a prize exchange start screen (not shown) is displayed by a predetermined operation (step S1025), and it is determined whether or not the hall member card of the player is presented on the prize exchange start screen. Yes (step S1026). In this case, the hall member card is a card associated with the mall member. When the hole membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the hole membership card and sends it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1027).

  Upon receipt of the unique ID of the hall member card, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 and acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1028) to acquire the user information. Yes (step S1029). If the corresponding mall member ID cannot be found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1029, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the number-of-balls input screen (step S1030).

  The premium exchange terminal 7530 displays the number-of-balls input screen on the display 7535 in response to the instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1031).

  The possessed ball number input screen is, for example, a possessed ball number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG. 149 (A). On the possessed ball number input screen 7980, an exchange rate input area 7981 for inputting (selecting) an exchange rate, a ball (medal) number input area 7982 for inputting the number of stored balls or the number of stored medals, and a “confirm” button 7983 are arranged. Has been done. In this example, "1 yen loan" is input as the exchange rate, and "5000" balls are input as the number of balls (medals).

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “rate” button 7983 is selected by inputting in the exchange rate input area 7981 and the number of balls (medals) input area 7982 (step S1032). Here, in step S1024, the number of coins and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500 are input to the coin number input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are arranged close to each other but are not electrically connected, and the staff of the hall store sees the number of balls and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500. Then, the content is input to the number-of-balls input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  When the number input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is input, the number of possession balls and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the backbone server 7600 (step S1033). In response to this, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the free gift exchange terminal 7530 to display a coin number confirmation screen (step S1034). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a possessed ball number confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1035).

  The possessed ball number confirmation screen is, for example, a possessed ball number confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG. 149 (B). On the owned ball number confirmation screen 7990, an input content display area 7991 for displaying the input exchange rate and the number of owned balls, a “Cancel” button 7992, and a “Next” button 7993 are arranged. In this example, "1 yen loan" is displayed as the input exchange rate, and "5000" balls are displayed as the input number of balls (medals).

  Here, the premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “next” button 7993 is selected on the possession ball number confirmation screen 7990 (step S1036). When the "Next" button is selected on the number-of-balls confirmation screen 7990 of the free gift exchange terminal 7530, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a free ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1037). The ball holding capacity check checks whether or not all the gifts registered in the gift trading basket can be acquired with the value of the ball holding input, the gift trading basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The inventory check is performed by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700 to check whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are in stock at that time.

  Next, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a free gift car confirmation screen from the free gift basket management table 7655, the product management table 7752, and the input number of balls and the exchange rate (step S1038). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1037, the contents are displayed on the gift exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestion of deletion / change of the prize, change of the quantity, or the like. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1039). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange basket confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1040).

  The premium exchange basket confirmation screen is, for example, a premium exchange basket confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150. The gift exchange basket confirmation screen 8000 shows the number of exchanged balls (medals) of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket according to the input number of balls (medals) and the input exchange rate. An internal total display area 8001, a prize display area (8002 to 8004) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, and a “confirm” button 8005 are arranged. In this example, as shown in the total display area 8001 in the cart, the number of exchange balls of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket is 4800 with pachinko balls for 1 yen rental, and the number of input balls is 5000. Is. Therefore, the available ball reserve check has been cleared, and no error display has been made for the inventory check as well. If the "confirm" button 8005 is selected as it is, the order can be placed.

  On the other hand, in the gift exchange basket confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151, the prize shown in the gift display area 8015 is an out-of-stock product, and there is an out-of-stock product. Message 8011 is shown at the top of the screen.

  Returning to FIG. 147, the premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the premium exchange car confirmation screen (step S1041). Here, when the change input is performed, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1042), returns to step S1037 again, and changes the possessed ball with the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the quantity of the prize must be changed to zero, and if the total of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the number of coins entered, the prize will be It is necessary to delete (reduce the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity. In addition, if there is a margin in the number of balls that have been input, a gift is added (for example, by performing an operation of adding a gift to the gift exchange basket on the favorite reference screen 7960 shown in FIG. 144) or a gift exchange basket is added. It is possible to perform an operation to increase the number of registered prizes.

  In the prize exchange basket confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151, the quantity of the prize shown in the prize display area 8015 is changed to zero (by operating the “lower” button) in response to the error message 8011 (below). (See triangle arrow 8017). In addition, here, in order to increase the number of prizes shown in the prize display area, the "increase" button (upper triangular arrow button) is operated.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange basket confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1040), and the change is input in the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. Is performed (step S1041), and it is further determined whether the "confirm" button has been selected (step S1043). Then, when the "confirm" button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1044), and determines whether the check is OK (step S1045). If the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1038 to create a prize exchange basket confirmation screen including an error message.

  If the check is OK in step S1045, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the free gift exchange terminal 7530 to display the free gift exchange order screen (step S1046). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1047).

  FIG. 152 shows a free gift exchange order screen 8020. The free gift exchange order screen 8020 shows the number of exchanged balls (medals) of the premiums registered in the free exchange basket according to the input number of balls (medals) and the input exchange rate. A display area 8021, a prize display area (8022 to 8023) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, and an “order” button 8024 are arranged. In this example, as a result of changing the quantity of out-of-stock products from “1” to “0” and selecting the “confirm” button 8016 on the prize exchange order screen 8020 of FIG. 151, the error is resolved, and FIG. The free gift exchange order screen 8020 is displayed.

  After displaying the gift exchange order screen, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “order” button is selected (step S1048). When the "order" button is selected, the free gift order control unit 7606 of the backbone server 7600 performs free gift order processing (step S1049). The free gift ordering process instructs the backbone server 7600 to instruct the shop management server to give a free gift in accordance with the information including the product ID and the quantity of the free gift registered in the free gift basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange completion screen and output the prize exchange acceptance certificate (step S1050), and then updates the prize exchange car management table 7653 (for example, , The registered free gift is deleted) (step S1051).

  Here, in the prize exchange process, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information about the player's possession ball, and use this information to check the remaining ball capacity, etc., but after the reward exchange is completed. , This information is never retained.

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in accordance with an instruction from the backbone server 7600, and further, the free gift exchange acceptance certificate is displayed on the display 7535 of the free gift exchange terminal 7530 or (if necessary) to the printer. A call form is output (step S1052). This prize exchange acceptance certificate is the proof that the prize has been exchanged, and is given to the player. If the free gift is not delivered, you can receive some compensation with this free gift exchange acceptance certificate.

  FIG. 153 shows a free gift exchange completion screen 8030. The free gift exchange completion screen 8030 includes a consumed ball number display area 8031 for displaying the number of consumed balls (medals) consumed in the present free gift exchange and the exchange rate, a “Continue” button 8032 for continuing the free gift exchange, and “ A “Done” button 8033 is arranged. When the "Continue" button 8032 is selected, for example, the player returns to the possession ball number input screen 7980 and can exchange the prize using the surplus possession balls or using the possession balls having a different exchange rate from the last time. it can.

  Here, the staff of the hall store causes the prize POS 7500 to display a consumption ball number input screen (not shown) by a predetermined operation (step S1053), and the prize exchange number completion screen 8030 shows the consumption ball number and the exchange rate. To the prize POS7500. The premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the number of consumed balls and the exchange rate have been input on the number-of-consumed-balls input screen (step S1054), and when there is an input, the input number of consumed balls and the exchange rate are input. It is acquired (step S1055).

  The prize POS 7500 subtracts the acquired number of consumed balls from the number of balls owned by the player (corresponding to the hall membership card) before the prize exchange (step S1056). This subtraction is performed between balls (medals) having the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated to change the number of balls held by the hole member to the number of balls held after subtraction (step S1057). Finally, the prize exchange process is terminated, and a receipt is output to a printer or the like as needed (step S1058).

  Next, referring to the flowcharts of FIGS. 154 and 155, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 automatically cooperate with each other, a hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 The case of exchanging free gifts will be described.

  First, the gift POS 7500 displays a gift exchange start screen (not shown) by an operation of a staff member of a hall store or the like (step S1061). Next, it is determined whether or not the player's hall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen (step S1062). When the hole member card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize POS 7500 reads the unique ID of the hole member card and also searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 of the hole computer 7400 to find the number of balls held by the hole member. (That is, the number of accumulated coins (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed balls are acquired and transmitted to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1063). In this case, the hall member card is a card associated with the mall member.

  In addition, when the player has a plurality of game medium types (exchange rates), a prize POS 7500 or a prize exchange terminal 7530 prepares an instruction screen and selects one of them. can do. Further, the prize POS 7500 or the prize exchange terminal 7530 may be used to input (select) the game medium type (exchange rate).

  When the prize exchange terminal 7530 receives the game medium type (exchange rate) of the owned ball from the prize POS 7500, the prize exchange terminal 7530 transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1064). Upon receipt of the unique ID of the hole member card, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 and acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1065) to acquire the user information. (Step S1066). If the corresponding mall member ID cannot be found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1067). The ball holding capacity check checks whether or not all the gifts registered in the gift trading basket can be acquired with the value of the ball holding input, the gift trading basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The inventory check is performed by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700 to check whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are in stock at that time.

  Next, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 generates a free gift car confirmation screen from the free gift basket management table 7655, the product management table 7752, and the input number of owned balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1068). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1067, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen to suggest deletion / change of the prize or change of the quantity. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1069). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift basket confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1070).

  The premium exchange basket confirmation screen is, for example, a premium exchange basket confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150, and the details are as described above.

  Next, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1071). Here, when the change input is performed, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1072), returns to step S1067 again, and changes the possessed ball with the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the quantity of the prize must be changed to zero, and if the total of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the number of coins entered, the prize will be It is necessary to delete (reduce the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange basket confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1070), and the change input is made on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. Is performed (step S1071), and it is further determined whether the "confirm" button has been selected (step S1073). Then, when the "confirm" button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1074). If the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1068 and an error occurs. Create a free gift basket confirmation screen that includes a message.

  If the check is OK in step S1074, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the free gift exchange terminal 7530 to display the free gift exchange order screen (step S1076). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1077).

  The free gift exchange order screen is, for example, a free gift exchange order screen 8020 as shown in FIG. 152, and the details are as described above.

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530, after displaying the free gift exchange order screen, determines whether or not the “order” button has been selected (step S1078). When the "order" button is selected, the free gift order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 performs free gift order processing (step S1079). The free gift ordering process instructs the backbone server 7600 to instruct the shop management server to give a free gift in accordance with the information including the product ID and the quantity of the free gift registered in the free gift basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange completion screen and output the prize exchange acceptance certificate (step S1080).

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in accordance with an instruction from the backbone server 7600, and further, the free gift exchange acceptance certificate is displayed on the display 7535 of the free gift exchange terminal 7530 or (if necessary) to the printer. The document is output (step S1081). This prize exchange acceptance certificate is the proof that the prize has been exchanged, and is given to the player. If the free gift is not delivered, you can receive some compensation with this free gift exchange acceptance certificate. In this example, the prize exchange acceptance certificate is output from the prize exchange terminal 7530. However, if the prize POS 7500 has a printer or the like, the prize POS 7500 prints the prize exchange acceptance certificate. You can also

  The free gift exchange completion screen is, for example, the free gift exchange completion screen 8030 shown in FIG. 153, and the details are as described above.

  Next, the prize exchange basket management table 7653 is updated (for example, the registered prize is deleted) (step S1082). Here, in the prize exchange process, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information about the player's possession ball, and use this information to check the remaining ball capacity, etc., but after the reward exchange is completed. , This information is never retained.

  After that, the core server 7600 transmits the number of consumed balls actually consumed in the prize exchange process and the exchange rate to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1083), and the prize exchange terminal 7530 transfers this to the prize POS 7500 (step). S1084). The premium POS 7500 acquires the number of consumed balls and the exchange rate transmitted from the backbone server 7600 (step S1085).

  Next, the free gift POS 7500 subtracts the acquired number of consumed balls from the number of balls owned by the player (corresponding to the hall membership card) before the free gift exchange (step S1086). This subtraction is performed between balls (medals) having the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated to change the number of balls held by the hole member to the number of balls held after subtraction (step S1087). Finally, the prize exchange process is terminated, and a receipt is output to a printer or the like as needed (step S1088).

  Next, referring to the flowchart in FIG. 156, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are manually linked, a non-member of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange system 7001. A case where a mall member who is a member exchanges a prize will be described.

  First, the free gift POS 7500 displays a free gift exchange start screen (not shown) by an operation of staff at a hall store or the like (step S1091). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the count receipt submitted by the player by the staff of the hall store is read by, for example, a barcode reader or the like (step S1092). The prize POS 7500 acquires the number of balls the player has and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the ball from the content of the read count receipt, and displays it on a display or the like (step S1093).

  On the other hand, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, a prize exchange start screen (not shown) is displayed by a predetermined operation (step S1094), and it is determined whether or not the mall member card of the player is presented on the prize exchange start screen. Yes (step S1095). When the mall member card is held over the predetermined mark position, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1096).

  Upon receipt of the unique ID of the mall member card, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 to obtain the mall member ID corresponding to this (step S1097), and obtains the user information. Yes (step S1098). If the corresponding mall member ID cannot be found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1098, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the number-of-balls input screen (step S1099).

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball number input screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1100).

  The possessed ball number input screen is, for example, a possessed ball number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG. 149 (A).

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether the owned ball and the exchange rate are input on the owned ball number input screen (step S1101). Here, in step S1093, the number of coins and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500 are input to the coin number input screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are arranged close to each other but are not electrically connected, and the staff of the hall store sees the number of balls and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500. Then, the content is input to the number-of-balls input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  When the number is input to the coin number input screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the number of coins and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S1102). In response to this, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the number-of-balls confirmation screen (step S1103). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a possessed ball number confirmation screen on the display 7535 in accordance with an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1104).

  The possessed ball number confirmation screen is, for example, a possessed ball number confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG. 149 (B).

  Here, the premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “next” button is selected on the possessed ball number confirmation screen 7990 (step S1105). When the "next" button is selected on the number-of-balls confirmation screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a reserve ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1106). The ball holding capacity check checks whether or not all the gifts registered in the gift trading basket can be acquired with the value of the ball holding input, the gift trading basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The inventory check is performed by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700 to check whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are in stock at that time.

  Next, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a free gift car confirmation screen from the free gift car management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752, and the input number of owned balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1107). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1106, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestion of deletion / change of the prize or change of the quantity. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1108). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange basket confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1109).

  The premium exchange basket confirmation screen is, for example, a premium exchange basket confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150.

  Next, the premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the premium exchange car confirmation screen (step S1110). Here, when the change input is performed, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 updates the content of the free gift basket management table 7653 (step S1111), returns to step S1106 again, and changes the possessed ball with the changed content. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the quantity of the prize must be changed to zero, and if the total of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the number of coins entered, the prize will be It is necessary to delete (reduce the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity. If the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the number of balls that have been input, it is necessary to delete the prizes (set the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange basket confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1109), and the change is input in the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. It is determined whether or not has been performed (step S1110). After that, the processing is the same as the flow shown in FIG. 148. When the “Order” button is selected on the gift exchange order screen, the gift order processing is performed, and the gift exchange terminal 7530 outputs the gift exchange acceptance certificate. At the same time, a counting receipt in which the number of balls subtracted by the number of consumed balls in the prize POS 7500 is printed is output. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

  Next, referring to the flowchart in FIG. 157, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 automatically cooperate with each other, the prize exchange system 7001 which is a non-member of the hall system 7002. A case where a mall member, who is a member of, exchanges prizes will be described.

  First, the free gift POS 7500 displays a free gift exchange start screen (not shown) by an operation of staff at a hall store or the like (step S1121). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the staff member of the hall store or the like reads the counting receipt submitted by the player with, for example, a bar code reader or the like (step S1122). The prize POS 7500 stores the number of balls possessed by the player and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed balls from the content of the read count receipt. In this example, the number of balls owned and the exchange rate are read from the counting receipt, but the exchange rate may be input separately. Further, the number of balls owned and the exchange rate may be read from another recording medium.

  On the other hand, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by a predetermined operation (step S1123), and determines whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. Yes (step S1124). When the mall member card is held over the predetermined mark position, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1125). In this example, the mall member card is read by the prize exchange terminal 7530, but it may be read by the prize POS 7500 and transmitted to the core server 7600.

  Upon receipt of the unique ID of the mall member card, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 to obtain the mall member ID corresponding to this (step S1126), and obtains the user information. (Step S1127). If the corresponding mall member ID cannot be found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a ball acquisition screen (step S1128). The premium exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball acquisition screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1129). Here, the premium exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “acquire” button on the coin acquisition screen is selected (step S1130). When the “acquire” button on the coin acquisition screen is selected, the prize exchange terminal 7530 requests the prize POS 7500 to acquire the coin (step S1131).

  In response to the acquisition request from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize POS 7500 acquires the number of possessed balls which has been read and stored from the player's counting receipt and the exchange rate, and transmits the number to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1132). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 transfers the received number of owned balls and the received exchange rate to the core server 7600 (step S1133).

  When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the number of possessed balls and the exchange rate from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 performs a reserve ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1134). The ball holding capacity check checks whether or not all the gifts registered in the gift trading basket can be acquired with the value of the ball holding input, the gift trading basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The inventory check is performed by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700 to check whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are in stock at that time.

  Next, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a free gift car confirmation screen from the free gift car management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752, and the input number of balls and the exchange rate (step S1135). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1134, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestion of deletion / change of the prize or change of the quantity. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1136). The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a free gift exchange basket confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600 (step S1137).

  The premium exchange basket confirmation screen is, for example, a premium exchange basket confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150.

  Next, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1138). Here, when a change input is made, the free gift exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 updates the contents of the free gift basket management table 7653 (step S1139), returns to step S1134 again, and returns with the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the quantity of the prize must be changed to zero, and if the total of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the number of coins entered, the prize will be It is necessary to delete (reduce the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange basket confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1137), and the change input is made on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. It is determined whether or not has been performed (step S1138). After that, the process is similar to that of the flow shown in FIG. 155. When the “Order” button is selected on the gift exchange order screen, the gift order processing is performed, and the gift exchange acceptance certificate is output from the gift exchange terminal 7530. At the same time, a counting receipt in which the number of balls subtracted by the number of consumed balls in the prize POS 7500 is printed is output. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 158 to 166, a product determination process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The free gift exchange system 7001 determines a display price of a product displayed in a search result, a recommendation, or a ranking, and a display price displayed for a product registered in a favorite or a free gift exchange basket by a characteristic logic, and the result is determined. , Determine the shop that is the supplier of the product. This process is executed by the product determination unit 7702 of the shop management server 7700. The function of the product determination unit 7702 can be applied to the gift exchange system according to each of the above-described embodiments (for example, the gift exchange system according to the first to third embodiments and the fifth to eighth embodiments). .

  FIG. 158 is a diagram conceptually illustrating a process of placing a product by a shop and determining a product that can be exchanged as a prize. In FIG. 158 (A), the same product (product ID = P001) is put up from two shops “AAA” and “BBB”, and the selling price and the inventory are different. In FIG. 158 (B), a product (product ID = P001) having the same shop “CCC” is put up, and the selling price and the stock are different from those of the shops “AAA” and “BBB”.

  In such a situation, the free gift exchange system 7001 performs the free gift order processing for the product at the shop “BBB”, for example, when the player orders to exchange the product as a free gift. In the free gift exchange system 7001, the price of each product is determined by a predetermined logic. Further, in the prize exchange system 7001, the price (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) of a product displayed as a search result, a recommendation, or a ranking is determined daily, instead of selecting a shop at the time of ordering a prize. At that time, the shop is decided based on the price decision. However, when the price of the product is determined in real time, the price of the product may be sequentially changed and the shop may be changed accordingly. For example, the price of a product when a player registers the product as a favorite, the price when the product is registered in the prize exchange basket, and the price when an order is finally placed may be different. There is a possibility that an error will occur in the ball surplus check, or conversely, surplus balls will occur more than originally expected.

  Taking each of the configurations of FIG. 111 as an example, each shop is a prize exchange system from the shop terminal, via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802, the EC mall management system 7822, or the shop system 7842, or directly from the shop terminal. Although it is possible to put up an item for sale to 7001, the item for sale is merely registered as a candidate for an item that can be exchanged as a prize (that is, a candidate for a supplier). Finally, the shop that put up the product of the price determined by the prize exchange system 7001 is determined as the supplier.

  On the other hand, the player, after ascertaining the price (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) of the search result, the recommended product, or the product to be displayed as the ranking, registers it in the favorite or free gift exchange basket and places an order It's hard to tell which shop the item came from (although, when the item is delivered, it may be eventually known by the description of its origin).

  As described above, the price of the product (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) is determined by a predetermined logic, for example, on a daily or real time basis. First, a daily price determination method will be described with reference to FIGS. 159 to 161. For example, the shop management server 7700 shown in FIG. 126 is configured to further include a product price determination unit, and the prize DB 7750 stores an exhibition management table and a shipping table.

  FIGS. 159 to 161 will be described with respect to a method (daily fluctuation method) in which the price of each product is determined daily and a case where a fixed shipping fee is added. The fixed shipping fee is a virtually set shipping fee, which is not an actual required shipping fee.

  (1) illustrates the case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 159). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and the shop is associated with the shipping table (0020). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. The shipping table (0020) is set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are only the products exhibited by the shop "AAA", and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen. That is, since the shipping fee is constant, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  As a result, the shop "AAA" is determined as the supplier. It should be noted that although the display price is shown here in units of yen for the sake of easy understanding, in practice, for example, it is represented by the number of exchangeable balls (medals) (same in the following description. ). Further, the products of the determined shop are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  (2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 159). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping origin is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “BBB”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen in consideration of the shipping fee. It will be 1500 yen and 1600 yen. That is, since the shipping fee is constant, the shipping fee is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the shipping destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the display price (exchange price) = the selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for the shop "BBB", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (Exchange price) = sales price (1200 yen) + shipping cost (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

  Here, for example, if the criterion of “selecting the second most expensive one of the candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier. Further, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(3) exemplifies a case where there are a plurality of suppliers and the number of them increases or decreases. The state changes as follows from (a) when the prize is searched, and (b) when the prize is exchanged.
(A) When searching for prizes (see Fig. 160)
The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping origin is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “CCC”, and the shipping price is added to the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen. It will be 1500 yen and 1600 yen. That is, since the shipping fee is constant, the shipping fee is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the shipping destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the display price (exchange price) = the selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for the shop "BBB", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (Exchange price) = sales price (1200 yen) + shipping cost (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

  Here, for example, if the criterion of “selecting the second most expensive one of the candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier. Further, the products of the determined shop are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(B) When exchanging prizes (see FIG. 161)
The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen, and a shop “DDD” is selling a product (product ID = P001) on a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” and the shop “DDD” are shops in Osaka, the shipping origin is Osaka, and they are associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, “CCC”, and “DDD”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is calculated by taking the shipping cost into consideration. These are 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen, and 1700 yen, respectively. That is, since the shipping fee is constant, the shipping fee is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the shipping destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the display price (exchange price) = the selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for the shop "BBB", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (Exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping cost (400 yen) = 1600 yen, for the shop "DDD", Display price (Exchange price) = Sales price (1300 yen) + Shipping cost (400 yen) = 1700 yen Becomes

  Here, for example, if the criterion of “selecting the second highest price among the candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “CCC” will be determined as the supplier, but in this example, Since it is a daily variation method, in actuality, (a) the shop “BBB” decided at the time of the prize search is still decided as the supplier. Further, the merchandise of the decided shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price (not updated if the decision result does not change).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 162 to FIG. 164, description will be made on a method of determining the price of each product in real time (real-time fluctuation method) and adding an actual shipping fee which is a shipping fee actually required. To do.

  (1) illustrates the case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 162). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping table (0010). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are only the products put up by the shop "AAA", but the display price differs depending on the delivery destination. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen, and when the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = selling price ( 1,000 yen + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen.

  Since the only shop is “AAA”, the shop “AAA” is decided as the supplier regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka. Further, the products of the determined shop are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  (2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 162). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, and the shipping origin is Osaka, which is associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “BBB”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700, taking the shipping fee into consideration. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen . When the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen .

  Here, for example, if the criteria of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” is set, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “CCC” is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. Further, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(3) exemplifies a case where there are a plurality of suppliers and the number of them increases or decreases. The state changes as follows from (a) when the prize is searched, and (b) when the prize is exchanged.
(A) When searching for prizes (see FIG. 163)
The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, and the shipping origin is Osaka, which is associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “CCC”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700, considering the shipping fee. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen . When the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen .

  Here, for example, if the criteria of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” is set, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “CCC” is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. Further, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(B) When exchanging prizes (see FIG. 164)
The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells A product (product ID = P001) is on sale at a selling price of 1200 yen, and a shop “DDD” is selling a product (product ID = P001) on a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping origin is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” and the shop “DDD” are shops in Osaka, the shipping origin is Osaka, and they are associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such an auction is stored in the auction management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, “CCC”, and “DDD”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is calculated by taking the shipping cost into consideration. It changes from 1100 yen to 1800 yen. These are 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen, and 1700 yen, respectively. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen, shop For "DDD", the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1300 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1800 yen. When the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the display price (exchange) for the shop "BBB" Price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, for the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen, shop For "DDD", the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1300 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1400 yen.

  Here, for example, if the criteria of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. In this example, since it is a real-time fluctuation method, the finally decided shop "BBB" (when the delivery destination is Tokyo) and the shop "AAA" (when the delivery destination is Osaka) are purchased at the time of the exchange of prizes. It is decided as the destination. With such a real-time fluctuation method, even during business hours, a change in the display price due to an increase or decrease in the supplier can be implemented and reflected in real time. Further, the products of the determined shop are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  In the above example, in order to determine the product to be displayed as a prize from among the product candidates, the criterion of “selecting the second highest priced product among the candidates” was used. Another product determination logic will be described. By such a product determination logic, the display price of the product is determined, and the shop (that is, the supplier) that handles the product is determined.

  The flowchart of FIG. 165 illustrates the procedure of the product determination process in the prize exchange system 7001. A plurality of conditions are set to exclude products that do not meet those conditions, and for some conditions, products are ranked to finally determine one product (display price).

  First, when the player exchanges a prize, and the prize order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize order processing (see FIG. 148, etc.), the exhibition management table 7757 of the shop management server 7700 is referred to. , Information about the product having the same ID as the ordered product ID is acquired (step S1141). When a plurality of shops sell the same product, a shop that satisfies a predetermined condition can be determined from among them. As the predetermined condition, for example, the one that maximizes the profit brought to the prize exchange system 7001 by the prize exchange is preferentially selected.

  Next, the display price of each product is calculated based on the shipping table (step S1142). For example, the shipping cost of a product is determined from the delivery address, shop address, and shipping conditions (temperature setting and shipping date / time setting) specified by the player, and the display price of each product is determined by considering the shipping cost. . The shipping fee table may be set individually by each shop, or may be set uniformly in the entire system or may be set in several stages.

  Next, for example, necessary data is acquired from various tables and the like for another index to be compared as a condition for subsequent determination, and calculation is performed (step S1143). For example, the amount of purchase (the amount paid to the shop), the profit (the difference between the selling price and the purchase price), the evaluation point of the supplier, and the like.

  Over the first condition to the sixth condition shown in steps S1144 to S1155, one satisfying the conditions is left as a candidate, and finally one product price is determined, and the shop handling the product is determined as the supplier. To be done. Here, FIG. 166 (A) shows an exhibition management table containing a plurality of the same products (product ID = P001), FIG. 166 (B) shows a shipping table, and FIG. 166 (C). ) Shows a candidate list obtained based on the contents of these tables and other indexes. In the following explanation, how these candidate lists are judged under each condition is also included. I shall explain. The candidate list in FIG. 166 (C) also displays the evaluation results under each condition.

  First condition: In step S1144, the purchase amount condition is determined. The condition is that the purchase amount of the product (that is, the amount paid to the shop for the product) is lower than the displayed price, and the product that does not satisfy this condition is excluded from the candidates (step S1145). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop “FFF” does not satisfy this condition (that is, the displayed price is 1900 yen, the payment amount is 1925 yen), and is excluded from the candidates.

  Second condition: In step S1146, the stock condition is determined. Products in the shop whose product inventory is zero at the time of exchange are excluded from the candidates (step S1147). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop “BBB” has no inventory, and this condition is not satisfied, so it is excluded from the candidates.

  Third condition: in step S1148, the margin condition is determined. The difference between the selling price and the purchase price, that is, the amount received from the hall store through the gift exchange-the larger the amount paid to the shop through the gift exchange, the higher the rank is placed (step S1149). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the ranking is performed in descending order of profit.

  Fourth condition: In step S1150, the stock quantity condition is determined. In order to reduce the risk of out-of-stock after the completion of exchange, the higher the number of products in stock, the higher the rank is placed (step S1151). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the items are ranked in descending order of inventory.

  Fifth condition: In step S1152, the evaluation point condition is determined. In order to safely realize the gift exchange and to reduce the risk relating to the shop, the higher the evaluation score of the shop, the higher the ranking is (step S1153). The evaluation of the shop can be made numerical from various viewpoints. For example, various viewpoints such as the scale of the shop, the number of years of business, the delivery record (the number of late deliveries or erroneous deliveries), the evaluation from the delivery destination, the quality / price of the offered product, and the like can be considered. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the ranks are ranked in descending order of evaluation score.

  Sixth condition: In step S1154, it is determined whether or not there are multiple candidates. If there is only one candidate, the product is decided, and the process proceeds to the next step. When there are a plurality of products, one product is determined using a predetermined standard (step S1155). For example, the ranking determined by the third to fifth conditions is evaluated by a predetermined method, and the product with the highest evaluation is selected. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the remaining products that are not excluded are the product of the shop “AAA”, the product of the shop “CCC”, the product of the shop “DDD”, the product of the shop “EEE”, and the product of the shop “GGG”. For example, if a criterion of “selecting a product with the highest number of high-ranked products” is set, the product is finally determined as a product of the shop “AAA”. Of course, various other selection criteria can be set.

  In step S1156, the price of the finally selected product is set as the display price, the shop that handles the product is determined as the supplier, and added to the product management table 7752 as a gift that can be exchanged at a predetermined timing.

  The procedure of the product determination process described so far is merely an example, and various other criteria can be adopted based on the idea of the present invention.

  Up to this point, the timing for determining the product (that is, the timing for determining the price of the product (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) has been described as daily or real time. However, other timing, for example, 1 hour It can be determined every other or at various other intervals, such as every two days. Further, the decision timing can be different depending on the product.

  Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 167, the delivery progress display processing of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. When the player becomes a mall member and exchanges prizes with the prize exchange system 7001, the player can display a list of progress until the prize is delivered from the shop to the designated delivery destination.

  First, a player who is a mall member performs a predetermined operation on the viewer 7550 that is a prize selection device to display a delivery progress information display instruction screen (not shown) (step S1161), and the delivery progress information display instruction screen. In, it is determined whether or not the player's mall member card is presented (step S1162). When the mall member card is held over the predetermined mark position, the viewer 7550 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and sends it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1163). Further, on the delivery progress information display instruction screen, the order number or the product ID of the order to be displayed can be designated.

  Upon receiving the unique ID, the core server 7600 refers to the mall member information table 7651 to acquire the mall member ID (step S1164). Next, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the core server 7600 refers to the order history management table 7756 of the shop management server 7700 based on the acquired mall member ID, and the prize order processing is performed by the mall member ID. The ordered items that have not yet been delivered are acquired (step S1165).

  Next, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the core server 7600 determines whether or not there is a product for which delivery progress information has not yet been created from the acquired order information (step S1166), and the product When there is no more, it progresses to step S1173. If it is determined in step S1166 that there is still a product, it is determined whether or not the product has been arranged for delivery (step S1167). If there is no delivery-arranged product, the process advances to step S1171. If it is determined in step S1167 that there is a delivery-arranged product, the order history management table 7756 is referred to, the delivery company code is acquired, and the delivery company is specified (step S1168).

  Further, referring to the order history management table 7756, the tracking number related to the delivery of the product is acquired, the inquiry is made to the specified delivery company (step S1169), and the delivery status (status) of the package corresponding to the tracking number is obtained. It is acquired (step S1170). Such a method of acquiring the delivery status of the delivery company can be acquired using, for example, an interface for inquiry such as API of the delivery company. Without such API, it is possible to access the WEB page of the package inquiry provided by the delivery company and analyze the data such as HTML (by performing processing such as so-called web scraping) to acquire the delivery status.

  Next, referring to the order history management table 7756, the order information including the order status for the shop and the order receipt status in the cooperation / management system is acquired (step S1171). Thereafter, the information acquired above is edited to create a delivery progress information display screen (step S1172).

  When all the acquisition of the delivery progress information regarding the product is completed, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the delivery progress information display screen (step S1173). The viewer 7550 displays the delivery progress information display screen on the display 7555 according to the display instruction of the delivery progress information display screen (step S1174).

  FIG. 168 shows an example of the delivery progress information display screen displayed in this way. On the delivery progress information display screen 8040 shown in FIG. 168, a top bar 8041, an order ID display area 8042, a delivery phase display area 8043, a delivery progress display area for each product (8044 to 8047), and a “return” button 8048 are arranged. Has been done.

  In the order ID display area 8042, the ordering number designated by the player on the delivery progress information display instruction screen or the ordering number of the order placed by the player is displayed. In the delivery phase display area 8043, the titles of each delivery phase such as order reception, product delivery, delivery start, delivery, and delivery completion are displayed, and the delivery status of each product shown below can be understood. .

  In each of the product-by-product delivery progress display areas, the delivery progress information about the products included in the related order is shown. For example, in the part corresponding to the title of the delivery phase, EC malls, shops, delivery companies, offices of delivery companies, etc. that are in charge of the phase are displayed, and the progress bar and date (scheduled date and actual date) are displayed. Is displayed. Further, regarding the order acceptance phase, the order acceptance at the shop and the order acceptance at the crossing type EC mall or EC mall can be displayed separately. More specifically, in the product-by-product delivery progress display area 8044, the delivery progress information about the product A (product ID = P009) is displayed, and after the order is accepted at the shop AAA on 1/24. , 1/28, it can be understood that a request for shipping the product has been made to the X transportation.

  In this way, the player can grasp the delivery status of the products included in all or one order in a cross-sectional and unified manner regarding the prize exchange performed by the player. Even if the order route is different or the shipping company is different, they can be displayed together. For example, the player can collectively display the delivery status of each product in various units such as the order to which the product belongs, the category, and the delivery destination. Further, when the delivery progress display area for each product is selected, more detailed delivery status may be displayed.

  In this example, the viewer 7550 displays the delivery progress information display screen 8040, but it can be displayed on the PC 7580, the smartphone 7570, or another computer.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 169 and 170, a procedure for registering a product from the shop terminal in the prize exchange system 7001 will be described.

  The flowchart of FIG. 169 shows that the shop terminal 7804 sends a product to the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 (and also via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800). This is a procedure for registering.

  First, the shop terminal 7804 accesses a predetermined WEB page by a WEB browser or the like, and requests the product search page there (step S1181). Here, the shop management server 7700 functions as a WEB server and transmits the requested product search page (step S1182). The shop terminal 7804 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S1183), and determines whether or not to give a free gift search instruction (step S1184). When the shop staff issues a free gift search instruction, the shop terminal 7804 acquires the search condition input by the shop staff and sends it to the shop management server 7700 (step S1185).

  When the shop management server 7700 receives the search condition from the shop terminal 7804, the shop management server 7700 executes the free gift search process under the search condition (step S1186), creates a free gift search result display screen, and sends it to the shop terminal 7804 (step S1187). .

  A free gift search result display screen is displayed on the shop terminal 7804 (step S1188), and it is determined whether or not product registration is performed (step S1189). The staff of the shop performs merchandise registration to the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 (step S1190), and the merchandise registration performs file cooperation by receiving a data feed from the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802. As a result, product registration of the shop is performed in the shop management server 7700 by linking with an API prepared in advance or by web scraping (step S1191).

  When the product registration of the shop is performed, the shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table and determines whether the product is new (step S1192). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S1193). In this case, the examination of the goods is performed automatically or manually by using a predetermined standard. For a new product, for example, a new product ID is given at this point. In addition, similar products are automatically displayed on the management terminal 7870 among products exhibited by a plurality of shops (for example, products whose product names are registered in Kanji and products which are registered in Katakana), and are substantially the same. If the products are determined to be the same, the products are integrated and treated as the same product, and detailed information of the products is shared to be unified.

  When it is determined that the product is not new or after the product is examined, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the exhibition management table (step S1194). In this example, the information on the product registered from the shop is once stored in the exhibition management table 7757 to be a candidate for an exchangeable gift, and then determined as an exchangeable gift in the product determination process (see FIG. 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

  Note that here, the procedure for registering a product from the shop terminal 7804 to the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 is shown, but the EC mall management system 7822 and the shop system 7842 are shown. The procedure is similar to the case where is interposed between the shop terminal and the shop management server 7700.

  The flowchart of FIG. 170 shows a procedure for directly registering a product in the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 (via the individual shop I / F server) from the shop terminal 7864.

  First, the shop terminal 7864 accesses a predetermined WEB page of the WEB server configured by the WEB server unit 7860b of the individual shop I / F server 7860, and requests the product search page there (step S2001). Here, the shop management server 7700 instructs the WEB server to transmit the requested product search page (step S2002). The shop terminal 7864 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S2003), and determines whether or not to give a free gift search instruction (step S2004). When the shop staff issues a free gift search instruction, the shop terminal 7864 acquires the search condition input by the shop staff and sends it to the shop management server 7700 (step S2005).

  When the shop management server 7700 receives the search condition from the shop terminal 7864, the shop management server 7700 executes the free gift search process with the search condition (step S2006), creates a free gift search result display screen, and sends it to the shop terminal 7864 (step S2007). .

  The free gift search result display screen is displayed on the shop terminal 7864 (step S2008), and it is determined whether or not product registration is performed (step S2009). The shop staff directly performs product registration operation on the shop management server 7700 of the prize exchange system 7001. Thereupon, the shop management server 7700 is operated by operating a screen provided by the shop management server 7700 or by file cooperation. The merchandise is registered for (steps S2010 and 2011).

  When the product of the shop is registered, the shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table and determines whether the product is new (step S2012). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S2013). In this case, the examination of the goods is performed automatically or manually by using a predetermined standard. For a new product, for example, a new product ID is given at this point.

  When it is determined that the product is not new or after the product is examined, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the exhibition management table (step S2014). In this example, the information on the product registered from the shop is once stored in the exhibition management table 7757 to be a candidate for an exchangeable gift, and then determined as an exchangeable gift in the product determination process (see FIG. 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

  In this way, products displayed as exchangeable gifts in the gift exchange system 7001 are put up by various shops on various routes, and the gift exchange system 7001 determines that a given item is displayed when the same item is put up. Select one product by criteria. Therefore, the player uses the prize exchange system 7001 to collect various products coming from various shops (that is, shops that are rich in variations from shops belonging to major EC malls to individual small shops). It is possible to overview and select at one location (one terminal).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 171 and FIG. 172, management of the deposit money of the hall store will be described. In this example, for a hall store that uses the premium exchange system 7001, a company operating the premium exchange system 7001 or a related organization receives a security deposit and uses the security deposit to pay a bill from the shop. Therefore, regarding the claim for the deposit, it is necessary to make an appropriate claim in advance in consideration of the past record of the hall store.

  FIG. 171 is a flowchart showing a procedure for charging a deposit to a hall store. Here, it is assumed that the charge management staff of the company or related organization of the prize exchange system 7001 which requests a deposit operates a charge management terminal (not shown) connected to the backbone server 7600. First, the staff operates the billing management terminal to instruct the hall store to display the previous month's transaction record (step S2021). Next, the backbone server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655 according to this instruction, and acquires the previous month's transaction amount of the hall store (step S2022).

  After that, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to display the previous month's transaction record (step S2023). The staff operates the billing management terminal so as to create a bill according to the displayed transaction record of each hall store in the previous month (step S2024). Here, the staff confirms the previous month's transaction record before instructing to create an invoice, but the backbone server 7600 automatically bills from the previous month's transaction record based on predetermined conditions. It is also possible to create a calligraphy.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the bill (step S2025), and in response thereto, the billing management terminal outputs the guarantee bill (step S2026). The billing management staff then sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2027). Regarding the sending of such a bill, for example, it can be automatically sent to the hall store from the backbone server 7600 by a mail with a certificate or the like.

  When the staff of the hall store receives the bill (step S2028), the deposit is transferred according to the bill (step S2029). After that, the billing management staff confirms the deposit transfer (step S2030), and performs an operation of deposit deposit confirmation on the billing management terminal (step S2031). After that, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 according to the operation, and changes the status of the deposit payment for the current month to "completed" (step S2032).

  FIG. 172 is a flow chart showing a procedure for making an additional request for a security deposit at a hall store. Here, it is assumed that the charge management staff of the company or related organization of the prize exchange system 7001 which requests a deposit operates a charge management terminal (not shown) connected to the backbone server 7600.

  First, the backbone server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655 to acquire the transaction amount of each hall store for a predetermined period (step S2041).

  Next, it is determined whether the acquired transaction amount is outside the first predetermined range (step S2042). If the transaction amount is outside the first predetermined range, the first range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2043). When the billing terminal device receives the first range-exceeding notification, the billing management staff accordingly operates to create the first additional bill in the billing management terminal (step S2044). Here, the staff confirms the transaction record of the hall store for a predetermined period and then instructs to create the invoice. However, the backbone server 7600 determines that the transaction record of the predetermined period and the transaction record of the predetermined period are set based on a predetermined condition. It is also possible to automatically create a bill from the relationship of one predetermined range.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the bill (step S2045), and in response to this, the billing management terminal outputs the guarantee bill (additional bill 1) (step S2046).

  When the transaction amount is within the range of the first predetermined range in step S2042, it is determined whether the acquired transaction amount is outside the range of the second predetermined range (step S2047). When the transaction amount is outside the range of the second predetermined range, that is, within the range of the first predetermined range and outside the range of the second predetermined range, a second range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2048). ). When the billing terminal device receives the second range excess notification, the billing management staff performs an operation of creating the second additional bill in the billing management terminal accordingly (step S2049). Here, the staff confirms the transaction record of the hall store for the predetermined period and then instructs the invoice to be made. However, the core server 7600 sets the transaction record of the transaction record of the predetermined period based on a predetermined condition. It is also possible to automatically create a bill from the relationship of the second predetermined range.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the bill (step S2050), and in response thereto, the billing management terminal outputs the guarantee bill (additional bill 2) (step S2051).

  The billing management staff then sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2052). Regarding the sending of such a bill, for example, it can be automatically sent to the hall store from the backbone server 7600 by a mail with a certificate or the like.

  When the staff of the hall store receives the invoice (step S2053), the deposit (additional claim 1 or additional claim 2) is transferred in accordance with the invoice (step S2054). After that, the billing management staff confirms the deposit transfer (step S2055), and performs a deposit transfer confirmation operation on the billing management terminal (step S2056). After that, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 in accordance with the operation, and changes the deposit status (additional claim 1) or the deposit status (additional claim 2) to “completed” (step). S2057).

  The first predetermined range and the second predetermined range can be set uniformly according to a predetermined standard or for each hall store. For example, the first predetermined range can be set to an amount according to a predetermined rate of the previous month's transaction amount or the average value of the transaction amount for a predetermined period, and the second predetermined range can be set to an amount according to a predetermined rate of the first predetermined range.

  The prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is merely one embodiment, and various other According to the embodiment, the characteristic computer system of the present invention can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations such as a prize selection device and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, and a backbone server 7600 of a computer center, a shop management server 7700, various I / F servers (7800 to 7860), etc. Also, various types of devices can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. Further, other different configurations can be adopted as the configuration of the table.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention]
[Premium display control function (1)]
With reference to FIG. 173, a system overview of the prize exchange system according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 is configured to include the device arranged in the hall store and the device of the computer center, as in the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and a part of the device of the computer center. However, it is connected to the terminal of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The free gift exchange system 9001 in FIG. 173 is preferably an online mail order interlocking free gift exchange system (online free gift exchange system).

  The prize exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 cooperates with the hall system 9002 when a hall system 9002 (different from the prize exchange system 9001) that manages coins, saved medals, and prizes is operated in the hall store. Work to enable the player to select a prize, exchange a prize, and order a prize. In this case, the prize exchange system 9001 and the hall system 9002 are connected by a network, and transmit and receive predetermined data as necessary. The hall system 9002 is basically a system of a provider different from the provider (providing / manufacturing company) of the prize exchange system 9001.

  The hall system 9002 shown in FIG. 173 includes a hall computer 9400, a hall DB 9430, a gaming machine 9010, a sand device 9020, and a prize POS 9500 in the hall store, and these hall computers 400 of the hall store 400 in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, and the prize POS 500. Note that the gaming machine 9010 is, for example, a pachi-slot machine or a pachinko machine, and the player obtains a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these, but in the present embodiment, the pachi-slot machine is used. The explanation will focus on the case of winning a medal in.

  The hall computer 9400 has a function of managing the state of devices arranged in the hall store (including the player's gaming status, etc.), members, and information regarding prizes, and stores various data in the hall DB 9430. Equipped with. The gaming machine 9010 is, for example, a pachi-slot machine or a pachinko machine, and the player obtains a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these. In addition, the gaming machine 9010 is connected to the hall computer 9400 and the sand device 9020, and exchanges information about the game status and the number of held game media (number of medals, number of medals).

  The prize POS 9500 is installed at a prize exchange counter of a hall store, and is used by staff of the hall store to deal with a player's prize exchange. For example, a receipt issued by an island edge counting device 9520 arranged at the end of an “island” in which a plurality of gaming machines 9010 are collectively arranged is received from the player and read (or presented by the player). The count value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sand device 7020 are read by a mall member card or the like), and a prize of a corresponding value is provided to the player. In the present embodiment, the number of held game media held by the player, which the staff has grasped through the prize POS 9500, is provided to the prize exchange terminal 9530, which enables the prize exchange by the prize exchange system 9001. As described above, in the hall store, due to the function of the conventional prize POS9500, the store prize (general prize) or the special prize placed in the store front corner display corner of the hall store is exchanged with the prize exchange system 9001. By linking, it will be possible to exchange for a wide variety of free gifts handled at online shopping sites.

  The counting device is a device that counts the number of balls (medals) acquired by the player, and in addition to the above-mentioned island edge counting device 9520, a sand device with a counting function for each unit and other counting devices are used in hall stores. It can be placed at various locations within. In this embodiment, an example is shown in which only the island edge counting device 9520 is arranged as the counting device.

  The free gift exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 has various functions such as free gift selection control, free gift exchange control, free gift order control, and the like similar to the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. The prize exchange system 9001 includes a backbone server 9600, a backbone DB 9650, a mobile I / F server 9680, a shop management server 9700, and a reward DB 9750 in a computer center, which are respectively the backbone server 600 and the backbone server in the reward exchange system 1. It corresponds to the DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, and the free gift DB 750. The wireless network 9690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  The core server 9600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment as a mall member (a member of a hall store is referred to as a “member of a hall store” or simply a “member”) and selects a prize for a player. The prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process are respectively performed according to the operation of the prize exchange, and when the prize exchange is decided, the prize order process for the corresponding online mail order site is automatically performed. Information on mall members and information on prize selection and prize exchange are stored in the core DB 9650. In addition, the prize selection control processing enables a player who is not registered as a mall member to select a prize.

  The mobile I / F server 9680 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices according to an access from a WEB browser executed by a smartphone 9570, a feature phone, or the like. The smartphone 9570 and the like function as a premium selection device, and the player can perform mall member registration and premium selection processing using the smartphone 9570 and the like. Further, it can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the smartphone 9570 or the like. The mobile I / F server 9680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 9650 according to the operation of the smartphone 9570 or the like. The smartphone 9570 or the like is a computer carried by the player, and can function as a prize selection device in a hall store or any other place.

  The shop management server 9700 collects and manages shop information about shops of one or more online shopping sites, receives (or collects) product information about products handled by the online shopping sites, and when predetermined conditions are met. , The product information is stored as displayable on the prize selection device. The shop information and the product information are stored in the prize DB 9750. In addition, in response to a command from the backbone server 9600, it sends a free gift delivery instruction to the corresponding online shopping site.

  Further, in the premium exchange system 9001, an I / F server is prepared according to a system of an online shopping site connected to the premium exchange system 9001. For example, the system sends information about products that are candidates for free gifts to the I / F server terminal, and the I / F server sends to the system free gifts from a terminal operated by a mall member player. Based on the instruction, the data related to the ordering of the product is transmitted.

  Note that, here, when the shop has its own shop system (9842a, 9842b), an example in which the shop system is connected to the shop system I / F server 9840 of the prize exchange system 9001 is shown. Depending on the system configuration of the mail-order site, various connection configurations such as the connection configurations described in the above-described first to eighth embodiments can be adopted.

  In this example, two shop systems (9842a, 9842b) are connected to the shop system I / F server 9840, but one shop system may be connected or three or more shop systems are connected. It may have been done. Of course, as described above, it is configured to include the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F, the EC mall management system I / F server, the individual shop I / F server, etc. shown in the first embodiment and the like. Good. Also, each I / F server can be configured to use less I / F servers, or conversely, to use more I / F servers corresponding to the subdivided functions. You can also do it. Also, the I / F server can be integrated with the shop management server 9700 and other devices.

  Also, the free gift exchange system 9001 includes an AP (application) server 9685 at a computer center. The AP server 9685 provides a WEB server function of providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed on a PC (personal computer) 9580. The PC 9580 functions as a prize selection device, and the player can perform mall member registration and prize selection processing using the PC 9580. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from another application executed by the PC 9580. The AP server 9685 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 9650 according to the operation of the PC 9580. It should be noted that the PC 9580 is a computer that is arranged at a place such as the player's home and can function as a prize selection device at that place.

  Further, the free gift exchange system 9001 includes a payment management server 9800 in a computer center, and the payment management server 9800 manages payment with an online shopping site and free payment with a hall store in free gift exchange, and has a payment management DB 9850. . The functions of the payment management server 9800 will be described in detail later.

  Furthermore, the premium exchange system 9001 includes a connection management device 9090, a premium exchange terminal 9530, and a viewer 9550 in a hall store.

  The connection management device 9090 controls the connection between the prize exchange terminal 9530 and the viewer 9550 of the hall store and the backbone server 9600 of the computer center. The connection management device 9090 includes a VPN router function when connecting the prize exchange terminal 9530 and the viewer 9550 in the hall store and the backbone server 9600 with a VPN (Virtual Private Network), and also connects with the backbone server 9600. Including a connection control function to control the. Further, the connection management device 9090 may be a device including a plurality of devices including a gateway device having a gateway function, a VPN router device having a VPN router function, and a connection control device having a connection control function and the like. .

  The premium exchange terminal 9530 functions as a premium exchange device. The free gift exchange device is a device that displays information about free gifts (free gifts registered in the shopping list) preselected by the free gift selection device, finally selects a free gift to be exchanged, and instructs an order. Such selection and order instruction are basically performed by the player himself at the prize exchange counter, but may be performed by staff at the hall store. In the present embodiment, the free gift exchange terminal 9530 is exemplified as a dedicated terminal that functions only as a free gift exchange device, but it may be set as a device having a function as a free gift selection device or another function. Further, the hall system 9002 arranged in a hall store may be integrated with a prize POS or a sand device to provide a function as a prize exchange device. Login to the prize exchange device can be performed by using a mall member ID obtained as a result of performing mall member registration using a mall member card. Here, the mall member card is, for example, a non-contact IC card. As the non-contact IC card, a card equipped with a non-contact IC chip based on a near field communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) or a non-contact IC card is used. There are mobile phones and smartphones with built-in chips.

  The viewer 9550 is installed in the hall store and functions as a prize selection device. The free gift selection device is a device that displays information about products registered from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select these products as future free gifts. It is also possible to register a mall member (under predetermined conditions) with the prize selection device. The product selected by the player is registered in the shopping list. The above-described PC 9580 and smartphone 9570 also function as a prize selection device. In the present embodiment, as the viewer 9550, for example, a large viewer including a large display (touch panel display device) of 40 inches or 50 inches and a small display (touch panel display device) of 10 inches or 15 inches are provided. A small viewer is installed. In addition to the viewer 9550, the PC 9580, and the smartphone 9570, a mobile phone, a tablet terminal, or any other terminal capable of network communication owned by the player can be used as the premium selection device.

  The prize exchange system 9001 further includes a management terminal 9870. The management terminal 7870 is a terminal used by a staff member who manages the free gift exchange system 9001, and has mall member information, free gift information, product information, free gift code correspondence information, free gift display control information, free gift initial display information, user information display information, A screen for managing terminal information, game medium type information, and the like is displayed, and related DBs are updated with predetermined authority.

  The management terminal 9870 is arranged in various places including a management company, a hall store, and a computer center according to its usage pattern, and is connected to the backbone server 9600 of the prize exchange system 9001 and the shop management server 9700.

  Further, the prize exchange system 9001 can be provided with a hall cooperation system like the prize exchange system 1 of FIG. For example, when data coordination is required between hall stores, the prize exchange system 9001 can be designed to include this hall coordination system. As shown in FIG. 1, devices such as a hall cooperation computer, a hall cooperation DB, and a center store I / F server can be arranged in the hall cooperation system.

  In this example, there are a viewer 9550, a smartphone 9570, and a PC 9580 as prize selection devices for the player to browse and select a desired prize. The viewer 9550 includes a large viewer 9550a having a large display and a small viewer 9550b having a small display and installed in a break room (see FIG. 174) or the like, as described later. As a prize exchange terminal that displays only the prizes desired to be exchanged, which have been selected in advance by the prize selection device, there is a prize exchange terminal 9530 which is a terminal exclusively used for prize exchange. The free gift selecting device is a terminal exclusively for exchange, which does not have a browsing / selecting function from the free gift list. That is, in the sequence of browsing, selecting and exchanging prizes, a prize selecting device for "viewing / selecting prizes" and a prize exchanging device for "exchange of selected prizes" are provided. It is clearly divided. Moreover, the number and installation position of the large-sized viewer 9550a, the small-sized viewer 9550b, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 can be freely set according to the desire of the hall store. The prize exchange device can also be configured to have a browsing / selecting function from the prize list, which the prize selecting device has.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 174, the arrangement of each device in the hall store will be described. FIG. 174 is a sketch diagram schematically illustrating how the respective devices of the hall system 9002 and the prize exchange system 9001 are arranged in the main area of the hall store.

  As shown in FIG. 174, the illustrated hall store is provided with two front doorways (9124a, 9124b) on the lower side of the figure, and the players enter and leave the hall store through these doorways. A front passage is provided in front of the front entrances (9124a, 9124b), and four islands (9107 to 9110) are arranged in the back (upper side of the drawing). Each island includes eight gaming machines 9010, and four groups of two gaming machines 9010 are arranged facing each other.

  Three inner passages are provided between the four islands (9107 to 9110) described above, and outer passages are provided on the left side of the island 9107 and the right side of the island 9110, respectively. Further, large viewers 9550a are arranged at the lower ends of the four islands (9107 to 9110), respectively, so that the entering player can easily see the product information and the guidance information of the hall stores. On the other hand, island edge counting devices 9520 are arranged at the upper ends of the islands 9107 and 9110, respectively.

  Further to the four islands (9107 to 9110) described above, the islands (9101, 9103, 9105) are arranged on the left side and the islands (9102, 9104, 9106) are arranged on the right side, further on the upper side of the drawing. . Like each of the four islands (9107 to 9110), each island includes eight gaming machines 9010, and four groups of two gaming machines 9010 are arranged facing each other. As illustrated, the gaming machines 9010 on these islands (9101 to 9106) are arranged in a direction orthogonal to the gaming machines 9010 on the four islands (9107 to 9110) described above.

  An inner passage is provided between the islands (9101, 9103, 9105) on the left side and the islands (9102, 9104, 9106) on the right side. Further, the above-mentioned outer passages extend to the left side of the left island (9101, 9103, 9105) and the right side of the right island (9102, 9104, 9106), respectively.

  A large viewer 9550a is arranged at the left end of the island 9101, and an island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the right end. A large viewer 9550a is arranged at the left end of the island 9103, and a small viewer 9550b is arranged at the right end. A small viewer 9550b is arranged at the left end of the island 9105, and an island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the right end.

  An island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the left end of the island 9102, and a large viewer 9550a is arranged at the right end. Large viewers 9550a are arranged at both ends of the island 9104. An island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the left end of the island 9106, and a large viewer 9550a is arranged at the right end.

  At a further depth (upper side of the drawing) of the islands (9101 to 9106), a prize exchange counter 9112 is arranged on the left side, and an in-store prize display corner 9114 is arranged on the right side. In addition, a staff room entrance 9120 is provided at the left side of the prize exchange counter 9112, and a restroom entrance 9121 is provided in front of the left side of the prize exchange counter 9112. A break room entrance 9123 is provided on the right side of the store premium display corner 9114. Further, a computer room entrance 9126 is provided at the back (upper side of the drawing) of the prize exchange counter 9112. Computers such as the hall computer 9400, the hall DB 9430, and the connection management device 9090 described above are installed in the computer room.

  At the back of the prize exchange counter 9112 (upper side of the drawing), the staff of the hall store is on standby, and responds to a request for a prize exchange by the player. As shown in the figure, two sets of a prize POS 9500 and a prize exchange terminal 9530 connected to the POS 9500 are placed on the prize exchange counter 9112. Further, a small viewer 9550b is placed on the prize exchange counter 9112.

  In-store prize display corner 9114 displays the actual gifts that can be exchanged according to the number of game media acquired by the player, and the player provides the prizes displayed in these stores and the prize exchange system 9001. A desired one can be selected as a general free gift from the free gifts handled by the online shopping sites. The player visually recognizes many of the prizes displayed in the store premium display corner 9114 as well as sees the prizes handled by the online shopping site displayed on the large-sized viewer 9550a. Can be motivating.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 175, the configuration of the sand device 9020 will be described. FIG. 175 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the sand device 9020. The structure of the sand device 9020 is similar to that of the sand device 20 shown in FIGS. 3 and 5 in the first embodiment. A main CPU (central processing unit) 9040 reads a control unit program stored in a ROM (read only memory) 9041 and executes processing such as lending of medals. Various data relating to the processing are stored in a RAM (random access memory) 9042.

  The main CPU 9040 stores the amount data read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 9022 or the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023 in the RAM 9042 as balance data. . Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 9034, the main CPU 9040, if the amount of money designated by the player is smaller than the balance data, the payout hopper 9045 for the designated amount of medals. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of paid out medals from the balance data. The main CPU 9040 can drive the payout hopper 9045 by controlling the drive circuit 9043.

  A button for returning the information card is also displayed on the operation unit 9034. When the player operates this operation button, the main CPU 9040 inserts the information card inserted in the information card reader / writer 9022 into the card. It is returned from the opening 9032 (corresponding to the card insertion opening 32 shown in FIG. 3).

  Further, the main CPU 9040 stores the banknote identification result output from the banknote identifying device (Bill Bali) 9024 in the RAM 9042 as balance data. Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 9034, the main CPU 9040, if the amount of money designated by the player is smaller than the balance data, the payout hopper 9045 for the designated amount of medals. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of paid out medals from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 9045 by controlling the drive circuit 9043.

  Further, the main CPU 9040 uses the infrared LED 9031B of the LED section 9031 as a monitoring floodlight, causes the player to reflect the infrared light from the infrared LED 9031B, and causes the camera 9035 to image the infrared light. The main CPU 9040 stores the image captured by the camera 9035 in the RAM 9042, and detects the presence or substitution of the player based on this image. This detection process is always performed. When the player's state changes to the non-detection (away) state and the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 9032 is still inserted, or the banknote insertion slot 9033 (in the banknote insertion slot 33 shown in FIG. 3). If there is a balance in the amount data of the banknote inserted from (correspondence), the main CPU 9040 alerts the player who is leaving the seat by issuing a warning sound or a warning sound through the speaker 9048. be able to. As the warning voice, a voice such as "I forgot my card" is issued.

  As described above, the main CPU 9040 is configured to perform non-contact communication with the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023. This communication system is, for example, an electromagnetic induction system having a carrier frequency of 13.56 MHz. The main CPU 9040 counts the number of medals according to the amount data read from the non-contact IC card through the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023 by the payout hopper 9045, and the medal payout tray 9037 (the medal shown in FIG. 3). Corresponding to the payout tray 37) and rewrite the balance data of the non-contact IC card.

  Further, the main CPU 9040 is adapted to communicate with the gaming machine 9010 and the hall computer 9400 via the interface 9047. The gaming machine 9010 periodically transmits the number of medals paid out as a game result and the number of medals inserted by the player to perform the game to the sand device 9020, and the main CPU 9040 of the sand device 9020, Upon receiving these pieces of information, they are stored in the RAM 9042.

  Further, the main CPU 9040 periodically captures the face image of the player via the camera 9035 and stores it in the RAM 9042. When the face image stored last time is compared with the face image stored this time, and when it is determined that they are not the same person, the main CPU 9040 determines that the player has changed, and performs processing according to this.

  As shown in FIG. 173, the gaming machine 9010 and the sand device 9020 are connected to the hall computer 9400 so that they can communicate with each other. The hall computer 9400 receives accumulated information (medal number information) about the number of medals, such as medal insertion information and payout information, from the gaming machine 9010 via the sand device 9020, and from the sand device 9020, an information card or a non-contact IC card. Information regarding the number of medals such as the movement of the number of medals between (1) and (2) is received.

  As described above, the sand device 9020 is similar to the sand device 20 shown in FIGS. 3 and 5, but in this example, the sand device 9020 does not have a medal counting function, and further, the prize selection process regarding the prize exchange system 9001. , And the prize exchange process is not performed.

  Next, the configuration of the island edge counting device 9520 will be described with reference to FIG. 176. FIG. 176 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the island edge counting device 9520. A main CPU (central processing unit) 9521 reads a control unit program stored in a ROM (read only memory) 9522 and executes medal counting processing. Various data relating to the processing are stored in a RAM (random access memory) 9523.

  When the player operates the operation unit 9525 to instruct the start of the counting process, the main CPU 9521 drives the counting hopper 9527 by controlling the driving circuit 9526, and the player is thrown into the counting hopper 9527. Count the number of medals. The counting result is printed by the printer 9524 and output as a receipt. The operation unit 9525 is, for example, a small display (touch panel display device), and the printer 9524 is, for example, a thermal printer.

  The main CPU 9521 transmits the counting result to the hall computer 9400 via the interface 9528. Further, the main CPU 9521 can control the speaker 9529 to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the player's operation is not appropriate.

  Further, the island edge counting device 9520 may be provided with a non-contact IC card reader / writer or the like so that the counting result can be stored in a predetermined storage medium.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 177, the configuration of the hall computer 9400 will be described. FIG. 177 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 9400. The hall computer 9400 is similar to the hall computer 400 shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.

  The hall computer 9400 includes a main CPU 9401, a ROM 9402, a RAM 9403, an external storage device 9404, a display 9405, an interface 9406, and a speaker 9407.

  The main CPU 9401 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9402 and the RAM 9403. For example, the main CPU 9401 manages member information of hall stores, manages the number of retained game media such as coins and medals for each member, and executes processing for managing the gaming status of each member, The display 9405 and the speaker 9407 are controlled.

  The display 9405 is for displaying game data managed by the hall computer 9400, or for notifying the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 9405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

  The speaker 9407, together with the display 9405, informs when an illegality such as illegally bringing in a medal or an abnormality occurs. The speaker 9407 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

  The hall computer 9400 is communicatively connected to the gaming machine 9010, the sand device 9020, the prize POS 9500, the island edge counting device 9520, and the connection management device 9090 via the interface 9406. The control program for implementing the present invention is stored in, for example, the external storage device 9404 and loaded into the RAM 9403. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 9406 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  A hall DB 9430 is stored in the external storage device 9404, and member information, saved medal information, action history information, and the like are stored.

  Note that the configurations of the backbone server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the shop system I / F server 9840 are also similar to the configuration of the hall computer 9400 described above (however, the devices connected by the interface are different from each other), and thus the description thereof is omitted. To do.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 178, the configuration of the prize POS 9500 will be described. FIG. 178 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the premium POS 9500. This free gift POS 9500 is similar to the free gift POS 500 shown in FIG. 8 in the first embodiment.

  The free gift POS 9500 is configured to receive predetermined data from the free gift exchange terminal 9530 and send it to the hall computer 9400 regarding the free gift exchange by the free gift exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment while realizing the conventional free gift exchange process. . The prize POS 9500 includes a main CPU 9501, a ROM 9502, a RAM 9503, an information card reader / writer 9504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505, a bar code reader 9506, a keyboard 9508, a display 9509, a printer 9507, and an interface 9510. It is also possible to provide a speaker.

  The main CPU 9501 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9502 and the RAM 9503. For example, the main CPU 9501 executes a conventional free gift exchange process, and executes predetermined data transmission / reception in the free gift exchange process by the free gift exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 9510 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The main CPU 9501 reads the receipt printed by the island edge counting device 9520 with the barcode reader 9506, and thereby obtains the counting result (the number of acquired game media) necessary for exchanging the prize. Further, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, the main CPU 9501 uses the information card reader / writer 9504 or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505 to calculate the counting result (the number of retained game media ( It is also possible to acquire) including the number of medals).

  The display 9509 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by staff in a hall store. The main CPU 9501 receives information such as free gifts (general free gifts in stock at hall stores and special free gifts) related to conventional free gifts designated by the staff via the display 9509 and the keyboard 9508, and in response thereto. The information on the inventory number of managed premiums and the game media of the player is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 (connected via the interface 9510).

  When the player receives a prize exchange instruction from the player (via the interface 9510) from the prize exchange terminal 9530 connected to the prize POS 9500, the main CPU 9501 accesses the hall computer 9400 to perform the game related to the prize exchange. Send the number of media. Further, the main CPU 9501 controls the printer 9507 to instruct to print a proof or receipt relating to prize exchange, a receipt indicating the number of remaining game media, and the like as necessary.

  Further, when the main CPU 9501 includes a speaker, the main CPU 9501 can control the speaker to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the player does not operate properly.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 179, the configuration of the premium exchange terminal 9530 will be described. FIG. 179 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the premium exchange terminal 9530. The free gift exchange terminal 9530 includes a main CPU 9531, a ROM 9532, a RAM 9533, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534, a display 9535, an interface 9536, and a speaker 9537.

  The main CPU 9531 reads out and executes the control programs stored in the ROM 9532 and the RAM 9533. For example, the main CPU 9531 executes the prize exchange processing by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 9536 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The display 9535 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. Also, the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the prize POS 9500 via an interface 9536 so as to cooperate with the prize POS 9500, and is also connected to the connection management device via the interface 9536 for transmitting / receiving data to / from the prize exchange system 9001. 9090.

  The main CPU 9531 causes the display 9535 to display screens (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging the free gift of the free gift exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. On the screen, the information of the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is associated with the mall member ID read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 9534, and the connection management device 9090 is connected. Is transmitted to the backbone server 600 via the.

  On the other hand, the number of game media consumed by the prize exchange is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 via the prize POS 9500 for user history management, game media quantity management, settlement with a computer center, and the like.

  The camera 9538 is a small-sized image pickup device built in the prize exchange terminal 9530, and the image pickup element is composed of a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like, and photographs the face or the like of the player who operates the prize exchange terminal 9530.

  Next, the configuration of the viewer 9550 will be described with reference to FIG. 180. FIG. 180 is a block diagram showing the structure of the viewer 9550. The viewer 9550 includes a main CPU 9551, a ROM 9552, a RAM 9553, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554, a display 9555, an interface 9557, and a speaker 9558.

  The main CPU 9551 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9552 and the RAM 9553. For example, the main CPU 9551 executes the prize selection processing by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 9557 or from another external device via a network including the Internet.

  The contactless IC card reader / writer 9554 reads, for example, a mall member card (contactless IC card) distributed at a hall store and registers the prize selected in the gift selection process in the shopping list. It is associated with the mall member ID read from the member card. In the present embodiment, since the gift selection process can be performed without registering as a mall member, if the mall member is not registered, the shopping list is associated with the unique ID of the contactless IC card. It is registered (in the present embodiment, a contactless IC card in a state where the mall member has not been registered is also referred to as a mall member card for convenience).

  The display 9555 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. On the display 9555, prizes that can be registered in the shopping list (handled by the online shopping site) are displayed, and the player can register them in the shopping list by touching and selecting them. The product information displayed on the display 9555 is provided from the core server 9600 connected via the interface 9557 and the connection management device 9090, and the product information selected by the player is displayed on the interface 9557 and the connection management device 9090. It is transmitted to the backbone server 9600 via the.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, the viewers 9550 include the large-sized viewer 9550a having a large size display and the small-sized viewer 9550b having a small size display.

  Further, the main CPU 9551 can control the speaker 9558 so as to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the operation by the player is not appropriate.

  Next, the configuration of the smartphone 9570 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 181 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of the smartphone 9570. The smartphone 9570 includes a main CPU 9571, a ROM 9572, a RAM 9573, a non-contact IC chip 9574, a GPS antenna 9575, a wireless communication antenna 9576, a display 9577, a microphone 9578, and a speaker 9579.

  The main CPU 9571 reads out and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9572 or the RAM 9573. For example, the main CPU 9571 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 9680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

  Internal data of the non-contact IC chip 9574 is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 described above. For example, IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 9574 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 9574 can be read in a non-contact manner. In addition, data can be written in a non-contact manner in a storage area of the non-contact IC chip 9574 as needed.

  The main CPU 9571 receives signals from a plurality of GPSs (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 9575 and checks the position of the smartphone 9570. The position information thus obtained is stored in the RAM 9573 or the like and used in the program as needed.

  The main CPU 9571 communicates with the mobile phone base station via the wireless communication antenna 9576, transmits / receives call data for making a call with another device, and is provided from another terminal via the Internet. It controls to browse the WEB page of the user and to send and receive mail data to and from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 9571 realizes wireless LAN communication with a wireless LAN access point using the wireless communication antenna 9576 and transmits / receives data via the Internet (however, the antenna used for wireless LAN communication is a mobile phone). An antenna that is different from the antenna that communicates with the base station).

  The main CPU 9571 receives, for example, from the mobile I / F server 9680, data of a WEB page which is a screen regarding mall member registration and prize selection, interprets the data, and displays the data on the display 9577. The display 9577 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player touches a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 9577 to give a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F. Reply to server 9680.

  The microphone 9578 and the speaker 9579 perform voice input / output, and the main CPU 9571 performs voice signal processing to enable voice communication by a mobile phone.

  Although description of the configuration of the feature phone and other mobile devices is omitted, the configuration is similar to that of the smartphone 9570 described above.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 182, an outline of a flow from prize selection to prize exchange in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment will be described. Note that in FIG. 182, operations and processes in each of the prize selection device, the gaming machine 9010, the prize POS 9500, and the prize exchange device are shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, the player touches the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550 with the mall member card (non-contact IC card) (step S2101). In this example, mall member registration has not yet been performed.

  Next, in step S2102, the player operates the display of the premium selection device to select a product from which the prize may be desired to be exchanged in the future, and adds the product to the shopping list. to register. The method of giving such a free gift selection instruction is the same as that of the free gift exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above.

  Thereafter, in step S2103, the player registers the player's e-mail address and password, and the player's name and address necessary for delivering the prize, in the prize selecting device (which enables mall member registration). Such mall member registration can be performed after giving a free gift selection instruction, as shown in the figure.

  On the other hand, in step S2104, when the player plays the game with the gaming machine 9010 and obtains the game medium, the player operates the island edge counting device 9520 to count the game medium and print a receipt (also at this time). , The counted number of game media is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 and stored in the game media holding number management table 9432 in association with the receipt number or the like). The game by such a player can be repeated a plurality of times. Either the registration operation of step S2103 or the game of step S2104 may be performed first. Therefore, the player can perform the game of step S2104 to acquire the game medium and register the mall member at the time when the prize can be exchanged.

  In step S2106, the player who exchanges the prize touches the mall member card with the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9530, inputs the password, and logs in. The mall member card used here is a card that has been registered as a mall member. In the present embodiment, since it is indispensable that the mall member registration is performed at the stage of exchanging the prize, it is checked whether or not the member is a mall member when logging in to the prize exchange device. It is also possible to design so that it is not necessary to register as a mall member until just before giving a prize exchange instruction.

  Next, in step S2107, the prize exchange device requests the connected prize POS 9500 for the number of game media (the number of medals) used for the prize exchange. In response to this, the prize POS 9500 displays a message prompting the user to input the number of medals on the display 9509 in step S2108.

  When the above display on the display 9509 is displayed, the staff at the hall store receives the receipt from the player and inputs the counted number of medals according to the content of the receipt (step S2109).

  When the number of medals is input by the staff in the prize POS 9500, the prize exchange device acquires the input number of medals (step S2110), and the player registered the prize selection device on the display of the prize exchange device with the prize selection device. The shopping list is displayed (step S2111).

  When the shopping list is displayed on the free gift exchange device, the player selects a desired free gift from the list and gives a free gift exchange instruction (step S2112). Of course, at this stage, new gifts that are not on the shopping list can be added and can be exchanged.

  When the prize exchange device receives a prize exchange instruction from the player, the prize exchange device transmits a prize ordering instruction to the core server 9600 (step S2113). After receiving the free gift ordering instruction, the core server 9600 issues a predetermined instruction to the shop management server 9700 and the like to realize the free gift exchange. Regarding these processes, the free gift exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment is used. As described above in connection with the above.

  After that, the prize exchange device notifies the prize POS 9500 of the number of medals consumed by the exchange of the prize (step S2114), and the prize POS 9500 which has received the number of consumed medals receives from the number of medals input in step S2109. The number of consumed medals is subtracted, and the result is printed on the receipt (step S2115). Also, here, the prize POS 9500 transmits the received number of consumed medals to the hall computer 9400.

  In addition, after performing the prize exchange, the remaining balls (end balls) can be configured to be stored (for example, the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the prize according to the third embodiment). Exchange system 2001 etc.). For example, in a prize exchange device (or a prize POS 9500, a small amount coin instruction device 1060 of the prize exchange system 1001, a small amount coin instruction device 2060 of the prize exchange system 2001, etc.), after completion of the exchange of prizes, the remaining end balls are accumulated. It can be configured to display a screen that allows the player to select and instruct whether or not to do. In addition, such an edge ball storage function is a management screen (setting screen) displayed on a management terminal (not shown) connected to the hall computer 9400 of the hall store, and activation / deactivation is selected as an optional function. can do.

  Further, when the hall store does not have enough time for exchanging the prizes or when the desired prize cannot be selected by the prize selection device, it is possible to interlock with a mechanism for accumulating the number of the acquired game media.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 183, an outline of functions of the premium POS 9500 will be described. FIG. 183 is a functional block diagram of the premium POS 9500. The premium POS 9500 includes an access management unit 9511, a premium POS control unit 9512, a premium exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513, an in-store premium management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515, a display control unit 9516, and a network I / F unit 9517. .

  The access management unit 9511 checks whether the staff at the hall store is a valid user with a password or the like, and manages access to the hall computer 9400 or the like. The prize POS control unit 9512 receives a prize exchange instruction (instruction to exchange a general prize or a special prize) in the hall store, which is input by the staff based on the instruction of the player, and performs the prize exchange process to execute the prize exchange process. Manage the quantity and stock of prizes.

  The prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 transmits the number (medal count) of game media used for the prize exchange to the prize exchange terminal 9530 in response to a request from the prize exchange terminal 9530 connected to the network. It controls to actually receive the number of game media consumed by the prize exchange from the prize exchange terminal 9530.

  The in-store free gift management unit 9514 receives the information on the in-store free gift displayed in the in-store free gift display corner 9114 according to the operation of the staff, and updates the table of the hall computer with the information. The processing performed by the storefront gift management unit 9514 will be described in detail later.

  The hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 transmits the number of game media counted by the player from the island edge counting device 9520 to the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID of the membership card or the receipt NO, and also the prize. When the number of consumed medals (the number of game media) due to the prize exchange is received from the exchange terminal 9530, the information is transmitted to the hall computer 9400.

  The display control unit 9516 controls the display 9509 to display, for example, a screen on which the staff inputs for gift exchange or a screen for the staff to input information on store gifts. A network I / F (interface) unit 9517 is connected to the network and controls to perform data transmission / reception with a counterpart computer. Further, here, the network may be configured as a network including the Internet (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F unit of another device).

  Next, the functional outline of the hall computer 9400 will be described with reference to FIG. 184 (A). FIG. 184 (A) is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 9400. The hall computer 9400 includes a hall member management unit 9411, a game medium holding number management unit 9412, an in-store prize registration unit 9413, and a network I / F unit 9414. The hall computer 9400 has functions that a conventional hall computer has, such as prize management, but here, the functions related to the present invention will be mainly described.

  In addition, the hall computer 9400 stores a hall DB 9430 in the external storage device 9404, and the hall DB 9430 stores a member information table 9431 that stores information about members of the hall store. A game medium holding number management table 9432 that manages the number of held game media and an in-store freebie information table 9433 that stores information about in-store freebies (and their inventory) displayed in the in-store freebie display corner 9114 and the like are included. .

  The hall member management unit 9411 manages information about members of the hall store (hall members). When the hole member has accumulated medals or balls, the game medium holding number management unit 9412 controls such that the information is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 in association with the hole member card or the like. At the same time, the hall member is controlled so that he or she can use the medals and medals by using the hall member card.

  The in-store premium registering unit 9413 receives the information about the in-store premium transmitted from the prize POS 9500 according to the operation of the staff, controls to store the information in the above-mentioned in-store premium information table 9433, and the premium displayed by the premium selection device. In order to exclude the in-store gift, the information on the in-store gift is transmitted to the backbone server 9600 as necessary.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 184 (B), an outline of functions of the premium exchange terminal 9530 will be described. FIG. 184 (B) is a functional block diagram of the gift exchange terminal 9530. The free gift exchange terminal 9530 includes an access management unit 9541, a free gift exchange control unit 9542, a display control unit 9544, and a network I / F unit 9545.

  The access management unit 9541 checks whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member with a mall member card and password. The free gift exchange control unit 9542 controls to display the shopping list associated with the logged-in mall member on the display 9535, and sends the free gift ordering instruction to the core server 9600 in accordance with the player's instruction to consume the medal. Send the number to the giveaway POS 9500. The display control unit 9544 displays a shopping list or the like on the display 9535.

  Next, the functional outline of the viewer 9550 will be described with reference to FIG. 185. FIG. 185 is a functional block diagram of the viewer 9550. The viewer 9550 includes an access management unit 9561, a prize selection control unit 9562, a display control unit 9563, and a network I / F unit 9564.

  When the mall member card is presented, the access management unit 9561 checks whether or not it is a valid card, and if it is not registered as a mall member, the process is performed based on the unique ID of the mall member card. I do. The prize selection control unit 9562 controls the prize selected by the player to be registered in the shopping list corresponding to the player. The display control unit 9563 displays a selection target prize or the like on the display 9555.

  The viewer 9550 may be configured to include a camera for photographing a player or the like. The camera is, for example, a small-sized image pickup device built in the viewer 9550, and the image pickup element is configured by a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 186, a functional outline of the backbone server 9600 will be described. FIG. 186 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 9600. The core server 9600 includes a mall member management unit 9601, a gift selection control unit 9604, a gift exchange control unit 9605, a gift ordering control unit 9606, a hall outside device management unit 9607, an in-store gift management unit 9608, a gift display control unit 9609, and a gift. An initial display control unit 9610, a user information display control unit 9611, a game medium type definition data management unit 9612, and a network I / F unit 9613 are included.

  In addition, the core server 9600 stores a core DB 9650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 9650 stores a mall member information table 9651 that stores information about mall members and a mall member game that stores information about the medals and coins of the mall members. Medium holding number management table 9652, shopping list management table 9653 that stores the shopping list registered by the free gift selection instruction, in-store free gift management table 9656 that stores information such as free gifts displayed in the in-store free gift display corner 9114 of the hall store. A prize code correspondence table 9657 that stores the correspondence relationship of the prize codes, a prize display control table 9658 that stores information for controlling the prize display for each hall store, and information for controlling the initial display of the prize in the prize selection device. Initial display control table for storing 659, a user information display control table 9660 that stores information for controlling the display mode of user information in the premium selection device, a terminal management table 9661 that stores attributes of the premium selection device, and the type of game media for each hall store. The game medium type definition table 9662 stored in FIG.

  In response to an inquiry from the prize exchange device or the like, the mall member management unit 9601 checks whether the owner of the mall member card is a valid mall member, and sends the check result to the inquiry source.

  The premium selection control unit 9604 transmits product information related to the prize to be selected to the premium selection device in response to a request from the premium selection device, and selects the selected premium in accordance with the player's premium selection instruction in the premium selection device. It is registered as a shopping list and stored in the shopping list management table 9653. This process will be described in detail later.

  The premium exchange control unit 9605 transmits the shopping list of the corresponding mall member to the premium exchange device in response to a request from the premium exchange device, and is selected according to the player's premium exchange instruction in the premium exchange device. An instruction to order a free gift is received from the free exchange device. The prize order control unit 9606 transmits a gift delivery instruction or the like to the shop management server 9700 based on the gift order instruction received from the gift exchange device.

  The hall out-of-store device management unit 9607 manages the connection with the PC 9580 or the smartphone 9570 that functions as a prize selection device. For example, when the PC 9580 connects to the AP server 9685 via the network 9695, data transmission / reception with the AP server 9685 is realized, and necessary data is transmitted to the backbone server 9600 in response to a request from the AP server 9685 or the like. Generate and send. When the smartphone 9570 connects to the mobile I / F server 9680 via the wireless network 9690, the mobile I / F server 9680 transmits / receives data and requests from the mobile I / F server 9680 or the like. In response to the request, the backbone server 9600 generates and transmits necessary data.

  The in-store premium management unit 9608 controls processing such as copying the premium information stored in the in-store premium information table 9433 from the hall computer 9400 of each hall store and storing it in the in-store premium management table 9656 at a predetermined timing. To do. Note that this processing will be described in detail later.

  The premium display control unit 9609 suppresses the display of the premium displayed by the premium selection device of each hall store based on the premium information stored in the storefront premium management table 9656. Further, based on the data stored in the premium display control table 9658, the display of the premium displayed by the premium selection device of each hall store is controlled. Note that these processes will be described in detail later.

  The free gift initial display control unit 9610 controls the display of the free gift displayed by the free gift selecting device in each hall store based on the data stored in the free gift initial display control table 9659. Note that this processing will be described in detail later.

  The user information display control unit 9611 controls the display of the player (user) displayed on the prize selection device of each hall store based on the data stored in the user information display control table 9660. Note that this processing will be described in detail later.

  The game medium type definition data management unit 9612 enables definition of the game medium type for each hall store, and based on the contents of the game medium type definition table 9662 defined in the hall store, a prize selection device for each hall store, The display of the type of game medium displayed by the prize exchange device is controlled, and the number of game media (the number of medals (balls)) necessary for exchanging the prize, that is, the exchange number is calculated and displayed. Note that this processing will be described in detail later.

  Next, the functional outline of the shop management server 9700 will be described with reference to FIG. 187. FIG. 187 is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 9700. The shop management server 9700 includes a shop information management unit 9701, a product determination unit 9702, a gift order management unit 9703, an exchange history management unit 9704, an order history management unit 9705, a gift price adjustment unit 9706, and a network I / F unit 9707. .

  Further, the shop management server 9700 stores a prize DB 9750 in an external storage device, and the prize DB 9750 stores a shop management table 9751 that stores information on shops and a product management table 9752 that stores product information collected from online shopping sites. , An order management table 9754 for managing the contents ordered from the online shopping site, an exchange history management table 9755 for managing the exchange history, an order history management table 9756 for managing the order history, and a price adjustment table for adjusting the price of the prize. 9757 is included.

  The shop information management unit 9701 displays the shop registration screen on the management terminal 9870 or the like, and registers the input shop information in the shop management table 9751. The shop information management unit 9701 further searches the contents of the shop management table 9751 in response to a search request from the manager, and displays the shop information search screen on the management terminal 9870 or the like.

  The commodity determination unit 9702 examines the commodity put up by the shop under a predetermined condition (that is, determines whether or not the commodity is an exchangeable gift). Such examination includes various examination forms including a form in which the result of examination by a person is input (for example, by the management terminal 9870) and a form in which the system automatically determines from the information about the product. The information of the exhibited product is temporarily stored in the work area, and when it is determined as a gift that can be exchanged as a result of the examination, it is stored in the product management table 9752 (copying necessary information from the work area). It is displayed as a prize search result or a prize such as a recommendation in the prize selection device.

  The prize order management unit 9703 receives a prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange device via the backbone server 9600 and instructs the shop system I / F server 9840 to order a prize. To do.

  When the exchange history management unit 9704 receives the order receipt notification received from the shop system I / F server 9840, the exchange history management unit 9704 creates an exchange history regarding the order and stores it in the exchange history management table 9755.

  When the order history management unit 9705 receives an order receipt notification from the shop system I / F server 9840, the order history management unit 9705 creates an order history related to the order and stores it in the order history management table 9756.

  The premium price adjustment unit 9706 determines the price of the premium based on a predetermined standard. In determining the price, the contents of the price adjustment table 9757 are referred to. This process will be described in detail later.

  Next, the functional outline of the shop system I / F server 9840 will be described with reference to FIG. 188. FIG. 188 is a block diagram of the shop system I / F server 9840. The shop system I / F server 9840 includes a server communication control unit 9840a, a shop system I / F unit 9840b, a prize order control unit 9840c, an exhibition management control unit 9840d, and a network I / F unit 9840e.

  The server communication control unit 9840a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 9700 via the network I / F unit 9840e. The shop system I / F unit 9840b controls data transmission / reception with the shop system (9842a, 9842b), and performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, and the like, and the shop management server 9700 and the shop. Controls interactions with the system (9842a, 9842b). The free gift order control unit 9840c transmits a free gift order instruction to the specified shop to the shop system 9842 via the shop system I / F unit 9840b. The exhibition management control unit 9840d receives information on the products provided from the shop systems (9842a, 9842b) through, for example, the shop system I / F unit 9840b, and transmits the information to the shop management server 9700.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 189 to 201, configurations of various tables used in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  FIG. 189 (A) illustrates the configuration of the membership information table 9431 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400, which is similar to the membership information table 431 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is a composition.

  FIG. 189 (B) exemplifies the configuration of the game medium holding number management table 9432 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400. The game medium holding number in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as the management table 432.

  FIG. 190 exemplifies the configuration of the store premium information table 9433 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400. The free gift information stored in the in-store free gift information table 9433 includes information on in-store free gifts input from the free gift POS 9500. The standard prize code is a standard code for identifying a prize, such as a JAN (Japanese Article Number) code. Further, instead of the standard prize code, an original code adopted by a predetermined shop system may be used. The store giveaway code is a code given to the giveaway by the hall store. Although the item “NO” is provided in the store premium information table 9433, this is for convenience of referring to each record.

  In the case of the example shown in FIG. 190, the prize with the standard prize code = “4332” indicated by the record of NO = “1” has no corresponding store prize code, and the hall store manages this prize with the standard prize code. . In addition, the prize with the standard prize code = “4450” indicated by the record of NO = “2” has the corresponding store prize code = “882”, and the hall store uses both the standard prize code and the store prize code. Manage free gifts (in this case, you can also manage only standard free gift codes). Furthermore, the prize with the store premium code = “005” indicated by the record of NO = “3” does not have a corresponding standard premium code, and is a product unique to the hall store. The hall store manages this prize with the store prize code. Furthermore, the prize of the store prize code = “034” indicated by the record of NO = “4” has no corresponding standard prize code, and is a product unique to the hall store. The hall store manages this prize with the store prize code.

  The in-store free gift information table 9433 manages the number of stocks in the hall store for each free gift, and when the free gift POS9500 instructs the free gift exchange, the corresponding free stock number is subtracted.

  FIG. 191 (A) illustrates the configuration of the mall member information table 9651 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The mall member information table 651 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above is used as an example. It has the same configuration.

  FIG. 191 (B) exemplifies the configuration of the mall member game media holding number management table 9652 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600, and is a mall member in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as the game medium holding number management table 652.

  FIG. 192 illustrates the configuration of the shopping list management table 9653 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600, and is similar to the shopping list management table 653 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. This is the configuration. Compared with the shopping list management table 653, the shopping list management table 9653 stores a unique ID instead of the mall member ID. This is because in the present embodiment, it is possible to register the prize in the shopping list before the mall member is registered, and the shopping list of the player is associated with the unique ID of the mall member card. To be After being registered as a mall member, the shopping list of the player is associated with the mall member ID by the shopping list management table 9653 and the above-mentioned mall member information table 9651.

  Further, the shopping list management table 9653 does not store the delivery destination as compared with the shopping list management table 653. This is because in the present embodiment, the gift selection device does not specify the delivery destination.

  FIG. 193 exemplifies the configuration of the in-store premium management table 9656 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The in-store free gift management table 9656 collects the data of the above-mentioned in-store free gift information table 9433 for each hall store and is associated with the product ID of the free gift managed by the free gift exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment.

  FIG. 194 exemplifies the structure of the prize code correspondence table 9657 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. Although the in-store premium information table 9433 described in FIG. 190 is also shown, the relationship between the premium code correspondence table 9657 and the in-store premium information table 9433 will be described later. The prize code correspondence table 9657 stores the correspondence between the product ID of the prize managed by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment and the standard prize code. Further, the product ID is further associated with a set of a store code (or a shop ID for identifying a shop) that identifies a hall store and a store premium code (or a shop premium code).

  In this example, the store code is represented by a code consisting of three digits, and the shop ID is represented by an ID in which the first character is "S" and a three digit number follows. The store premium code is represented by a code consisting of three digits, and the shop premium code is represented by a code in which the first character is "A" or "T", followed by a four digit number.

  Further, in this example, for example, the product with the standard prize code = “4332” is associated with the product ID = “P001” on a one-to-one basis, but in the shop with the shop ID = “S001”, the shop prize code is displayed. = “A0112” is given, and in the shop with the shop ID = “S002”, the shop prize code = “T9001” is given. Products with product ID = “P081” have standard gift codes at hall stores or shops (because the standard gift codes were not originally assigned or the standard gift codes could not be managed at hall stores). It is not associated and a new product ID for identifying this product is assigned.

  Furthermore, as the product ID = “P992”, the products (store prize code = “399”, “400”) managed individually in the same hall store (store code = “744”) are the prize exchange system. In 9001, they can be managed as the same product. This is done, for example, in order to manage individual products, such as local specialty products and fresh foods, which differ in the number of grams and detailed specifications with one product ID. Such an operation of grouping individual products into one product ID can be executed by the administrator by individually judging from the management terminal 9870, and data based on a predetermined rule is provided from the hall store side. It can also be realized by doing.

  In the premium code correspondence table 9657 shown in FIG. 194, a premium (product) input from another subject is associated based on a standard premium code (for example, a standardized identifier such as JAN code), and Although it was determined that they were different, for example, an identifier unique to the online shopping site, an unique identifier set at the headquarters of the chain store (when the hall store is a chain store), an unique identifier set for each store, etc. Of these, the prize code correspondence table 9657 that can associate a plurality of identifiers and derive one prize can be used. Further, such a prize code correspondence table 9657 may be stored in the core DB 9650 and provided on the computer center side, or may be stored in the hall DB 9430 and provided on the hall store side.

  In addition to the determination based on the identifier, it is possible to separate the in-store prize and the prize of the prize exchange system 9001 at a fixed price range. Further, this price range may be changed for each hall store.

  FIG. 195 exemplifies the structure of the premium display control table 9658 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The premium display control table 9658 specifies, for each hall store, which category of premium is to be hidden on which terminal. Further, as shown in the figure display control table 9658, the type of the target terminal, the installation position of the target terminal, the non-display time, and the non-display period can be specified. When the terminal body and the display are configured by different devices, the target terminal type includes the display type (size, etc.) of the target terminal, and the installation position of the target terminal is the installation position of the display of the target terminal. Represent

  FIG. 196 (A) exemplifies the configuration of the free gift initial display control table 9659 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The free gift initial display control table 9659 specifies, for each hall store, which category is to be displayed when a free gift is initially displayed in a free gift selection device or the like. Further, the premium initial display control table 9659 can also specify the time for which the condition for initial display is applied and the period for which the condition for initial display is applied, as shown in the figure.

  FIG. 196 (B) exemplifies the structure of a free gift initial display control table 9659 'which is another embodiment of the above free gift initial display control table. In the prize initial display control table 9659 ', a condition for performing the initial display is further added, and the mode of the initial display is controlled based on the information relating to the individual player such as the number of exchanges of prizes and the number of held game media.

  FIG. 197 (A) illustrates the configuration of the user information display control table 9660 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The user information display control table 9660 specifies which display level user information (information about a player) is displayed on which terminal for each hall store. The user information display control table 9660 can also specify the installation position of the target terminal, the time to apply the display level, and the period to apply the display level, as illustrated.

  Here, the display level of the user information is such that the user information is displayed. For example, the display level = "1" is a level at which all the user information including the member information registration screen and the mall member's address is displayed. Yes, the display level = “2” is a level at which the mall member ID and name can be displayed, and the display level = “3” is a level at which all the user information cannot be displayed.

  FIG. 197 (B) illustrates the configuration of the terminal management table 9661 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The terminal management table 9661 stores the correspondence of the terminal code, the terminal type, and the terminal installation position for each hall store.

  FIG. 198 exemplifies the configuration of the game medium type definition table 9662 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The game medium type definition table 9662 is the number of rented game media corresponding to the reference amount (for example, 1000 yen) for each hall store (that is, the number of game media lent to the reference amount (lending amount), for example, , 200 medals and 500 pachinko balls) are defined. Further, the display (game medium type display) for indicating the game medium type in the prize selection device or the prize exchange device can be set in association with these.

  FIG. 199 (A) illustrates the configuration of the shop management table 9751 included in the gift DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and is similar to the shop management table 751 in the gift exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is the structure of.

  FIG. 199 (B) illustrates the structure of the product management table 9752 included in the gift DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and is similar to the product management table 752 in the gift exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. This is the configuration. Compared to the product management table 752, the product management table 9752 has only one corresponding category, does not have inventory information indicating the stock of products in the shop, and has a price deviating from the general price of the market. It is configured to have a deviation flag set to "1".

  FIG. 200 (A) illustrates the structure of the exchange history management table 9755 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700. The exchange history management table 7755 in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as.

  FIG. 200B illustrates the configuration of the order history management table 9756 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700. The order history management table 7756 in the gift exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as.

  FIG. 201 exemplifies the configuration of the price adjustment table 9757 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700. The price adjustment table 9757 stores an amount (adjusted amount) to be added to the price presented by the shop for each category of the product (prize) and each price range.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 202 to 208, when the viewer 9550 displays a prize selection instruction screen or the like, the gifts displayed in the in-store gift display corner 9114 are treated as gifts to be handled by the gift exchange system 9001. The premium display control function for preventing the display will be described.

  FIG. 202 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing for displaying the prize selection instruction screen on the viewer 9550. Note that in FIG. 202, the processes in the viewer 9550, the backbone server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2121, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 or when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case, for example, when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

  If the player gives a premium display instruction (YES in step S2121), the flow advances to step S2122, where the premium selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 performs a basic request for a premium selection page (for example, the above-described premium selection instruction screen). Performed on the server 9600. In this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 and the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is also transmitted to the backbone server 9600.

  When the premium display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the request for the premium selection page in step S2123, the premium display control unit 9609 transmits a product information request to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the request for product information from the backbone server 9600 in step S2124, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, product ID, category, price, and other information.

  Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the backbone server 9600 in step S2125. The premium display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700 in step S2126.

  Next, the premium display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 repeats the processing of steps S2127 to S2131 for each product included in the product information. First, in step S2127, it is determined whether or not all the products have been processed, and if there are remaining products (NO in step S2127), the process proceeds to step S2128, in which one product ID selected from the product information is selected. And the product ID in the store premium management table 9656 are compared. The product IDs of the in-store gift management table 9656 to be compared are only those related to the store code received from the viewer 9550.

  In step S2129, it is determined whether or not the product IDs match, and when the product IDs match (YES in step S2129), in step S2130, it is determined whether or not the inventory quantity related to the product ID in the storefront premium management table 9656 is zero. judge. If the inventory quantity is not zero (NO in step S2130), the flow advances to step S2127 to perform processing for the next product ID in the received product information.

  By such processing, the display of the prize displayed as a store gift in the target hall store is suppressed so that the prize is not selected by the prize selection device even if the same prize is put up by the shop.

  When there is no matching product ID (NO in step S2129) and when the inventory number related to the product ID is zero (YES in step S2130), the process proceeds to step S2131, where the prize corresponding to the product ID is selected. As the display target, the display target premium data including the corresponding product information is generated. After that, in order to perform the process for the next product ID, the process proceeds to step S2127.

  In step S2127, if the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 completes the processing for all the prizes (YES in step S2127), the process proceeds to step S2132, where the display target premium data generated in step S2131 is set. Based on this, a premium selection page is created, and the premium selection page is transmitted to the viewer 9550.

  The premium selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the premium selection page received from the backbone server 9600 on the display 9555 in step S2133.

  Note that in the flow shown in FIG. 202, it is determined that all the products acquired from the product management table 9752 are different from the free gift information in the in-store free gift management table 9656 in response to the request for the product information. For the sake of convenience, such a simple process may be performed, and different determination processes may be performed for the number of products actually displayed on one prize selection page.

  FIG. 203 shows a state in which the prize selection instruction screen 9900 is displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550. The free gift selection instruction screen 9900 is a screen similar to the free gift selection instruction screen 910 (see FIG. 24B) described for the free gift exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment.

  On the premium selection instruction screen 9900, a store code display portion 9901, a “shopping list” button 9902, condition display portions (9903, 9904), and a product display portion 9905 are displayed. When the “shopping list” button 9902 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a “shopping list”. The condition display section (9903, 9904) newly displays the category or the like for displaying the product, and the player touches this to display the product set corresponding to the category or the like. It can be displayed on 9905 or can be changed to another page.

  The product display unit 9905 displays three individual product display units (9905a, 9905b, 9905c). In this example, a state in which the above-described premium display control function is not working for the premium selection page is shown. Here, it is assumed that the product ID = “P002” is displayed in the store front prize display corner 9114 of the hall store (store code = “638”). That is, the prize with the product ID = “P002” for the store code = “638” exists in the storefront prize management table 9656.

  In addition, the prize with the product ID = “P002” exists in the product management table 9752. However, in the example of FIG. 203, since the premium display control function is not working, the premium with the product ID = “P002” is displayed as the selection target on the individual product display unit 9905b of the premium selection instruction screen 9900.

  Here, in the prize selection instruction screen 9900, the player selects a desired prize from the prizes displayed on the product display unit 9905 (for example, when the prize having the product ID = “P002” is selected, the individual product). Touch the "Select" button on the display unit 9905b), and touch the "Enter" button on the shopping list screen (screen similar to the shopping list screen 920 (see FIG. 25A)) to select a gift candidate. The prize with the product ID = “P002” is registered in the shopping list management table 9653.

  Furthermore, for information on the free gift registered in the shopping list management table 9653, log in to the free gift exchange terminal 9530 and display a free gift exchange instruction screen (a screen similar to the free gift exchange instruction screen 950 (see FIG. 27B)). It is displayed by displaying, and when the prize to be exchanged is selected and the “OK” button is touched on the screen, a prize exchange determination screen (a screen similar to the prize exchange determination screen 960 (see FIG. 28A)) is displayed. When it is displayed, and touches the “exchange” button there, a free gift ordering instruction is transmitted to the core server 9600.

  The free gift selection instruction screen 9910 shown in FIG. 204 is the same screen as the free gift selection instruction screen 9900 of FIG. 203, but in this example, the free gift display control function is operating, and in FIG. 203, the product ID = “P002”. Item is displayed in the individual product display area 9905b of the prize selection instruction screen 9900 as a selection target, whereas in this example, the product item with the product ID = “P002” overlaps with the in-store gift item at the hall store. The display is suppressed as.

  As described above, the store premium management table 9656 of the core server 9600 stores the products related to store premiums of each hall store, and when the products overlap (and the inventory quantity is not zero), the products are It is possible to control not to display the prize on the prize selection device so that the prize is not selected as a prize in the prize exchange system 9001.

  Here, on the prize selection instruction screen 9910, the player selects a desired prize from the prizes displayed on the product display unit 9915 (for example, when the prize with the product ID = “P003” is selected, the individual product). Touch the "Select" button on the display 9915b), and touch the "Enter" button on the shopping list screen (screen similar to the shopping list screen 920 (see FIG. 25A)) to select a gift candidate. The prize with the product ID = “P003” is registered in the shopping list management table 9653.

  Furthermore, for information on the free gift registered in the shopping list management table 9653, log in to the free gift exchange terminal 9530 and display a free gift exchange instruction screen (a screen similar to the free gift exchange instruction screen 950 (see FIG. 27B)). It is displayed by displaying, and when the prize to be exchanged is selected and the “OK” button is touched on the screen, a prize exchange determination screen (a screen similar to the prize exchange determination screen 960 (see FIG. 28A)) is displayed. When it is displayed, and touches the “exchange” button there, a free gift ordering instruction is transmitted to the core server 9600.

  It should be noted that in the above description, the prize selection device is controlled so as not to display duplicate prizes, but it is also applied to a case where a screen for newly selecting a prize is displayed in the prize exchange device. it can.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, when the number of in-store gifts in the hall store is zero, it is determined that they do not overlap, and the corresponding gifts are displayed on the prize selection device. When the items satisfy the predetermined conditions by referring to the information such as the timing when the product has been delivered or the time when the product is re-stocked, the product in the corresponding product management table 9752 is determined to be a short period when the stock quantity is zero. It can also be displayed on the prize selection device. Further, the various premium display control functions as described above can be set to adjust ON / OFF according to a hall store, a time zone, a time, and the like.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, in order to grasp the inventory quantity of in-store gifts, the inventory quantity is input from the prize POS 9500 at a predetermined timing (see FIG. 205). However, such input is omitted, and the in-store gifts are omitted. It is possible not to manage the stock quantity of.

  FIG. 205 is a flowchart showing a flow of in-store premium registration processing for registering newly received items (in-store premiums) displayed in the in-store premium display corner 9114 in the premium POS 9500 of the hall store. . Note that in FIG. 205, the processing in each of the prize POS 9500 and the hall computer 9400 is shown in time series for each device.

  First, in step S2141, the access management unit 9511 of the prize POS 9500 accepts the login of the in-store gift registration processing by the staff of the hall store. The staff can access the administrator menu of the prize POS9500 with the contactless IC card and the password. Here, the staff is a staff who is authorized to perform the registration process for the store gift.

  Next, in step S2142, the storefront premium management unit 9514 of the premium POS 9500 requests the hall computer 9400 for the premium information in the store premium information table 9433. Upon receipt of the request for premium information from the premium POS 9500, the in-store premium registration unit 9413 of the hall computer 9400 transmits the premium information in the in-store premium information table 9433 to the premium POS 9500 (step S2143).

  The in-store premium management unit 9514 of the premium POS 9500 repeats the processing of steps S2145 to S2151 for all newly received in-store premiums. First, in step S2145, it is determined whether or not all store gifts have been processed, and if there are remaining store gifts (NO in step S2145), the process proceeds to step S2146, where there is a registration operation from the staff. Then, the code of one store gift is obtained. The store premium code is, for example, a standard premium code such as a JAN code, a store premium code uniquely assigned to a hall store / store group, or both of them.

  The in-store gift code is attached to the in-store gift, the method of acquiring information on the in-store gift managed by another system of the hall computer 9400 by the prize POS 9500, the method of receiving the information from the other system using a CSV file, etc. Includes methods for staff to manually enter codes using the keyboard 9508 etc., methods for reading barcodes attached to store gifts with a barcode reader 9506, methods for taking photographs of store gifts, and specifying the codes for those items , Entered in various ways. Further, it is possible to input the codes and photograph the above free gifts at the computer center side instead of at the hall store side.

  In addition, if the hall stores are chain stores, the headquarters may purchase in-store gifts in a lump sum, but in such a case, the headquarters manages the in-store gifts of each hall store and uses the hall computer of each hall store. The 9400 may be configured to receive freebie information including over-the-counter freebie codes at regular or irregular times.

  As a method of identifying the code of the product by the photograph described above, for example, by using the image recognition technology, the character information included in the image of the photograph is extracted and compared with the character information registered in advance. How to identify the product, collate the image database of pre-registered images with the image of the 3D object contained in the photo, and use the feature data and statistical data no matter what angle the store gift is taken There is a method to specify the product with high accuracy. Such an engine (program) for image recognition and product identification may be executed by the hall computer 9400 or the like of the hall store, or may be executed by the backbone server 9600 or the like of the computer center.

  Next, in step S2147, whether or not the in-store gift code coincides with any of the prize information codes acquired from the in-store gift information table 9433 (for example, a standard prize code or a store gift code), that is, It is determined whether or not the in-store gift is already registered in the in-store gift information table 9433. If it is already registered (YES in step S2147), in step S2148, a record of the corresponding prize is displayed on the display 9555 from the prize information acquired from the storefront premium information table 9433. Here, the staff confirms the displayed premium information of the prize, and adds the number of items in stock this time to the number displayed as the number of stocks to update the number of stocks. After that, in step S2149, the premium POS 9500 acquires the updated inventory quantity.

  If it is not registered in step S2147 (NO in step S2147), the flow advances to step S2150 to display on the display 9555 as a new store gift. Here, the staff member confirms the displayed premium information of the prize and inputs the number of items received this time as the inventory number. After that, in step S2151, the premium POS 9500 acquires the input inventory quantity.

  After step S2151 and step S2149, the process advances to step S2152, where update data for the storefront premium information table 9433 is generated.

  In step S2145, when the processing is completed for all the newly-received storefront prizes (YES in step S2145), the update data generated in step S2152 is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 in step S2153.

  Upon receiving the update data from the prize POS 9500 (step S2154), the in-store premium registration unit 9413 of the hall computer 9400 updates the in-store premium information table 9433 based on the update data in step S2155. After that, the in-store premium management unit 9514 of the premium POS 9500 displays a message of registration processing completion on the display 9555 in step S2156.

  In this way, the hall store performs the registration process for the in-store gifts that have arrived at a predetermined timing. As a result, for example, an in-store premium information table 9433 as shown in FIG. 190 is created. Among the in-store giveaways, as shown in the in-store giveaway information table 9433, in-store giveaways managed only by standard giveaway codes, in-store giveaways managed by standard giveaway codes and store giveaway codes, and storefront giveaways managed only by store giveaway codes Can exist.

  In the present embodiment, the in-store gift is registered using the gift POS9500, but it can also be registered using the viewer 9550 or another device.

  Further, the in-store gifts to be registered include not only the gifts actually displayed in the in-store gift display corner 9114, but also the gifts that have been received but are stored in a warehouse or the like of a hall store for replenishment. You can

  FIG. 206 is a flowchart showing a flow of in-store premium management processing for collecting the in-store premium information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400 of each hall store in the backbone server 9600 and constructing the in-store premium management table 9656. Note that in FIG. 206, the processing in each of the hall computer 9400 and the backbone server 9600 is shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2161, the storefront premium management unit 9608 of the backbone server 9600 makes a copy request of the storefront premium information table 9433 to the hall computer 9400 of a predetermined hall store. This copy request can be scheduled at a predetermined timing such as once a day at night.

  When the hall computer 9400 receives the copy request from the backbone server 9600 in step S2162, the hall computer 9400 transmits the premium information in the store premium information table 9433 to the backbone server 9600 in step S2163. At this time, the store code for identifying the hall store is also transmitted to the backbone server 9600. The store code is stored in a predetermined storage area of the hall computer 9400, for example.

  Next, the in-store premium management unit 9608 of the backbone server 9600 receives the premium information and the store code of the in-store premium information table 9433 in step S2164.

  After that, the in-store premium management unit 9608 of the core server 9600 repeats the processing of steps S2165 to S2173 for all the premiums included in the above-mentioned premium information. First, in step S2165, it is determined whether or not all the prizes have been processed, and if there are remaining prizes (NO in step S2165), the process proceeds to step S2166, in which the prize code correspondence table 9657 is referred to. Compare with the free gift.

  In step S2167, whether or not the free gift to be processed has been registered, that is, whether or not the standard free gift code of the free gift to be processed matches the standard free gift code of the free gift included in the free gift code correspondence table 9657, or the free gift to be processed It is determined whether or not the pair of the store code and the store premium code of No. 1 matches the pair of the store code and the store premium code of the premium included in the premium code correspondence table 9657. If not registered (NO in step S2167), that is, if the prize to be processed does not exist in the prize code correspondence table 9657, in step S2168, the prize to be processed is substantially included in the prize code correspondence table 9657. And whether or not they substantially overlap. This determination can be manually checked by the administrator via the management terminal 9870, for example. Further, it is possible to configure an alert to be displayed on the management terminal 9870 for similar prizes by using image analysis of a photograph of the prize, and the manager may finally confirm this.

  If there is substantially no overlap (NO in step S2168), that is, if the prize to be processed does not substantially overlap with the prize included in the prize code correspondence table 9657, in step S2169, the prize to be processed is determined. A new product ID is assigned, and the product ID is associated with the information of the free gift to be processed (standard free gift code or a combination of the store code and the free gift code), and the free gift code correspondence table 9657 is updated.

  Here, referring to FIG. 194, an example is shown in which the contents of the premium code correspondence table 9657 and the in-store premium information table 9433 shown in FIG. 190 are compared. From the record of NO = “3” in the storefront premium information table 9433, the premium information with the store code = “638” and the store premium code = “005” is obtained, and the premium information does not substantially overlap in step S2168. Is determined, a new product ID = “P908” is assigned, and the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated.

  Then, in step S2170, update data including the store code, the product ID corresponding to the free gift to be processed, and the number of stocks (obtained from the free gift information in the in-store free gift information table 9433) is generated, and the process proceeds to step S2165. The next prize to be processed is processed.

  If it is determined in step S2168 that there is substantial overlap (YES in step S2168), the existing prize code is set and the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated so that the overlap can be determined in step S2171. .

  Here, referring again to FIG. 194, from the record of NO = “4” of the storefront premium information table 9433, the premium information of the store code = “638” and the store premium code = “034” is obtained. In step S2168, it is determined that there is substantial duplication, the existing product ID = “P013” and the standard prize code = “4002” are set, and the prize information is added to the prize code correspondence table 9657.

  After step S2171, or when it is determined that the registration is completed in step S2167 (YES in step S2167), the premium information is added to the premium code correspondence table 9657 in step S2172.

  Referring again to FIG. 194, the premium information with the standard premium code = “4332” is obtained from the record of NO = “1” of the storefront premium information table 9433, and this premium information is already the product ID = “P001”. It is determined that it has been registered in step S2167, but in this example, the premium information is added to the premium code correspondence table 9657. In addition, from the record of NO = “2” in the in-store premium information table 9433, the premium information with the standard premium code = “4450”, the store code = “638” and the store premium code = “882” is obtained. , Is associated with the product ID = “P002”, and it is determined in step S2167 that the product ID is already registered. In this example, the product information is added to the product code correspondence table 9657.

  In step S2172 subsequent to step S2172, update data for updating the stock quantity of the free gifts of the existing product ID is generated, and then the process proceeds to step S2165 to process the next free gift.

  When the process is completed for all the prizes to be processed obtained from the prize information of the storefront premium information table 9433 (YES in step S2165), the storefront premium management table 9656 is updated based on the update data in step S2174. To do.

  Through the above-described processing, it becomes possible to centrally manage the in-store gifts of each hall store and the products put up by the shop using the reward code correspondence table 9657, and the in-store gifts of each hall store are universal in the prize exchange system 9001. It becomes possible to recognize (by the store premium management table 9656) by the specific code (here, the product ID).

  Here, the process for one hall store has been described. However, by performing the same process for a plurality of hall stores, the product ID corresponding to the store gift for each store and the number of inventories thereof are stored in the store gift management table 9656. It will be remembered. In addition, the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated by the same process for the products put up by the shop (however, the in-store prize management table 9656 is not generated / updated).

  Here, with reference to FIG. 193, the store ID management table 9656 stores the product ID corresponding to the store premium in the store code. This example of the in-store premium management table 9656 reflects the premium information obtained from the in-store premium information table 9433 with the store code = “638” shown in FIG. 194. For example, regarding the store code = “638”, , A product ID corresponding to the standard premium code = “4332” = “P001” (the number of stocks = 0), a standard premium code = “4450”, and a store code = “638” and a store premium code = “882”. The product ID = “P002”, the store code = “638”, and the product prize code = “005” corresponding to the set of the store prize code = “005” are stored.

  As described above, various methods are conceivable for centrally managing the products offered by the shop and the storefront gifts of each hall store, and this embodiment is only an example. By using other code systems and various methods, it is possible to judge duplicated products and centrally manage the products provided by a plurality of entities.

  FIGS. 207 and 208 describe various variations of the premium display control function in which the in-store prizes are registered by the hall store and the display of the registered in-store prizes is suppressed in the prize selection process in the prize exchange system 9001. To do.

  In FIG. 207 (A), a code (for example, a standard free gift code) for identifying an in-store free gift is input to the free gift POS 9500 by a staff member or the like in the hall, and the data (free gift information) is set in the free hall. It is stored in the in-store premium information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

  Next, the free gift information stored in the in-store free gift information table 9433 is collected by the core server 9600 arranged at the computer center and collated with the product management table 9752 (substantially, by the free gift code correspondence table 9657). Is managed as a unified product ID and stored in the store premium management table 9656.

  After that, when the viewer 9550 is operated in the hall store to perform the prize selection process, in response to the request for the product information, the in-store prize of the hole store is viewed from the product management table 9752 and the prize code correspondence table 9657. The product information that has been filtered in advance so as not to be displayed on 9550 is transmitted from the backbone server 9600 to the viewer 9550.

  In FIG. 207 (B), a code (for example, a standard prize code or the like) for identifying an in-store prize is input to the prize POS 9500 by the staff of the hall store or the like, and the data (prize information) is directly used as the backbone server 9600. The received free gift information is collated with the product management table 9752 (substantially by the free gift code correspondence table 9657) and managed as a unified product ID, and then stored in the in-store free gift management table 9656. Remembered.

  Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated in the hall store and the prize selection process is performed, in response to the request for the product information, the in-store prize of the hole store is displayed from the product management table 9752 and the prize code correspondence table 9657. Product information that has been filtered in advance so as not to be displayed on the viewer 9550 is transmitted from the backbone server 9600 to the viewer 9550.

  In FIG. 208 (A), a code (for example, a standard prize code or the like) for identifying an in-store prize is input to the prize POS 9500 by staff or the like of the hall store, and the data (prize information) is installed in the hall store. It is stored in the in-store premium information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

  Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated in the hall store and the prize selection processing is performed, the commodity information is transmitted from the commodity management table 9752 of the backbone server 9600 to the hall computer 9400, and the hall computer 9400 is transmitted there. The product information and the free gift information stored in the in-store free gift information table 9433 are compared, and the same product as the in-store free gift of the hall store is filtered and controlled not to be displayed on the viewer 9550. The viewer 9550 is provided with the filtered product information from the hall computer 9400. In this case, the matching process is performed using a common prize code (for example, a standard prize code) or the like.

  In FIG. 208 (B), a code (for example, a standard prize code or the like) for identifying an in-store prize is input to the prize POS 9500 by a staff member or the like of a hall store, and the data (prize information) is directly used as the backbone server 9600. The sent free gift information is collated with the product information in the product management table 9752 (substantially by the free gift code correspondence table 9657) and managed as a unified product ID, and then the in-store free gift management is performed. Stored in table 9656.

  After that, at a predetermined timing, among the premium information stored in the in-store premium management table 9656, the information related to the in-store premium of the hall store is copied from the backbone server 9600 to the in-store premium information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

  Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated in the hall store and the prize selection processing is performed, the product information is transmitted from the product management table 9752 of the backbone server 9600 to the viewer 9550 in response to the request for the product information, and the viewer 9550 is displayed. Compares the product information obtained from the product management table 9752 with the premium information stored in the store premium information table 9433, and controls so that the same product as the store premium of the hall store is filtered and not displayed on the viewer 9550. To be done. The viewer 9550 is provided with the filtered product information from the hall computer 9400. In this case, the matching process is performed using a common prize code (for example, a standard prize code) or the like.

  Here, four typical variations of the premium display control function have been described, but the scope of rights of the present invention is not limited to these methods. In addition, as described above, there are various methods for inputting codes for store gifts. As described above, the code of the store gift etc. can be registered by a device other than the prize POS.

  In addition, the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment and the hall system 9002 of the hall store closely cooperate with each other to allow the player to identify the prize from the predetermined screen displayed on the display 9555 or the like of the viewer 9550. When a possible code, a photograph, or the like is input, it is possible to provide information that the prize is an over-the-counter prize and is not an exchange target in the prize exchange system 9001. Such a mechanism can be realized by grasping in real time the information on the store gifts managed by the hall system 9002 and the inventory quantity of the gifts.

[Premium display control function (2)]
Next, with reference to FIG. 209, in the viewer 9550, when displaying a premium selection instruction screen or the like, a premium display control that prevents a premium belonging to a predetermined category from being displayed as a premium handled by the premium exchange system 9001. The function will be described.

  FIG. 209 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in which the prize selection instruction screen is displayed on the viewer 9550. Note that in FIG. 209, the processing in each of the viewer 9550, the backbone server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 is shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2181, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 or when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case, for example, when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

  When the player gives a prize display instruction (YES in step S2181), the process advances to step S2182, in which the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 basically requests the prize selection page (for example, the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). Performed on the server 9600. Further, in this case, both the store code, which is a code for identifying the hall store and the terminal code for identifying the viewer 9550, stored in the viewer 9550 and the like are transmitted to the backbone server 9600.

  Upon receiving the request for the free gift selection page in step S2183, the free gift display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 transmits a request for product information to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the request for product information from the backbone server 9600 in step S2184, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, product ID, category, price, and other information.

  Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the backbone server 9600 in step S2185. The premium display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700 in step S2186.

  Next, in step S2187, the premium display control unit 9609 of the backbone server 9600 reads the data of the premium display control table 9658.

  Then, in step S2188, the category (non-display category) not displayed by the viewer 9550 is determined based on the read data of the premium display control table 9658. More specifically, by referring to the terminal management table 9661 from the terminal code received from the viewer 9550, the terminal type and terminal installation position of the viewer 9550 are acquired, and these information, the store code received from the viewer 9550, and the current From the date and time of, the record of the premium display control table 9658 which satisfies the condition is extracted, and the non-display category is determined.

  For example, in the premium display control table 9658 shown in FIG. 195, the store code = “638”, the viewer 9550 terminal type = “viewer (large)”, the terminal installation position = “outer passage”, and the current date and time is May 7, 2015. If it is 11:02 am on the day, the category = “Y” is determined as the non-display category. Further, assuming that the store code = “638”, the viewer 9550 terminal type = “viewer (small)”, the terminal installation position = “inner passage”, and the current date and time is 4:28 pm on May 7, 2015. , Category = “X” is determined as a non-display category.

  As described above, by setting the data of the premium display control table 9658, the viewer 9550 can control not to display the premium of a predetermined category for each hall store. For example, during the daytime, prizes belonging to adult products may be prevented from being displayed by the large viewers 9550a in the front passage (outside the street) and outside passages, or on weekends and holidays (in which there are many players with children). From the opening of the store to 6 pm, it is possible to prevent the display on all the large viewers 9550a.

  After step S2188, in step S2189, it is determined from the shop management server 9700 whether or not each prize included in the product information belongs to the hidden category, and the prize belonging to the hidden category is excluded from the display target and the hidden category. The display target free gift data including the corresponding product information is generated with the free gift that does not belong to the display target.

  Next, in step S2190, the premium display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 creates a premium selection page based on the display target premium data generated in step S2189, and transmits the premium selection page to the viewer 9550.

  The premium selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the premium selection page received from the backbone server 9600 on the display 9555 in step S2191.

  In the present embodiment, an example of display control for the viewer 9550 functioning as a premium selection device has been shown, but the present invention can be similarly applied to other premium selection devices. Similarly, with respect to the prize exchange device, it is possible to control so that the prizes belonging to the hidden category are hidden, and further, regarding the display of the prizes registered in the shopping list, the above-mentioned hidden control is performed. You can do it.

  In the present embodiment, the terminal code of the viewer 9550 is received, and the terminal type and the terminal installation position of the viewer 9550 are determined based on the terminal code and the terminal management table 9661. For example, the viewer 9550 can be identified by utilizing the network address or the like), and the viewer 9550 can be specified individually to set the non-display category.

  In the present embodiment, the category (non-display category) of the premium that is not displayed on the viewer 9550 is determined according to the store code, the terminal type, the terminal installation position, the time, and the period by referring to the premium display control table 9658. However, other conditions can be added to these conditions. On the contrary, a part of these conditions may be deleted to make the configuration simpler.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the unit in which the premium is hidden is a category, but the premium to be hidden may be specified by classification based on a predetermined condition other than the category. In addition, it is possible to individually specify the prizes to be hidden.

  It is to be noted that the above-mentioned store display premium control function for determining the non-display category according to the store code, the terminal type, etc., and hiding the non-display category free gift by the viewer 9550, etc. It is also possible to simultaneously apply the premium display control function of hiding the premium with the viewer 9550 or the like.

  In addition, the free gift display control table 9658 can be updated by the administrator through the management terminal 9870 and the backbone server 9600 by changing each item and adding a new record. Further, in the hall store, for example, the staff of the hall store or the like can update the table via the prize POS 9500, the hall computer 9400, and the backbone server 9600.

  Further, the premium display control table 9658 may be configured to be used not only for the display of the premium but not for the priority display of the premium. For example, it is possible to preferentially display prizes belonging to a uniquely planned product of a hall store by using large-sized viewers 9550a in a front passage (outside a large number of people) and outside passages during a daytime to make an intensive appeal. it can.

  The prize display control function using the prize display control table 9658 described above should be improved so as to control the display of user information on the viewer 9550 or the like using the user information display control table 9660 shown in FIG. You can

  The viewer 9550 or the like first refers to the terminal management table 9661 to obtain the terminal type and the terminal installation position, and further refers to the user information display control table 9660 to refer to the store code, the terminal type, the terminal installation position, the current location. The display level of the user information regarding the viewer 9550 and the like is acquired from the date and time of. After that, the viewer 9550 and the like control the display of the user information based on the acquired display level of the user information.

  Here, as described above, the display level of the user information is such that the user information is displayed. For example, the display level = "1" means that all the user information including the member information registration screen and the mall member's address is displayed. Is displayed, the display level = “2” is a level at which the mall member ID and name can be displayed, and the display level = “3” is a level at which all the user information cannot be displayed.

  For example, if the terminal code of a viewer 9550 installed in a hall store with a store code = “034” is T001, from the terminal management table 9661, the terminal type = “viewer (small)” and the terminal installation position = “ It is understood that the viewer 9550 is a “counter” and the viewer 9550 is a small viewer 9550b installed in the prize exchange counter 9112. Then, the small viewer 9550b determines that the display level of the user information is “1” according to the user information display control table 9660, and can display the member information registration screen in addition to the free gift selection instruction screen (the free gift selection instruction screen A menu screen is displayed first as to which of the member information registration screens is to be displayed), and further, on various display screens, all of the user information including the address of the mall member is displayed.

  On the other hand, if the terminal code of a viewer 9550 installed in the hall store with the shop code = “638” is T005, then from the terminal management table 9661, the terminal type = “viewer (large)” and the terminal installation position = “ It can be seen that it is an "inner passage" and its viewer 9550 is a large viewer 9550a installed facing the inner passage. Then, the large-sized viewer 9550a determines that the display level of the user information = “3” according to the user information display control table 9660, and controls not to display all the user information. For example, when the mall member card is touched on the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the large viewer 9550a, the menu screen is not displayed but the free gift selection instruction screen is directly displayed, and the user information is also displayed on the free gift selection instruction screen. Is controlled so that the display is suppressed.

  For example, by setting the terminal management table 9661, the less crowded the viewer 9550 is, the more user information can be displayed, and the smaller the viewer is, the more user information can be displayed. Moreover, it is possible to flexibly control the level of information security.

[Premium display control function (3)]
Next, with reference to FIG. 210, a free gift initial display control function for displaying free gifts belonging to a predetermined category when the viewer 9550 initially displays a free gift selection instruction screen and the like will be described.

  FIG. 210 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in which the viewer 9550 initially displays a prize selection instruction screen and the like. Note that in FIG. 210, the processes in the viewer 9550, the backbone server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2201, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 or when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case, for example, when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

  When the player gives a prize display instruction (YES in step S2201), the process proceeds to step S2202, in which the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 gives a prize selection page (for example, initial display of the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). Request to the backbone server 9600. In this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 and the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is also transmitted to the backbone server 9600.

  Upon receiving the request for the free gift selection page in step S2203, the free gift initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 transmits a request for product information to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the request for product information from the backbone server 9600 in step S2204, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, product ID, category, product price, and other information.

  Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the backbone server 9600 in step S2205. The free gift initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700 in step S2206.

  Next, the premium initial display control unit 9610 of the backbone server 9600 reads the data of the premium initial display control table 9659 in step S2207.

  Then, in step S2208, the category (initial display category) of the premium initially displayed on the viewer 9550 is determined based on the read data of the premium initial display control table 9659. More specifically, from the store code received from the viewer 9550 and the current date and time, a record of the free gift initial display control table 9659 that satisfies the conditions is extracted, and the initial display category is determined.

  For example, in the premium initial display control table 9659 shown in FIG. 196A, if the store code is “638” and the current date and time is 8:20 pm on May 7, 2015, the category is “D”. , Is determined as the initial display category. On the other hand, in the same viewer 9550, category = “B” is determined as the initial display category at 11:10 am on the same day.

  As described above, by setting the data of the premium initial display control table 9659, the viewer 9550 can be controlled to initially display a premium of a predetermined category for each hall store. For example, each hall store can preferentially present recommended products to the player depending on the time of day.

  After step S2208, in step S2209, it is determined from the shop management server 9700 whether or not each product included in the product information belongs to the initial display category, and the product belonging to the initial display category is set as a display target, and the corresponding product. Initial display target premium data including information is generated.

  Next, in step S2210, the premium initial display control unit 9610 of the backbone server 9600 creates a premium selection page based on the initial display target premium data generated in step S2209, and transmits the premium selection page to the viewer 9550. To do.

  The premium selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the premium selection page received from the backbone server 9600 on the display 9555 in step S2211.

  In the present embodiment, an example of initial display control for the viewer 9550 functioning as a premium selection device has been shown, but the present invention can be similarly applied to other premium selection devices. Further, the present invention can be similarly applied to a prize exchange device. That is, when the favorite list registered by the premium selection device is displayed, the above initial display control is performed to preferentially display the premiums belonging to the initial display category among the premiums registered in the shopping list. Can be controlled. Further, in the prize exchange device, when the prize list can be browsed and selected, the prize can be controlled to display the prizes belonging to the initial display category.

  If the conditions of the free gift initial display control table 9659 are not met, the initial display category is not set, but in that case, the free gift display is performed according to the normal processing procedure.

  Further, a target terminal type and a target terminal installation position, such as the above-described premium display control table 9658, are provided in the free gift initial display control table 9659, and the initial display category is determined according to the viewer 9550 type and installation position. It can also be configured to do so. Further, the premium initial display control table 9659 may include only the store code and the initial display category, and the initial display category may be adjusted simply according to the hall store. Furthermore, other conditions can be added.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the unit for performing the initial display of the prize is a category, but the prize to be initially displayed can be specified by classification based on a predetermined condition other than the category. In addition, the prize to be initially displayed can be individually designated.

  In addition, the above-described other functions of the premium initial display control function of determining the initial display category according to the store code, the time zone, etc. and preferentially displaying the premium of the initial display category by the viewer 9550 and the like are described above. (That is, regarding the prize display control function that determines the hidden category according to the store code, the terminal type, etc., and hides the prize in the hidden category with the viewer 9550 and the like, and the above-mentioned prize corresponding to the store gift. Can also be applied in an appropriate combination with a premium display control function which is hidden by the viewer 9550 or the like.

  As described above, the initial display on the viewer 9550 is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the display first performed when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after the mall member card is held over (touched). More specifically, as shown in FIG. 203, when the premium selection instruction screen 9900 is first displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550, the premium belonging to the initial display category is displayed on the product display unit 9905.

  The initial display on the viewer 9550 also includes a case where the player makes a predetermined selection after the display of the prize selection instruction screen or the like is first performed, and a new group of prizes is displayed. For example, when the player touches the “topic prize special feature” banner (display portion) of the condition display unit 9903 after the prize selection instruction screen 9900 shown in FIG. 203 is first displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550. Among the prizes to be displayed as the topic prizes, those belonging to the initial display category can be preferentially displayed initially.

  The premium initial display control table 9659 'shown in FIG. 196 (B) is another embodiment of the premium initial display control table 9659 shown in FIG. 196 (A). Compared to the premium initial display control table 9659 shown in FIG. 196 (A), the premium initial display control table 9659 'has additional items of "prize exchange count" and "game medium holding count". The “number of exchanges of prizes” and the “number of held game media” are information (user information) about a player who uses the viewer 9550.

  The “number of prize exchanges” is, for example, information obtained based on the player's mall membership card. More specifically, when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505 of the viewer 9550, login is performed, and at this time, the unique ID of the mall member card is transmitted to the backbone server 9600. To be done. The core server 9600 searches the exchange history management table 9755 of the shop management server 9700 based on this unique ID, and acquires how many times the prize exchange corresponding to the unique ID has been performed in a predetermined period. Based on the “prize exchange count” thus acquired, the initial display category is determined by referring to the premium initial display control table 9659 '.

  The “number of held game media” is, for example, information obtained based on the player's mall member card. More specifically, when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505 of the viewer 9550, login is performed, and at this time, the unique ID of the mall member card is transmitted to the backbone server 9600. To be done. The core server 9600 grasps the mall member ID (see the mall member information table 9651) based on this unique ID, and refers to the mall member game medium holding number management table 9652 based on the mall member ID, The number of game media held by the player is acquired. Here, the mall member game medium holding number management table 9652 is linked to the information of the game medium holding number management table 95432 of the hall computer 9400 by a predetermined operation. Based on the "game medium holding number" thus obtained, the free gift initial display control table 9659 'is referred to, and the initial display category is determined.

  By using such a premium initial display control table 9659 ', the initial display category is determined according to the hall store, time zone, and user information.

  In addition, the free gift initial display control table 9659 and the free gift initial display control table 9659 ′ are updated by the administrator through the management terminal 9870 and the backbone server 9600 to change each item or add a new record. It can be carried out. Furthermore, in the hall store, for example, the staff of the hall store can update these tables via the prize POS 9500, the hall computer 9400, and the backbone server 9600.

  In the free gift initial display control table 9659 ′, the user information is acquired by reading the mall member card registered as a mall member, and the initial display control is performed according to the user information, but the mall member registration is not performed (yet gift exchange. Players' cards (smartphone 9570 with a built-in non-contact IC chip, mall member cards distributed at hall stores (cards not registered as mall members are also referred to as mall member cards for convenience), etc.) ) Is read, it is possible to obtain various user information including products that were previously registered in the favorites list and did not reach the prize exchange, and initial display control according to the user information can be performed. It can be performed by a gift selection device or a gift exchange device.

  Further, it is possible to determine the age and sex of the player, match of the player, and the like by using the face recognition technology, and perform initial display control according to the determination result. Furthermore, the initial display control can be performed by the combination of the determination result by the face recognition and the user information described above.

  In this example, the face image of the player is captured at the prize exchange terminal 9530. The face image of the player is obtained by, for example, capturing an image of the player with a camera 9538 built in the prize exchange terminal 9530 at a predetermined timing to acquire image data, and storing the image data as the player image data. Using the player image data thus obtained, the age / sex of the player, match with other player image data, and the like are determined by, for example, face recognition technology (facial recognition technology).

  The face recognition technology is a technology for recognizing and identifying an individual based on the modeling of a human face, extracting a face portion from the player image data, and calculating the face of the person or the face portion (eye, nose, The position, size, length, contour, skin texture, etc. of the player's mouth, etc. are used to determine the age / sex of the player, coincidence with other player image data, and the like. For example, the height of the nose, the distance from the nose to the eyes, the horizontal width of the eyes, the vertical width of the eyes, the vertical width of the ears, and the like are measured. As a method of recognizing the nose, eyes, and ears, it is also possible to store these basic shapes in advance and recognize them by comparison with the sample image.

  Further, when a mobile device such as a smartphone 9570 is used as the premium selection device, the player who is the owner of the mobile device learns and analogizes the preferences and tendencies of the premium selected on the premium selection instruction screen. The prizes that match the category or the product estimated as the preference of the item may be preferentially displayed on the prize selection instruction screen.

[Premium price adjustment function]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 211 to 213, the prize price adjustment processing for adjusting the price of the prize presented by the shop in the shop management server 9700 will be described.

  FIG. 211 is a flow chart showing the flow of processing (prize price adjustment processing) for the prize price adjusting unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 to adjust the price of the prize.

  First, in step S2221, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 acquires product information regarding each product from the product management table 9752. In the present embodiment, for example, the shop system 9842a or the shop system 9842b provides the shop management server 9700 via the shop system I / F server 9840 once a day, at night, as information of each product as feed data. , Product management table 9752.

  The premium price adjustment processing of FIG. 211 is performed immediately after the above-mentioned feed data is stored in the product management table 9752, and the finally adjusted price is stored in the product management table 9752 as the price of the product. At this time, the product management table 9752 can store both the price before adjustment (that is, the price of the product on the online shopping site received from the shop system 9842a or the like) and the adjusted price. In addition, the product price adjustment processing is directly performed on the feed data received from the shop system 9842a or the like, and the corresponding product information (including the adjusted price) is stored in the product management table 9752 only after the adjustment result is obtained. You may do it.

  Further, at this time, a product whose premium price exceeds a predetermined amount (for example, an amount corresponding to 9600 yen + consumption tax) is excluded from the prize exchange and is not stored in the product management table 9752.

  Next, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 acquires bargain information, time sale information, and the like in step S2222. This information includes what products are being offered at bargains and time sales at what prices. Although various acquisition methods can be considered for this information, for example, it is included in the feed data from each shop system described above, or acquired as digital data from an organization / institution that provides bargain information or the like. Morphology is possible.

  Next, in step S2223, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines the total addition adjustment amount based on the price distributions of a plurality of products (for example, all products included in the product management table 9752). . As for the total addition adjustment amount, the total addition adjustment amount to be added to the price of each product is simulated so that the expected value of the difference when rounding up by 100 yen in step S2230 described later becomes a certain value or more. To determine. This process will be described in detail later.

  In step S2224, it is determined whether or not the processing has been completed for all the products included in the product management table 9752. If there are remaining products (NO in step S2224), the process advances to step S2225, where the processing target It is determined whether the product corresponds to a bargain product or a time sale product. Whether the product to be processed corresponds to a bargain product or a time sale product is determined based on the bargain information and the time sale information acquired in step S2222. For example, if the product to be processed is included in the bargain information or time sale information, or if the product to be processed is included in the bargain information or time sale information, further discounting of a predetermined amount or more is allowed. In this case, it is determined as a bargain product or the like.

  Whether or not the product is a bargain product can be automatically determined by a computer, but an alert is displayed on the management terminal 9870 or the like according to a predetermined condition, and the manager finally makes a judgment to determine whether the product is a bargain product or the like. You can decide whether or not.

  When the product to be processed corresponds to a bargain product or a time sale product (YES in step S2225), in step S2226, the deviation flag = “1” is set for the corresponding product in the product management table 9752. The product for which the deviation flag is set to “1” is controlled so as not to be displayed when the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection screen.

  After step S2226, or when the product to be processed does not correspond to a bargain product or a time sale product (NO in step S2225), the price adjustment table is referred to in step S2227, and the product to be processed is classified by category or price range. Determine the surcharge for the product.

  Here, the price adjustment table 9757 has a structure as shown in FIG. 201, and the surcharge (adjustment amount) is specified by the combination of the category of the product and the price range.

  Next, in step S2228, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines an individual adjustment amount for individually adjusting the price of the processing target product based on the general market price. Here, the general market price can be obtained from, for example, an organization / institution that provides general market price information based on leaflet information and survey information. The individual adjustment amount is determined so that the price of the product to be processed is the same as the general market price or within a predetermined range. The computer can determine the individual adjustment amount automatically, or the administrator can input it by operating the management terminal 9870. Further, when the result of comparison between the price of the product to be processed and the general market price of the product satisfies a predetermined condition, an alert is displayed on the management terminal 9870 or the like, and the administrator finally makes a judgment to make an individual adjustment. You may input the amount of money.

  Next, in step S2229, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 adds the surcharge amount, the individual adjustment amount, and the total addition adjustment amount determined in the above process to the price of the product to be processed, In S2230, the fraction of the addition result is rounded up to the unit of 100 yen. Such a rounding up of 100 yen is advantageous as much as possible when exchanging prizes by various types of game media (for example, 1 pachi (1 yen loan (pachinko)) or 5 slots (5 yen loan (slot))・ This is to prevent disadvantages.

  Next, in step S2231, the premium price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines whether or not the price of the rounded up product exceeds a predetermined amount (for example, 9600 yen + consumption tax), and determines the predetermined amount. If it does not exceed (NO in step S2231), in step 2232, the price of the product to be processed is changed to the price rounded up in step S2230, and the product management table 9752 is updated.

  When the amount exceeds the predetermined amount (YES in step S2231), the record corresponding to the product to be processed is deleted from the product management table 9752 in step 2233. Further, at this time, the record may be kept as it is and a deletion flag may be given in consideration of the fluctuation of the price of the product in the future. In this example, as described above, when storing the commodity put up by the shop in the commodity management table 9752, if the commodity exceeds a predetermined amount (for example, 9600 yen + the amount corresponding to the consumption tax), the prize is exchanged. Although it is excluded from the target and is not stored in the product management table 9752, here, in consideration of the case where this predetermined amount is exceeded by adding and rounding up various adjustment amounts, it is again determined whether or not the predetermined amount is exceeded. Is being determined.

  After step S2232 or after step S2233, the process proceeds to step S2224, and the process related to the next product to be processed is performed. In step S2224, when the process is completed for all the products (YES in step S2224), the process is completed.

  In the present embodiment, the price adjustment is performed using the price adjustment table 9757, but the contents of this table can be changed by the administrator through the management terminal 9870 and the core server 9600, or new items can be changed. Update processing such as adding records can be performed.

  FIG. 212 is a schematic diagram for explaining the basic concept regarding the method of determining the total addition adjustment amount in step S2223 of the above-mentioned premium price adjustment processing.

  In FIG. 212 (A), the horizontal axis represents the last two digits of the price of the product (before price adjustment), the vertical axis (left) represents the number of exchanges (the number of exchanged prizes), and the vertical axis (right). ) Is a graph showing the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen. Here, it is assumed that the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly exchanged by 1,000, from “01” to “99”. The exchange number is then represented by line 9921. If the price of the product is rounded up by 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up is 99 yen when the last two digits are "01", and 1 yen when the last two digits are "99". Conceptually, it is represented by a diagonally shaded triangle 9922 (however, the difference in price for each one of the last two digits of the price from “01” to “99”).

  If the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly distributed from "01" to "99" by 1000 each, and the price of each product is rounded up by 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up is calculated by the following formula: Required by 1. If the last two digits of the product price are “00”, no rounding up is performed.

  Difference due to rounding up = 99 × 1,000 + 98 × 1,000 + ... + 2 × 1,000 + 1 × 1,000 = 49,50,000 yen (Equation 1).

  As can be seen from Equation 1 above, in the distribution of the number of exchanges, the more the last two digits of the price are small, the larger the difference when rounded up in units of 100 yen.

  In FIG. 212 (B), as in FIG. 212 (A), the horizontal axis represents the last two digits of the price of the product (before price adjustment), and the vertical axis (left) represents the number of exchanges (the gift exchange was performed). Is a graph in which the vertical axis (right) represents the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen. Here, the last two digits of the price of the product are “01” to “99”, which are not evenly distributed as in FIG. 212 (A), and the last two digits are “01” to “24”. 700 are exchanged, the last two digits are "25" to "49", 900 pieces are exchanged, the last two digits are "50" to "74", 1100 pieces are exchanged, the last two digits are from "75" It is assumed that 1300 pieces have been exchanged up to "99". This situation is represented by line 9923.

  Such a non-uniform distribution is often seen in general market prices, and for example, the last two digits are often relatively large numbers such as 1980 yen and 3980 yen. FIG. 212 (B) imitates such a situation.

  If the price of the product is rounded up by 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up is 99 yen when the last two digits are "01", and 1 yen when the last two digits are "99". Conceptually, it is represented by a diagonally shaded triangle 9924 (however, the difference between each of the last two digits of the price "01" to "99" is one item).

  If the last two digits of the price of the product are “01” to “99” and are distributed unevenly as shown in FIG. 212 (B), and the price of each product is rounded up by 100 yen, the rounding up will occur. The difference is calculated by Equation 2 below. If the last two digits of the product price are “00”, no rounding up is performed.

  Difference due to rounding up = (99 × 700 + 98 × 700 + ... + 77 × 700 + 76 × 700) + (75 × 900 + 74 × 900 + ・ ・ ・ + 52 × 900 + 51 × 900) + (50 × 1,100 + 49 × 1,100 + ... + 27 × 1,100 + 26 × 1,100) + (25 × 1,300 + 24 × 1,300 + ... + 2 × 1,300 + 1 × 1,300) = 4,355,000 yen (Equation 2).

  As can be seen by comparing Equation 1 and Equation 2, in this case, the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen is 595,000 yen less in the distribution of FIG. 212 (B) than in the case of FIG. 212 (A). This is because products with a small last two digits, which have a large difference due to rounding up, have a smaller distribution than in FIG. 212 (A).

  Therefore, if the difference obtained by rounding up by 100 yen in the situation of FIG. 212 (A) is ideal, in the situation of FIG. 212 (B), the above-mentioned shortage of 595,000 yen should be compensated. , It is necessary to add about 6 yen (≅595,000 / 99,000) per product to the product price (however, in this case, the number of products whose last two digits of the price before addition is “00”) , Depending on the number of products for which the last two digits of the price before addition are “94”, it is possible that the above shortfall cannot be compensated.

  In any case, by rounding up by 100 yen, a predetermined target difference amount (for example, the difference amount when the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly distributed in the result of the prize exchange, which should be basically secured) In order to obtain the profit amount), it is necessary to determine the additional amount by simulation based on the result of the prize exchange.

  FIG. 213 is a flowchart showing the flow of the overall addition adjustment amount determination process performed based on the basic concept shown in FIG. 212, and this process corresponds to the process of step S2223 of FIG. 211.

  First, in step S2241, the premium price adjusting unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 uses the order history management table 9756 of the shop management server 9700 to satisfy the order history information satisfying a predetermined condition (for example, an order in a predetermined period). To get. The order history may be extracted under various conditions using the exchange history management table 9755.

  Next, in step S2242, the premium price adjusting unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines, based on the product information and the order history information obtained from the product management table 9752, the last two digits of the price of the product in the order history. Figure out if they are distributed in numbers.

  Next, in step S2243, the difference when the price of the product is rounded up by 100 yen is simulated, and in step S2244, it is determined whether the difference calculated by the simulation is equal to or more than the target difference. The target difference may be the difference when the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly distributed in the number of orders (number of exchanges) as shown in FIG. 212 (A).

  If it is less than the target difference amount (NO in step S2244), a candidate for the total addition adjustment amount is set in step S2245 and added to the price of the product, and then the simulation is performed again in step S2243. After that, the candidates for the total addition adjustment amount are incremented in units of, for example, 1 yen, 2 yen, and 5 yen, and the simulation is repeated (steps S2243 to step S2245).

  If the difference obtained in step S2243 is less than the target difference, the difference between the difference obtained in step S2243 and the target difference is divided by the number of products to be simulated, so that the simulation is not performed multiple times. The total addition adjustment amount may be determined.

  As a result of the simulation, when the difference is equal to or more than the target difference (YES in step S2244), in step S2246, the candidate for the total addition adjustment amount is determined as the final total addition adjustment amount.

[Ball (medal) unit price setting management function]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 214 to 216, the game medium type data is managed in the hall store, and the exchange amount in the prize exchange system 9001 based on the game medium type data (the number of game media required for the prize exchange). A process of performing calculation and display relating to, etc. will be described.

  FIG. 214 is a diagram showing a game medium type data input screen 9930. The manager (or authorized staff) of the hall store can enter the game medium type from the game medium type data input screen 9930 displayed on the management terminal of the hall store when starting or changing the operation of the hall store. Enter data about. The game medium type data input screen 9930 may be displayed on, for example, the display 9555 of the prize POS 9500 or the display of another terminal.

  The game medium type data input screen 9930 includes a title display section 9931 including a screen title such as "Please enter game medium type data", a game medium type data input section 9932 for inputting game medium type data, and a "confirmation". ”Button 9935 is included.

  The game medium type data input unit 9932 includes a medal (ball) number input unit 9932a, a game medium type designation unit 9932b, and a type display input unit 9932c. In this example, four types of game media can be designated, but more types can be designated.

  In the medal (ball) number input section 9932a, the lending amount for a reference amount (for example, 1000 yen) is input with a keyboard or the like. The ratio between the reference amount of money and the lending amount basically matches the free gift exchange rate for the products on the online shopping site in the free gift exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment (that is, equivalent exchange).

  In this example, the game medium type designation unit 9932b is a pull-down menu, and selects whether the type of game medium is “ball” or “medal” by touch operation or the like as indicated by an arrow 9934. .

  In the type display input unit 9932c, according to the content input in the number input unit 9932a of medals (balls), a display of the type of the game medium (type display so that the player can understand the game medium) is input by text using a keyboard or the like. To be done. An assumed pattern may be prepared in advance and selected from a pull-down menu.

  In this example, when lending 500 coins to the standard amount of 1000 yen, the type display is set to "2 yen lending (pachinko)". Furthermore, when lending 250 coins to 1000 yen, the type display is set to "4 yen lending (pachinko)", and when lending 200 medals to 1000 yen, the type display is "5 yen lending ( “Slot)” is set, and when lending 50 medals for 1000 yen, the type display is set as “20 yen lending (slot)”.

  In this way, the loan quantity (rental ball count / rental medal count) for the reference amount can be easily defined on the side of the hall store, so that the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment can be connected to the existing hall system 9002. Even when the operation is started by changing the lending amount, the lending amount can be flexibly dealt with by setting the lending amount according to the operation of the hall system 9002. Also, the prize exchange system 9001 can be easily operated in combination with various other hall systems 9002.

  Further, for example, when the number of balls to be lent and the number of medals to be lent for the amount are defined based on a reference amount of 1000 yen, for example, when a prize is exchanged with a pachinko ball and a prize with a slot medal. Basically, there is no difference between the advantages and disadvantages when exchanging, and the principle of one value per item can be realized.

  With such a configuration, no matter how there are differences in terms of lending between hall stores, business licenses are granted by entering the actual number of balls and medals operating in each hall store. There is a guarantee that it is equivalent to the actual hall store.

  When the input to the game medium type data input unit 9932 is completed, the “confirm” button 9935 is touched. As a result, the game medium type definition data is transmitted from the prize POS 9500 of the hall store to the backbone server 9600, and the game medium type definition data management unit 9612 of the backbone server 9600 receives the game medium type definition data. It is stored in the medium type definition table 9662. As shown in FIG. 198, the game medium type definition table 9662 has a rented game medium amount (the number of medals or the number of medals), a game medium type (“medal”, or “for each store code” for each store code. Ball ”) and a game medium type display are stored.

  In this example, the reference amount (for example, 1000 yen) is fixed in advance, but the reference amount itself is also input to the hall store (for example, 4000 yen or 10000 yen), and the reference value is set. The amount may be associated with the hall store and stored in the game medium type definition data management unit 9612. Further, the reference amount can be uniformly managed on the computer center side, and the reference amount can be changed by the management terminal 9870. Further, the reference amount of money can be managed so as to be held at a common amount of money in all hall stores or a plurality of hall stores in a predetermined range.

  FIG. 215 shows a state in which the prize selection instruction screen 9940 is displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550, and the content of the product display is adjusted according to the above-described game medium type definition data of the hall store. There is. The premium selection instruction screen 9940 is a screen similar to the premium selection instruction screen 910 (see FIG. 24B) described regarding the premium exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment.

  On the premium selection instruction screen 9940, a store code display portion 9941, a “shopping list” button 9942, condition display portions (9943, 9944), and a product display portion 9945 are displayed. When the "shopping list" button 9942 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a "shopping list". The condition display section (9943, 9944) newly displays the category or the like for displaying the product, and the player touches this to display the product set according to the category or the like. It can be displayed on the 9945 or can be changed to another page.

  The product display unit 9945 displays three individual product display units (9945a, 9945b, 9945c). In this example, according to the contents input in the type display input unit 9932c of the game medium type data input screen 9930 shown in FIG. 214, "4 yen loan (945a, 9945b, 9945c) is displayed in each of the three individual product display units (9945a, 9945b, 9945c). The game media type is represented by the display of "Pachinko)", "2 yen loan (pachinko)", "20 yen loan (slot)", and "5 yen loan (slot)".

  Further, calculation is performed according to the content input to the medal (ball) number input section 9932a of the game medium type data input screen 9930 shown in FIG. 214, and each of the three individual product display sections (9945a, 9945b, 9945c) respectively. The number of exchanges corresponding to the type of game medium, that is, the number of game media (number of medals (balls)) required for exchanging the prize of the product is displayed.

  For example, in the individual product display unit 9945a, the exchange quantity of oolong tea as a prize is 250 coins for "4 yen rental (pachinko)", 500 coins for "2 yen rental (pachinko)", and "20 yen rental (slot)". 50 tickets, 200 tickets for "5 yen rental (slot)". In addition, if there is a fraction due to the lending amount, the reference amount, and the price of the prize input in the medal (ball) number input section 9932a of the game medium type data input screen 9930, the number of medals and the number of balls are rounded up as appropriate. Etc. may be adjusted.

  FIG. 216 shows an example in which the viewer 9550 refers to the game medium type definition table 9662 when displaying the prize selection instruction screen and the like, and adjusts the display of the exchange quantity, the game medium type, and the like.

  FIG. 216 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing for displaying a prize selection instruction screen or the like on the viewer 9550. Note that in FIG. 216, the processes in the viewer 9550, the backbone server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2251, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 or when the player holds the mall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case, for example, when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

  When the player gives a prize display instruction (YES in step S2251), the process advances to step S2252, where the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 is based on a request for a prize selection page (for example, the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). Performed on the server 9600. In this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 and the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is also transmitted to the backbone server 9600.

  Upon receiving the request for the free gift selection page in step S2253, the free gift selection control unit 9604 of the core server 9600 transmits a product information request to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the request for product information from the backbone server 9600 in step S2254, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, product ID, category, product price, and other information.

  Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the backbone server 9600 in step S2255. The free gift initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700 in step S2256.

  Next, in step S2257, the game medium type definition data management unit 9612 of the backbone server 9600 reads the data of the game medium type definition table 9662 (according to the received store code).

  Then, in step S2258, the read data (game medium type display) of the game medium type definition table 9662 is changed to the game medium type display related to the prize displayed on the viewer 9550, and the read data of the game medium type definition table 9662 is displayed. Based on the (lending quantity) and the reference amount, the exchange quantity (the number of medals (balls) required for the prize exchange) for the prize is calculated and calculated for each game medium type.

  Next, in step S2250, display premium data including product information including a product ID, a product price, a game medium type display, and an exchange quantity obtained by calculation is generated for each prize.

  Next, in step S2260, the premium selection control unit 9604 of the backbone server 9600 creates a premium selection page based on the display premium data generated in step S2259, and transmits the premium selection page to the viewer 9550.

  The premium selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the premium selection page received from the backbone server 9600 on the display 9555 in step S2261.

  In the present embodiment, an example of the display control based on the game medium type definition data is shown in the viewer 9550 functioning as a premium selection device, but the present invention can be similarly applied to other premium selection devices and premium exchange devices.

  In addition, such a display control function based on the game medium type definition data is a prize initial display control function (the initial display category is determined according to the store code, the time zone, etc., and the viewer 9550 or the like displays the initial display category. , Which is displayed preferentially) and a premium display control function (which determines the hidden category according to the store code, terminal type, etc., and uses the viewer 9550 or the like to hide the premium in the hidden category. The function and the above-mentioned prize corresponding to the gift at the store can be appropriately combined and applied with the prize display control function of making the viewer 9550 or the like non-display.

[Payment management function]
Next, a payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  First, a conventional payment procedure using a credit card will be described with reference to FIG. 217. Most users of general online shopping sites in recent years use credit cards to purchase products and receive services from the online shopping sites.

  As shown in FIG. 217, first, the user uses a smartphone, a mobile phone, a PC, etc. to place an order for a product or the like (a product or service) on the online shopping site (see “(1) Product in FIG. 217”). Order "). Here, the information of the user's credit card number is transmitted to the online shopping site together with the product ordering information including the identifier of the product and the quantity information. Next, the online shopping site that has received the order for the product from the user sends the credit card number sent by the user to the credit card company as a payment agent to make a payment request (see “ (2) Payment request "). In the illustrated example, the credit card company is an issuer who performs a card issuing business, and also an acquirer who performs a member store business.

  After that, when the credit card company authenticates the credit card number, the online shopping site will ship the specified product (or carry out the specified service) according to the product ordering information sent by the user. Execute (“(3) Shipment of product” in FIG. 217). Next, the credit card company pays a predetermined amount to a financial institution account (for example, bank account) of the online shopping site. This is an advance payment for payment on behalf of the user (“(4) Advance payment” in FIG. 217). The prescribed amount of money is the amount payable by the user to the online shopping site (for example, the price of the product and the shipping cost) minus the payment fee, and for example, the payment fee of 3% to 7% of the payment amount is It is deducted from the payment amount. The timing of advance payment is, for example, twice a month, and the above-mentioned predetermined amount is paid to the financial institution account of the online shopping site at a timing such as 15 days after payment. Therefore, when the product designated by the user is immediately shipped by the online shopping site, the online shopping site receives the price of the product, for example, 15 days after the shipping date.

  Next, the payment amount is deducted from the user's financial institution account by the credit card company (“(5) Automatic deduction” in FIG. 217). Such withdrawal of the payment amount is performed, for example, by automatic withdrawal by a financial institution such as a bank. Further, the timing of this automatic withdrawal is once a month, and for example, the payment amount for the ordering of the merchandise for one month until the 15th is withdrawn on the 10th of the next month.

  Payment using a credit card is performed according to the procedure described above, but from the online shopping site, it is possible to use a credit card, so it is easy for users to use, and the frequency of use can be expected to improve, and the credit card Although the company has a merit in that it bears the collection risk, on the other hand, it has to bear a large amount of settlement fees and the timing of the advance payment of the credit card company being twice a month. There are also disadvantages, such as the long period from when a mail-order site ships products to the financial institution account of the online mail-order site until the payment for the product is transferred.

  The payment management function in the free gift exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention solves the disadvantages while maintaining the merit of the above-mentioned payment using a credit card, that is, a lower payment fee. In addition to the realization, we will provide multiple payment methods that will promptly make advance payments to online mail order sites. Moreover, all of the online shopping sites, computer centers, and hall stores related to the prize exchange system 9001 can enjoy unprecedented merits by these plural settlement methods.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 218 to FIG. 220, a first settlement method (first settlement method) included in the settlement management function in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 218 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the first settlement method. A backbone server 9600, a shop management server 9700, a payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001 are arranged in the computer center, and a prize selection device and a prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600 are arranged in the hall store. ing.

  When the player goes to the hall store for a game and obtains a game medium there, he gives a prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 218). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and selects the desired prize from the favorite list, And give an instruction to exchange the free gift. In this example, it is assumed that one 3000 yen free gift (for example, a free gift to be exchanged for 3000 game media whose game medium type is "1 yen rental (pachinko)" is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as a first unit price. Of course, the first unit price varies depending on the prize, and may change depending on the second unit price described later.

  When the giveaway exchange instruction is given by the giveaway exchange device, the giveaway ordering instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) Giveaway ordering instruction” in FIG. 218). Upon receiving the free gift ordering instruction, the computer center transmits the free gift delivery instruction to the online shopping site corresponding to the free gift to be exchanged (“(3) Freebie delivery instruction” in FIG. 218). In this example, the prize displayed on the prize exchange device at a price of 3000 yen is actually a product sold for 2935 yen on the online mail order site, and the computer center sells it for 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. Here, the price of each prize on this online shopping site is referred to as a second unit price. The second unit price will of course vary depending on the prize and will also change depending on the season.

  In this way, the price of the product on the online mail order site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device or the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the premium price adjustment processing (addition of the surcharge and the like based on a plurality of criteria) as described with reference to 211.

  Further, the flow of the prize order from the gift exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction is passed through the hall computer, but in this example, it is not passed through the hall computer).

  After the prize delivery instruction is sent from the computer center to the online shopping site, after the settlement fee is deducted from the computer center account of the financial institution such as a bank to the financial institution account of the online shopping site by the instruction of the computer center. The amount is transferred (“(4) Advance payment” in FIG. 218). Such advance payment can be made immediately after the prize delivery instruction is given. Further, it is also possible to collectively transfer the portion of the day on which the free gift delivery instruction is given, or to transfer the portion of the day on which the free gift delivery instruction is given at the next business day.

  In this example, the price of the product on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the amount of the advance payment is rounded down to the nearest decimal point of 2876 yen (2876.3 = 2935- (2935 x 2%)) after deducting the payment fee. ). The computer center will get a difference of 59 yen at this time. Note that shipping costs are not taken into consideration here. Here, the price per prize is called the third unit price. Of course, the third unit price varies depending on the prize, and may change according to the second unit price of the corresponding prize.

  Next, the online shopping site ships the product etc. to the address designated by the player in accordance with the gift delivery instruction (“(5) Gift shipping” in FIG. 218).

  FIG. 218 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (a portion surrounded by a dashed line in FIG. 218), which will be described below.

  As described above, advance payment (account transfer) from a computer center account opened at a financial institution such as a bank to a financial institution account on an online mail order site by the instruction of the computer center is immediate, on the same day, or next business day. It is done at the timing of.

  On the other hand, the prize exchange price is transferred to the computer center account by automatic withdrawal (based on the automatic withdrawal contract) from the hall store account opened in a financial institution such as a bank. In this example, the hall store account is an account dedicated to payment for transactions on the online shopping site, and is opened in the same financial institution as the computer center account. Further, the automatic withdrawal is performed at a predetermined timing such as once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, and the tightening timing is appropriately set according to the timing. In addition, the amount of automatic withdrawal is determined by a financial institution, such as a bank, by obtaining the free gift exchange data from the computer center, and by grasping which hall store has the free exchange amount for which period. .

  The hall store deposits money into the hall store account based on the above-described automatic withdrawal timing and withdrawal amount. The deposit processing is performed by an operation of depositing cash into the hole store account, an operation of transferring from another account, or the like. The deposit amount can be grasped from the prize exchange history information provided from the computer center to the hall store according to the closing timing.

  Further, a financial institution such as a bank provides a loan to the computer center with the balance of the computer center account and the hall store account as collateral, and provides working capital to the computer center account.

  Due to such a mechanism, for the settlement between the hall store and the computer center, only the working capital procurement cost for financing by a financial institution such as a bank is required as a basic fee. Settlement fees during the period can be kept low. Also, from the computer center to the online shopping site, the price of the product on the online shopping site minus the settlement fee will be paid by the next business day at the latest.

  FIG. 219 exemplifies the result of executing the mechanism of the first settlement method shown in FIG. 218, and shows the deposit / withdrawal status of the financial institution account and the transition of the balance. The upper row of FIG. 219 shows the deposit / withdrawal status of the hall store account and the computer center account, and the lower row of FIG. 219 shows the transition of the balance of the computer center account. All of them show the first month to the third month, and the horizontal axis in each figure in FIG. 219 indicates the date of the same timing, and the time axis of each figure corresponds. There is.

  As a premise, the exchange price of all free gifts is 3000 yen, the price on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the advance payment from the computer center to the online shopping site is 2877 yen. I shall.

  As a further premise, here, the handling of one hall store is illustrated from the first month to the third month (30 days per month), and the first day from the first month to the third month. The number of exchanges of prizes per item is 50 (the unit price of prizes is 3000 yen), and it is assumed that the same applies after the 21st day of the month before the first month. In addition, the deduction of the computer center account from the hall store account will be made once a month (1st), and the working capital provided by the loan will be transferred to the computer center account on the 1st of every month and repaid on the 30th. .

  Based on the above-mentioned premise, referring to the upper part of FIG. 219, in the hall store account, on the 30th day of the first month and the second month, an amount commensurate with the prize exchange price is automatically debited to the computer center account. . The withdrawal in the first month corresponds to a prize exchange from the 21st day of the previous month to the 20th day of the first month, and the prize exchange price is 3000 × 50 × 30 = 4.5 million yen. At the hall store, 4.5 million yen will be deposited on the 29th day of the first month, and on the next day (30th day of the first month), the deposited amount will be transferred to the computer center account (by automatic withdrawal).

  Similarly, the withdrawal in the second month corresponds to the free gift exchange from the 21st day of the first month to the 20th day of the second month, and the free gift exchange price is 3000 × 50 × 30 = 4.5 million yen. Is. The hall store deposits 4.5 million yen on the 29th day of the second month, and on the next day (30th day of the second month), the deposited amount is transferred (by automatic deduction) to the computer center account. Such automatic withdrawal can be done by the computer center to the bank for free exchange data (in this example, the free exchange fee from the 21st day of the month preceding the 1st month to the 20th day of the 1st month and the 21st day of the 1st month). To the 20th day of the second month), and the amount of the automatic withdrawal is determined.

  On the other hand, in the computer center account, 2877 × 50 = 143,850 yen will be withdrawn (to the online shopping site account) for each of the 30 days from January to March.

  Furthermore, the working capital provided by the loan will be deposited on the 1st day of the first month, the 1st day of the 2nd month, and the 1st day of the 3rd month, respectively, and the repayment (withdrawal) of the corresponding amount will be made on the 30th day of the same month. Be seen. Here, the loan amount is fixed at 4.5 million yen, but it is variably set based on the prize exchange price for a predetermined period and the amount actually paid from the computer center to the online shopping site for a predetermined period. You can also do it.

  Furthermore, in the computer center account, the prize exchange price is collected from the hall store on the 30th of the first month (that is, 4.5 million yen is deposited), and the prize exchange is paid from the hall store on the 30th of the second month. The exchange price is collected (that is, 4.5 million yen is deposited). This corresponds to the withdrawal of the hall store account described above.

  The transition of the balance of the computer center account shown in the lower part of FIG. 219 shows the result of reflecting the deposit / withdrawal of the computer center account shown in the upper part of FIG. 219. On the 1st day of the first month, the working capital was deposited by financing and the withdrawal was made to the online shopping site account, so the balance was 4,356,150 yen (rounded to the nearest thousand yen in the figure). And then display in millions). After that, until the 30th day of the first month, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. Also, on the 30th, 4.5 million yen will be withdrawn for repayment of the working capital of the loan, and 4.5 million yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th day of the first month will be 184,500 yen (in the figure, the thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand).

  On the 1st day of the 2nd month, the working capital was deposited by a loan, and because there was a withdrawal to the online shopping site account and the balance as of the 30th day of the 1st month, the balance was 4,454,650 yen. (In the figure, the thousands are rounded off and displayed in tens of thousands.) After that, until the 30th of the second month, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. Also, on the 30th, 4.5 million yen will be withdrawn for repayment of the working capital of the loan, and 4.5 million yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th day of the second month will be 369,000 yen (in the figure, thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand).

  On the 1st day of the 3rd month, as with the 1st day of the 2nd month, there will be a deposit of working capital through a loan, and there will be a withdrawal to an online shopping site account and a balance as of the 30th day of the 2nd month. Therefore, the balance is 4,725,150 yen (in the figure, thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand). After that, until March 30th, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. After that, similarly, the balance of the computer center account changes.

  In this way, in the computer center account, the difference between the amount of money collected as a prize exchange price from the hall store and the amount of money paid out (recovered) to the online shopping site account is accumulated. This difference is composed of an additional amount price-adjusted by the prize exchange system 9001 and a settlement fee. The difference can be transferred to another account at a predetermined timing in order to manage it as a separate account.

  In addition, here, since working capital is procured with a loan of 4.5 million yen, it is necessary to perform processing such as adding interest at the time of repayment, but withdrawing costs related to this financing. are doing. The cost related to the fund procurement is, for example, an annual interest rate of 3%.

  In this example, no advance funds have been prepared for the computer center account, but in order to respond to changes in the number of prize exchanges and fluctuations in the prize exchange price, a certain amount of surplus fund is deposited in the computer center account. Is desirable. Also, looking at the changes in the balance in the computer center account, it is possible to think that it is possible to operate without working capital by financing if there is advance funds (initial balance), but there are 1000 corresponding hall stores. Considering the number of gift exchanges and the huge amount of gift exchanges, it is necessary to prepare a large amount of working capital. is there.

  FIG. 220 is a diagram showing a system configuration including the premium exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the first settlement method shown in FIG. 218. In FIG. 220, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device (eg, the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange system 9001 is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the settlement of the prize exchange system 9001 are performed. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the backbone server 9600 via the network.

  At the hall store, when the player operates the free gift exchange terminal 9530 to display the free gift exchange instruction screen and select the free gift registered in the favorite list to give the free gift exchange instruction, the free gift exchange terminal 9530 causes the network to be displayed. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, the number of prizes, a game medium type, a store code for identifying a hall store, and the like. Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the core server 9600 transmits it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified gift. Send delivery instructions (message).

  The payment management server 9800 sends a transfer instruction to the payment server 9947 in response to the transmission of the gift delivery instruction from the shop management server 9700, and transfers the amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account according to the price of the gift (that is, , Instruct to transfer the price of the product on the online shopping site less the settlement fee). The transfer instruction is configured to be sent in the Zengin format to the Zengin system (interbank network system (national bank data communication system) for online domestic exchange transactions and settlement of funds between banks). be able to. In addition, various methods such as connecting to a server of a predetermined financial institution to issue a transfer instruction can be used.

  Further, in this example, the payment management server 9800 sends the transfer instruction immediately, but the payment management server 9800 sends the transfer instruction to the online shopping site account on the same day or the next business day based on the free gift delivery instruction for a predetermined period or one day. It can also be controlled to be deposited.

  Upon receiving the gift delivery instruction, the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a realizes the purchase and delivery of the gift, updates the inventory management data, and outputs the gift delivery instruction. The staff of the online shopping site prepares a gift based on the gift delivery instruction, and carries out the shipping procedure of the gift. Further, in response to the reception of the free gift delivery instruction, delivery preparation including packaging of the free gift may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the free gift delivery instruction, the specified free gift may not be in stock. In that case, the fact that the free gift delivery instruction has not been normally received by the shop management server 9700 of the computer center To notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls so as not to issue a transfer instruction. In the present embodiment, inventory management is performed by the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, so it is not possible to determine whether there is inventory unless the prize delivery instruction is sent to the server 9842a-1. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the product of the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before transmitting the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

  A settlement server 9947 is arranged in a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online mail order site account, a computer center account, and a hall store account are opened. The online shopping site account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is set individually according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping site account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and all online shopping site accounts do not have to be the same financial institution account.

  Similarly, the hall store account is a financial institution account in the name of the hall store, and is individually set according to the number of hall stores. The hall store accounts do not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, nor do all the hall store accounts need to be the same financial institution account. Further, when the hall store is a chain store, the representative hall store may open one representative hall store account, and the account may be used to perform payment for a plurality of chain hall stores. Further, a group of individual hall store accounts can be collectively managed as chain stores.

  When the settlement server 9947 of the bank receives the transfer instruction, the designated amount is transferred from one financial institution account to another financial institution account according to the content of the transfer instruction. In this example, a designated amount (for example, the advance amount according to each transaction or the advance amount for one day) is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account.

  The settlement server 9947 receives the free gift exchange data from the settlement management server 9800 of the computer center, and automatically debits the hall store account to the computer center account according to the received free gift exchange data. The automatic withdrawal is stipulated by contract beforehand, and the withdrawal is performed once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, etc. The withdrawal amount is a premium exchange price for a predetermined period (a period corresponding to the withdrawal timing) acquired from the premium exchange data. The prize exchange data includes the prize exchange price for each hall store, and the settlement server 9947 determines the corresponding hall store from the prize exchange data, and debits the hole store account.

  Furthermore, the bank provides a loan with the balance of the computer center account and all the hall store accounts as collateral, based on a short-term loan contract. More specifically, a bank loan system transfers a predetermined loan amount to a computer center account (borrowing) at a predetermined timing and withdraws the loan amount from the computer center account after a certain period of time (repayment). After that, this transfer and withdrawal are repeated for the computer center account.

  The hall store appropriately deposits a necessary amount, for example, by a transfer operation, into the hall store account so that the prize exchange price can be withdrawn to the computer center account. The payment management server 9800 of the computer center provides each hall store with a gift exchange history for each hall store so that the hall store can grasp how much and at what timing the money should be deposited into the hall store account. To do. The gift exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be sent as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, the gift exchange terminal 9530 or the gift POS 9500) connected to the gift exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

  Next, a second settlement method (second settlement method) included in the settlement management function in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 221 to 223.

  FIG. 221 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the second settlement method. A backbone server 9600, a shop management server 9700, a payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001 are arranged in the computer center, and a prize selection device and a prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600 are arranged in the hall store. ing.

  When the player goes to the hall store for a game and obtains a game medium there, he gives a prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 221). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and selects the desired prize from the favorite list, And give an instruction to exchange the free gift. In this example, it is assumed that one 3000 yen free gift (for example, a free gift to be exchanged for 3000 game media whose game medium type is "1 yen rental (pachinko)" is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as a first unit price. Of course, the first unit price varies depending on the prize, and may change depending on the second unit price described later.

  When the giveaway exchange instruction is given by the giveaway exchange device, the giveaway order instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) giveaway order instruction” in FIG. 221). Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the computer center issues a credit card settlement instruction using the credit card number corresponding to the hall store in response to the instruction (“(3) Credit card settlement instruction” in FIG. 221). In other words, this is a credit card transaction in which the hall store purchased a prize related to the prize exchange from the computer center for 3000 yen.

  In addition, the computer center sends a free gift delivery instruction to the online shopping site corresponding to the free gift to be exchanged (“(4) Free gift delivery instruction” in FIG. 221). In this example, the prize displayed on the prize exchange device at a price of 3000 yen is actually a product sold for 2935 yen on the online mail order site, and the computer center sells it for 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. Here, the price of each prize on this online shopping site is referred to as a second unit price. The second unit price will of course vary depending on the prize and will also change depending on the season.

  In this way, the price of the product on the online mail order site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device or the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the premium price adjustment processing (addition of the surcharge and the like based on a plurality of criteria) as described with reference to 211.

  Further, the flow of the prize order from the gift exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction is passed through the hall computer, but in this example, it is not passed through the hall computer. Further, when the prize ordering instruction is received, the credit card is used. However, this is not in the processing flow of FIG. 12).

  After the prize delivery instruction is sent from the computer center to the online shopping site, after the settlement fee is deducted from the computer center account of the financial institution such as a bank to the financial institution account of the online shopping site by the instruction of the computer center. The amount is transferred (“(5) Advance payment” in FIG. 221). Such advance payment can be made immediately after the prize delivery instruction is given. Further, it is also possible to collectively transfer the portion of the day on which the free gift delivery instruction is given, or to transfer the portion of the day on which the free gift delivery instruction is given at the next business day.

  In this example, the price of the product on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the amount of the advance payment is rounded down to the nearest decimal point of 2876 yen (2876.3 = 2935- (2935 x 2%)) after deducting the payment fee. ). The computer center will get a difference of 59 yen at this time. Note that shipping costs are not taken into consideration here. Here, the price per prize is called the third unit price. Of course, the third unit price varies depending on the prize, and may change according to the second unit price of the corresponding prize.

  Next, the online shopping site ships the product etc. to the address designated by the player in accordance with the gift delivery instruction (“(6) Gift shipping” in FIG. 221).

  FIG. 221 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (a portion surrounded by a dashed line in FIG. 221), which will be described below.

  In this payment method, a financial institution such as a bank does not have a hole store account, and the credit card company (which issued the above-mentioned credit card for each hole store) uses Collect the prize exchange price.

  In addition, as described above, from a computer center account opened at a financial institution such as a bank, an advance payment (account transfer) can be made immediately, on the same day, or next It takes place at the timing of business days.

  The credit card company receives payment of the prize exchange price from the hall store once a month, and further pays the prize exchange price to the computer center account at a timing of three times a month.

  Further, a financial institution such as a bank sets a loan with the credit of a credit card company as collateral to the computer center, and provides working capital to the computer center account.

  Due to such a mechanism, in the settlement between the hall store and the computer center, as the basic fee, the settlement fee of the specially adjusted credit card company (assuming that a large number of transactions can be expected to be stable) and the bank etc. Only the cost of raising working capital by financing by a financial institution is required, and as a result, the settlement fee between the computer center and the online shopping site can be kept low. Also, from the computer center to the online shopping site, the price of the product on the online shopping site minus the settlement fee will be paid by the next business day at the latest.

  FIG. 222 exemplifies the result of executing the mechanism of the second settlement method shown in FIG. 221. Claims and debts generated by using a credit card, the deposit / withdrawal status of the computer center account, and the computer center account The change in the balance is shown. In the upper part of FIG. 222, the receivables and debts of the computer center and the credit card company are shown, in the middle part of FIG. 222, the deposits and withdrawals of the computer center account are shown, and in the lower part of FIG. 222, the account of the computer center account is shown. The change in the balance is shown. All of them show the first month to the third month, and the horizontal axis in each figure in FIG. 222 shows the date of the same timing, and the time axis of each figure corresponds. .

  As a premise, the exchange price of all free gifts is 3000 yen, the price on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the advance payment from the computer center to the online shopping site is 2877 yen. I shall.

  As a further premise, here, the handling of one hall store is illustrated from the first month to the third month (30 days per month), and the first day from the first month to the third month. The number of exchanges of prizes per item is 50 (the unit price of prizes is 3000 yen), and it is assumed that the same applies after the 21st day of the month before the first month. In addition, the deduction of the computer center account from the hall store account will be done once a month (1st), and the working capital provided by the loan will be transferred to the computer center account on the 1st, 11th, and 21st of every month, 10th, It shall be repaid on the 20th and 30th.

  Based on the above assumptions, referring to the upper part of FIG. 222, at the computer center, at the time of the gift exchange, credit card payment (in the name of the corresponding hall store) is performed at the price of the gift exchange. Throughout March, 150,000 yen of credit card company debt will be incurred daily at hall stores.

  Correspondingly, the credit card company incurs 150,000 yen in claims for hall stores every day from January to March.

  In addition, as shown in the figure, at the hall store, the premium exchange price of the previous month is paid to the credit card company once a month on the 10th, so at this point, the debt of the hall store for the previous month and the corresponding credit card Company debt disappears. Here, since the hall store does not have a financial institution account, the amount is deposited in the financial institution account of the credit card company by a transfer operation or the like.

  Here, the credit card company pays the prize exchange price to the computer center account, for example, three times a month. At this time, payment is made to the computer center account after deducting the settlement fee. For example, in one payment, 1.5% payment fee will be collected, and 150,000 yen x 10 days worth x (100-1.5%) = 1,477,500 yen will be paid to the computer center account (Fig. Then, round off to the nearest thousand and display it in ten thousand units.

  Referring to the middle part of FIG. 222, in the computer center account, 2877 × 50 = 143,850 yen is withdrawn (to the account of the online shopping site) for each of the 30 days from January to March.

  Furthermore, the working capital provided by the loan is deposited on the 1st, 11th, and 21st days of the first to third months, respectively, and the corresponding amount of withdrawal is made on the 10th, 20th, and 30th of the same month, respectively. Be seen. Here, the loan amount is fixedly set at 1,500,000 yen, but it is variably set based on the premium exchange price in a predetermined period, the amount actually paid from the computer center to the online shopping site in a predetermined period, and the like. You can also do it.

  In addition, in the computer center account, the credit exchange company collects the prize exchange price on the 10th, 20th, and 30th of the first month (that is, 1,477,500 yen is deposited), and the 10th of the second month. Similarly, 1,477,500 yen will be deposited on the 20th and 30th days.

  The transition of the balance of the computer center account shown in the lower part of FIG. 222 shows the result of reflecting the deposit / withdrawal of the computer center account shown in the middle part of FIG. 222. On the 1st day of the first month, the working capital was deposited by financing and the withdrawal was made to the online shopping site account, so the balance was 1,356,150 yen (rounded to the nearest thousand yen in the figure). And then display in millions). After that, until the 10th day of the first month, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. On the 10th, 1,500,000 yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 1,477,500 yen will be deposited from the hall store to collect the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th day of the first month will be 39,000 yen (in the figure, the thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand).

  On the 11th day of the first month, the working capital was deposited by a loan, and withdrawal to the online shopping site account and the balance as of the 10th day of the first month, the balance was 1,395,150 yen. (In the figure, the thousands are rounded off and displayed in tens of thousands.) After that, until the 20th day of the first month, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. Also, on the 20th, 1,500,000 yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 1,477,500 yen will be deposited from the hall store to collect the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 20th day of the first month will be 78,000 yen (in the figure, the thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand).

  On the 21st day of the 1st January, as with the 11th day of the 1st January, there will be a deposit of working capital through a loan, and there will be a withdrawal to an online shopping site account and a balance as of the 20th day of the 1st January. Therefore, the balance is 1,434,150 yen (in the figure, the thousands are rounded to the nearest ten thousand). After that, until the 30th day of the first month, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. After that, similarly, the balance of the computer center account changes.

  In this way, in the computer center account, the difference between the amount of money collected as a prize exchange price from the hall store and the amount of money paid out (recovered) to the online shopping site account is accumulated. This difference is composed of an additional amount price-adjusted by the prize exchange system 9001 and a settlement fee. The difference can be transferred to another account at a predetermined timing in order to manage it as a separate account.

  In addition, here, since working capital is procured with a loan of 1,500,000 yen, for example, processing such as withdrawing interest with interest is required at the time of repayment, but the cost related to this financing is omitted. are doing. The cost related to the fund procurement is, for example, an annual interest rate of 3%.

  In this example, no advance funds have been prepared for the computer center account, but in order to respond to changes in the number of prize exchanges and fluctuations in the prize exchange price, a certain amount of surplus fund is deposited in the computer center account. Is desirable. Also, looking at the changes in the balance in the computer center account, it is possible to think that it is possible to operate without working capital by financing if there is advance funds (initial balance), but there are 1000 corresponding hall stores. Considering the number of gift exchanges and the huge amount of gift exchanges, it is necessary to prepare a large amount of working capital. is there.

  FIG. 223 is a diagram showing a system configuration including the prize exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the second settlement method shown in FIG. In FIG. 223, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device (eg, the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange system 9001 is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the settlement of the prize exchange system 9001 are performed. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the backbone server 9600 via the network.

  At the hall store, when the player operates the free gift exchange terminal 9530 to display the free gift exchange instruction screen and select the free gift registered in the favorite list to give the free gift exchange instruction, the free gift exchange terminal 9530 causes the network to be displayed. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, the number of prizes, a game medium type, a store code for identifying a hall store, and the like.

  When the settlement management server 9800 receives a notification from the backbone server 9600 that the backbone server 9600 has received the prize ordering instruction, the settlement management server 9800 acquires the credit card number of the credit card of the hall store corresponding to the prize ordering instruction, and the credit card number. By using the credit card payment instruction, a credit card transaction for purchasing a designated free gift is performed. For this transaction, a credit card payment instruction message is transmitted to, for example, the card payment management server 9949 of the credit card company.

  Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the core server 9600 transmits it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified gift. Send delivery instructions (message).

  The payment management server 9800 sends a transfer instruction to the payment server 9947 in response to the transmission of the gift delivery instruction from the shop management server 9700, and transfers the amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account according to the price of the gift (that is, , Instruct to transfer the price of the product on the online shopping site less the settlement fee). It should be noted that the transfer instruction can be configured to be transmitted in a Zengin format to a Zengin system (an interbank network system for performing online exchange transactions between banks and fund settlement (national bank data communication system)). . In addition, various methods such as connecting to a server of a predetermined financial institution and issuing a transfer instruction can be used.

  Further, in this example, the payment management server 9800 sends the transfer instruction immediately, but the payment management server 9800 sends the transfer instruction to the online shopping site account on the same day or the next business day based on the free gift delivery instruction for a predetermined period or one day. It can also be controlled to be deposited.

  Upon receiving the gift delivery instruction, the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a realizes the purchase and delivery of the gift, updates the inventory management data, and outputs the gift delivery instruction. The staff of the online shopping site prepares a gift based on the gift delivery instruction, and carries out the shipping procedure of the gift. Further, in response to the reception of the free gift delivery instruction, delivery preparation including packaging of the free gift may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the free gift delivery instruction, the specified free gift may not be in stock. In that case, the fact that the free gift delivery instruction has not been normally received by the shop management server 9700 of the computer center To notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls so as not to issue a transfer instruction or a credit card payment instruction. In the present embodiment, inventory management is performed by the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, so it is not possible to determine whether there is inventory unless the prize delivery instruction is sent to the server 9842a-1. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the product of the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before transmitting the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

  A payment server 9947 is arranged at a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online mail order site account, a computer center account, and a credit card company account are opened. The online shopping site account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is set individually according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping site account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and all online shopping site accounts do not have to be the same financial institution account.

  When the settlement server 9947 of the bank receives the transfer instruction, it transfers the designated amount from one financial institution account to another financial institution account according to the content of the transfer instruction. In this example, a designated amount (for example, the advance amount according to each transaction or the advance amount for one day) is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account.

  Further, when the settlement server 9947 receives the free gift exchange price recovery instruction from the credit card company price recovery server 9948, the payment server 9947 transfers from the credit card company account to the computer center account in accordance with the received free gift exchange price recovery instruction. The timing of this transfer can be set at an arbitrary timing such as twice a month or three times a month. The transfer amount is, for example, the amount of credit card payment in a predetermined period.

  Further, the bank provides a loan with a credit (for example, a hall store) held by the credit card company as a security based on a short-term loan contract. More specifically, a bank loan system transfers a predetermined loan amount to a computer center account (borrowing) at a predetermined timing and withdraws the loan amount from the computer center account after a certain period of time (repayment). After that, this transfer and withdrawal are repeated for the computer center account.

  The hall store deposits the required amount into the credit card company account by, for example, a transfer operation in response to the request from the credit card company. In addition, the settlement management server 9800 of the computer center has a history of reward exchange for each hall store so that the hall store can grasp how much and at what timing the amount should be deposited in the hall store account. Can be provided. The gift exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be sent as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, the gift exchange terminal 9530 or the gift POS 9500) connected to the gift exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

  Next, a third settlement method (third settlement method) included in the settlement management function in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 224 and 225.

  FIG. 224 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the third settlement method. A backbone server 9600, a shop management server 9700, a payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001 are arranged in the computer center, and a prize selection device and a prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600 are arranged in the hall store. ing.

  When the player goes to the hall store for a game and obtains a game medium there, he gives a prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 224). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and selects the desired prize from the favorite list, And give an instruction to exchange the free gift. In this example, it is assumed that one 3000 yen free gift (for example, a free gift to be exchanged for 3000 game media whose game medium type is "1 yen rental (pachinko)" is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as a first unit price. Of course, the first unit price varies depending on the prize, and may change depending on the second unit price described later.

  When the giveaway exchange instruction is given by the giveaway exchange device, the giveaway order instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) giveaway order instruction” in FIG. 224). When the computer center receives the free gift ordering instruction, the gift coupon of the online shopping site is used to purchase the specified free gift and deliver the free gift to the online shopping site corresponding to the free gift to be exchanged. , And sends a free gift delivery instruction (“(3) Freebie delivery instruction” in FIG. 224). In this example, the prize displayed on the prize exchange device at a price of 3000 yen is actually a product sold for 2935 yen on the online mail order site, and the computer center sells it for 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. In this example, by specifying the gift certificate ID of the gift certificate that can be used on the online shopping site, the product can be purchased on the online shopping site, and by paying a predetermined amount, the related site can be purchased in advance. The gift certificate ID can be obtained. Here, the price of each prize on this online shopping site is referred to as a second unit price. The second unit price will of course vary depending on the prize and will also change depending on the season.

  In this way, the price of the product on the online mail order site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device or the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the premium price adjustment processing (addition of the surcharge and the like based on a plurality of criteria) as described with reference to 211.

  Further, the flow of the prize order from the gift exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction is passed through the hall computer, but in this example, it is not passed through the hall computer).

  Next, the online shopping site ships the product etc. to the address designated by the player in accordance with the gift delivery instruction (“(4) Gift shipping” in FIG. 224).

  FIG. 224 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (a portion surrounded by a dashed line in FIG. 224), which will be described below.

  For example, when a hall store is opened, the computer center confirms whether or not there is a sufficient balance in the hall store account opened at a financial institution such as a bank. When the hall store is closed, an instruction (withdrawal request) from the computer center collects (transfers) the gift exchange price for the day from the account of the hall store to the computer center account. This hall store account is an account in the name of the hall store and is a dedicated payment account for exchanging prizes. If necessary, the hall store pays in advance to the hall store account an amount for paying the prize exchange price.

  Further, for example, when the hall store is closed, money is transferred from the computer center account to the online mail order gift account according to an instruction from the computer center, and a gift voucher for one day the next day is purchased. At this time, it is possible to estimate the optimal number of purchases based on the data obtained from the gift exchange history, etc.However, if you purchase in smaller units, and if necessary on the day, you can set the required amount of money as appropriate. You may send money. When money is transferred from the computer center account to the online mail order gift account, for example, the content of the money transfer is transmitted to the online mail order site, and the available gift voucher ID is transmitted to the computer center.

  With such a mechanism, the settlement between the hall store and the computer center is realized by the withdrawal process from the hall store account to the computer center account.

  FIG. 225 is a diagram showing a system configuration including a prize exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the third settlement method shown in FIG. 224. In FIG. 225, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device of the prize exchange system 9001 (for example, the prize exchange terminal 9530) is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the payment of the prize exchange system 9001 are set. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the backbone server 9600 via the network.

  At the hall store, when the player operates the free gift exchange terminal 9530 to display the free gift exchange instruction screen and select the free gift registered in the favorite list to give the free gift exchange instruction, the free gift exchange terminal 9530 causes the network to be displayed. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, the number of prizes, a game medium type, a store code for identifying a hall store, and the like.

  Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the core server 9600 transmits it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified gift. Send delivery instructions (message). At this time, the shop management server 9700 acquires a gift certificate ID stored in advance from the payment management server 9800, includes the gift certificate ID in the gift delivery instruction, and purchases the gift certificate ID at the online shopping site with the gift certificate ID. To be possible.

  Upon receiving the gift delivery instruction, the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a realizes the purchase and delivery of the gift, updates the inventory management data, and outputs the gift delivery instruction. The staff of the online shopping site prepares a gift based on the gift delivery instruction, and carries out the shipping procedure of the gift. Further, in response to the reception of the free gift delivery instruction, delivery preparation including packaging of the free gift may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the free gift delivery instruction, the specified free gift may not be in stock. In that case, the fact that the free gift delivery instruction has not been normally received by the shop management server 9700 of the computer center To notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls so as not to give a gift exchange price collection instruction or a remittance request for gift certificate purchase, which will be described later. In the present embodiment, inventory management is performed by the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, so it is not possible to determine whether there is inventory unless the prize delivery instruction is sent to the server 9842a-1. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the product of the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before transmitting the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

  A settlement server 9947 is arranged in a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online mail order gift certificate account, a computer center account, and a hall store account are opened. The online shopping gift certificate account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is set individually according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping gift certificate account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and all online shopping site accounts do not have to be the same financial institution account.

  Similarly, the hall store account is a financial institution account in the name of the hall store, and is individually set according to the number of hall stores. The hall store accounts do not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, nor do all the hall store accounts need to be the same financial institution account. Further, when the hall store is a chain store, the representative hall store may open one representative hall store account, and the account may be used to perform payment for a plurality of chain hall stores. Further, a group of individual hall store accounts can be collectively managed as chain stores.

  When the payment server 9947 of the bank receives the remittance request for purchasing the gift certificate from the payment management server 9800 of the free gift exchange system 9001, the specified amount is transferred from the computer center account to the online mail order gift account. Be seen.

  Here, when the settlement server 9947 transfers money from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account, the payment server 9947 sends a gift ticket account deposit notification including the deposit amount (transfer amount) to the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site. (Such a notification may be made by another computer such as the payment management server 9800 of the computer center). Upon receiving the gift certificate account deposit notification, the server 9842a-1 issues a gift certificate ID corresponding to the deposit amount, transmits these gift certificate IDs to the payment management server 9800 of the computer center, and the payment management server 9800 The received gift certificate ID is stored in the payment management DB 9850.

  The gift voucher ID has a type of voucher set according to the amount of money, and when the amount of deposit is large or there is a fraction, a plurality of gift voucher IDs are issued. When purchasing a product on an online shopping site, if the balance of the gift certificate ID is smaller than the price of the product, the purchase can be completed by adding another gift certificate ID.

  When the settlement server 9947 of the bank receives the instruction for collecting the prize exchange price from the settlement management server 9800 of the reward exchange system 9001, the designated prize exchange is performed from the hall store account of the designated hall store to the computer center account. The price will be transferred.

  When the settlement server 9947 of the bank receives a balance confirmation instruction of the hall store from the settlement management server 9800 of the prize exchange system 9001, it acquires the balance of the hall store account of the designated hall store and sends it to the settlement management server 9800. .

  The hall store appropriately deposits a necessary amount, for example, by a transfer operation, into the hall store account so that the prize exchange price can be withdrawn to the computer center account. The payment management server 9800 of the computer center provides each hall store with a gift exchange history for each hall store so that the hall store can grasp how much and at what timing the money should be deposited into the hall store account. To do. The gift exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be sent as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, the gift exchange terminal 9530 or the gift POS 9500) connected to the gift exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

  Next, the functional outline of the payment management server 9800 will be described with reference to FIG. 226. Note that the hardware configuration of the payment management server 9800 is similar to the configuration of the hall computer 9400 (see FIG. 177) described above (however, the device connected by the interface is different), and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 226 is a functional block diagram of the payment management server 9800. The payment management server 9800 includes a payment method management unit 9801, a payment control unit 9802, a credit management unit 9803, and a network I / F unit 9804.

  The payment control unit 9802 includes a payment management unit 9802a, a transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b, a gift exchange data transmission unit 9802c, a gift exchange history transmission unit 9802d, a credit card payment control unit 9802e, and a gift certificate management unit 9802f.

  Further, the payment management server 9800 stores a payment management DB 9850 in an external storage device, and the payment management DB 9850 includes a payment method management table 9851, a credit card management table 9852, a gift certificate management table 9853, and a hall store management table 9854. Including.

  The payment method management unit 9801 controls to switch the above-described three payment methods (first payment method to third payment method) according to the hall store. When the backbone server 9600 receives a free gift ordering instruction from the free gift exchange terminal 9530, the payment method management unit 9801 acquires a store code for identifying a hall store from the free gift ordering instruction, and the payment shown in FIG. 227 (A). By referring to the method management table 9851, a settlement method corresponding to the hall store of the store code is determined, and the determined settlement method corresponds to the ordering of the prize designated by the prize ordering instruction.

  The settlement method management table 9851 shown in FIG. 227 (A) associates the store code of each hall store with which settlement method of the first to third settlement methods the hall store adopts. I remember. In the payment method management table 9851, the adopted payment method can be configured not only to be associated with a hall store but also to be associated with various conditions such as an online mail order site which is a customer, a price of a gift, and a transaction date and time.

  The payment control unit 9802 performs control according to the payment method determined by the payment method management unit 9801 so as to perform a corresponding process with respect to the order of the prize specified by the gift order instruction. The settlement control unit 9802 includes a plurality of processing units as described above, and each processing unit will be described in detail later.

  In the first settlement method, the credit management unit 9803 manages the credit of each hall store based on the balance of the hall store account. Details will be described later.

  The network I / F unit 9804 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls so as to perform data transmission / reception with the other computer. The payment management server 9800 is connected to the backbone server 9600 via a LAN or the like at a computer center.

  The payment management unit 9802a controls the procedure of each payment method based on the determined payment method, and calls and controls the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b or the gift certificate management unit 9802f as necessary. When the first settlement method is adopted, when the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b is called. In addition, the prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d is called at a predetermined timing. When the second payment method is adopted, when the backbone server 9600 receives the free gift ordering instruction, it calls the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b and the credit card payment control unit 9802e. In addition, the prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d is called at a predetermined timing. When the third settlement method is adopted, the gift certificate management unit 9802f is called after the store is closed or when the balance of the gift certificate falls below a predetermined amount. Further, the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b is called when the hall store is opened or closed.

  In the first settlement method, the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b transfers the predetermined transfer amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account when the backbone server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530. The transfer instruction is transmitted to the settlement server 9947. Further, in the second settlement method, when the backbone server 9600 receives a prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530, the transfer instruction is settled so that a predetermined transfer amount is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account. Send to 9947.

  In addition, in the third settlement method, the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b sends a remittance request to the settlement server 9947 so as to remit the money for purchasing the gift certificate from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account when the hall store is closed. Send. In addition, when the hall store is closed, the prize exchange price collection instruction is transmitted to the settlement server 9947 so that the prize exchange price is transferred from the hall store account to the computer center account. Also, when opening a hall store, etc., the balance of the hall store account can be confirmed and the confirmation result can be displayed on the computer of the hall store, so that the prize exchange at the hall store cannot be performed according to the confirmation result of the balance. First, the prize exchange control unit 9605 of the core server 9600 is controlled.

  In the first settlement method, the premium exchange data transmission unit 9802c transmits the premium exchange data to the payment server 9947 of a financial institution such as a bank at a predetermined timing. The free gift exchange data includes the total amount of free gift exchange fees for each hall store during a predetermined period. The financial institution controls the automatic withdrawal from the hall store account to the computer center account based on the gift exchange data.

  The premium exchange history transmission unit 9802d transmits the premium exchange history (data relating to the premium exchange) for a predetermined period to the computer of the hall store connected to the prize exchange system 9001 such as the prize exchange terminal 9530 so that the hall store can check the history. To do. The prize exchange history includes the prize exchange price for a predetermined period. By confirming this, the hall store can grasp the amount and timing of depositing into its own hall store account or credit card company account.

  In the second payment method, when the backbone server 9600 receives a gift ordering instruction from the gift exchange terminal 9530, the credit card payment control unit 9802e specifies the prize specified by the gift ordering instruction by the gift ordering instruction. In order to perform payment processing for purchasing using a credit card corresponding to the hall store with the specified store code, a credit card payment instruction message is transmitted to the card payment management server 9949 of the credit card company.

  The card number of the credit card corresponding to the hall store can be grasped by referring to the credit card management table 9852 shown in FIG. 227 (B). The credit card management table 9852 shown in FIG. 227 (B) stores the store code of each hall store and the credit card number of the credit card issued under the hall store name in association with each other. Further, if necessary, the expiration date of the credit card, the security code, the password, etc. can be stored and used for credit card payment.

  The gift certificate management unit 9802f stores, for example, the gift certificate ID received from the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site in the gift certificate management table 9853 shown in FIG. 228, and the shop management server 9700 (prize order management section 9703) stores the gift certificate ID. , A gift coupon ID or a plurality of gift certificate IDs by which the gift specified in the gift sending instruction can be purchased when the gift sending instruction is transmitted to the server 9842a-1 by the third settlement method. And the gift certificate ID is notified to the shop management server 9700. The shop management server 9700 instructs the online shopping site to purchase and deliver the gift by transmitting a gift delivery instruction including the notified gift certificate ID to the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site.

  When the hall store is closed, the gift certificate management unit 9802f sends a remittance request to purchase (issue) the gift certificate for the next day, and online shopping is performed from a computer center account established at a financial institution such as a bank. Instruct the gift account to send the specified amount of money. Although the remittance amount can be set to a predetermined amount, it may be determined at any time based on the gift certificate balance of the day, the gift exchange history situation, and the like. The gift certificate management unit 9802f also manages the gift certificate balance by the gift certificate management table 9853, and purchases a new gift certificate when the balance of the currently issued gift certificate falls below a predetermined amount ( In order to recharge), request a remittance, and instruct the computer center account established in a financial institution such as a bank to remit a predetermined amount of money to the online mail order gift account. At this time, the amount of money to be remitted can be determined in advance, but may be determined based on the gift exchange history, the gift exchange status, or the like.

  When the gift voucher has a type according to the available amount of money (50,000 yen ticket, 100,000 yen ticket, etc.), the gift certificate management unit 9802f specifies this type and receives the gift certificate ID from the online shopping site. You can Further, the gift certificate management unit 9802f can also control the purchase amount of the gift certificate to be low at the time of closing the shop the previous day so that the unused gift certificate balance does not become high, and the above-mentioned recharge is frequently performed.

  As shown in FIG. 228 (A), the gift certificate management table 9853 stores the ticket type and the balance for each gift certificate ID. The balance of the gift certificate ID is when the gift shipping instruction is transmitted to the server 9842a-1 by the third settlement method and the gift certificate ID is notified to the shop management server 9700. From the above, it is possible to calculate by reducing the price of the product on the online mail order site (when the balance of the gift certificate ID becomes zero, subtraction is performed using the next gift certificate ID).

  Further, since the balance of gift certificate IDs is managed by the online shopping site, when the online shopping site requests a new gift certificate ID, the next gift certificate ID is designated accordingly. You can also do it. In this case, the gift certificate management table 9853 does not need to manage the ticket type and balance.

  The credit management unit 9803 checks the balance of the hall store account at a predetermined timing when the first settlement method or the third settlement method is adopted, and when the balance is less than the predetermined first set amount, the hall store An alert display to that effect is displayed on a device of the free gift exchange system 9001 (for example, a free gift selection device, a free gift exchange device, a free gift POS 9500, etc.) arranged at. In the case of the third payment method, for example, the first set amount of money is the case of the first payment method, for example, the amount of money to be deducted to the computer center account by automatic deduction (or the amount of money expected to be deducted). For example, it is possible to set, for example, an amount obtained by adding a surplus fund to the average amount of the prize exchange price in one day, an amount equivalent to the maximum amount, or the like.

  In addition, the credit management unit 9803, if the balance of the hall store account falls below a second set amount smaller than the first set amount described above for a predetermined period, such as when the certain condition is satisfied, the prize exchange control unit 9605 of the backbone server 9600. Can be controlled so as to prohibit the prize exchange instruction from the prize exchange device. Further, the free gift selection control unit 9604 of the backbone server 9600 can be controlled to disable the free gift selection instruction from the free gift selection device.

  In addition, the credit management unit 9803 may perform the above-mentioned alert display and giveaways when the hall store has a certain financial relationship with the computer center (for example, the hall store is a shareholder) when certain conditions are satisfied. It is possible to control not to give an instruction or prohibition of a gift selection instruction. For example, if the hall store is a shareholder of the computer center, the amount of the hall store account can be compensated within the range of investment of the hall store (however, the compensation will be returned within a predetermined period). That is the premise).

  Further, the credit management unit 9803 refers to the hall store management table as shown in FIG. 228 (B) to grasp which store group each hall store belongs to, and the hall store account of a certain hall store is If the balance of the hall store accounts of the entire store group to which the hall store belongs is equal to or more than the first set amount even if the amount falls below the first set amount or the second set amount such as It is also possible to control not to give an instruction or prohibition of a gift selection instruction.

  Furthermore, the credit management unit 9803 refers to the hall store management table as shown in FIG. 228 (B), grasps the store code of the representative store (center store) of the hall stores belonging to the store group, and stores the store group. With respect to the payment related to the hall store belonging to, the hall store account of the corresponding representative store can be controlled to be used. With such a configuration, the store group can cover the settlement funds of all the hall stores belonging to the store group by preparing the funds in the hall store account of the representative store, and the credit management of each hall store This is done by checking the balance of the hall store account of the representative store.

  Up to this point, the payment management function by the first payment method to the third payment method has been described, but the method described above is merely an example, and the technical idea of the present invention is realized by various other methods and hardware configurations. can do. In addition, in the above-described method, in order to order a free gift to the online mail order site, the shop management server 9700 at the computer center sends a free gift delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1 at the online mail order site ( It is possible to give a free gift delivery instruction by various other methods (cooperation by API). For example, the shop management server 9700 controls the product purchase instruction screen and the delivery instruction screen of the online shopping site as if they were operated by a WEB browser (so-called web scraping), and orders the gifts and delivers the gifts. You may instruct.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the first payment method to the third payment method are described to be switched according to the hall store, etc., but two of these three payment methods may be switched. However, payment methods other than these may be included. Further, the payment management function may be always realized by one payment method without switching the payment method.

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the first settlement method and the second settlement method, when the computer center makes an advance payment to the online shopping site, the advance fee is determined in consideration of the settlement fee. The fee may be configured to be adjusted according to, for example, a hall store, a prize exchange price, a prize exchange number, a sales number, or the like.

  Further, in the present embodiment, an example in which the payment management function is applied to the free gift exchange system 9001 (that is, a system in which a product on an online shopping site can be exchanged as a free gift) has been described, but products and services other than the free gift are sold online. It can also be applied to payment when purchasing on the site. In this case, in the first payment method and the second payment method, the computer center functions as a payment agency, and the hall store uses the payment agency to purchase products (or receive services) from users. Become. This user is, for example, an organization such as a company or an individual.

  In the first settlement method (see FIG. 218), the product ordering instruction (corresponding to the prize ordering instruction) transmitted by the user using the PC or the smartphone is transmitted to the computer center, which is the settlement agency, and the computer center sends the net. Send a product delivery instruction (corresponding to the prize delivery instruction) to the mail order site. In addition, the computer center responds to the product delivery instruction within a short period of time (at the latest, the next business day after the product delivery instruction), from the computer center account to the online shopping site account for a predetermined amount (on the online shopping site). Make an advance payment of the product price minus the settlement fee). Further, based on the product ordering data generated in response to the product ordering instruction, the user account (corresponding to the hall store account) is automatically withdrawn to the computer center account, for example, once a month. In addition, working capital is loaned to the computer center account with the balance of the computer center account and the user account as collateral.

  In the second settlement method (see FIG. 221), the product ordering instruction (corresponding to the prize ordering instruction) transmitted by the user using the PC or the smartphone is transmitted to the computer center which is the settlement agency, and the computer center makes a net. Send a product delivery instruction (corresponding to the prize delivery instruction) to the mail order site. In addition, the computer center responds to the product delivery instruction within a short period of time (at the latest, the next business day after the product delivery instruction), from the computer center account to the online shopping site account for a predetermined amount (on the online shopping site). Make an advance payment of the product price minus the settlement fee). In addition, the user deposits the price of the product into the credit card company account once a month, for example, according to a request from the credit card company, and the credit card company receives the payment from the credit card company account three times a month, for example. Transfer a predetermined amount (the price of the product minus the settlement fee) to the computer center account. In addition, working capital will be lent to the computer center account with the credit of the credit card company as collateral.

  Further, the payment management function according to the present embodiment can be applied not only to an online shopping site but also to an actual store having a sales floor of a product or a service providing base. In this specification, all forms of stores, including online shopping sites and real stores, are referred to as “sales stores”, and the sales stores sell products and provide services.

[Small amount savings coin cooperation function]
Next, a small amount coin saving cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  Here, the configuration of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment described above is further expanded to store a small amount of game media such as an end ball (small amount coins) as in the prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. ), And you can exchange prizes using the balls. That is, using a small amount of coins, similar to the free gift exchange system 1, a free gift candidate is selected in advance from a large number of free gifts to create a shopping list, and then a mall member registration to the system is performed. When this is done, it is possible to issue a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored coins, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Note that, here, for the sake of convenience, holding a small amount of game media such as an end ball (surplus ball) is referred to as "small amount coins", but it is not limited to the pachinko ball coins earned by the pachinko machine, but also the medal earned by the pachislot machine. Holds (so-called savings medals) are also included. Further, in this example, the game medium holding information managed by the hall computer 9400 in cooperation with the hall system 9002 of the hall store is provided to the prize exchange system 9001 via the prize POS.

  Further, the small amount of coins is not limited to the case of storing an end ball generated when exchanging a prize, and for example, a player intentionally interrupts a game to hold a pachinko ball or medal. Including the case where a small amount of game media is accumulated due to factors. In the free gift exchange system 1001, a fixed upper limit is set for the number (value) of accumulated balls per time and the total amount (value) of accumulated balls.

  First, with reference to FIG. 229, the functional outline of the prize POS 9500 ′ of the prize exchange system 9001 which has been expanded so as to realize the small amount coin saving cooperation function will be described. FIG. 229 is a functional block diagram of the premium POS 9500 '. The premium POS 9500 ′ includes an access management unit 9511, a premium POS control unit 9512, a premium exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ′, an in-store premium management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ′, a display control unit 9516, and a network I / F unit. Including 9517.

  Here, the functions of the prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 'and the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515' are expanded as compared with the prize POS 9500. The prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 'relays data transmission / reception for card authentication between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 in association with a membership card association process described later. In addition, the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ′ relates to the membership card association processing described later, when acquiring the user information stored in the membership information table from the hall computer 9400 to the prize exchange device, the data related to the user information. Is relayed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 230, a functional outline of the prize exchange terminal 9530 'of the prize exchange system 9001 which is expanded to realize the small amount coin saving cooperation function will be described. FIG. 230 is a functional block diagram of the gift exchange terminal 9530 '. The prize exchange terminal 9530 'includes a processing function relating to small amount coins, which the small coin amount instructing device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001 has. The free gift exchange terminal 9530 'includes an access management unit 9541, a free gift exchange control unit 9542, a display control unit 9544, a network I / F unit 9545, a small amount coin control unit 9546, and a member management unit 9547.

  Compared to the prize exchange terminal 9530, the prize exchange terminal 9530 'includes a small amount coin control unit 9546 and a member management unit 9547. The small coin amount control unit 9546 corresponds to the function of the small coin amount control unit 1084 of the small coin amount instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001. In addition, the member management unit 9547 includes the function of the member management unit 1085 of the small coin saving instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchanging system 1001. Furthermore, in the prize exchanging system 9001, a member card for small coin accumulation (membership card 9950a for small coin accumulation). When the member registration is performed, the user information is acquired from the hall system 9002 managed by each hall store based on the copy permission information of each hall store, and the information is controlled so that the information can be used for the member registration.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 231, an outline of the functions of the core server 9600 'of the prize exchange system 9001 which is expanded to realize the small amount coin saving cooperation function will be described. FIG. 231 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 9600 '. The core server 9600 ′ includes a mall member management unit 9601 ′, a gift selection control unit 9604, a gift exchange control unit 9605, a gift order control unit 9606, a hall outside device management unit 9607, an in-store gift management unit 9608, and a gift display control unit 9609. A prize initial display control unit 9610, a user information display control unit 9611, a game medium type definition data management unit 9612, a network I / F unit 9613, a small amount coin management unit 9614, and an anonymous member management unit 9615.

  In the basic server 9600 ', a small amount ball management section 9614 and an anonymous member management section 9615 are added as compared with the basic server 9600, and the function of the mall member management section 9601' is expanded. The small amount coin management unit 9614 cooperates with the small amount coin control unit 9546 of the prize exchange terminal 9350 'to convert the amount of coins instructed by the player from the prize exchange terminal 9350' into a predetermined electronic value unit. Manage anonymously. Further, the anonymous member management unit 9615 provides the prize exchange terminal 9350 'with a user interface for mall member registration. The functions of the small amount coin management unit 9614 and the anonymous member management unit 9615 correspond to the small amount coin management unit 1610 and the anonymous member management unit 1611 of the backbone server 1600 shown in FIG. 37.

  Further, the mall member management unit 9601 ′ of the core server 9600 ′ further refers to a hole store management table 9663 described later in response to a request from the member management unit 9547 of the prize exchange terminal 9530 ′, and copies each hall store. The license information is acquired and the information is transmitted to the prize exchange terminal 9530 '.

  The core server 9600 'also includes a core DB 9650'. The core DB 9650 'includes a hall store management table 9663, an anonymous member information table 9664, and an electronic value management table 9665, in addition to the tables included in the core DB 9650 shown in FIG. 186.

  The hall store management table 9663 holds the data indicating the address of the hall stores and the relationship between the chain stores, and when the member registration is performed in the above-described creation of the membership card 9950a for small amount coin saving, the individual members of the hall store hold it. Data indicating whether or not to permit copying of user information including information is held for each hall store (see FIG. 237).

  The anonymous member information table 9664 manages, for example, the small coin storage membership card 9950a configured to include a non-contact IC chip as anonymous (see FIG. 238 (A)). In this case, the store code and the password of the small amount coin saving membership card 9950a are managed in association with the unique ID of the card. The electronic value management table 9665 stores electronic value data for each unique ID of the small amount coin saving membership card 9950a stored in the anonymous member information table 9664 (see FIG. 238 (B)). Here, the electronic value data is a unit of a predetermined electronic value that represents a value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range, and is a data that represents a value converted according to the number of small amount coins and the type of game medium. . The anonymous member information table 9664 and the electronic value management table 9665 are tables corresponding to the anonymous member information table 1657 and the electronic value management table 1658 shown in FIG. 37, respectively.

  The mall member management table 9651 'is basically the same as the mall member information table 1651 shown in FIG. 37, but for each mall member, the store code of the hall store associated with it and the hall store The unique ID (cooperative membership card ID) of the membership card 9950b used in is stored.

  Up to this point, the content of the expansion in the free gift exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention has been described using the functional block diagram. However, the free gift POS 9500 ′, the free gift exchange terminal 9350 ′, and the core server 9600 ′ described above. The hardware configurations of are the same as those of the premium POS 9500, the premium exchange terminal 9350, and the backbone server 9600, which are described above with reference to the block diagrams.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 232, regarding the small amount coin saving cooperation function in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, membership card association performed by a premium exchange device such as a premium exchange terminal 9530 ′. The outline of the processing will be described.

  The flow shown in FIG. 232 mainly shows the operation of the player. By these operations, if the player is a regular member of the hall store, the hall of the hall store, such as the address and telephone number, is already held in the member registration for the small amount coin membership card 9950a of the prize exchange system 9001. User information registered in the system 9002 can be copied and used.

  First, in step S2271, the player gives the non-contact IC card reader / writer (corresponding to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534 of the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange terminal 9530 ′ the membership card 9950b of the hall store. Hold (touch). This membership card 9950b is possessed by an authorized member of the hall store, has already been registered as a member, and user information including the user's address and telephone number is stored in the hall computer 9400 of the hall store. Stored in the member information table 9431 '(see FIG. 236 (A)).

  Next, in a step S2272, the player holds (touches) the small coin storage membership card 9950a usable in the prize exchange system 9001 over the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange terminal 9530 '. This small amount coin saving membership card 9950a is a card with a built-in non-contact IC chip that is distributed at stores such as hall stores. At this point, membership registration (that is, membership registration for the prize exchange system 9001 is a mall membership registration. ) Has not been performed and is in an anonymous state, but as described above, a small amount of game media such as an end ball can be stored (small amount storage) in that state.

  Then, in step S2273, the player is already registered in the hall store at the time of mall member registration according to the guide displayed on the display device of the prize exchange terminal 9530 '(corresponding to the display 9535 of the prize exchange terminal 9530). Instruct to copy user information.

  In step S2274, the player who has given the copy instruction instructs the mall member registration with the content including the copied user information. By such an operation, the player does not need to input user information including personal information again for mall member registration, and can easily perform member registration for the prize exchange system 9001.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 233, it will be described how the prize exchange system 9001 performs the process from the selection of a prize to the exchange of a prize using the member card 9950a for storing a small amount of money as described above.

  First, in step S2281, the player performs a card touch on the prize selection device (that is, on the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550). The card used at this time is, for example, a small coin saving membership card 9950a, which is in a state in which the mall member has not been registered for the card.

  Next, in step S2282, the player gives a free gift selection instruction to register the shopping list. For example, on the prize selection instruction screen 910 as shown in FIG. 24B, the player selects a prize candidate from which many prizes may be exchanged in the future, among a large number of prizes. The given prize is registered in the shopping list. Such a shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 9653 of the core server 9600 'shown in FIG.

  In addition to the processing in the prize selection device described above, in step S2283, when a game is played on the gaming machine by the player and the game medium is acquired here, in step S2284, a counting device such as the island edge counting device 9520. Thereby, the accumulated coins associated with the counting result of the game medium and the membership card 9950b of the hall store are performed. The counting result (quantity) of the game medium associated with the membership card 9950b is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID.

  In step S2285, the player pays a small amount to the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350 ′ (that is, to the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350 ′). The card touch of the membership card 9950a for ball accumulation is performed. As described above, the prize exchange device includes a processing function regarding the small amount coins possessed by the small coin amount instructing device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001.

  Next, in step S2286, based on an instruction from the player, the coins relating to a small amount of game media such as end balls are stored. This is, for example, when a player produces an end ball as a result of exchanging a prize at a prize POS 9500 'in a hall store, a receipt corresponding to the end ball is received from the staff of the hall store, and then the receipt concerned. When the bar code or two-dimensional code printed on the item is read by the prize POS9500 ', the prize POS9500' sends the end piece data to the prize exchange device, and based on the data, the electronic value data is used for the small amount coin saving. It is stored in the electronic value management table 9665 of the core server 9600 ′ in association with the unique ID of the membership card 9950a.

  Next, in step S2287, the above-mentioned mall member registration is performed with respect to the membership card 9950a for small coin storage. Then, in step S2288, the player touches the prize exchanging device with the member card 9950a for small coin storage registered as a mall member.

  Here, in step S2282, the free gift exchange device displays the shopping list stored in association with the small amount savings membership card 9950a (step S2290), and the player thus displays the shopping list. When the free gift is selected as an object of the actual free gift exchange and the free gift exchange is instructed (step S2291), the free gift ordering instruction is issued according to the free gift exchange instruction (step S2292). The free gift ordering instruction is, for example, a free gift ordering instruction as shown in step S2113 of FIG. 182.

  Next, the prize exchange device notifies the prize POS 9500 ′ of the number of game media consumed by the exchange of the prize (step S2293), and the prize POS 9500 ′ which has received the consumed game media counts (the hall computer 9400 cuts off the bill). Etc. are managed) The received consumption game medium number is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 so that the received consumption game medium number is subtracted from the number of end pieces managed by the hall computer 9400 (step). S2294).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 234 to FIG. 243, a membership card linking process executed with respect to the small amount coin saving cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described. This shows the process shown in FIG. 232 in more detail.

  234 and 235 are flowcharts showing the membership card linking process. 234 and 235, the processing in each of the prize exchange device, the prize POS 9500 ', the hall computer 9400, and the backbone server 9600' is shown in chronological order for each device.

  First, in step S2301 of FIG. 234, the player performs a selection operation on a menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the prize exchange device, thereby displaying a small amount reward prize exchange screen on the display of the prize exchange device. To be done. The small amount reward prize exchange screen is a screen for instructing possible prize exchange by the accumulated coins when a small amount of game media such as an end ball is accumulated, and for example, a small amount reward prize exchange as shown in FIG. 239. This is a screen 9952.

  On the small amount coin prize exchange screen 9952 in FIG. 239, a prize exchange selection button 9952a displayed as "Exchange prizes", a small amount coin selection button 9952b displayed as "Perform small amount coins", and a "Member" Member registration button 9952c displaying "Register", linking member registration button 9952d displaying "Registering member (with other member card linked)", and "Other member card" A tying button 9952e is displayed on the display.

  When the player touches the prize exchange selection button 9952a, for example, a prize exchange instruction screen 9960 as shown in FIG. 243 described later is displayed. The contents of the registered shopping list are displayed on the free gift exchange instruction screen 9960, and the player can give an instruction for free gift exchange using a small amount of coins.

  When the small amount coin selection button 9952b is touched, for example, a small amount coin instruction screen similar to the small amount coin instruction screen 1895 shown in FIG. 44B is displayed. However, as described above, in the small coin saving instruction screen displayed here, by reading the two-dimensional code of the receipt or the like output from the prize POS9500 ′ in the input field of the electronic value quantity (accumulated coin quantity), The type and quantity of game media, or the quantity of electronic value is automatically set.

  When the member registration button 9952c is touched, for example, a mall member registration screen similar to the mall member registration screen 1905 shown in FIG. 41B is displayed, where the player's name, address, telephone number, etc. When the user information is input and the registration button is touched, the user information is stored in the mall member information table 9651 ′ of the core server 9600 ′.

  When the linked member registration button 9952d is touched, as described later, while diverting the user information stored in association with the member card 9950b of the hall store, this member card 9950b and the member card 9950a for small amount coin saving are linked. Registered as a mall member. When the linking button 9952e is touched, unlike the case where the linking member registration button 9952d is touched, the user information stored in association with the member card 9950b of the hall store is not used and the membership card 9950b is stored. Mall member registration is performed with the membership card 9950a for small coin storage associated with it.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 234, in step S2302, it is determined whether or not linking registration has been selected (whether or not the linking member registration button 9952d has been touched), and this determination is repeated until the selection is made. (NO of step S2302). When tied registration is selected (YES in step S2302), a membership card reading screen is displayed in step S2303.

  The membership card reading screen is, for example, a membership card reading screen 9954 as shown in FIG. Next, in step S2304, it is determined whether or not the password is input to the password input unit 9954a of the membership card reading screen 9954 and the membership card 9950b of the hall store is touched at a predetermined position of the prize exchange device. This determination is repeated until the input and the card touch are performed (NO in step S2304). When the password is input and the membership card 9950b is touched (YES in step S2304), a message ">>>> reading completed" is displayed on the membership card reading screen 9954 as shown in FIG. 240 (A). An authentication check request for the membership card 9950b is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 (step S2305).

  For the authentication of the membership card 9950b, for example, the unique ID of the membership card 9950b read by the contactless IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device and the password entered in the password entry unit 9954a of the membership card reading screen 9954 are used in the hall computer. 9400, the hall computer 9400 searches the member information table 9431 '(see FIG. 236 (A)) using the received unique ID as a key, and if the unique ID exists and the password matches, authentication is performed. The result is set as the authentication OK, otherwise the authentication result is set as the authentication NG, and the authentication result data is transmitted to the prize exchange device (step S2306). Data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 is performed via the prize POS 9500 ', as shown in FIG.

  Next, if the authentication result data received from the hall computer 9400 is authentication NG in step S2307 (NO in step S2307), an error message is displayed on the membership card reading screen 9954 in step S2313. On the other hand, when the authentication result data received from the hall computer 9400 is OK in step S2307 (YES in step S2307), the small-value-savings membership card reading screen is displayed in step S2308.

  The small amount ball membership card reading screen is, for example, a small amount ball membership card reading screen 9955 as shown in FIG. 240 (B). Next, in step S2309, a password is input to the password input unit 9955a of the small amount savings membership card reading screen 9955, and the small amount savings membership card 9950a of the premium exchange system 9001 is touched at a predetermined position of the premium exchange device. Whether or not it is determined, and this determination is repeated until the input and the card touch are performed (NO in step S2309). When the password is input and the membership card 9950a for small coin saving is touched (YES in step S2309), as shown in FIG. 240 (B), ">>>> reading is completed on the membership card reading screen 9955 for small coin saving. Message is displayed, and the authentication check request and the copy permission check request for the small amount coin membership card 9950a are transmitted to the core server 9600 '(step S2310).

  In step S2311, the core server 9600 'performs an authentication check of the small coin storage membership card 9950a. This process is performed by, for example, the unique ID of the membership card 9950a for small coin storage read by the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device, and the password input to the password input unit 9955a of the membership card reading screen 9955 for small coin storage. To the backbone server 9600 ′, the backbone server 9600 ′ searches the anonymous member information table 9664 as shown in FIG. 238 (A) using the received unique ID as a key, and the unique ID exists, and If the passwords match, the authentication result is set to authentication OK, and if not, the authentication result is set to authentication NG.

  Next, when the backbone server 9600 ′ receives the copy permission check request, in step S2312, the core server 9600 ′ displays copy permission information indicating whether or not the user information stored at the time of member registration can be copied. Acquire and send it to the prize exchange device. More specifically, the core server 9600 'refers to the item "user information copy permission" of the hall store management table 9663 as shown in FIG. 237 to obtain the copy permission information of the corresponding hall store. The store code identifying the hall store can be transmitted from, for example, the prize exchange device (the store code can be obtained from the ID or network address of the prize exchange device).

  Here, the core server 9600 'transmits the authentication result acquired in step S2311 and the copy permission information acquired in step S2312 to the prize exchange device.

  Next, in step S2321 shown in FIG. 235, when the prize exchange apparatus receives the authentication result and the copy permission information from the backbone server 9600 ′, the copy permission information is OK (user information copy permission of the hall store management table 9663 = "OK") is determined. If the copy permission information does not indicate permission OK (NO in step S2321), that is, if the user information copy permission in the hall store management table 9663 = “NG”, in step S2322, the small amount savings member registration shown in FIG. 241. A screen 9956 is displayed. When the authentication result of the small amount savings membership card 9950a is NG, an error message is displayed on the small amount savings membership card reading screen 9955 as in the case where the authentication result of the membership card 9950b is NG (NO in step S2307). Although displayed, the description of this process is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 241, this small amount savings member registration screen 9956 does not display a button for instructing to copy the user information registered in association with the member card 9950b of the hall store. Further, on the small amount savings member registration screen 9956, a membership guide display unit 9956a indicating that the membership card 9950a for small amount savings is associated with the member card 9950b (member card 9950b of the hall store) that was read first, user information. A display portion 9956b and a registration button 9956c for confirming the registered content of member registration are displayed.

  On the other hand, if the copy permission information received from the backbone server 9600 ′ indicates permission OK (YES in step S2321), that is, if the user information copy permission of the hall store management table 9663 = “OK”, the process proceeds to step S2323. A small amount savings member registration screen 9958 shown in 242 is displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 242, the small amount savings member registration screen 9958 is a linking guide display unit indicating that the small amount ball membership card 9950a is associated with the first read membership card 9950b (member card 9950b of the hall store). 9958a, a copy confirmation display section 9958b for confirming whether or not to make a copy from the user information linked to the first read membership card 9950b, a copy instruction button 9958c for instructing copying of the user information, and a copy of the user information. A copy skip button 9958d that does not instruct, a first user information display portion 9958e that displays the copied user information, a second user information display portion 9958f, and a registration button 9958g that confirms the registered content of the member registration are displayed.

  If it is determined in step S2324 that the copy instruction button 9958c has been touched when the small amount savings member registration screen 9958 is displayed (YES in step S2324), the hall computer 9400 is already registered by membership registration. A request is made to acquire the registered user information (step S2325).

  The hall computer 9400 searches the member information table 9431 ′ (see FIG. 236 (A)) using the unique ID obtained from the membership card 9950b as a key, acquires the user information corresponding to the unique ID, and stores the user information in the prize exchange device. It is transmitted (step S2326). In this example, the user information transmitted to the free gift exchange device is a name, a mail address, a telephone number, and an address. Note that data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 is performed via the prize POS 9500 ', as shown in FIG. 235.

  The free gift exchange device displays the user information thus obtained on the first user information display section 9958e of the small amount coin saving member registration screen 9958 (step S2327). The player can also modify the displayed user information.

  In step S2322, the hall store does not permit copying of the user information, so that the small amount savings member registration screen 9956 (see FIG. 241) without the copy instruction button is displayed, or in step S2324, the small amount savings coin with the copy instruction button is displayed. When the copy skip button 9958d is touched on the member registration screen 9958 (see FIG. 242), the user information registered in association with the member card 9950b of the hall store is not copied and used.

  After the small amount savings member registration screen 9956 is displayed (after step S2322), if it is determined that the copy skip button 9958d is touched at step S2324 (NO at step S2324), and at step S2327, the small amount savings member registration is performed. After the copied user information is displayed on the first user information display section 9958e of the screen 9958, in step S2328, it is determined whether or not the registration button (9956c, 9958g) is touched, and the registration button is touched. The determination is repeated until it is performed.

  When it is determined that the registration button (9956c, 9958g) is touched on the small amount savings member registration screen 9956 or the small amount savings member registration screen 9958 (YES in step S2328), in step S2329, the unique ID of the membership card 9950b and the small amount User registration information including the unique ID of the membership card 9950a for storing balls and user information is generated, and in step S2330, the user registration information is transmitted to the backbone server 9600 '.

  Upon receiving the user registration information from the prize exchange device, the core server 9600 ′ newly assigns a mall member ID based on the user registration information, and stores the mall member registration information table 9651 ′ (see FIG. 236 (B)). Create a membership record for the corresponding player. In this example, the member record is, as shown in FIG. 236 (B), a mall member ID, a unique ID (a unique ID of the membership card 9950a for small amount savings coins), a store code, a password, and a linked member card ID (member of a hall store) The unique ID of the card 9950b), name, mail address, telephone number, address, delivery destination 1 and delivery destination 2 are included.

  In addition, at this time, the record (corresponding unique ID) stored in the anonymous member information table 9664 (see FIG. 238 (A)) that manages the state before the member registration for the small value coin membership card 9950a. Record) is deleted.

  The electronic value data stored in the electronic value management table 9665 shown in FIG. 238 (B) is the value accumulated by the small amount coins and should be used even after the member registration for the small amount coin membership card 9950a. become. The unique ID of the electronic value management table 9665 is the unique ID of the small coin storage membership card 9950a, and corresponds to the unique ID stored in the mall member information table 9651 '.

  In the electronic value management table 9665, as described above, the electronic value data is stored in association with the unique ID of the member card 9950a for small coin storage, but for each game medium type (for example, 1-yen rental pachinko or 5 You may make it memorize | store those hold | maintained quantity in a yen rental slot etc.).

  FIG. 243 shows a free gift exchange instruction screen 9960. In the game medium type display portion 9960a, "electronic value (small amount coins)" is displayed so that it can be understood that this prize exchange is performed with a small amount coins in consideration. In addition, "home", "delivery destination 1", "delivery destination 2" are displayed in the delivery address display unit 9960b in a selectable manner according to the data stored in the mall member information table 9651 '. ing. Here, "home" corresponds to the data stored in the address item of the mall member information table 9651 '.

  In the prize display portion 9960c, product information including images is displayed in the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product becomes the value of the small amount coins. It is shown in units of the corresponding electronic value (for example, in the case of a drink, the electronic value is 1000). Here, by touching the "next" button or the "previous" button, the prize of the adjacent page is displayed.

  If the small value coin membership card 9950a is not associated with a sufficient electronic value, the prize that cannot be exchanged can be displayed so as to be grayed out or deleted from the list. When a free gift is selected and the “OK” button 9960d is touched, the free gift is determined as a free gift exchange target.

  In this example, when exchanging prizes using the small amount savings membership card 9950a, in cooperation with the hall system 9002 of the hall store, the user information of the registered player is copied to reduce the burden of membership registration. Although it is to be reduced, it is possible to use the user information of the associated hall system 9002 for the normal rewards card (mall member card) of the prize exchange system 9001.

  In addition, by the small amount coin-collection linking function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the member card 9950b of the hall system 9002 of the hall store and the small amount coin member card 9950a of the prize exchange system 9001 (or the mall member card). ) Is associated (for example, with each unique ID as a key), the prize exchange system is used by using the accumulated coins managed by the hall system 9002 (for example, the number of game media managed by the game media holding number management table 9432). It is also possible to configure so as to exchange the prize at 9001.

  In addition, in this example, the member registration (the mall member registration in the prize exchange system 9001) related to the small amount ball storage membership card 9950a is configured to be performed by the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9530 ′. Any device that can access the hall system 9002 and can display the member registration screen on the display can be used.

  Further, here, it is set whether or not the hall store, which is the operator of the hall system 9002, can provide (copy) the user information of the player managed in the hall system to the prize exchange system 9001 ( Copy permission information) is configured to be managed by the core server 9600 ′ (hall store management table 9663) of the prize exchange system 9001, but the settings are individually managed by the hall system 9002 of each hall store, The giveaway exchange terminal 9530 'can also be configured to confirm its settings to the corresponding hall system 9002.

  Furthermore, in this example, the membership card 9950b and the membership card 9950a for small coin storage are non-contact IC cards, and each card is identified by a unique ID. However, a mobile phone having a non-contact IC chip built-in. In addition to smartphones and smartphones, various recording media including magnetic cards and cards on which codes (for example, two-dimensional codes and barcodes) are printed are used to realize the small-value-savings cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 described above. be able to. In the present specification, a member other than a card-shaped recording medium and a member for which membership registration has not been completed are referred to as a "membership card".

  Further, in the above example, when the user information of the hall system 9002 is used, the user information is temporarily displayed on the small amount savings member registration screen, and if necessary, corrected, and then the prize exchange system 9001. However, the user information of the hall system 9002 may be diverted without performing such a display.

  In addition, in the above-mentioned example, when the player's name and address are registered for the first time by the mall member registration related to the small coin saving membership card 9950a, the user information registered in the hall system 9002 is diverted. In the mall member registration of the prize exchange system 9001, if the input of user information such as a name and an email address is required to some extent first without being completely anonymous, the user information registered in the hall system 9002 is diverted. At that point, a situation occurs in which different contents are associated with the same item.

  For example, when it is necessary to register at least a name, an e-mail address, and a password in the prize exchange system 9001 in order to use the membership card 9950a for a small amount of coins, the user information is registered (simple registration). After that, a small amount of coins will be saved. After that, when the formal mall member registration is requested in exchanging the gifts, when the user information registered in the simple registration described above and the user information registered in the hall system 9002 do not match (for example, the email address is If different), the premium exchange system 9001 can control the user information registered by the simple registration to be preferentially handled and display the user information on the first user information display unit 9958e. On the contrary, the user information registered in the hall system 9002 can be preferentially handled and the user information can be controlled to be displayed on the first user information display section 9958e. Further, when there is such a content inconsistency, it is possible to display that fact at a predetermined position on the small coin saving member registration screen 9958.

  In the prize exchange system 9001, the unique ID of the member card 9950b of the hall system 9002 and the unique ID of the member card 9950a for small amount coin saving of the prize exchange system 9001 are assumed to be unique as a whole system. If such a premise is not guaranteed due to the card standard or the like, the prize exchange system 9001 can provide a look-up table regarding the unique ID and perform control so that duplicate unique IDs cannot be registered.

[Storing ball integration function]
Next, an explanation will be given of a coin-collecting integrated function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.

  Here, by further expanding the configuration of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of game medium types having different lending unit prices (lending rates) (for example, pachinko (4-yen rental) and slots ( (20 yen lending)) A hall store in which game media can be used is provided with a coin-collection integration function that allows one game media type of savings balls to be integrated (entered) into another game media type of savings balls. For example, according to a player's instruction, it is possible to integrate (get into) a pachinko (4 yen loan) coin into a slot (20 yen coin). By configuring the prize exchange system 9001 in this way, it is possible to handle a total of the accumulated balls of the game media of a plurality of game medium types, and it is not possible to exchange the accumulated coins of the game media of each game medium type. The free gifts can be exchanged.

  Further, in this manner, if replaying using the accumulated coins of the game media of the integrated game medium type is possible, the game medium of the corresponding game machine is not limited to the game medium type held by the player. By integrating the types, it is possible to play a game with a desired gaming machine.

  First, with reference to FIG. 244, the functional outline of the prize POS 9500 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 which is expanded so as to realize the integrated coin storage function will be described. FIG. 244 is a functional block diagram of the premium POS 9500 ″. The premium POS 9500 ″ includes an access management unit 9511, a premium POS control unit 9512, a premium exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ″, an in-store premium management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ″, a display control unit 9516, and a network I. A / F section 9517 is included.

  Here, the functions of the prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ″ and the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ″ are expanded as compared with the prize POS 9500. The prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ″ relays data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 in regard to a medal count acquisition request process in a coin accumulation process, which will be described later. In addition, the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ″ acquires or updates the information regarding the accumulated coins of each game medium type stored in the hall computer 9400 from the hall computer 9400 to the prize exchange device regarding the coin accumulation process described later. At this time, a process of relaying data relating to the number of game media for each game media type is performed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 245, an outline of the functions of the prize exchange terminal 9530 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 which is expanded so as to realize the integrated coin storage function will be described. FIG. 245 is a functional block diagram of the gift exchange terminal 9530 ″. The free gift exchange terminal 9530 ″ includes an access management unit 9541, a free gift exchange control unit 9542 ′, a display control unit 9544, and a network I / F unit 9545.

  Compared to the prize exchange terminal 9530, the prize exchange terminal 9530 ″ requests that the prize exchange control unit 9542 ′ obtain the player's accumulated coins managed in the hall store, and the integrated setting data set in the hall store. Accordingly, the acquired amount of coins is converted into the number of game media of a specific game medium type, and the prize exchange is controlled according to the converted number of game media. In addition, the hall computer 9400 is instructed to allow the player to select and specify the actual game medium type used for the prize exchange, and to subtract the number of consumed game mediums of the game medium type.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 246, an outline of the functions of the core server 9600 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 which has been expanded so as to realize the integrated coin storage function will be described. FIG. 246 is a functional block diagram of the core server 9600 ″. The core server 9600 ″ includes a mall member management unit 9601, a gift selection control unit 9604, a gift exchange control unit 9605 ′, a gift order control unit 9606, a hall outside-device management unit 9607, an in-store gift management unit 9608, and a gift display control unit. 9609, a premium initial display control unit 9610, a user information display control unit 9611, a game medium type definition data management unit 9612, a network I / F unit 9613, and a game medium integration control unit 9616.

  In the core server 9600 ″, the function of the prize exchange control unit 9605 ′ is expanded and a game medium integrated control unit 9616 is added as compared with the core server 9600. The game medium integrated control unit 9616 updates the content of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 described later according to the setting operation of the integrated setting data from each hall store, and at the time of the gift exchange, the prize exchange control unit 9605 ′. In cooperation with the prize exchange device, the display of the game medium quantity and the exchange value of the prize in the prize exchange device is controlled based on the contents of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 for the corresponding hall store in response to a request from the prize exchange device. To do.

  The core server 9600 ″ also includes a core DB 9650 ″. The basic DB 9650 ″ includes a game medium integrated setting table 9666 in addition to the tables included in the basic DB 9650 shown in FIG. 186.

  As shown in FIG. 248, the game medium integration setting table 9666 stores data for defining how to integrate the game medium balls of each game medium type for each hall store. In the example of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248, the game medium type is uniform in each hall store, and pachinko (rental for 4 yen), pachinko (rental for 1 yen), slot (rent for 20 yen), and slot (rent for 20 yen). It is assumed that there are four types of rental (5 yen loan). Further, "0" of the item corresponding to each game medium type indicates that the game media of other game medium types are not integrated, and "1" and "2" are the game of other game medium types. It indicates that integration with the medium is performed. However, the game medium type set with "1" can be integrated into the game medium type with the same "1" set, and similarly, the game medium type with "2" set is the same ". It is possible to integrate into the game medium type in which "2" is set.

  For example, in a hall store with store code = "445", pachinko (4 yen rental) and pachinko (1 yen rental) are integrated, and slots (20 yen rental) and slots (5 yen rental) are available for any type of game media. Not integrated. In the hall store with store code = "487", pachinko (4 yen rental) and pachinko (1 yen rental) are integrated, slot (20 yen rental) and slot (5 yen rental) are integrated, and pachinko game media , The game media in the slots are set to be integrated.

  In addition, in the hall store with the store code = "623", all game media types of pachinko (4 yen rental), pachinko (1 yen rental), slot (20 yen rental), and slot (5 yen rental) are integrated. It In the hall store with the store code = "788", it seems that no integration of pachinko (4 yen rental), pachinko (1 yen rental), slot (20 yen rental), and slot (5 yen rental) is performed. Is set to.

  In this example, the game medium integration setting table 9666 manages for each hall store what kind of game media accumulated for each type of game medium (introduction) is managed. Also, the integration condition can be set for each member of the hall store. For example, the integration condition may be switched according to the number of game media (number of balls accumulated) held by the member, the number of games, the game period, the investment amount, the number of visits to the store, and the like.

  In this example, the number of accumulated game media for each game medium type is still held in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer, and when the prize is exchanged, the game medium of each game medium type is stored. A game medium integrated setting table 9666 is provided in order to specify what kind of game medium can be handled. Therefore, in the game medium integration setting table 9666, neither the integration source (the loading source) nor the integration destination (the loading destination) is designated, and the game media type of the accumulated coin is used in the prize exchange (is preferentially consumed. ) Is substantially designated when giving a free gift exchange instruction described later.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 249 and FIG. 250, it will be described how the prize exchange system 9001 performs the process from prize selection to prize exchange by the integrated value function.

  First, in step S2341, a player performs a card touch on the prize selection device (that is, on the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550). The card used at this time is, for example, a mall member card 9962a that can be used in the prize exchange system 9001, and the mall member card 9962a is not yet registered as a mall member.

  Next, in step S2342, the player gives a gift selection instruction to register the shopping list. For example, on the prize selection instruction screen 910 as shown in FIG. 24B, the player selects a prize candidate from which many prizes may be exchanged in the future, among a large number of prizes. The given prize is registered in the shopping list. Such a shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 9653 of the core server 9600 ″ shown in FIG. 246.

  In addition to the above-described processing in the prize selection device, in step S2344, when a game is played on the gaming machine by the player and a game medium is acquired here, in step S2345, a counting device such as an island edge counting device 9520. Thus, the accumulated coins associated with the counting result of the game medium and the member card 9962b of the hall store are stored. The counting result (quantity) of the game media associated with the membership card 9962b is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID for each game medium type. In this example, the number of game media of the player is managed in the hall system 9002 installed in each hall store.

  Then, after step S2342, the player uses the mall member card 9962a to perform mall member registration. At this time, the mall membership card 9962a is associated with the membership card 9962b of the hall system 9002 by, for example, the membership card linking processing as shown in FIGS. 234 and 235, and in the prize exchange system 9001, the hall system It is assumed that the number of game media of the player managed by 9002 can be grasped.

  Next, in step S2346, with respect to the premium exchange device such as the premium exchange terminal 9350 ″ (that is, to the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the premium exchange device such as the premium exchange terminal 9350 ″), The player touches the mall member card 9962a.

  Next, in step S2347, the prize exchange device issues an acquisition request to the prize POS 9500 ″ for acquiring the number of game media. When the prize POS 9500 '' receives the acquisition request, in step S2348, the player of the membership card 9962b (of the hall system 9002) corresponding to the mall membership card 9962a in the hall computer 9400 is in the hall system 9002. An acquisition request is made to acquire the number of game media to be held. In response to this acquisition request, the hall computer 9400 refers to the game medium holding number management table 9432 and acquires the holding number of the game medium of the corresponding player for each game medium type, and the obtained result is a prize POS9500 ''. Send to. Upon receiving the acquisition result, the premium POS 9500 ″ transmits the acquisition result to the premium exchange device that has made the acquisition request (step S2348).

  Next, in step S2349, the prize exchange device receives the acquisition result from the prize POS9500 ″, that is, the game medium quantity (the number of accumulated coins) of the player corresponding to the mall member card 9962a for each game medium type.

  Next, in step S2350, the prize exchange device issues an acquisition request for acquiring the integrated setting data to the core server 9600 ″. When the backbone server 9600 '' receives the acquisition request (step S2351), it refers to the game medium integrated setting table 9666, acquires the integrated setting data of the corresponding hall store, and makes the acquisition request, the prize exchange device. (Step S2351).

  In this example, referring to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 set in advance by the hall store, it is determined how to integrate the retained quantities of the game media of the respective game medium types. However, by displaying an integration confirmation screen (not shown), it is possible to allow the player to select whether or not to integrate the game media in the first place. In addition, on the integrated screen, the player can individually specify the integrated form of the game medium (for example, input data similar to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 described above). Such player designation may be performed each time the prize is exchanged, or may be stored in a predetermined database. Further, such player's designation may be restricted so as to be within the range of the contents of the integrated setting data set in advance by the hall store.

  Next, in step S2352, the premium exchange device receives the acquisition result from the backbone server 9600 ″, that is, the integrated setting data corresponding to the hall store in which the premium exchange device is arranged.

  Next, in step S2353, the prize exchange device integrates the value of the game media of the player based on the acquired integrated setting data and integrates the values corresponding to the numbers of the game media according to the plurality of game media types (integrated value. (Value), and the integrated value is displayed together with the already registered shopping list on the prize exchange instruction screen (step S2361 in FIG. 250).

  In the prize exchange instruction screen, one or a plurality of game medium types after integration are displayed according to the integration setting data, and the integrated value corresponding to this is also displayed, and there are a plurality of options for such game medium types. In step S2362, it is determined whether the player needs to make a selection. When it is determined that the selection by the player is necessary (YES in step S2362), a game medium type selection instruction is received from the player (step S2363).

  After step S2363 or in step S2362, when it is determined that the selection by the player is not necessary (NO in step S2362), the player selects the gift displayed in the shopping list as an object of the actual gift exchange. Then, when giving a free gift exchange instruction (step S2364), a free gift ordering instruction is given in response to the free gift exchange instruction (step S2365).

  Next, the prize exchange apparatus notifies the prize POS 9500 '' of the number of game media consumed by the exchange of the prize together with the specified game medium type (step S2366), and the prize POS 9500 '' that has received the number of consumed game media. Transmits the number of consumed game media to the hall computer 9400 so that the received number of consumed game media is subtracted from the number of retained game media management table 9432 managed by the hall computer 9400 (step S2367).

  For example, FIG. 251 shows an example of the prize exchange instruction screen displayed by such control. In the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 of FIG. 251, a display after displaying the store code and the member ID (mall member ID) such as a hall store 9964a, and the game after the integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after the integration) The number of media (integrated value) is a game media type selection unit 9964b that is displayed for each game media type after integration, a prize display unit 9964c that displays the gifts registered in the favorites list, and a prize selected in the prize exchange. "Previous" button 9964e for instructing to display the next prize on the selected prize detail display portion 9964d and the prize display portion 9964c for displaying the details, and "Exchange decision" for confirming the exchange of the prize selected in the prize exchange. A button 9964f is displayed.

  In the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 in FIG. 251, the situation when the player with the member ID = “C112” exchanges the prize in the hall store with the store code = “445” is displayed. Here, as for the hall store with the store code = “445”, as set in the game medium integration setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248, regarding pachinko (rental for 4 yen) and pachinko (rental for 1 yen) game media types. Can be integrated, and the game medium types of the slot (rental for 20 yen) and the slot (rental for 5 yen) cannot be integrated, and are grasped as individual game medium types.

  On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the member ID = “C112” in the store code = “445” shown in FIG. 247 (A), the number of pachinko (rental for 4 yen) is 100, and the number for pachinko (1 yen for lending) is 100 yen. ) Is 2000, the number of slots (20 yen rental) is 330, and the number of slots (5 yen rental) is 200.

  Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 in FIG. 251, the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integrated setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432 indicate that a pachinko (4 yen 100 x 4 + 2000 = 2400 is displayed as the integrated quantity (integrated value) of the number of game media types of lending and pachinko (1 yen lending) (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen lending), The quantity of slots (rent for 20 yen) for each type of game media is displayed as it is as integrated value of 330 × 20 = 6600 (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen for rental), and the slot (for 5 yen rental) ), The quantity of the game medium type is displayed as it is as integrated value, 200 × 5 = 1000 (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen loan) .

  Further, in the game medium type selection unit 9964b, check boxes corresponding to the respective integrated game medium types are displayed, and the player checks one of the check boxes to select one of the displayed game medium types. Any of the above can be used for gift exchange. In the example of FIG. 251, the game medium type of pachinko (4 yen loan + 1 yen loan integrated) is selected, and the maximum value at which the free gift can be exchanged at this time is 2400 (however, 1 yen loan Based on exchange value). In this example, the maximum exchange value of the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9964c becomes 2400 by checking the game medium type of pachinko (4 yen rent + 1 yen rent integrated) in the check box. Therefore, the frying pan (exchange value = 6700) displayed in FIG. 252 and the like, which will be described later, is hidden on the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 in FIG. 251 and instead, the cup (exchange value = 500) is used as the prize (4). It is displayed.

  Note that, in the example of FIG. 251, as described above, the quantity of each type of game medium is displayed on the basis of the exchange value of the 1-yen lending, and the respective prizes displayed on the prize display unit 9964c are similarly processed. Although the display is based on the exchange value of the 1-yen loan, it may be displayed using another value standard. For example, in FIG. 251, the prize drink (500 mL × 48) displayed at the upper left of the prize display unit 9964c has an exchange value of “1000”, and if this is an equivalent exchange, the value is 1000 yen. Becomes

  When the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9964c is selected by touching, etc., the details of the prize are added to the selected prize detail display unit 9964d, where the number of prizes to be exchanged can be designated. The current consumption quantity and the remaining quantity for each type of game media are displayed in. Further, when the "exchange decision" button 9964f is touched in the state in which the details of the prize are displayed on the selected premium detail display portion 9964d, a predetermined operation is requested if necessary, and then the selected premium detail display portion 9964d is displayed. With the displayed prize (and the designated quantity), the prize exchange is confirmed, and the prize order is given.

  Further, FIG. 252 shows another example of the prize exchange instruction screen displayed by such control. In the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, a store code and member ID (mall member ID) are displayed on the hall store display unit 9966a, and the game after the integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after the integration) The medium quantity displays a game medium type selection section 9966b that is displayed for each integrated game medium type, a premium display section 9966c that displays the premiums registered in the favorites list, and details of the premiums that have been selected in the exchange of premiums. A "next" button 9966e for instructing the selected prize detail display portion 9966d and the prize display portion 9966c to display the next prize, and an "exchange decision" button 9966f for confirming the exchange of the prize selected in the prize exchange are displayed. To be done.

  In the example of the premium exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, the situation when the player with the member ID = “C433” exchanges the premium in the hall store with the store code = “623” is displayed. Here, the hall store with the store code = “623” has a pachinko (rental for 4 yen), pachinko (rental for 1 yen), slot (for 20 yen) as set in the game medium integration setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248. (Rental) and slots (rental of 5 yen) can be integrated for all types of game media, and the number of game media of all types of game media is grasped as one value (value at which prizes can be exchanged).

  On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the member ID = “C433” in the store code = “623” shown in FIG. ) Is 1900, the number of slots (20 yen rental) is 100, and the number of slots (5 yen rental) is 400.

  Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, from the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integrated setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432, a pachinko (4 yen Lending), pachinko (1 yen lending), slot (20 yen lending), and slot (5 yen lending) are displayed as 200 * 4 + 1900 + 100 * 20 + 400 * 5 = 6700 as the integrated quantity of all types of game media. (However, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan).

  In addition, a check box corresponding to the integrated game medium type is displayed in the game medium type selection unit 9966b, and the player checks the check box to select the game medium type as a prize exchange price. (If the number of game medium types after integration is one as in this example, it may be automatically selected without checking the check box). In the example of FIG. 252, the only displayed check box is selected, and the maximum value at which the free gift can be exchanged at this time is 6700 (provided that the exchange value of the 1-yen loan is used as a reference).

  Note that, in the example of FIG. 252, as described above, the quantity of each game medium type is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen loan, and each prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is also the 1 yen loan. Although the exchange value is displayed as a standard, the value may be displayed using another value standard.

  When the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is selected by touching or the like, the details of the prize are added to the selected prize detail display unit 9966d, where the number of prizes to be exchanged can be designated. The current consumption quantity and the remaining quantity for each type of game media are displayed in. Further, when the "exchange decision" button 9966f is touched in the state where the details of the prize are displayed on the selected premium detail display portion 9966d, a predetermined operation is requested as necessary, and then the selected premium detail display portion 9966d is displayed. With the displayed prize (and the designated quantity), the prize exchange is confirmed, and the prize order is given.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 253 to 258, the flow of the prize exchange instruction on the prize exchange instruction screen will be described. FIG. 253 shows still another example of the free gift exchange instruction screen displayed by the control of the above-described accumulated coin function. On the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 of FIG. 253, a display section 9968a such as a hall store in which a store code and a member ID (mall member ID) are displayed, a game after the integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after the integration) The medium quantity displays a game medium type selection section 9968b displayed for each type of game medium after integration, a premium display section 9968c displaying premiums registered in the favorite list, and details of premiums selected in the exchange of premiums. A "next" button 9968e for instructing to display the next prize on the selected prize detail display portion 9968d and the prize display portion 9968c, and an "exchange decision" button 9968f for confirming the exchange of the prize selected in the prize exchange are displayed. To be done.

  In the example of the premium exchange instruction screen 9968 in FIG. 253, the situation when the player with the member ID = “C238” exchanges the premium at the hall store with the store code = “487” is displayed. Here, as for the hall store with the store code = “487”, as set in the game medium integration setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248, pachinko (4 yen loan) and pachinko (1 yen loan) game medium types The number of game media can be integrated, and the number of game media of each type of game media of slot (rent for 20 yen) and slot (rent for 5 yen) can be integrated.

  On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the member ID = “C238” in the store code = “487” shown in FIG. 247 (C), the number of pachinko machines (rental of 4 yen) is 300, and the number of pachinko machines (rental of 1 yen) is 300. ) Is 2500, the number of slots (rental of 20 yen) is 200, and the number of slots (rental of 5 yen) is 800.

  Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 of FIG. 253, from the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integrated setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432, a pachinko (4 yen Lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) game media types have been integrated as a quantity of 300 x 4 + 2500 x 1 = 3700, slot (20 yen lending), and slot (5 yen lending) game media types. 200 × 20 + 800 × 5 = 8000 is displayed as the integrated quantity (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen loan).

  In addition, the game medium type selection unit 9968b displays check boxes corresponding to the integrated game medium types, and the player checks the check boxes to select the game medium type as a prize exchange price. can do. In the example of FIG. 253, the check box corresponding to the game medium type of the slot is selected, and the maximum value at which the free gift can be exchanged at this time is 8000 (provided that the exchange value of the 1-yen loan is the reference value. if you did this).

  Note that, in the example of FIG. 253, as described above, the quantity of each type of game medium is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen loan, and each prize displayed on the prize display unit 9968c is also a 1 yen loan. Although the exchange value is displayed as a standard, the value may be displayed using another value standard.

  Here, if the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9968c is selected by touching or the like (arrow 9968g), the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 transits as shown in FIG. 254, and the selected prize detail display unit 9968d is selected. The prize description 9968x of the selected prize (1) is added, and by touching the “+” display portion displayed in association with the prize (1) in the prize description 9968x (arrow 9968i), the prize ( The order quantity in 1) can be changed (when the "-" display is touched, the order quantity can be reduced). When the gift (1) is first selected by a touch or the like as shown by an arrow 9968g in FIG. 253, the order quantity of the gift is 1, and the order quantity display portion displayed in association with the gift (1) is displayed. Is displayed as "1". Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display portion 9968d is displayed as "1000", and the remaining quantity of the game medium type is displayed as "7000". Further, the prize (1) displayed on the prize display portion 9968c is overlapped with the selection display 9968h of "selected".

  255 shows a prize exchange instruction screen 9968 which is displayed when the ordered quantity of the prize (1) is changed to 2 by a touch or the like as shown by an arrow 9968i in FIG. 254. In the prize description 9968x, the content of the order quantity display portion displayed in association with the prize (1) is updated from “1” to “2”. Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display portion 9968d is displayed as "2000" because the ordered quantity of the prize (1) has become two, and the game medium is displayed. The remaining quantity of the type is displayed as "6000".

  Furthermore, for the prize (2) displayed in the prize display portion 9968c, the guide display 9968j "Not enough" is overlapped because the exchange value exceeds the remaining quantity "6000" of the game medium type described above. The control is performed so that selection by touch or the like cannot be performed.

  In this situation, when the prize (3) displayed on the prize display unit 9968c is further selected by touching it (arrow 9968k), the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 transits as shown in FIG. 256, and the selected prize details display. The prize detail 9968y of the selected prize (3) is added to the portion 9968d. When the free gift (3) is selected, the ordered quantity of the free gift is 1, and the content of the ordered quantity display portion displayed in association with the free gift (3) is displayed as "1". Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display portion 9968d is further added with the exchange value corresponding to the prize (3) and is displayed as “4400”, which indicates the game medium type. The remaining quantity is displayed as "3600". In addition, the selection display 9968h “selected” is overlapped and displayed on the prize (3) displayed on the prize display unit 9968c.

  Here, if the "exchange decision" button 9968f is selected by touching or the like (arrow 9968L), the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 transits as shown in FIG. 257, and the game medium type is displayed in the center of the prize exchange instruction screen 9968. A quantity designation section 9968m is displayed in a pop-up.

  In the selected prize detail display portion 9968d on the prize exchange instruction screen 9968 shown in FIG. 256, the consumption medium quantity related to the prize exchange is 4400, and in the game medium type quantity designation portion 9968m shown in FIG. 257, the exchange value of "4400". Specify which game medium type to consume (pay). In this example, the number of game media held by the player is integrated in the game media types of the slot (rent for 20 yen) and the slot (rent for 5 yen), but the game media types are integrated in advance for either game media type. Therefore, the player can specify how to combine the game medium types consumed in the prize exchange, in the combination.

  In the game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m shown in FIG. 257, the player inputs a quantity equal to or less than the retained quantity in the designated quantity input field and allocates the consumed quantity for each game medium type, so that the total becomes 4400. adjust. Here, the exchange value of the gift exchange is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1-yen loan. The player can input the quantity in various patterns in the designated quantity while looking at the held quantity of each game medium type. For example, if the player wants to preferentially consume the number of game media of each type of game media of slots (rent for 20 yen), the player can input a large number of slots (rent for 20 yen), and conversely When preferentially consuming the amount of game media of each type of game media of 5 yen loan, it is possible to input a large number of slots (5 yen loan).

  Here, it is desirable for the player to input the number of slots (rent for 20 yen) and the number of slots (rent for 5 yen) so that the total is exactly 4400. However, the relationship between the combination of the game medium types and the retained quantity, Depending on the priority of the player, the total consumption may exceed 4400. Even if such a fraction is generated in the integration, the prize exchange system 9001 can normally accept the prize exchange instruction (by rounding down the fraction or leaving it as it is).

  The designation using the game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m is substantially performed by storing the number of game media held by the player in the hall system 9002 (by storing in the game medium hold number management table 9432 or the like). It is managed for each type of game medium, and is necessary when the game medium is integrated and managed only when the game medium is consumed in the prize exchange. On the other hand, according to the definition of the game medium integration setting table 9666, if the number of game media held by the player is irreversibly integrated and managed in advance, this game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m is used. It is not necessary to specify it.

  When the player inputs a desired quantity in the designated quantity in the game medium type quantity designation section 9968m in FIG. 257 and the total becomes "4400", the player selects the "OK" button 9968n by touching or the like. Then, the prize exchange is confirmed by the specified number of game media, and the prize order is given.

  FIG. 258 shows another game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m 'different from the game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m shown in FIG. 257. This game medium type quantity designation section 9968m 'is also displayed in a pop-up manner at the center of the prize exchange instruction screen 9968.

  In the game medium type quantity designation unit 9968m ', allocation of the consumption quantity for each game medium type is presented in advance in three patterns. In each display field, the retained quantity of the game medium type is displayed on the right side of "/", and the consumed quantity is displayed on the left side of "/" as the same as or less than the retained quantity. In the example of FIG. 258, the pattern 1 is a pattern in which the slot (20 yen loan) and the slot (5 yen loan) are consumed by about half each for the total exchange value of “4400” and the pattern is to be paid. , Pattern 2 is a pattern in which the total exchange value of “4400” is to be paid by preferentially consuming a slot (rental of 20 yen), and Pattern 3 is a total exchange value of “4400”. In this pattern, the slot (5 yen loan) is preferentially consumed to pay.

  Further, on the right side of the three patterns, there is a user-specified input section in which the player can freely set distribution. In each input field, the holding quantity of the game medium type is fixedly displayed on the right side of "/", and the consumption quantity is equal to or less than the holding quantity by the player on the left side of "/". You can enter the quantity of.

  Which allocation is selected from the above-mentioned three patterns and user designation is determined by the player by checking the corresponding check box. After that, when the player selects the "OK" button 9968n 'by touching or the like, the prize exchange is confirmed by the specified number of game media, and the prize order is given.

  In the above example, the number of game media consumed for each type of game media consumed in the prize exchange is determined by the player's direct input or selection of the presented pattern each time the prize order is instructed. By setting distribution rules and distribution patterns, the number of game media to be consumed for each type of game media to be consumed can be determined without giving special instructions when giving a prize order. Good.

  In this example, the number of game media for each type of game media consumed in the prize exchange (the number of game media stored by the player) is managed by the hall system 9002, and the prize is exchanged with the membership card 9962b of the hall system 9002. The mall member card 9962a of the system 9001 is linked, and the number of the game media is configured to be used in the prize exchange of the prize exchange system 9001. The method is not limited to the method using the cooperation of cards. For example, the receipt issued by the hall system 9002 is read by the prize POS to obtain the player's accumulated ball information, and the prize POS information is transmitted from the prize POS to the prize exchange device of the prize exchange system 9001. It is possible to exchange prizes by collecting coins.

  Further, the prize exchange information of the player managed by the hall system 9002 can be configured to be managed by the prize exchange system 9001 by various other methods to realize the prize exchange. Further, it is possible to configure so that the player's stored coin information is mainly managed by the prize exchange system 9001.

  Further, in this embodiment, in the prize exchange instruction screen, in accordance with the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666, the player's ball storage information is displayed in the state after the game media are integrated, and the prize exchange value is also displayed. Is configured to be displayed with a uniform exchange value such as a unit of 1 yen, a screen for the player to give a gift selection instruction and to register the shopping list, that is, FIG. A similar display can be made on the premium selection instruction screen 910 as shown in FIG.

  Further, in this embodiment, as described above, in the stage of displaying on the prize exchange instruction screen according to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666, the number of integrated game media held for the player is held. However, the integration may be performed irreversibly at a predetermined timing, and the state may be stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall system 9002 or the database of the prize exchange system 9001.

  Furthermore, each hall store or individual player may be allowed to set default settings or more specific aspects regarding the integration of game media. For example, you can specify that some of the pachinko (four yen loan) savings balls should be integrated as pachinko (one yen loan) savings balls, or 200 slots (or one yen loan conversion of 4000) as the upper limit, and slots (20 yen). It is possible to specify that a yen loan) is integrated into a slot (5 yen loan). Further, regarding such an integration function, specific integration may be permitted (or prohibited) only for a predetermined period, or an upper limit of integration for a predetermined period may be set.

  In addition, when integrating the retained quantities of game media across multiple types of game media, a fixed fee will be collected from the player (or the hall store) as an integrated fee according to the number of uses and the value of use. May be.

[Product management function by site]
Next, the site-specific product management function further expanded in the free gift exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 173, when the free gift exchange system 9001 treats products of a plurality of online shopping sites as free gifts, a site-specific product management table is provided for each online shopping site in order to manage the products of each online shopping site. Have. Then, after performing price adjustment through various filters (for example, a filter including price adjustment by the premium price adjustment function as shown in FIG. 211) from the product information and the like stored in each site-specific product management table. The information of the price-adjusted product is stored in the posted product table. Here, similarly to the site-specific product management table, the posted product table is provided for each online shopping site and is associated with the site-specific product management table in a one-to-one correspondence.

  When the same product exists in a plurality of site-specific product management tables, that is, when the same product is put up on a plurality of online shopping sites, it is actually displayed as a prize in the prize exchange system 9001 under the following conditions. It is decided as a product to be posted.

(1) If the prices to be posted after the price adjustment are the same, select the one with a higher ratio of sales commission that differs for each online shopping site.
(2) If the prices to be posted after sales adjustment are the same, select the one with the lowest purchase price from the online shopping site.

  By selecting a product to be displayed as a prize according to these conditions, the profit of the computer center that operates and manages the prize exchange system 9001 is secured, and the prize exchange system 9001 is introduced and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is installed. Greater returns to hall stores.

  In order to realize this kind of mechanism, the purchase price and sales commission (eg, the ratio to the prescribed standard value) for each product are managed in either the product management table or the posted product table provided for each online shopping site. To do. Note that sales fees are set in various units (for example, a fixed percentage for online shopping) depending on the arrangements between the online shopping site and the computer center, etc. The sales commission, the sales commission set for each category of merchandise, etc.), and the sales commission is stored in a manner corresponding to the setting.

  The purchase price of the product and the sales commission (percentage etc.) may be received as data from the online shopping site or entered by the administrator of the computer center.

  The site-specific product management function described above is merely an example, and products can be managed for each online shopping site by various other methods.

[Payment method at hall stores]
Next, in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a payment method when the hall store pays the prize price will be described.

  When the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention is introduced to a hall store and the prize is exchanged in the system, the computer center bills the hall store for the prize price. The store can pay, for example, by the following method.

(1) Immediate payment is made to the bank account of the hall store.
(2) An invoice will be issued within a fixed period of time, and the hall store will make payment based on the invoice.
(3) A so-called factoring company collects money several times every month, and the hall stores make payments based on the collected money.

  On the other hand, different sales commissions for each redeemed item are added up over a certain period, and the added amount is paid from the computer center to the hall store at a predetermined timing. At this time, it is necessary for the hall store side to output a form in which the contents including the sales commission list can be erased to the list of the merchandise exchanged as a gift.

  There is a method of outputting the form to a management server (for example, the hall computer 9400) in the hall store or a method of outputting the form to a server (for example, the backbone server 9600) on the computer center side and sending it to each hall store. In these processes, the data that is the basis of the calculation of the sales commission for each product exchanged as a gift is stored in the product management table or the posted product table, and the server refers to these data and sets a predetermined value. Distribution is managed by a distribution method (for example, if 7%, 2% is distributed to a computer center and 5% is distributed to hall stores).

  It should be noted that the above description of the payment method and the like for the hall store is merely an example, and payment and the like can be made by various other methods.

[Present category display]
Next, a prize category display method in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  In the premium selection device (viewer 9550 (large viewer 9550a, small viewer 9550b)) of the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a category list is displayed in order to efficiently select a premium. It For example, the condition display section (9903, 9904) shown in the premium selection instruction screen 9900 of FIG. 203 is a section corresponding to this category list.

  In the premium selection device of the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the program stored in the premium selection device has a common product category classification table, and the product category classification is performed by the program. The table is read and the category list is displayed on the display device of the premium selection device.

  Further, the product category classification table is transferred in advance at a predetermined timing from the backbone server 9600 or the like by a predetermined protocol (for example, a protocol such as FTP) and stored in the storage device of the premium selection device, where the above-mentioned program is stored. The category list may be displayed by referring to the product category classification table.

  The above-mentioned program stored in the premium selection device displays the products displayed in the product selection table set for each online shopping site on the display device of the premium selection device and the category of the product category classification table to be displayed. When the items are automatically associated and the user selects one of the category lists, control is performed so that the products belonging to the selected category are displayed in a list accordingly.

  Such a category list does not change frequently, but if there is a change, the above program is changed. When the product category classification table is stored in the storage device of the premium selection device, the modified product category classification table is transferred from the backbone server 9600 or the like to the premium selection device by a predetermined protocol (for example, a protocol such as FTP). Transferred.

  The above-described mechanism for displaying the category of the gift is only an example, and the category display of the gift can be performed by various other methods.

  Further, in the premium exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the category list can be displayed also in the premium exchange device (freedom exchange terminal 9530). For example, a premium exchange instruction screen (freebie exchange instruction screen 950). On the screen (similar to FIG. 27B), the category list can be displayed by the same method as the above-described mechanism.

  As described above, the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is merely one embodiment, and various embodiments. According to another aspect, the computer system characteristic of the present invention can be realized. For example, each function of the prize exchange system 9001 may be executed by a plurality of servers distributed in different sites, or a plurality of functions may be executed by one server. In addition, the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention is replaced with the prize exchange system 9001 according to the other embodiment described above (the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention or the first embodiment of the present invention). It can also be applied to the prize exchange system 7001) according to the eighth embodiment.

1, 1001, 2001, 3001, 4001, 5001, 6001, 7001, 9001 Prize exchange system 10, 1010, 2010, 4010, 5010, 7010, 9010 Gaming machine 20, 1020, 2020, 4020, 5020, 7020, 9020 Sand device 400, 1400, 2400, 4400, 5400, 7400, 9400 Hall computer 500, 1500, 2500, 4500, 5500, 7500, 9500, 9500 ', 9500''Freebie POS
520, 1520, 2520, 4520, 5520 Premium POS cooperation dedicated terminal 530, 1530, 2530, 4530, 5530 dedicated terminal 540, 1540, 2540, 3540, 4235, 4540, 5235, 5540, 7570, 9570 Smartphone 600, 1600, 2600 3600, 4600, 5600, 7600, 9600, 9600 ', 9600''Core server 700, 1700, 2700, 7700, 9700 Shop management server 900, 1800, 2800 ASP-I / F server 820, 1820, 2820 Individual shop I / F server 840, 1840, 2840 EC mall I / F server 1090, 2090, 7090, 9090 Connection management device 1110, 2110, 9950a Membership card for small amount savings 16 5, 7685, 9685 AP server 4150 Exchange ticket issuing device 4200 Mail order gift issuing server 4210 Mail order gift purchasing server 4220, 5220, 5220 ', 7680, 9680 Mobile I / F server 4260 Mail order gift ticket 5150 DL software ticket issuing device 5200 DL software ticket issuing server 5210 DL software purchase server 5215 DL software usage management server 5260 DL software usage ticket 6170 Coupon exchange server 6200 Coupon management server 6260 Coupon ticket 7530, 9530, 9530 ', 9530''Gift exchange terminal 7550, 9550 Viewer 7800 Cross-type EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7820 EC mall management system I / F server 7840, 9840 Shop system I / F server 7860 Another shop I / F server 7870,9870 management terminal 9520 island end counting device 9842a, 9842b shop system 9800 settlement management server

Claims (12)

A premium exchange system including a premium selection device and a premium exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the premium selection device and the premium exchange device via a network,
Further comprising a product information storage means for storing product information about products on the online shopping site,
The prize selection device,
First display means for displaying at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means in response to a first predetermined operation by the player;
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a gift candidate, product selection information for transmitting product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server. And means,
The server is
A gift list storage means for storing the product identification information received from the gift selection device;
A lending amount storage means for storing the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type,
The prize exchange device,
Second display means for displaying product information of a product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means in response to a second predetermined operation by the player;
When the player selects the product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, the ordering instruction of the product is issued to the online shopping site. A prize exchange control means for transmitting the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server,
At least one of the product information displayed on the first display unit and the product information displayed on the second display unit is required for prize exchange of a corresponding product for each game medium type. Includes the exchange quantity of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The prize exchange system , wherein the reference amount of money is set to a constant value over a plurality of hall stores .   The prize exchange system according to claim 1, wherein the reference amount stored in the loan amount storage means can be set in a terminal installed in the hall store. The standard amount can be changed,
The prize exchange system according to claim 1, wherein the loan amount is updated according to a change in the reference amount. A product information receiving means for receiving product information of a product to be redeemed at a hall store,
Display control means for controlling to display at least a part of the received product information on a display means;
A lending amount acquisition unit for accessing the lending amount storage unit for storing the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each type of gaming medium, and acquiring the lending amount;
The product information displayed on the display means includes the number of exchanges of game media required in exchange of prizes of corresponding products for each type of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the loan quantity of the corresponding game medium type acquired by the loan quantity acquisition means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The prize display device , wherein the reference amount of money is set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores . The premium display device according to claim 4 , wherein the reference amount stored in the lending amount storage means can be set in a terminal installed in the hall store. The standard amount can be changed,
The premium display device according to claim 4 , wherein the loan amount is updated according to a change in the reference amount. A lending quantity acquisition means for acquiring the lending quantity from the lending quantity storage means for storing the lending quantity of the game medium for the reference amount for each hall store and for each gaming medium type,
In response to a predetermined operation of the player in the terminal, a request receiving unit for receiving a request from the terminal for requesting product information of a product to be a gift exchange target in the hall store,
In accordance with the request, the loan quantity acquisition means acquires the loan quantity of the hall store that has transmitted the request, and based on the acquired loan quantity, the exchange quantity of the game medium required in the gift exchange of the product. Exchange quantity calculation means for calculating each of the game medium types,
A product information transmitting unit for transmitting the product information including the calculated exchange quantity for displaying on the terminal,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The server is characterized in that the reference amount is set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores . The server according to claim 7 , wherein the reference amount of money stored in the lending amount storage means can be set in a terminal installed in the hall store. The standard amount can be changed,
According to the change of the reference amount, the loan amount is updated,
The exchange quantity calculation means, updated the loan quantity, and based on the changed reference amount, and calculates a replacement quantity of the product for each of the game media type, according to claim 7 Server. A product information display control method executed by using a premium selection device and a premium exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the premium selection device and the premium exchange device via a network,
The server includes a lending quantity storage means for storing the lending quantity of the game media with respect to the reference amount for each game media type,
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage unit that stores the product information about the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display unit according to the first predetermined operation by the player. A first display step,
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a gift candidate, product identification information for identifying the selected product is stored in the server. And a step of controlling the selection of free gifts to
In the prize exchange device, in response to a second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means for storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device is displayed. A second display step for displaying on the second display means,
In the gift exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a gift to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. A prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server,
At least one of the product information displayed on the first display unit and the product information displayed on the second display unit is required for prize exchange of a corresponding product for each game medium type. Includes the exchange quantity of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The product information display control method , wherein the reference amount is set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores . A product information display control method executed in a premium display device, comprising:
A product information receiving step of receiving product information of a product to be a gift exchange target at a hall store,
A display control step of controlling to display at least a part of the received product information on a display means;
A lending quantity acquisition step of accessing a lending quantity storage means for storing a lending quantity of a game medium for a reference amount for each gaming medium type, and acquiring the lending quantity.
The product information displayed on the display means includes the number of exchanges of game media required in exchange of prizes of corresponding products for each type of game media,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the loan quantity of the corresponding game medium type acquired in the loan quantity acquisition step,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The product information display control method , wherein the reference amount is set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores . A product information display control method executed by a server connected to a terminal,
A lending amount acquisition step of acquiring the lending amount from a lending amount storage means for storing the lending amount of the game medium with respect to the reference amount for each hall store and for each game medium type,
A request receiving step of receiving a request from the terminal for requesting product information of a product to be a gift exchange target in the hall store in response to a predetermined operation of a player in the terminal,
In accordance with the request, the loan quantity of the hall store that transmitted the request is acquired in the loan quantity acquisition step, and based on the acquired loan quantity, the exchange quantity of the game media required in the gift exchange of the product. And an exchange quantity calculation step for calculating each of the game medium types,
A product information transmitting step of transmitting the product information including the calculated exchange quantity for displaying on the terminal,
The exchange quantity is a numerical value calculated based on the rent quantity of the corresponding game medium type stored in the rent quantity storage means,
The lending amount storage means stores the lending amount of the game medium for the reference amount for each game medium type, in association with the hall store,
The loan quantity stored in the lending quantity storing means, Ki out to set the terminal installed in the parlors,
The product information display control method , wherein the reference amount is set to a constant numerical value over a plurality of hall stores .

Images